“Operating, servicing and maintaining
a passenger vehicle or off-road
vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which
are known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do
not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated
area and wear gloves or wash your
hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-
vehicle.”
WARNING
– California
Proposition 65
FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep
-
tional value, Kia is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that
exceeds your expectations.
This Owner's Manual is valid for all variants of your model, and describes all options,
features, and equipment available, along with the maintenance needs. Therefore, this
manual may also describe optional equipment not purchased on your vehicle, country
specifications, and functions and features not available in your region. Please always
keep this manual in the vehicle for your and any subsequent owner's reference.
Authorized Kia Dealerships provide factory-trained technicians, utilized recom
-
mended special service tools, and supply genuine Kia replacement parts to help you
maintain and service your vehicle during your ownership.
All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publica
-
tion. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company
reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligations.
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
© 2024 Kia America, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia
America, Inc.
Printed in Korea
How to use this manual
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist
you in many ways.
We strongly recommend that you read
the entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you must
read the WARNING and CAUTION sec
-
tions in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in
this manual to best explain how to enjoy
your vehicle. By reading your manual,
you learn about features, important
safety information, and driving tips
under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is pro
-
vided in the Table of Contents. Use the
index when looking for a specific area or
subject, it has an alphabetical listing of
all information in your manual.
Chapters: This manual has nine chapters
plus an index. Each chapter begins with
a brief list of contents so you can tell at a
glance if that chapter has the informa
-
tion you want.
You will find various WARNINGS, CAU
-
TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.
These WARNINGS were prepared to
enhance your personal safety. You
should carefully read and follow ALL
procedures and recommendations pro
-
vided in these WARNINGS, CAUTIONS
and NOTICES.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful
information is being provided.
Table of Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
I
Hybrid system overview
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety features of your Kia
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Driver assistance guide
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Abbreviations
Index
1Hybrid system overview
Hybrid system overview
PHEV (Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system .........................1-2
HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system..........................................1-3
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle ........................................... 1-4
僅 Charging information......................................................................................1-4
僅 Charging time.....................................................................................................1-4
僅 Charging types...................................................................................................1-5
僅 Charging status..................................................................................................1-6
僅 AC charging connector lock......................................................................... 1-7
僅 Scheduled charging ......................................................................................... 1-7
僅 Charging precautions......................................................................................1-8
僅 AC charger ...........................................................................................................1-9
僅 Trickle charger (portable charging cable)............................................ 1-12
僅 How to disconnect charging connector in emergency ..................1-18
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle ................................1-19
僅 Starting the vehicle.........................................................................................1-19
僅 Changing plug-in hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)...............1-19
僅 Special features .............................................................................................. 1-20
僅 Hybrid system gauge .................................................................................... 1-21
僅 Warning and indicator lights......................................................................1-22
僅 LCD display messages..................................................................................1-23
僅 Energy flow....................................................................................................... 1-28
僅 Aux. Battery Saver+ (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)...................................... 1-31
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle .................1-32
僅 Plug-in hybrid vehicle components........................................................1-32
僅 Hybrid vehicle components....................................................................... 1-34
僅 Service interlock connector ........................................................................1-37
僅 If an accident occurs......................................................................................1-37
僅 When the hybrid vehicle shuts off.......................................................... 1-38
Hybrid system overview
21
PHEV (Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
Hybrid system overview
PHEV (Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
The Kia Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a
conventional hybrid electric vehicle and an all-electric vehicle.
When used as a conventional hybrid electric vehicle, the HEV computer selectively
operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time.
When it is operating in the electric vehicle mode, the vehicle is driven only using the
electric motor over a certain distance until the hybrid battery becomes low. The driv
-
ing distance in EV mode depends on your driving style and road conditions. Aggres
-
sive driving maneuvers may at times temporarily enable the engine to operate.
The engine power could be limited during the emission reduction control period (a
cold engine condition.)
The hybrid battery can be fully charged by connecting the plug to an external electric
power source.
The engine can turn on due to factors such as when your heater is being used and
frequent operation of the accelerator pedal in Charge Depleting (CD) mode.
CD (Charge Depleting) Mode CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode Charging
Electric motor Motor
Engine +
Motor
Engine +
Motor or
Motor
Charging Battery charging
1. Electric Vehicle Mode
2. Start up/
Low speed
3. High
speed
4. Accelera
-
tion
5. Decelera
-
tion
6. External
Charging
3
1
1
Hybrid system overview HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
The Kia Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the gasoline engine and the electric
motor for power. The electric motor is run by a high-voltage HEV battery.
Depending on driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between the
engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time.
Fuel efficiency increases when your vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the
HEV battery.
The HEV battery charge must be maintained, so at times the engine will come on
even at idle to act as a generator. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by
regenerative braking.
Electric motor Electric motor + Engine Engine Charging Engine OFF
1. Startup/Low speed
cruise
2. Acceleration 3. High speed cruise 4. Deceleration 5. Stop
Hybrid system overview
41
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging information
僅 AC Charger: The plug-in hybrid vehicle is charged by plugging into an AC charger
installed in your home or a public charging station. (For further details, refer to "AC
charger" on page 1-9.)
僅 Trickle Charger: The plug-in hybrid vehicle can be charged by using household
electricity.
The electrical outlet in your home must comply with regulations and can safely
accommodate the Voltage/Current (Amps)/Power (Watts) ratings specified on the
trickle charge. Use household electricity only as a backup charger.
Charging time
僅 AC Charger: Takes about 3 hours 25 minutes at room temperature (Can be
charged to 100%.). Depending on the condition and durability of the high-voltage
battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for
charging the high-voltage battery may vary.
僅Trickle Charger: The Trickle Charger is slower than the AC Charger and takes
approximately 9 hours.
5
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging types
僅 Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time
required for charging the high voltage battery may vary.
僅 Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer.
INFORMATION
Type 3R enclosure satisfies the require
-
ments of UL 50E standard when the
charging connector is connected to the
vehicle side charging inlet. An additional
Type 3R enclosure should be provided in
the end installation of the vehicle side
charging inlet. The “Type 3R” marking
can be found on the charging inlet.
* What is type 3R?: Performance require
-
ment for enclosures intended for out
-
door use that provides a degree of
protection against falling dirt, rain,
sleet, and/or snow.
CAUTION
Risk of Electric Shock, Do Not Discon
-
nect Under Load.
僅 Suitable For Use on a circuit capable
of delivering not more than 5000
RMS symmetrical amperes, 250 volts
maximum.
Category
Charging Inlet (Vehi
-
cle)
Charging Connector Charging Outlet Charging Method Charging Time
AC Charger
AC charger installed in
homes or public
charging stations
Approximately 3 hours
25 minutes (to fully
charge the plug-in
hybrid, 100%)
Trickle Charger Household current
For charging at home.
The included Trickle
charger takes about 9
hours at room tempera
-
ture (Can be charged to
100%.).
OMQ4Q011001N
OCVQ011060
OMQ4PHQ013004L
OMQ4Q011001N
OCVQ011060
OMQ4PHQ013005L
Hybrid system overview
61
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging status
You can check the charging status on
the outside of vehicle when charging or
using the high-voltage battery.
OMQ4PHQ013007L
Classification
Details
Operation of charging indicator lamp
Mode Status Charging inlet Charging button
A READY Non-charging state
0 ~ 65 % On (Yellow) Off
65 ~ 100 % On (Green) Off
B
Aux. Battery Saver/High volt
-
age warning
Charging the 12V auxiliary battery / High voltage
warning state
On (Red) Off
C Charging Charging
0 ~ 65 % Blinking (Yellow) Off
65 ~ 100 % Blinking (Green) Off
D Charging complete
Charging completed (turns off
in 5 seconds)
100 % On (Green) > OFF Off
E Charging failed Error while charging Blinking (Red) Off
F Scheduled charging standby
Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after
3 minutes)
Off On
G Error CAN communication error status
On (Green) > On
(Orange) > On
(Red)
Off
7
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Checking charging status
For more information about charging
status indicator, refer to "Charging sta
-
tus" on page 1-6.
AC charging connector lock
This AC charging connector lock func
-
tion prevents removal of the charging
connector from the charging inlet.
Connector lock
Always lock
The connector locks when the charging
connector is plugged into the charging
inlet. The connector is locked until you
unlock all doors. This can prevent
charging cable theft.
僅If the charging connector is unlocked
when all doors are unlocked, but the
charging cable is not disconnected
within 15 seconds, the connector will
be automatically relock.
僅If the charging connector is unlocked
when all doors are unlocked, but all
doors are rleocked immediately, the
connector will automatically relock.
Lock while charging
The connector locks when charging
starts. The connector unlocks when
charging is complete.
Scheduled charging
僅 You can schedule charging using the
infotainment system. Refer to the
infotainment system for detailed
information about charge scheduling.
僅 Scheduled charging can only be done
when using an AC charger or the por
-
table charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box).
僅 When scheduled charging is set and
the AC charger or the portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable Con
-
trol Box) is connected for charging,
the scheduled charge release button
illuminates for 3 minutes to indicate
that scheduled charging is set.
僅 If charging is required immediately,
turn off the scheduled charge using
the infotainment system and the Kia
Connect application, or press the
vehicle's scheduled charge release
button ( ) for more than 2 sec
-
onds.
僅 When the scheduled charge is set, the
charge start time is self-calculates.
僅 If you press the scheduled charging
deactivation ( ) button to immedi
-
ately charge the battery, charging
must be initiated within 3 minutes
Always lock Lock while charging
Before
charging
O X
While
charging
O O
After
charging
O X
OMQ4PHQ013007L
OMQ4PHQ013012L
Hybrid system overview
81
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
after the charging cable has been
connected.
When you press the scheduled
charging deactivation ( ) button
for immediate charging, the sched
-
uled charge setting is not completely
deactivated. If you need to completely
deactivate the scheduled charge set
-
ting, use the infotainment system to
finalize the deactivation.
Refer to "AC charger" on page 1-9 or
"Trickle charger (portable charging
cable)" on page 1-12 for details about
connecting the AC charger and the
portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Con
-
trol Box).
Charging precautions
AC Charger
WARNING
Fires caused by dust or water
Do not connect the charging cable con
-
nector plug to your vehicle if there is
water or dust on the charging inlet. This
may cause a fire or electric shock.There
also may be a risk of fire and injury
when using old or worn-out public elec
-
trical outlets.
WARNING
Interference with electronic medical
devices
When using medical electric devices,
such as an implantable cardiac pace
-
maker, make sure to ask your medical
team and device manufacturer whether
charging your electric vehicle will impact
its operation. Electromagnetic waves
that are generated from the charger can
seriously impact medical electric
devices.
WARNING
Old or Worn-out Electric Outlets
Do not use old or worn-out electric out
-
lets to charge your vehicle. There may
be a risk of fire and injury when using or
old worn-out public electrical outlets.
WARNING
Touching the charging connector
Do not touch the charging connector,
charging plug, and the charging inlet
when connecting the cable to the char
-
ger and the charging inlet on the vehicle.
Doing so may result in electrocution.
僅 Comply with the following to prevent
electrical shock when charging:
- Use a waterproof charger
- Make sure to not touch the
charging connector and charging
plug when your hand is wet
-Do not charge when there is light
-
ning
-Do not charge when the charging
connector or plug is wet
OMQ4PHQ013010L
OMQ4PHQ013004L
9
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
WARNING
Charging cable
僅 Immediately stop charging when you
find abnormal symptoms (smell,
smoke, etc.).
僅 Replace the charging cable if the
cable coating is damaged to prevent
electrical shock.
僅 When connecting or removing the
charging cable, make sure to hold the
charging connector handle and
charging plug.
If you pull the cable itself (without
using the handle), the internal wires
may disconnect or get damaged.This
may lead to electric shock or fire.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Do not touch the cooling fan while vehi
-
cle is charging. When the vehicle is
switched OFF while charging, the cool
-
ing fan inside the motor compartment
may automatically operate.
WARNING
Make sure to use the designated char
-
ger for charging the vehicle.Using any
other charger may cause failure or lead
to electric shock or fire.
僅 Always keep the charging connector
and charging plug in clean and dry
condition.
僅 Make sure to use the designated
charger for charging the vehicle.
Using any other charger may cause
failure.
僅 Before charging the battery, turn the
vehicle OFF.
僅 Be careful not to drop the charging
connector. The charging connector
can be damaged.
僅 Always inspect the charging connec
-
tor terminals for damage or overheat
-
ing. Do not use if damaged as this
may damage your vehicle side charge
connector and is not a warrantable
repair.
AC charger
AC Charger
AC charger cable
You can charge your vehicle by plugging
into a public charger at a charging sta
-
tion.
How to connect AC charger
1. Depress the brake pedal and apply
the parking brake.
2. Turn OFF all switches, move the shift
dial to P (Park), and turn OFF the
vehicle.
OMQ4PHQ013004L
ONQ5EPQ011025L
OMQ4PHQ013013L
Hybrid system overview
101
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
3. Open the charging inlet door by
pressing the rear center edge of the
charging inlet door.
4. Remove any dust on the charging
connector and charging inlet.
5. Hold the charging connector handle.
Insert the charger into the charging
inlet, until you hear a click. If it is not
fully connected, a bad connection
between the charging connector and
the charging terminal may cause a
fire.
NOTICE
If the charging connector and charging
inlet are not connected properly, the
connector may droop or vibrate. In this
case, hold the charging connector han
-
dle and push it all the way in.
6. Check if the charging cable connec
-
tion indicator ( ) of the high volt
-
age battery in the instrument cluster
is turned ON.
Charging will not occur when the indi
-
cator is OFF. When the charging con
-
nector is not connected properly,
reconnect the charging cable to
charge.
NOTICE
僅 Charging is in progress only when the
shift dial is in P (Park). Charging the
battery with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC position is possible.
However, it may discharge the 12V
battery. If possible, charge the battery
with the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position.
僅 Moving the shift dial from P (Park) to
R (Reverse)/N (Neutral)/D (Drive)
stops the charging process. To restart
the charging process, move the shift
dial to P (Park), press the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF posi
-
tion, and disconnect the charging
cable. Reconnect the charging cable.
Charging connector lock mode
When the charging connector is plugged
into the charging inlet, the connector
lock timing varies with the modes
selected by the user settings menu or
the infotainment screen menu.
僅 Always lock: The connector locks
when the charging connector is
plugged into the charging inlet.
僅Lock while charging: The connector
locks when charging starts. The con
-
nector unlocks when charging is com
-
pleted.
For more details, refer to "AC charging
connector lock" on page 1-7.
How to disconnect AC charger
1. The vehicle doors must be unlocked
to be able to disconnect the charging
connector. A lock system prevents
charger cable disconnection when
your vehicle's doors are locked.
CAUTION
To disconnect the charging connector,
unlock the doors to unlatch the charging
connector lock system. The charging
connector and the vehicle's charging
inlet may be damaged.
OMQ4PHQ013014L
11
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
2. Hold the charging connector handle
and pull it out.
To prevent charging cable theft, the
charging connector cannot be discon
-
nected from the inlet when the doors
are locked.
If the vehicle is in the charging con
-
nector AUTO mode, the charging con
-
nector automatically unlocks from the
inlet when charging is completed.
If the connector does not automati
-
cally unlock after charging is com
-
pleted in AUTO mode, the connector
will unlock when all of the doors are
unlocked.
For more details, refer to "AC charging
connector lock" on page 1-7.
CAUTION
When disconnecting the charging con
-
nector, do not try to disconnect it by
force while not pressing the release but
-
ton. This may damage the charging con
-
nector and vehicle charging inlet.
3. Close the charging door by pressing
the rear center edge of the charging
door.
* The charging door does not have a
locking system.
OMQ4PHQ013015L
OMQ4PHQ013009L_2
Hybrid system overview
121
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
WARNING
Do not modify or disassemble the
charging cable components. It may
cause a fire or an electric shock with per
-
sonal injury.
NOTICE
僅 If you cannot open the charging door
in freezing weather, tap lightly or
remove any ice near the charging
door. Do not forcibly open the
charging door. If you open it by force,
the charging door may be damaged.
僅 Keep the charging connector, cable
and charging plug clean and dry.
僅 Use an air gun to blow any foreign
substances from the charging con
-
nector and the charging plug.
Trickle charger (portable
charging cable)
Trickle charger can be used if AC Char
-
ger is unavailable.
1. Plug and cable
2. Control box (ICCB)
3. Charging connector/cable
How to connect portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box)
1. Turn OFF all switches, move the shift
dial to P (Park), and turn OFF the
vehicle.
2. Connect the plug to a household elec
-
tric outlet.
3. Make sure that the power connection
indicator (green) lights in the ICCB.
4. Depress the brake pedal and apply
the parking brake.
5. Open the charging inlet door by
pressing rear center edge of the
charging inlet door.
OMQ4PHQ013049L
OMQ4Q011003N
OCDPQ019051
OMQ4PHQ013013L
13
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
6. Remove any dust on the charging
connector and charging inlet.
7. Hold the charging connector handle.
Vehicle connection
Insert it into the charging inlet, until
you hear a click. Improper connection
between the charging connector and
the charging terminal is a potential
fire hazard.
NOTICE
If the charging connector and charging
inlet are not connected properly, the
connector may droop or vibrate. In this
case, hold the charging connector han
-
dle and push it all the way in.
8. Charging starts automatically and the
charging light blinks.
9. Check if the charging cable connec
-
tion indicator ( ) of the high volt
-
age battery in the instrument cluster
is turned ON.
Charging will not occur when the indi
-
cator is OFF. When the charging con
-
nector is not connected properly,
reconnect the charging cable to
charge.
NOTICE
僅 Charging is in progress only with the
shift dial is in P (Park). Charging the
battery with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC position is possible,
but it may discharge the 12V battery.
If possible, charge the battery with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
OFF position.
僅 Moving the shift dial from P (Park) to
R (Reverse)/N (Neutral)/D (Drive)
stops the charging process. To restart
the charging process, move the shift
dial to P (Park), press the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF posi
-
tion, and disconnect the charging
cable. Reconnect the charging cable
to restart the charging process.
10.After charging has started, the esti
-
mated charging time is displayed on
the instrument cluster for about 1
minute. It is also displayed when the
driver's door is opened with charging
in progress. When scheduled charging
is set, the estimated charging time is
displayed as "--".
OMQ4PHQ013014L
OCDPQ019052
OCDPQ019053
OMQ4PHQ014052N
Hybrid system overview
141
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging cable storage
The trickle charger cable should be put
in the storage box after use.
OMQ4PHQ013016L
15
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging status indicator lamp for portable charging cable
Control Box Indicator Details
PLUG
(Green)
On: Power on
Blink: Plug temperature sensor failure
(Red)
On: Plug high temperature protection
Blink: Plug high temperature warning
POWER On: Power on
CHARGE
Blink: Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE indicator
is appears.
FAULT Blink: Charging interrupted
CHARGE
LEVEL
Charging current 12A
Charging current 10A
Charging current 8A
VEHICLE
(Green)
Charging connector plugged
(Blue)
Charging
(Red)
Blink: Charging impossible
OCDPQ019047
Hybrid system overview
161
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
NO Control Box Status/Diagnosis/Countermeasure NO Control Box Status/Diagnosis/Countermeasure
1
僅 Charging connector plugged into vehi
-
cle (Green ON)
僅 Plug temperature sensor failure (Green
blink)
僅 Plug high temperature protection (Red
blink)
僅 Plug high temperature warning (Red
ON)
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
2
僅 Charging connector plugged into vehi
-
cle (Green ON)
3
僅 While charging
- Charge indicator (Green blink)
- Vehicle indicator (Blue ON)
4
僅 Before plugging charging connector
into vehicle (Red blink)
-Abnormal temperature
- ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
5
僅 Plugged into vehicle (Red blink)
- Diagnostic device failure
- Current leakage
- Abnormal temperature
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
6
僅 After plugging charging connector into
vehicle (Red blink)
- Communication failure
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
7
僅 Plug temperature sensor failure (Green
blink)
僅 Plug high temperature protection (Red
blink)
僅 Plug high temperature warning (Red
ON)
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
8
僅Power saving mode
- 3 minutes after charging starts
(Green blink)
OCDPQ019051
OCDPQ019052
OCDPQ019053
OCD-
OCDPQ019055
OCDPQ019056
OCDPQ019052
ODEEV018071
17
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
How to disconnect portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box)
1. Before disconnecting the charging
connector, make sure the doors are
unlocked. When the doors are locked,
the charging connector lock system
will not allow disconnection. To pre
-
vent charging cable theft, the
charging connector cannot be discon
-
nected from the inlet when the doors
are locked. If the vehicle is in the
charging connector AUTO mode, the
charging connector automatically
unlocks from the inlet when charging
is completed.
For more details, refer to "AC charging
connector lock" on page 1-7.
CAUTION
To disconnect the charging connector,
unlock the doors to unlatch the charging
connector lock system. The charging
connector and the vehicle's charging
inlet may be damaged.
2. While holding the charging connector,
press the locking release button and
then pull it out.
3. Make sure to securely close the
charging door.
4. Disconnect the plug from the house
-
hold electric outlet. Do not pull the
cable when disconnecting the plug.
5. Close the protective cover for the
charging connector so that foreign
material cannot enter the terminal.
6. Put the charging cable inside the
cable storage compartment to protect
it.
Precautions for portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box)
僅 Use a portable charging cable that is
certified by Kia.
僅 Do not try to repair, disassemble, or
adjust the portable charging cable.
僅 Do not use an extension cord or
adapter.
僅 Stop using immediately if a failure
warning light occurs.
僅 Do not touch the plug and charging
connector with wet hands.
僅 Do not touch the terminal part of the
AC charging connector and the AC
charging inlet on the vehicle.
僅 Do not connect the charging connec
-
tor to voltage that does not comply
with regulations.
僅 Do not use the portable charging
cable if it is worn-out, exposed, or
there’s any type of damage on the
portable charging cable.
OMQ4PHQ013015L
OMQ4Q011003N
Hybrid system overview
181
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
僅 If the ICCB case and AC charging con
-
nector are damaged, cracked, or the
wires are exposed in any way, do not
use the portable charging cable.
僅 Do not let children operate or touch
the portable charging cable.
僅 Keep the ICCB free of moisture.
僅 Keep the AC charging connector or
plug terminal free of foreign sub
-
stances.
僅 Do not step on the cable or cord. Do
not pull the cable or cord and do not
twist or bend it.
僅Do not charge when there is lightning.
僅 Do not drop the ICCB or place a heavy
object on it.
僅 Do not place an object that can gener
-
ate high temperatures near the char
-
ger when charging.
僅 Charging with the worn-out or dam
-
aged household electric outlet can
result in a risk of electric shock. If you
are in doubt as to the condition of the
household electric outlet, have it
checked by a licensed electrician.
僅 Stop using the portable charging
cable immediately if the household
electric outlet or any components is
overheated or you notice burning
odors.
Actions to be taken for electric
vehicle charging issues
When you cannot charge the high volt
-
age battery after connecting the char
-
ger, check the following:
1. The charging settings for the vehicle.
(e.g. when scheduled charging is set,
charging is not initiated immediately
when the AC charger or portable
charger is connected.)
2. The operation status of the AC char
-
ger and portable charger.
(Refer to "Charging status indicator
lamp for portable charging cable" on
page 1-15.)
* Actual method for indicating the
charging status may vary in accor
-
dance with the charger manufac
-
turer.
3. When the vehicle does not charge and
a warning message appears on the
instrument cluster, check the corre
-
sponding message.
4. If the vehicle is properly charged
when charged with another normally
working charger, contact the charger
manufacturer.
5. If the vehicle does not charge when
charged with another normally work
-
ing charger, contact an authorized Kia
dealer for inspection.
How to disconnect charging con
-
nector in emergency
If the charging connector does not dis
-
connect due to battery discharge and/or
failure of the electric system, open the
cover (1) on the right side of the luggage
compartment and gently pull the emer
-
gency cable (2). The charging connector
will disconnect.
OMQ4PHQ013017L
19
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Driving the hybrid/plug-in
hybrid vehicle
Starting the vehicle
Vehicles with smart key system
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside
the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly
applied.
3. Place the shift dial in P (Park). When
the shift dial is in N (Neutral), you can
-
not start the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton. If the hybrid system starts, the
(
READY
) READY/ON indicator will
turn on.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without depressing
the accelerator.
After following the start procedures,
(READY) READY/ON indicator on the
instrument cluster will turn on. For
more details, please refer to
"Starting
the vehicle" on page 1-19
.
Economical and safe operation of
Hybrid system
僅 Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod
-
erate rate and maintain a steady
cruising speed. Do not make "jackrab
-
bit" starts. Do not race between stop
-
lights.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possi
-
ble. Always maintain a safe distance
from other vehicles so you can avoid
unnecessary braking. This also
reduces brake wear.
僅 The regenerative brake generates
energy when the vehicle decelerates.
僅 When the hybrid battery power is low,
the hybrid system automatically
recharges the hybrid battery.
僅 When the engine is running with the
shift dial in N (Neutral), the hybrid sys
-
tem cannot generate electricity. The
hybrid battery cannot recharge with
the shift dial in N (Neutral).
NOTICE
In the hybrid system, the engine auto
-
matically runs and stops. When the
hybrid system operates, the (READY)
indicator appears.
In the following situations, the engine
may operate automatically:
僅 When the engine is ready to run.
僅 When the hybrid battery is being
charged.
僅 Depending on the temperature condi
-
tion of the hybrid battery.
Changing plug-in hybrid mode
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
EV/HEV button
Whenever you press the [EV/HEV] but
-
ton, Plug-in hybrid system drive mode
will be changed in sequential as:
Automatic (AUTO) mode - Hybrid (CS)
mode - Electric (CD) mode.
Each time the mode is changed a corre
-
sponding LED is displayed on the instru
-
ment cluster as follows.
OMQ4PHQ013018L
Hybrid system overview
201
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Automatic (AUTO) mode
Hybrid (CS) mode
Special features
Hybrid vehicles sound different from
gasoline engine vehicles. When the
hybrid system operates, you may hear a
sound from the hybrid battery system
under the passenger side seat floor. If
you apply the accelerator pedal rapidly,
you may hear an unconventional sound.
When you apply the brake pedal, you
may hear a sound from the regenerative
brake system. When the hybrid system
is turned off or on, you may hear a
sound in the engine compartment. If you
depress the brake pedal repeatedly
when the hybrid system is turned on,
you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment. None of these sounds
indicates a problem. These are normal
characteristics of hybrid vehicles.
If any of the following occurs, it's a nor
-
mal condition if you hear a motor sound
in the engine compartment:
僅 After turning off the hybrid system,
the brake pedal is released.
僅 When the hybrid system is turned off,
the brake pedal is applied.
僅 When the driver’s door is opened.
When the hybrid system is turned ON,
the gasoline engine or may not may run.
You may feel a vibration. This does not
indicate a malfunction. When the
(READY) indicator appears, the hybrid
system is ready. Even if the engine is off,
you can operate the vehicle if the
(READY) indicator appears.
NOTICE
The hybrid system contains many elec
-
tronic components. High voltage compo
-
nents, such as cables and other parts,
may emit electromagnetic waves. Even
when the electromagnetic cover blocks
electromagnetic emissions, electromag
-
netic waves may affect electronic
devices. When your vehicle is not used
for a long time, the hybrid system will
discharge. You need to drive the vehicle
several times a month. We recommend
driving at least for 1 hour or 10 miles (16
km). When the hybrid battery is dis
-
charged or when it is impossible to jump
start the vehicle, contact your authorized
Kia dealer.
When you start the hybrid system with
the shift dial in P (Park), the (READY)
indicator appears on the instrument
cluster. You can drive the vehicle even
when the gasoline engine is off.
WARNING
僅 When you exit the vehicle, you should
turn OFF the hybrid system and place
the shift dial in P (Park). If you depress
the accelerator pedal by mistake, or
when the shift dial is not in P (Park),
the vehicle will abruptly move, possi
-
bly resulting in serious injury or death.
OMQ4PH033138L
OMQ4PH033137L
21
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Virtual Engine Sound System
(VESS)
VESS generates engine sound for
pedestrians to hear vehicle sound
because there is limited sound while
motor power is used.
僅 If the vehicle is moving at low speed,
the VESS will operate.
Regenerative braking
Uses an electric motor when decelerat
-
ing and when braking and transforms
kinetic energy to electrical energy to
charge the high voltage battery.
Battery
僅 The vehicle is composed of a high
voltage battery that drives the motor
and air conditioner, and a 12V lead
battery with the HEV battery that
operates the lights, wipers and audio
system.
僅 The 12V battery automatically charge
when the vehicle is in the ready
(
READY)
mode.
Hybrid system gauge
Power gauge
Type A
Type B
The hybrid system gauge indicates
whether the current driving condition is
fuel efficient.
僅CHARGE:
Shows that the energy made by the
vehicle is being converted to electrical
energy. (Regenerated energy)
僅ECO:
Shows that the vehicle is being driven
in an Eco-friendly manner.
僅POWER:
Shows that the vehicle is exceeding
the Eco-friendly range.
Hybrid battery State of Charge
(SOC) gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the remaining
hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near
the "L (Low)" level, the vehicle automati
-
cally operates the engine to charge the
battery.
However, if the Service Indicator ( )
and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is
near the "L (Low)" level, have the vehicle
be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4PH034153N
OMQ4PH034154N
OMQ4PH034102N
OMQ4PH034103N
Hybrid system overview
221
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Plug-in hybrid mode indicator
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
僅CD mode: The high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is used to drive the vehicle.
僅 AUTO mode: The AUTO mode will be
automatically selected from either
from Electric (CD) mode or Hybrid
((Charge Sustaining) (CS)) mode by
the system according to the driving
condition.
僅 CS mode: The high-voltage (hybrid)
battery and gasoline engine are used
to drive the vehicle.
A:
Electric Mode
A:
Automatic Mode
A:
Hybrid Mode
A corresponding message is displayed
to indicate the selected mode.
Warning and indicator lights
Ready indicator READY
This indicator appears:
When the vehicle is ready to be driven.
僅 ON: Normal driving is possible.
僅 OFF: Normal driving is not possible or
a problem has occurred.
EV mode indicator
This indicator appears:
When the vehicle is driven by the electric
motor.
僅 "EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven
using the electric motor or the gaso
-
line engine is stopped.
僅 "EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven
using the gasoline engine.
Service warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- The service warning light appears
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off when all checks have
been performed.
僅 When there is a problem with the
hybrid vehicle control system or hard
-
ware.
When the warning light appears during
driving, or does not go OFF after starting
OMQ4PH033137L
OMQ4PH033140L
OMQ4PH033141L
OMQ4PH033142L
23
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
the vehicle, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Regenerative brake warning light
(red color) (yellow color)
This warning light appears:
When the regenerative brake does not
operate and the brake does not perform
well. This causes the Brake Warning light
(red) and Regenerative Brake Warning
Light (yellow) to appears simultaneously.
If this occurs, drive slowly and have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. The operation of the brake pedal
may be more difficult than normal and
braking distance may increase.
Charging cable connection indi
-
cator (Plug-in hybrid vehi
-
cle)
This indicator appears in red when the
charging cable is connected.
LCD display messages
Ready to drive
This message is displayed when the
vehicle is ready to be driven.
Check brake system
This message is displayed when brake
performance is low or the regenerative
brakes do not work properly due to a
failure in the brake system.
If this occurs, braking distance may
increase.
Stop vehicle and check brake sys
-
tem
This message is displayed when a failure
occurs in the brake system.
Park the vehicle in a safe location and
have your vehicle towed to the nearest
authorized Kia dealer.
Check Hybrid system
This message is displayed when there is
a problem with the hybrid control sys
-
tem. Refrain from driving when the
warning message is displayed.
OMQ4PHQ014053N
OMQ4PH044008N
OMQ4PH044009N
OMQ4PHQ013036L
Hybrid system overview
241
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Stop safely and check Hybrid sys
-
tem
This message is displayed when there is
a problem with the hybrid control sys
-
tem. The (READY) indicator will blink and
a warning chime will sound until the
problem resolves. Do not drive when the
warning message is displayed.
Have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Check Hybrid system. Do not
start engine
This message is displayed when the
hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low.
A warning chime will sound until the
problem resolves. Do not drive when the
warning message is displayed.
Have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Stop safely and check power sup
-
ply
This message is displayed when a failure
occurs in the power supply system.
Park the vehicle in a safe location and
have your vehicle towed to the nearest
authorized Kia dealer.
Check Virtual Engine Sound Sys
-
tem
This message is displayed when there is
a problem with the VESS.
Have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Refill coolant
This message is displayed when the
inverter coolant is nearly empty.
Refill the inverter coolant.
OMQ4PHQ013037L
OMQ4PHQ013038L
OMQ4PHQ013039L
OMQ4PHQ013035L
OMQ4PHQ013041L
25
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Park with engine On to charge
battery
This message is displayed when the
hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low.
Park the vehicle in a safe location and
wait for the hybrid battery to charge.
Start engine to avoid battery dis
-
charge
This message is displayed to inform the
driver the 12V battery may be dis
-
charged if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in ON position (without the
READY indicator ON).
Set the vehicle to the ready (READY)
mode to prevent the 12V battery from
being discharged.
Coasting guide (if equipped)
A chime will sound and the coasting
guide indicator will be displayed to
inform you when to take your foot off
the accelerator by anticipating a decel
-
erating event* based on the analysis of
your driving routes and road conditions
stored in the navigation system. It
encourages you to take your foot off the
pedal and allow coasting down the road
with EV motor only. This helps prevent
unnecessary fuel consumption and
increase fuel efficiency.
* Example of a deceleration event is
descending a long hill, slowing down
approaching a toll booth or approach
-
ing reduced speed zones.
僅 User settings
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton and put the shift dial in P (Park). In
the User Settings Mode, select Driver
assistance, Coasting Guide and On to
turn on the system. Cancel the selec
-
tion of coasting guide to turn off the
system. For the explanation of the
system, press and hold the [OK] but
-
ton.
僅 Operation conditions
To activate the system, follow these
procedures:
Enter your destination information on
the navigation and select the driving
route. Select the ECO mode in the
Integrated Driving Control System.
Then satisfy the following:
- The driving speed should be
between 19 mph (30 km/h) and 99
mph (160 km/h).
* The operating speed may vary due to
the difference between the instrument
cluster and the navigation system as
affected by tire inflation level.
OMQ4PHQ013040L
OMQ4PHQ013043L
OMQ4PHQ013044L
Hybrid system overview
261
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
CD mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
A:
Electric Mode
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is used
to drive the vehicle.
AUTO (Automatic) mode (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
A:
Automatic Mode
The drive mode will be automatically
selected from either Electric (CD) mode
or Hybrid (CS) mode by the system
according to the driving condition.
CS mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
A:
Hybrid Mode
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and
gasoline engine is used to drive the vehi
-
cle.
Remaining charge time (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed to notify you
of the remaining time to fully charge the
battery.
Charging stopped. Check the AC
charger (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
charging failed by external charger
error.
The purpose of this message is to let you
know an error has occurred in the char
-
ger itself, not in the vehicle.
Charging stopped. Check the
cable connection (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed when
charging is stopped because the
charging connector is not correctly con
-
nected to the charging inlet. Separate
the charging connector, re-connect it
and check whether there is any problem
(external damage, foreign substances,
etc.) with the charging connector and
charging inlet. If the same problem
occurs when charging with a replaced
charging cable or genuine Kia portable
charger, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4PH033140L
OMQ4PH033141L
OMQ4PH033142L
OMQ4PHQ014052N
27
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Low/High System Temp. Main
-
taining Hybrid mode (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is too low or too high to protect
the battery and the hybrid system.
Low/High System Temp. Switch
-
ing to Hybrid mode (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is too low or high. This warning
message is to protect the battery and
the hybrid system.
Switching to Hybrid mode to
allow heating (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
僅 When the outdoor temperature is
lower than 5 °F (-15 °C) and the cool
-
ant temperature is lower than 158 °F
(70 °C), you can turn the climate con
-
trol On for heating. The above mes
-
sage will be displayed in the
instrument cluster. The vehicle will
automatically switch to HEV mode
and EV mode will not be activated
(even with the EV/HEV button
pressed)
僅 When the outdoor temperature is
higher than 14 °F (-10 °C), the coolant
temperature is higher than 176 °F (80
°C) or you turn the climate control Off,
the vehicle will automatically return to
EV mode.
Wait until fuel door unlocks
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when you
attempt to unlock the fuel filler door with
the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until the
fuel tank is depressurized.
NOTICE
僅 It may take up to 20 seconds to
unlock the fuel filler door.
僅 If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to dislodge
the ice and release the door.
僅 Do not pry on the door. If necessary,
spray around the door with an
approved deicer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehi
-
cle to a warm place and allow the ice
to melt.
Fuel door unlocked (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the fuel
filler door is unlocked and also means
“Ready to refuel”.
Press the rear center edge of fuel filler
door to open.
Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed when the fuel
filler door is open while driving or an
abnormality has occurred.
Hybrid system overview
281
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging door open (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message indicates that the
charging door is open while in driving
ready state.
Inspect and close the door.
(Driving with the charging door open
may result in moisture inflow or dam
-
age.)
Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when you
start the engine without unplugging the
charging cable. Unplug the charging
cable and start the vehicle.
Maintaining Hybrid mode to con
-
tinue heating (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
The message is displayed when heating
is in on and the HEV mode is maintained
to meet the heating operating conditions
when attempting to switch to EV mode
by pressing the EV/HEV button.
EV/HEV modes (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
A corresponding message is displayed
when a mode is selected by pressing the
EV/HEV button.
PHEV infotainment system (Plug-
in hybrid vehicle)
Press [PHEV] on the [Home screen].
The Plug-in Hybrid menu consists of five
sections: [EV range], [Energy informa
-
tion], [Charge management], [ECO driv
-
ing], [Energy flow].
For more information, refer to the info
-
tainment manual supplied with your
vehicle.
Energy flow
The hybrid system informs you about
energy flow in various operating modes.
While driving, the current energy flow is
specified in 11 modes.
OMQ4PHQ014045N
OMQ4PHQ014046N
OMQ4PHQ014047N
29
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Vehicle stop
The vehicle is stopped.
(No energy flow)
EV propulsion
Only motor power is used to drive the
vehicle.
(Battery → Wheel)
Power assist
Both the motor and the engine power
are used to drive the vehicle.
(Battery & Engine → Wheel)
Engine only propulsion
Only the engine power is used to drive
the vehicle.
(Engine → Wheel)
Engine generation
When the vehicle is stopped, the high-
voltage battery is charged by the engine.
(Engine → Battery)
Regeneration
The high-voltage battery is charged by
the regenerative brake system.
(Wheel → Battery)
OMQ4PHQ013024L
OMQ4PHQ013025L
OMQ4PHQ013026L
OMQ4PHQ013027L
OMQ4PHQ013028L
OMQ4PHQ013034L
Hybrid system overview
301
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Engine brake
Engine braking is used to decelerate the
vehicle.
(Wheel → Engine)
Power reserve
The engine is simultaneously used to
drive the vehicle and to charge the high-
voltage battery.
(Engine → Wheel & Battery)
Engine generation/motor drive
The engine charges the high-voltage
battery. Motor power is used to drive the
vehicle.
(Engine → Battery → Wheel)
Engine generation/regeneration
The engine and regenerative brake sys
-
tem charges the high-voltage battery.
(Engine & Wheel → Battery)
Engine brake/regeneration
The engine braking is simultaneously
used to decelerate the vehicle and to
charge the high-voltage battery.
(Wheel → Engine & Battery)
Start engine to avoid battery dis
-
charge
If the engine is not turned on with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in ACC or
ON for a while, the battery can be dis
-
charged. Turn on the engine to prevent
12V battery from discharge.
OMQ4PHQ013029L
OMQ4PHQ013030L
OMQ4PHQ013032L
OMQ4PHQ013032L
OMQ4PHQ013032L
OMQ4PHQ013043L
31
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Aux. Battery Saver+ (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function
that monitors the charging status of the
12V auxiliary battery. If the auxiliary bat
-
tery level is low, the main high voltage
battery charges the auxiliary battery.
NOTICE
The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will be
ON when your vehicle was delivered. For
more information, refer to the "System
setting" on the following page.
Mode
僅 Cycle Mode: When the vehicle is OFF
with all doors, hood and liftgate
closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ peri
-
odically activates according to the
auxiliary battery status.
僅 Automatic Mode: When the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion with the charging connector
plugged in, the function activates
according to the auxiliary battery sta
-
tus to prevent over-discharge of the
auxiliary battery.
CAUTION
僅 The Aux. Battery Saver+ activates for
a maximum of 20 minutes. If the Aux.
Battery Saver+ function activates
more than 10 times consecutively in
the Automatic Mode, the function will
stop activating, determining that there
is a problem with the auxiliary battery.
Drive the vehicle for a while. The func
-
tion will start activating when the aux
-
iliary battery returns to normal.
僅 The Aux. Battery Saver+ function can
-
not prevent battery discharge if the
auxiliary battery is damaged, worn-
out, used as a power supply or unau
-
thorized electronic devices are used.
System setting
The driver can activate the Aux. Battery
Saver+ function by placing the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON position.
WARNING
When the function is active, the charging
indicator light will blink quickly and high
voltage electricity will flow in the vehicle.
Do not touch the high voltage electric
wire (orange), connector or any electric
components and devices. This may
cause electric shock and lead to injuries.
Do not modify your vehicle in any way.
This may affect your vehicle perfor
-
mance and lead to an accident.
OMQ4PHQ013019L
Hybrid system overview
321
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Plug-in hybrid vehicle components
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine: 1.6L
2. Motor: 66.9kW
3. Transmission: 6AT
4. Hybrid starter generator (HSG)
5. HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
6. High voltage battery system
7. Regenerative brake system
8. Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)
The Hybrid battery uses high voltage to operate the electric motor and other compo
-
nents. High voltage is dangerous if touched.
OMQ4PHQ013020L_9
33
1
1
Hybrid system overview Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Your vehicle is equipped with orange
colored insulation and covers the high
voltage components to protect people
from electric shock. High voltage warn
-
ing labels are attached to some system
components as additional warnings.
Have your vehicle serviced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
High voltage components
Never touch orange colored or high volt
-
age labeled components, including
wires, cables or connections. When insu
-
lators or covers are damaged or
removed, severe injury or death from
electrocution may occur.
WARNING
Avoid Touching Hybrid Power Control
Unit (HPCU)
When replacing the fuses in the engine
compartment, never touch the HPCU.
The HPCU carries high voltage. Touch
-
ing the HPCU may result in electrocu
-
tion, serious injury, or death.
CAUTION
High Voltage Battery Damage
When loading your vehicle, be careful of
transporting items in a manner that
could damage the high voltage battery.
Do not store items on top of the high
voltage battery or overload the trunk
area. Such actions may ultimately dam
-
age the high voltage battery unit.
WARNING
In the hybrid system, the hybrid battery
uses high voltage to operate the motor
and other components. This high volt
-
age hybrid battery system can be very
dangerous.
Never touch the hybrid system. If you
touch the hybrid battery system, serious
injury or death may occur.
CAUTION
僅 Be careful when loading flammable
liquid in the passenger compartment.
It could cause operational and safety
degradation if the liquid leaks and
flows into the high voltage battery.
WARNING
Battery electrolyte
As with all batteries, avoid fluid contact
with the hybrid battery. If the battery is
damaged or if electrolytes contact your
body, clothes or eyes, immediately flush
with a large quantity of fresh water and
seek medical attention.
WARNING
Aftermarket battery charger
Do not use an aftermarket battery char
-
ger to charge the hybrid battery. Doing
so may result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
High waters
僅 Avoid high waters as this may result in
your vehicle becoming saturated with
water and could compromise the high
voltage components.
僅 Do not touch any of the high voltage
components within your vehicle if it
has been submerged in water equal
to half of the vehicle height. Touching
high voltage components once sub
-
merged in water could result in severe
Hybrid system overview
341
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
burns or electric shock that could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Carrying liquids in liftgate
Do not load large amounts of water in
open containers into the vehicle. If water
spills onto the HEV battery, it may cause
a short and damage the battery.
CAUTION
Cleaning engine
When you clean the engine compart
-
ment, do not wash using water. Water
may cause electric arcing to occur and
damage electronic parts and compo
-
nents.
WARNING
Exposure to high voltage
僅 High voltage in the hybrid battery sys
-
tem is very dangerous and can cause
severe burns and electric shock. This
may result in serious injury or death.
僅 Never touch, replace, dismantle or
remove any portion of the hybrid bat
-
tery system including components,
cables and connectors.
WARNING
Use of water or liquids
If liquids contact the hybrid system com
-
ponents, and you are also in contact with
the water, severe injury or death due to
electrocution may occur.
WARNING
Hot components
When the hybrid battery system oper
-
ates, the HEV battery system can be hot.
Heat burns may result from touching
even insulated components of the HEV
system.
NOTICE
Prolonged parking
Prolonged parking might cause battery
discharge and operation failure due to
natural discharge. Drive your vehicle
approximately once every 2 months for
more than 9 miles (15 km).The battery
will be charged automatically when driv
-
ing your vehicle.
Hybrid vehicle components
High voltage battery system
WARNING
Never touch orange colored or high volt
-
age labeled components, including
wires, cables, and connections. When
insulators or covers are damaged or
removed, severe injury or death from
electrocution may occur.
WARNING
When replacing the fuses in the engine
compartment, never touch the HPCU.
The HPCU carries high voltage. Touch
-
ing the HPCU may result in electrocu
-
tion, serious injury, or death.
WARNING
In the hybrid system, the hybrid battery
uses high voltage to operate the motor
and other components. This high volt
-
age hybrid battery system can be very
dangerous.
35
1
1
Hybrid system overview Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Never touch the hybrid system. If you
touch the hybrid battery system, serious
injury or death may occur.
CAUTION
僅 Be careful when loading flammable
liquid in the passenger side seat floor.
It could cause operational and safety
degradation if the liquid leaks and
flows into the high voltage battery.
WARNING
僅 Do not disassemble the high voltage
motor connector. The high voltage
motor connector may contain residual
high voltage. Contacting high voltage
may result in death or serious injury.
僅 Your vehicle's hybrid system should
only be inspected or repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Do not disassemble or assemble the
high voltage battery system. Doing so
may result in electric shock, causing
death or serious injury.
僅 If you disassemble or assemble hybrid
system components improperly, it
may damage the performance and
reliability of your vehicle.
僅 If electrolytes contact your body,
clothes or eyes, immediately flush
with a large quantity of fresh tap
water. Have your eyes examined by a
doctor as soon as possible.
WARNING
Never assemble or disassemble the high
voltage battery system.
僅 If you assemble or disassemble the
high voltage battery system, the dura
-
bility and performance of the vehicle
may be damaged.
僅If you want to check the high voltage
battery system, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Do not touch the high voltage battery
and high voltage cable connected to
the motor (orange color). Severe
burns and electric shock may occur.
Do not touch the covers of electronic
components and electronic cables. Do
not remove the covers of electronic
components and electronic cable.
Never touch the high voltage battery
system when the hybrid system in
operation. It may result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
僅 Never use the package modules (high
voltage battery, inverter and con
-
verter) for any other purpose.
僅 Do not use an unauthorized battery
charger to charge the high voltage
battery. Doing so may result in death
or serious injury.
僅 Never place the high voltage system
near or in a fire.
僅 Never drill into or strike the package
module. It may be damaged. An elec
-
tric shock may occur resulting in seri
-
ous injury or death.
NOTICE
僅 When the vehicle is paint baked, do
not bake over 30 minutes in 158°F
(70°C) or 20 minutes in 176°F (80°C)
degrees.
僅 Do not water wash the engine com
-
partment. Water may cause an elec
-
Hybrid system overview
361
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
tric shock and damage the electronic
components.
WARNING
This hybrid vehicle uses the hybrid bat
-
tery system inverter and converter to
generate high voltage. High voltage in
the hybrid battery system is very dan
-
gerous and may cause severe burns and
electric shock. This may result in serious
injury or death.
僅 Never touch, replace, disassemble or
remove the hybrid battery system
including components, cables or con
-
nectors. Severe burns or electric
shock may result in serious injury or
death.
僅 When the hybrid battery system oper
-
ates, the hybrid battery system can be
hot. Always be careful because burns
or electric shock may be caused by
high voltage.
僅 Do not spill liquid on the HPCU, HSG,
motor and fuses. If the hybrid system
components contact liquid, it may
result in electric shock.
Hybrid battery cooling duct
(Hybrid vehicle)
Inlet duct
Outlet duct
The hybrid battery cooling duct is
located below the right side of the front
seats. The cooling duct cools down the
hybrid battery. When the hybrid battery
cooling duct is blocked, the hybrid bat
-
tery may become overheated.
Clean the cooling duct for the hybrid
battery with a dry cloth on a regular
basis.
WARNING
Air Intake
僅 Blocking the air intake behind the rear
seats may damage the HEV battery.
僅 Do not allow any water into the air
intake even when cleaning. If any
water enters the air intake, the Hybrid
battery may cause an electric shock
which can cause serious injury or
death due to electrocution.
OMQ4PHQ013021L
OMQ4PHQ013022L
37
1
1
Hybrid system overview Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
WARNING
Interference with electronic medical
devices
Electromagnetic waves that are gener
-
ated from the charger can impact medi
-
cal electric devices, such as an
implantable cardiac pacemaker. When
using such medical electric devices, ask
your medical professional and the
device manufacturer whether charging
your electric vehicle will impact the oper
-
ation of the medical electric devices.
Service interlock connector
WARNING
In an emergency, pull or cut the service
interlock connector to cut off the high
voltage of the battery. The service inter
-
lock connector cannot be reused when
cut.
WARNING
Service interlock connector
Never touch the safety plug. The safety
plug is attached to the high voltage
hybrid battery system. Touching the
safety plug may result in death.
If an accident occurs
WARNING
僅 For your safety, do not touch the high
voltage cables, connectors or package
modules. High voltage components
are orange in color.
僅 Exposed cables or wires may be visi
-
ble inside or outside the vehicle.
Never touch the wires or cables,
because an electrical shock, injury, or
death may occur.
僅 Any gas or electrolyte leakage from
your vehicle is not only poisonous but
also flammable. Upon witnessing one
of those events, open the windows
and stay a safe distance from the
vehicle.
Immediately call emergency services
or contact an authorized Kia dealer
and advise them that a hybrid vehicle
is involved.
僅 僅 If your vehicle is severely damaged,
stay a safe distance of 49 ft. (15 m) or
more between your vehicle and other
vehicles/flammables.
NOTICE
If a fire occurs:
僅 If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire
extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is meant
for electrical fires.
If it is impossible to extinguish the fire
in the early stage, remain a safe dis
-
tance from the vehicle and immedi
-
ately call your local fire emergency
responders. Advise them that a hybrid
vehicle is involved.
If the fire spreads to the high voltage
battery, a large amount of water will
be needed to put out the fire.
OMQ4PHQ013023L
Hybrid system overview
381
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Using small amount of water or fire
extinguishers not meant for electrical
fires could cause serious injury or
death from electrical shocks.
僅 Upon witnessing any sparks, gases,
flames, or fuel leakage of your vehicle,
immediately call emergency services
or contact an authorized Kia dealer.
Advise them that a hybrid vehicle is
involved.
WARNING
When a submersion in water occurs:
When your vehicle is flooded in water, a
high-voltage battery may cause shock or
fires. Turn the hybrid system OFF, take
the key and escape to a safe place.
Never attempt physical contact with
your flooded vehicle.
Immediately contact an authorized Kia
dealer and advise them that a hybrid
vehicle is involved.
When the hybrid vehicle shuts off
When the high voltage battery or 12 volt
battery is discharged, or when the fuel
tank is empty, the hybrid system may
not operate while driving. When the
Hybrid system does not operate, do the
following:
1. Gradually reduce your vehicle speed.
Pull your vehicle off the road in a safe
area.
2. Place the shift dial in P (Park).
3. Turn ON the hazard warning flashers.
4. Turn OFF the vehicle, and try to start
the hybrid system again while
depressing the brake pedal and turn
-
ing on the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton.
5. If the hybrid system still does not
operate, refer to "Emergency starting"
on page 8-4.
Before jump-starting the vehicle,
check the fuel level and the exact pro
-
cedure to jump start. When the fuel
level is low, do not attempt to drive
the vehicle only with the battery
power. The high voltage battery may
be discharged, and the hybrid system
will turn OFF.
WARNING
Vehicle accident
Never touch electric wires or cable. If
exposed electric wires or cables are visi
-
ble inside or outside your vehicle, an
electric shock may occur.
WARNING
Putting out fire
Never use a small quantity of water to
put out a fire in your vehicle. If a fire
occurs, evacuate the car immediately
and contact the fire department.
2Introduction
Introduction
Fuel requirements ......................................................................... 2-2
Vehicle modifications.................................................................... 2-4
Vehicle break-in process ..............................................................2-4
Risk of fire and burns when parking or stopping vehicle........ 2-5
Vehicle handling instructions ...................................................... 2-5
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders...................2-6
HEV/PHEV powertrain ................................................................. 2-7
Introduction
22
Fuel requirements
Introduction
Fuel requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
unleaded fuel having an octane number
((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Num
-
ber 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol
blended fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis
-
sions and spark plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than what
has been specified. (Consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer for details.)
僅 Tighten the cap until it clicks one time,
otherwise the Check Engine light will
appear.
WARNING
Refueling
僅 Do not "top off" after the nozzle auto
-
matically shuts off. Attempts to force
more fuel into the tank can cause fuel
to overflow onto you and the ground,
causing a risk of fire.
僅 Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel spill
-
age, especially in the event of an acci
-
dent.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and etha
-
nol (also known as grain alcohol), and
gasoline or gasohol containing methanol
(also known as wood alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of
leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) regulations, ethanol may
be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use gaso
-
line or gasohol containing any methanol.
Ethanol provides less energy than gaso
-
line and attracts water. Thus, it is likely to
reduce your fuel efficiency and could
lower your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability prob
-
lems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system. Do not use gasoline con
-
taining methanol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com
-
prised of 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline
and is manufactured exclusively for use
in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not
compatible with your vehicle. Use of
"E85" may result in poor engine perfor
-
mance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recom
-
mends that customers do not use fuel
with an ethanol content exceeding 15%.
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel sys
-
tem or any performance problems
caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing methanol.
Discontinue use of any methanol con
-
taining products which may inhibit
proper drivability.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems
may not be covered by the manufac
-
turer's warranty if they result from the
use of:
3
2
2
Introduction Fuel requirements
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing meth
-
anol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3. Gasohol containing more than 15%
ethanol.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur.
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manga
-
nese Tricarbonyl), Manganese (Mn), and
other metallic additives, may cause vehi
-
cle and engine damage or cause misfir
-
ing, poor acceleration, engine stalling,
catalyst melting, clogging, abnormal cor
-
rosion, life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or perfor
-
mance problems caused by the use of
these other fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manga
-
nese-based fuel additives such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tri
-
carbonyl). Kia does not recommend the
use of gasoline containing MMT. This
type of fuel can reduce vehicle perfor
-
mance and affect your emission control
system. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) on the cluster may illuminate.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco
-
hol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per
-
formance and damage components of
the fuel system, engine control system
and emission control system.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasoline with detergent additives
such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline.
Those help prevent deposit formation in
the engine. These gasoline will help the
engine run cleaner and enhance perfor
-
mance of the emission control system.
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website www.toptiergas.com
For customers who do not use TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline regularly and have
problems starting or the engine does not
run smoothly, additives that you can buy
separately may be added to the gaso
-
line.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive should
be added to the fuel tank at every 8,000
miles (13,000 km) or every engine oil
change is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorized Kia
dealer along with information on how to
use them. Do not mix with other addi
-
tives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
僅 Observe all regulations regarding reg
-
istration and insurance.
僅 Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
Introduction
42
Vehicle modifications
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations.
NOTICE
Damage or performance problems
resulting from any modification may not
be covered under your warranty.
CAUTION
If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage, bat
-
tery discharge and fire. For your safety,
do not use unauthorized electronic
devices.
Vehicle break-in process
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy
and life of your vehicle.
僅 Do not race the engine.
僅 While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
僅 Do not maintain a single engine speed
for long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speeds is
needed to properly break in the
engine.
僅 Avoid hard stops, except in emergen
-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop
-
erly.
僅 Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
僅 Fuel economy and engine perfor
-
mance may vary depending on vehi
-
cle break-in process and be stabilized
after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New
engines may consume more oil during
the vehicle break-in period.
5
2
2
Introduction Risk of fire and burns when parking or stopping vehicle
Risk of fire and burns when
parking or stopping vehicle
僅 Do not park or stop the vehicle near
flammable items such as leaves,
paper, oil, and tires. Such items placed
near the exhaust system can become
a fire hazard.
僅 When an engine idles at a high speed
with the rear side of the vehicle touch
-
ing a wall, the heat of the exhaust gas
can cause discoloration or fire. Keep
enough space between the rear part
of the vehicle and a wall.
僅 Be sure not to touch the exhaust/cata
-
lytic systems while the engine is run
-
ning or right after the engine is turned
off. There is a risk of burns since the
systems are extremely hot.
Vehicle handling instructions
As with other vehicles of this type, failure
to operate this vehicle correctly may
result in loss of control, an accident or
rollover.
Specific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, track, etc.) give this
vehicle a higher center of gravity than
other types of vehicles. It is not designed
for cornering at the same speeds as a
conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
Failure to operate this vehicle correctly
may result in loss of control, an accident
or rollover.
Be sure to read the "Reducing the risk
of a rollover" on page 6-48.
Introduction
62
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders
Vehicle data collection and
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an Event
Data Recorder (EDR). The main pur
-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an airbag deployment or hit
-
ting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a vehi
-
cle's systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems
for a short period of time, typically 30
seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi
-
cle is designed to record such data as:
僅 How various systems in your vehi
-
cle were operating;
僅 Whether or not the driver and pas
-
senger safety belts were buckled/
fastened;
僅 How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
僅 How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ
-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving condi
-
tions and no personal data (e.g.,
name, gender, age, and crash loca
-
tion) are recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the EDR data with the
type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the spe
-
cial equipment, can read the informa
-
tion if they have access to the vehicle
or the EDR.
7
2
2
Introduction HEV/PHEV powertrain
HEV/PHEV powertrain
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may increase the performance economy
and life of your vehicle.
僅 Do not race the engine.
僅 Avoid hard stops, except in emergen
-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop
-
erly.
3Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview .......................................................................... 3-2
Interior overview ...........................................................................3-4
Instrument panel overview ..........................................................3-6
Engine compartment.....................................................................3-8
Your vehicle at a glance
23
Exterior overview
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview
Front view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood 5-48
2. Headlamp 5-109, 9-57
3. Wheel and tire 8-14, 10-8
4. Outside rear view mirror 5-75
5. Panoramic sunroof 5-55
6. Front windshield wiper blades 5-115, 9-25
7. Windows 5-44
8. Front ultrasonic sensors 7-108
9. Front radar 7-4
10.Front view camera 7-4, 7-60
11.Front fog lamp 9-57
OMQ4PH013001L
3
3
3
Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview
12.Roof rack 5-149
13.Fuel filler door 5-50
Rear view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Doors 5-13
2. Fuel filler door 5-50
3. Rear combination lamp 9-57
4. High mounted stop lamp 9-62
5. Liftgate 5-34, 5-41
6. Antenna 5-153
7. Wide-rear view camera 7-92, 7-95
8. Rear ultrasonic sensors 7-108, 7-118, 7-124
9. Rear wiper 5-115, 9-25
10.Rear Reflex Reflector 9-57
11.Reversing lamp 9-61
OMQ4PH013002L
Your vehicle at a glance
43
Interior overview
Interior overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Inside door handle 5-15
2. Integrated Memory System 5-32
3. Outside rear view mirror folding switch 5-75
4. Outside rear view mirror control switch 5-75
5. Central door lock/unlock switch 5-16
6. Power window switches 5-45
7. Power window lock button 5-47
Electronic power child safety lock button 5-18
8. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever 5-60
9. Steering wheel 5-59
10.Instrument panel illumination control switch 5-79
11.Power liftgate open/close button 5-34, 5-41
12.ESC OFF button 6-33
OMQ4PH014003N
5
3
3
Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview
13.Hood release lever 5-48
14.Instrument panel fuse 9-44
15.Seat 4-5
16.Shift dial SBW 6-9
17.Brake pedal 6-24
18.Fuel door open button (For Plug-in Hybrid) 5-51
Your vehicle at a glance
63
Instrument panel overview
Instrument panel overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Audio remote control button
2. Driver's front air bag 4-49
3. Horn 5-61
4. Driving Assist button 7-60
5. Instrument cluster 5-84
6. Light control/turn signals lever 5-109
7. Wiper and washer control lever 5-115
8. ENGINE START/STOP button 6-5
9. Infotainment system 5-150
10.Hazard warning flasher switch 8-2
11.Climate control system 5-125
12.Front seat warmer and air ventilation seat button 5-139, 5-140
13.Glove box 5-137
OMQ4PH014004N_2
7
3
3
Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview
14.Steering wheel heater button 5-60
15.AUTO HOLD button 6-30
16.DBC switch 6-36
17.EPB switch 6-26
18.Parking/View button 7-92, 7-95
19.Parking Safety button 7-108, 7-118
20.EV/HEV button 1-19
21.Wireless charging system 5-144
22.Center console storage box 5-137
23.Power outlet 5-142
24.AC Inverter 5-141
25.Passenger's front air bag 4-49
Your vehicle at a glance
83
Engine compartment
Engine compartment
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Electric Control Unit (ECU) 9-5
2. Engine coolant reservoir 9-17
3. Engine coolant reservoir cap 9-17
4. Inverter coolant reservoir 9-18
5. Brake fluid reservoir 9-21
6. Air cleaner 9-24
7. Engine oil dipstick 9-15
8. Engine oil filler cap 9-15
9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9-22
10.Fuse box 9-44
OMQ4PH074002N
OMQ4PH074002N
9
3
3
Your vehicle at a glance Engine compartment
11.Inverter coolant reservoir cap 9-17
4Safety features of your Kia
Safety features of your K ia
Important safety precautions ......................................................4-3
Seats................................................................................................4-5
僅 Feature of Seat Leather.................................................................................4-8
僅 Front seat adjustment for manual seat.................................................. 4-9
僅 Front seat adjustment for power seat ..................................................4-10
僅 Rear seat adjustment ................................................................................... 4-12
僅 Headrest (for front seat) ............................................................................. 4-17
僅 Headrest (for rear seat)............................................................................... 4-19
僅 Seatback pocket............................................................................................ 4-20
僅 Small pocket..................................................................................................... 4-21
Seat belts ...................................................................................... 4-21
僅 Seat belt restraint system........................................................................... 4-21
僅 Seat belt precautions....................................................................................4-28
僅 Care of seat belts .......................................................................................... 4-30
Child Restraint System (CRS)..................................................... 4-31
僅 Children always in the rear........................................................................ 4-31
僅 Selecting a CRS...............................................................................................4-32
僅 Installing a CRS .............................................................................................. 4-34
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System .............4-39
僅 How does the air bag system operate.................................................4-40
僅 Air bag warning and indicator..................................................................4-41
僅 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and
functions............................................................................................................ 4-42
僅 Occupant Detection System (ODS)....................................................... 4-44
僅 Driver's and passenger's front air bag................................................. 4-49
僅 Side air bag....................................................................................................... 4-51
僅 Curtain air bag.................................................................................................4-52
僅 Air bag collision sensors............................................................................. 4-54
僅 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag).................................................................. 4-55
僅 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care .......................................4-57
4 Safety features of your Kia
僅 Additional safety precautions.................................................................. 4-58
僅 Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle..................................................................................................................4-59
僅 Air bag warning labels.................................................................................4-59
3
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Important safety precautions
Safety features of your Kia
For the safety of the driver and vehicle
passengers, you should become familiar
with the vehicle's safety features.
Important safety precautions
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts, not
replace them. Even though your vehicle
is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS
make sure you and your passengers
wear their seat belts, and wear them
properly.
Restrain all children
All children age 13 and under should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in a
rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and
small children should be restrained in
appropriate child restraints. Larger chil
-
dren should use a booster seat with the
lap/shoulder belt until they can use the
seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and shorter adults are at
the greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off the
road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving. To
reduce your risk of distraction or getting
into an accident:
僅 ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation
units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
僅 ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and when conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or email
while driving. Most states have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
states and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
僅 NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel
as well as your eyes and attention on
the road.
Safety features of your Kia
44
Important safety precautions
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the
higher the speed, the greater the risk,
but serious injuries can also occur at
lower speeds. Never drive faster than is
safe for current driving conditions,
regardless of the maximum speed
posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condi
-
tion
Having or a mechanical failures can be
extremely hazardous. To reduce the
possibility of such problems, check your
tire pressures and conditions frequently,
and perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
5
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seats
Seats
Front seat
* The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1
Forward and backward
2
Seatback angle
3
Seat cushion tilt
4
Seat cushion height
5
Lumbar support
6
Cushion extension (Driver's seat)
7
Integrated Memory System
8
Headrest
OMQ4PH024009N_5
Safety features of your Kia
64
Seats
Rear seat
* The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
2nd row seat
1
Forward and backward
2
Seatback angle and folding
3
Walk-in switch
4
Seatback folding
5
Emergency strap folding
6
Headrest
3rd row seat
7
Folding
8
Headrest
OMQ4PH024010N_9
7
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seats
WARNING
Loose objects
Loose objects in the driver's foot area
could interfere with the operation of the
foot pedals, possibly causing an acci
-
dent. Do not place anything under the
front seats.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
Do not press the release lever on a man
-
ual seatback without holding and con
-
trolling the seatback. The seatback will
spring upright, possibly impacting you
or other passengers.
WARNING
Driver responsibility for passengers
The driver must advise the passengers
to keep the seatback in an upright posi
-
tion whenever the vehicle is in motion. If
a seat is reclined during an accident, the
restraint system's ability to restrain the
passenger will be greatly reduced.
WARNING
Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on aftermar
-
ket seat cushions or sitting cushions. The
Passenger Occupant Detection System
may not operate properly, or the pas
-
senger's hips may slide under the lap
portion of the seat belt during an acci
-
dent or a sudden stop.
WARNING
Driver's seat
僅 Never attempt to adjust the seat while
the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control of your vehicle.
僅 Do not allow anything to interfere with
the normal position of the seatback.
For example, storing items against the
seatback could result in serious or
fatal injury in a sudden stop or colli
-
sion.
僅 Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining
comfortable control of your vehicle. A
distance of at least 10 inches (25 cm)
from your chest to the steering wheel
is recommended. Failure to do so can
result in air bag inflation injuries to the
driver.
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatbacks before
driving. Failure to do so could result in
passengers or objects being thrown for
-
ward, injuring occupants.
WARNING
Unexpected seat movement
After adjusting a manual seat, always
check that it is locked by shifting your
weight to the front and to the back. Sud
-
den or unexpected movement of the
driver's seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
OCV031071
Safety features of your Kia
84
Seats
WARNING
Seat adjustment
僅 Do not adjust the seat while wearing
seat belts. Moving the seat forward
will cause strong pressure on the
abdomen.
僅 Do not place your hand near the seat
bottom or seat track while adjusting
the seat. Your hand could get caught
in the seat mechanism.
WARNING
Luggage and cargo
Do not stack or pile luggage or cargo
higher than the seatback in the cargo
area. In an accident the cargo could
strike and injure a passenger. If objects
are large, heavy or must be piled, they
must be secured in the cargo area.
WARNING
Cargo area
Do not allow passengers to ride in the
cargo area under any circumstance. The
cargo area is solely for the purpose of
transporting luggage or cargo.
WARNING
Small objects
Use extreme caution when picking up
small objects trapped under the seats or
between the seat and the center con
-
sole. Your hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seat mecha
-
nism.
CAUTION
Precautions with seat covers
Use caution when working on seat
cover. A short circuit or disconnect may
occur, which could lead noise or damage
the ventilation system.
WARNING
Seat short circuit risk
Be aware of wires or air vents when
placing a seat cover or covering the seat
with plastic cover. A short circuit may
occur, which could lead to fire.
Feature of Seat Leather (if
equipped)
僅 Your car seats are upholstered with a
combination of artificial and genuine
leather. The genuine leather is made
from the outer skin of an animal,
which under goes a special process to
be available for use. Since it is a natu
-
ral substance, each part differs in
thickness or density. Also, wrinkles
could appear depending on the tem
-
perature and humidity.
僅 The seat cover is made of stretchable
material to improve occupant com
-
fort.
僅 The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting area is
high which provides driving comfort
and stability.
僅 Wrinkles may appear naturally from
usage. It is not a fault of the product.
CAUTION
僅 Belts with metallic accessories, zip
-
pers or keys inside the back pocket
may damage the seat fabric.
僅 Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of leather.
僅 Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
9
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seats
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear natu
-
rally from usage. It is not a defect. Wrin
-
kles or abrasions are not covered by
warranty.
Front seat adjustment for man
-
ual seat (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control levers located on the outside
of the seat cushion.
Moving forward and backward
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift the seat
-
back recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
WARNING
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and/
or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclin
-
ing your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead, it
will be in front of you. During an acci
-
dent, you could be thrown into the seat
belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the
greater chance the passenger's hips will
OMQ4023002_2
OMQ4023003_2
Safety features of your Kia
104
Seats
slide under the lap belt or the passen
-
ger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
Changing seat cushion height
(for driver's seat)
To change the height of the seat cush
-
ion, push the lever upwards or down
-
wards.
僅 To lower the seat cushion, push down
the lever several times.
僅 To raise the seat cushion, pull up the
lever several times.
Front seat adjustment for power
seat (if equipped)
The driver's seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion. Before driv
-
ing, adjust the seat to the proper posi
-
tion to easily control the steering wheel,
pedals and switches on the instrument
panel.
WARNING
Unattended children
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle. Children might operate features
of the vehicle that could injure them.
CAUTION
Power seating adjustments
僅 The power seating controls function
by electronic motor. Excessive opera
-
tion may cause damage to the electri
-
cal equipment.
僅 Do not operate two or more power
seat control switches at the same
time. Doing so may damage the
power seat motor or electrical compo
-
nents.
Moving forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OMQ4023004_2
OMQ4023007_2
11
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seats
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift the seat
-
back recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
Changing seat cushion tilt and
height
To change the height of the seat:
1. Pull the front portion(1) of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the front part of the seat cush
-
ion.
Pull the rear portion(2) of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Adjusting lumbar support (if
equipped)
Type A
Type B
The lumbar support can be adjusted by
pressing the lumbar support switch on
the side of the seat.
1. Press the front portion(1) of the switch
to increase support, or the rear por
-
tion(2) of the switch, to decrease sup
-
port.
2. Press the upper portion (3) of the
switch to raise the support, or the
OMQ4023008_2
OMQ4023010_3
OMQ4A023002_2
OMQ4023006_3
Safety features of your Kia
124
Seats
lower portion (4) of the switch, to
lower the support.
3. Release the switch once it reaches the
desired position.
Adjusting cushion extension for
driver's seat (if equipped)
1. Press the front portion of the switch to
raise the cushion extension, or the
rear portion of the switch to lower it.
2. Release the switch once the cushion
extension reaches the desired posi
-
tion.
Rear seat adjustment
Forward and backward (2nd row
seat)
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
Seatback angle (2nd row seat)
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat
-
back of the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
Walk-in seat (2nd row seat)
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat:
1. Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guide clip.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
OMQ4023009_2
OMQ4PH024013N_2
OMQ4PH024014N_2
13
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seats
2. Press the switch (1) on the top of the
2nd row seat or press the switch (2)
on the bottom of the 2nd row seat to
unlock.
The 2nd row seat can be unlocked by
pulling the strap located beneath the
2nd row seat seatback. If the strap is
located beneath the 2nd row seat
-
back, there is a label attached to show
where the strap is located in.
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust using the 2nd
row seat walk-in switch or strap while
the vehicle is moving or a seat is occu
-
pied as the seat may suddenly move
and cause the passenger on the seat to
be injured.
3. The 2nd row seatback will be folded
and push the seat to the farthest for
-
ward position.
After getting in or out, slide the 2nd
row seat to the farthest backward
position and pull the seatback firmly
backward until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the seat is locked in
place.
WARNING
Do not pull the strap when the 2nd-row
seats are occupied.
Sudden movement of the seats may
result in injury. Use the strap only when
the folding switch in the 2nd row (in the
upper part of the second-row seatback
or the outer part of the seat) does not
work.
OMQ4023034
OMQ4PH024015N_2
OMQ4023036
OMQ4PH024016N
Safety features of your Kia
144
Seats
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
NOTICE
Folded seatback
Do not sit on folded down seatbacks.
The purpose of the fold-down rear seat
-
backs is to allow you to carry longer
objects that could not otherwise be
accommodated.
僅 Never allow a passenger to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while the
car is moving. This is not a proper
seating position since the seat has
important crash protection features
and seat belts are not available in this
seat configuration.
僅 To reduce the risk of injury caused by
sliding cargo within the passenger
compartment of the vehicle, objects
carried on the folded down seatback
should not extend higher than the top
of the front seats.
CAUTION
Blocked Hybrid battery duct
Do not put objects on the left side of rear
seats. This could block the battery cool
-
ing duct causing battery degradation.
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion, and insert the rear seat
belt webbing in the guide to prevent
the seat belt from being damaged.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
2. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest
position.
WARNING
Objects
Objects carried on the folded down seat
-
back should not extend higher than the
top of the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and cause
injury or damage during sudden stops.
OMQ4A023026_2
OMQ4023051
OMQ4023050
OMQ4023052
15
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seats
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (for
2nd row) or strap (for 3rd row), then
fold the seat toward the front of the
vehicle. When you return the seatback
to its upright position, always be sure
it has locked into position by pushing
on the top of the seatback.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the
seatback backward by pulling on the
folding lever (for 2nd row) or strap
(for 3rd row). Pull the seatback firmly
until it clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
2nd row seat folding (from 3rd
row) (if equipped)
OMQ4PH024017N
OMQ4PH024018N
OMQ4PH024019N
OMQ4PH024020N
OMQ4PH024021N
Safety features of your Kia
164
Seats
2nd row seat folding switch is located on
the right side of the 3rd row seat. The
2nd row seat back will be folded. If you
press the left switch, left side seat back
and center seat back will be folded. If
you press the right switch, right side seat
back will be folded.
WARNING
Do not fold the rear seatbacks down
until the driver has positioned his seat
properly. Doing so can cause the driver
to operate the vehicle out of position
and increase the risk of bodily injury in a
sudden stop or collision.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. If the seatback is
returned without holding it, the back of
the seat could spring forward, resulting
in injury caused by being struck by the
seatback.
WARNING
Rear seatback
To ensure maximum protection in the
event of an accident or sudden stop,
when returning the rear seat to the
upright position:
僅 Be careful not to damage the seat belt
webbing or buckle.
僅 Do not allow the seat belt webbing or
buckle to become pinched or caught
in the rear seat.
僅 Ensure the seatback is completely
locked into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback.
CAUTION
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback, insert
the buckle between the rear seatback
and cushion. Doing so can prevent the
buckle from being damaged by the rear
seatback.
CAUTION
Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks to
the upright position, remember to return
the rear shoulder belts to their proper
position.
WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to pre
-
vent it from being thrown about the
vehicle in a collision and causing injury
to the vehicle occupants. Do not place
objects in the rear seats, since they can
-
not be properly secured and may hit the
front seat occupants in a collision.
WARNING
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the shift dial
SBW is in P (Park) and the parking brake
is securely applied whenever loading or
unloading cargo. Failure to take these
steps may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
17
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seats
Headrest (for front seat)
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with a headrest for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
WARNING
Headrest removal/adjustment
僅 Do not operate the vehicle with the
headrests removed. Headrests can
provide critical neck and head sup
-
port in a crash.
僅 Do not adjust the headrest height
while the vehicle is in motion. Driver
may lose control of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing may dam
-
age the headrest.
Adjusting the height up and
down
To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
2. To lower the headrest, push and hold
the release button (2) on the headrest
support.
3. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in position
after adjusting it to properly protect the
occupants.
CAUTION
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the headrest and seat cushion
raised, the headrest may come in con
-
tact with the sun visor or other parts of
the vehicle.
Forward and backward adjust
-
ment (if equipped)
The headrest may be adjusted forward
to 3 different positions by pulling the
headrest forward to the desired position.
To adjust the headrest to its furthest
backwards position, pull it fully forward
to the farthest position and release it.
Adjust the headrest so that it properly
supports the head and neck.
OMQ4PH024022N
OMQ4023018
ONQ5021040
OMQ4023019
Safety features of your Kia
184
Seats
Removing headrest
Type A
Type B
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise the headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button (3)
while pulling the headrest up (4).
WARNING
Removing headrest
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat
with the headrest removed or reversed.
Headrests can provide critical neck and
head support in a crash.
Reinstalling headrest
Type A
Type B
To reinstall the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
2. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release but
-
ton (1).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height.
WARNING
Headrest reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to the head
or neck, always make sure the headrest
OMQ4023021_3
OMQ4023022_3
OMQ4023023_3
OMQ4023024L_3
19
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seats
is locked into position and adjusted
properly after reinstalling.
Headrest (for rear seat)
The rear seats are equipped with head
-
rests in all the seating positions for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for passengers, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a colli
-
sion.
For maximum effectiveness in case of
accidents, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the headrest is
as high as the center of gravity of an
occupant's head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's heads is similar
with the height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to your
head as possible. For this reason, the use
of a cushion that holds the body away
from the seatback is not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and
down (2nd row seat)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the head
-
rest, push and hold the release button
(3) on the headrest support and lower
the headrest to the desired position (2).
Removal (2nd row seat)
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as
it can go then press the release button
(1) while pulling the headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the head
-
rest poles (3) into the holes while press
-
ing the release button (1). Then adjust it
to the appropriate height.
OMQ4PH024023N
OMQ4PH024024N
OMQ4PH024025N_2
Safety features of your Kia
204
Seats
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in position
after adjusting it to properly protect the
occupants.
3rd row headrest
The headrest will fold down automati
-
cally when folding the seatback.
To fold the headrest manually, pull the
strap.
To unfold the headrest, raise the head
-
rest manually.
Always be sure the headrest has locked
into position after you return the seat
-
back.
Armrest
To use the armrest, pull it forward from
the seatback.
Adjustable armrest is located on each
side of 2nd row seatback. To use the
armrest, pull it forward from the seat
-
back and adjust to desired angle. Pull it
backward to relocate the armrest.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
There is a double pocket (1) in the front
seat back for storing simple books or
atlases, and USB charger (2) (if
equipped) for rear passengers.
WARNING
Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
OMQ4PH024026N_2
OMQ4A023024
OMQ4A023036
OMQ4A023037
21
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
Small pocket
There is a small pocket in the 2nd row
seat cushion for storing simple objects.
Seat belts
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body and should
be worn low across the front of the pel
-
vis, chest and shoulders.
Seat belt restraint system
For maximum restraint system protec
-
tion, seat belts must always be used
whenever the vehicle is moving.
僅 A properly positioned shoulder belt
should be positioned midway over
your shoulder, across your collarbone.
僅 Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See "Child
Restraint System (CRS)" on page 4-31
for further discussion.
WARNING
Twisted seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not twisted
when worn. A twisted seat belt may not
properly protect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING
Shoulder belt
僅 Never wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back. An
improperly positioned shoulder belt
cannot protect the occupant in the
event of a crash.
僅 Always wear both the shoulder por
-
tion and lap portion of the lap/shoul
-
der belt.
WARNING
Damaged seat belt
Any damage to the webbing or hard
-
ware may lead to serious injury or death
in a crash. For your safety, replace the
OMQ4A023038
Safety features of your Kia
224
Seat belts
entire seat belt assembly when any part
of the webbing or hardware is damaged.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body and should
be worn low across the front of the pel
-
vis, chest and shoulders, as applicable.
Wearing the lap section of the belt
across the abdominal area must be
avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly
as possible, consistent with comfort, to
provide the protection for which they
have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro
-
tection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contami
-
nation of the webbing with polishes, oils
and chemicals, and particularly battery
acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out
using mild soap and water. The belt
should be replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
僅 No modifications or additions should
be made by the user which would
either prevent the seat belt adjusting
devices from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt assem
-
bly from being adjusted to remove
slack.
僅 When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seats. It is very dan
-
gerous and you may not be protected
by the seat belt properly.
僅 Do not unfasten the seat belt and do
not fasten and unfasten the seat belt
repeatedly while driving. This could
result in loss of control, and an acci
-
dent causing death, serious injury, or
property damage.
僅 When fastening the seat belt, make
sure that the seat belt does not pass
over objects that are hard or can
break easily.
WARNING
Seat belt buckle
Do not allow foreign material (gum,
crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to obstruct
the seat belt buckle. This may prevent
the seat belt from fastening securely.
Seat belt warning
The seat belt warning light will illuminate
and the warning chime will sound under
the following conditions:
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will appear for approxi
-
mately 6 seconds each time you turn the
ENGINE START/STOP button ON
regardless of belt fastening. If the seat
-
belt is not fastened, the warning chime
will sound for about 6 seconds.
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened over approximately 5 mph (9
km/h) and less than approximately 12
mph (20 km/h), the corresponding
warning light will appear. The warning
light will turn off when the vehicle speed
drops below approximately 5 mph (9
km/h).
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened or you unfasten the seat belt
when you drive approximately 12 mph
(20 km/h) and faster, the warning light
will blink and warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds. When
the seat belt is unfastened during driv
-
23
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
ing, the warning light will appear when
the speed is under approximately 12
mph (20 km/h). When the speed is
approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) and
faster, the warning light will blink and
warning chime will sound for approxi
-
mately 100 seconds.
Front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the seat belt warning light will appear for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
ON regardless of belt fastening. If you
start to drive without the passenger seat
belt fastened when you drive over
approximately 5 mph (9 km/h) and less
than approximately 12 mph (20 km/h),
the corresponding warning light will
appear. The warning light will turn off
when the vehicle speed drops approxi
-
mately below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the passen
-
ger seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive approxi
-
mately 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, the
warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds. When the passenger seat belt
is unfastened during driving, the warn
-
ing light will appear when the speed is
approximately under 12 mph (20 km/h).
When the speed is approximately 12
mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning
light will blink and warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 seconds.
NOTICE
僅 Even if the front passenger seat is un
occupied, the seat belt warning light
will appear for approximately 6 sec
-
onds.
僅 The front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing may operate when luggage is
placed on the front passenger seat.
Rear passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing
* 2nd row seat: (1) Left side, (2) Right side
* 3rd row seat: (3) Left side, (4) Right side
As a reminder to the rear passenger, the
rear passenger's seat belt warning lights
will appear for approximately 6 seconds
each time you turn the ignition switch
ON regardless of belt fastening.
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened, the seat belt warning light will
appear for approximately 70 seconds.
If you unfasten the seat belt when you
drive under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat
belt warning light will appear for approx
-
imately 70 seconds.
If you unfasten the seat belt when you
drive over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat
belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 35 seconds and the cor
-
responding warning light will blink.
If the rear door is opened or closed
under 6 mph (10 km/h), warning light
and warning sound does not work even
if driving over 12 mph (20 km/h).
OMQ4PH024033N
Safety features of your Kia
244
Seat belts
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
Fastening your seat belt
僅 To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be an
audible "click" when the tab locks into
the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around. If
there is a sudden stop or impact, how
-
ever, the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion as
low as possible and snugly across your
hips. If the lap belt is located too high on
your waist, it may increase the chance of
injury in the event of a collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt buckle
should be over the belt while the other
arm should be under the belt as shown
in the illustration. Never wear the seat
belt under the arm closest to the door.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around. If
there is a sudden stop or impact, how
-
ever, the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull on the
belt and release it. Then you will be able
to pull the belt out smoothly.
Releasing the seat belt
僅 Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should auto
-
matically draw back into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to
be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
Adjusting the height of shoulder
belt
You can adjust the height of the shoul
-
der belt anchor to one of 4 positions for
maximum comfort and safety.
OCV031125N
OCV031076
OCV031126N
25
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
You will not be getting the most effective
protection. The shoulder portion should
be adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
僅 To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1).
僅 To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
Shoulder belt positioning
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked
into position at the appropriate height.
Never position the shoulder belt across
your neck or face. Improperly positioned
seat belts can cause serious injuries in
an accident.
WARNING
Seat belt replacement
After a collision, the seat belt system
should be inspected to ensure it is oper
-
ating normally. Replace any belts that
are not functioning appropriately.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
The following explains how to fasten the
passenger's and rear seat belts.
Fastening your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to
help accommodate the installation of
Child Restraint System. Although a com
-
bination retractor is also installed in the
front passenger seat position, it is
strongly recommended that children
always be seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in the
front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the fea
-
tures of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt.
僅 Pull it out of the retractor and insert
the metal tab into the buckle. There
will be an audible "click" when the tab
locks into the buckle. When not secur
-
ing a child restraint, the seat belt
operates in the same way as the
driver's seat belt (emergency locking
retractor type).
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion of
the seat belt is adjusted manually so that
it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installa
-
tion of a Child Restraint System, the seat
belt operation changes to allow the belt
to retract, but not to extend (automatic
locking retractor type). Refer to "Secur
-
OMQ4023053
Safety features of your Kia
264
Seat belts
ing a child restraint with a lap/shoulder
belt" on page 4-37.
NOTICE
Although the combination retractor pro
-
vides the same level of protection for
seated passengers in either emergency
or automatic locking modes, have the
seated passengers use the emergency
locking feature for improved conve
-
nience. The automatic locking function is
intended to facilitate child restraint
installation. To convert from the auto
-
matic locking feature to the emergency
locking operation mode, allow the
unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left portion of the
rear seatback when the rear center seat
belt is buckled. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
rear center seat belt before folding down
the left portion of the rear seatback. If
the rear center seat belt is buckled when
the left portion of the rear seatback is
folded down, distortion and damage to
the top portion of the seatback and seat
belt garnish may result, causing the
seatback to lock into the folded down
position.
The seat belt should be locked into the
buckle on each seat cushion to be prop
-
erly fastened.
1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle
2. Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat belts,
ensure the latch matches the seat belt
buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or
right seat belt to the center buckle can
result in an improper fastening scenario
that will not protect you in an accident.
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed
in the pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion when not in use.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
1. Route the seat belt webbing through
the rear seat belt guides. It will help
keep the belts from being trapped
behind or under the seats.
2. After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
CAUTION
When pulling out to wear the seat belt,
the tongue should be slowly pulled out
of the seat belt guide so that the seat
belt guide does not come off the trim.
OMQ4A023025
OMQ4A023026_2
OMQ4023050
27
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your Kia is equipped with pre-tensioner
seat belts for the front driver and pas
-
senger, as well as the second row pas
-
sengers.
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to
make sure that the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain
collisions.
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in crashes where the collision
is severe enough.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger's seat belt
when the pre-tensioner system acti
-
vates, the load limiter inside the retractor
pre-tensioner will release some pres
-
sure on the affected seat belt.
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the belt
webbing is not loose or twisted and
always sit properly on your seat.
NOTICE
The pre-tensioner may activate not only
in a frontal collision but also in a side col
-
lision, if the vehicle is equipped with a
side or curtain air bag.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system con
-
sists mainly of the following compo
-
nents. Their locations are shown in the
illustration:
1
SRS air bag warning light
2
Front retractor pre-tensioner assem
-
bly
3
SRS control module
4
2nd row retractor pre-tensioner
assembly
WARNING
Skin irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner activation
may cause skin irritation and should not
be inhaled for prolonged periods.
OBL7M033061
OCV031023L
OMQ4PH024037N
Safety features of your Kia
284
Seat belts
NOTICE
僅 Both the driver's and front passen
-
ger's seat belt pre-tensioner systems
may be activated not only in certain
frontal collisions, but also in certain
side collisions or rollovers, if the vehi
-
cle is equipped with a side or curtain
air bag.
僅 The sensor that activates the SRS air
bag is connected to the pre-tensioner
seat belt. The SRS air bag warning
light on the instrument panel will
appear for approximately 3~6 sec
-
onds after the ENGINE START/STOP
button has been turned to the ON
position, and then it should turn off.
僅 If the pre-tensioner seat belt system is
not working properly, this warning
light will appear even if there is not a
malfunction with the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does not
appear when the ENGINE START/
STOP button has been turned to the
ON position, or if it remains illumi
-
nated after illuminating for approxi
-
mately 3~6 seconds, or if it appear
while the vehicle is being driven, have
an authorized Kia dealer inspect the
pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS air
-
bag system as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair the
pre-tensioner seat belt system in any
manner. Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat belts
yourself. This must be done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Hot pre-tensioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes after
they have been activated. When the pre-
tensioner seat belt mechanism fires
during a collision the pre-tensioner
becomes hot and can burn you.
Pre-tensioners are designed to operate
only one time. After activation, pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts must be replaced. If the
pre-tensioner must be replaced, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Take the following precautions when
using seat belts.
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint laws.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child and/or
infant seats must be properly placed
and installed in the rear seat. For more
information about the use of these
restraints, refer to "Child Restraint Sys
-
tem (CRS)" on page 4-31.
NOTICE
Children 13 and under are best pro
-
tected from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat by a
Child Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor Vehi
-
cle Safety Standards (FMVSS). Before
buying any Child Restraint System,
make sure that it has a label certifying
that it meets FMVSS 213. The restraint
must be appropriate for your child's
height and weight. Check the label on
the child restraint for this information.
29
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
Refer to "Child Restraint System (CRS)"
on page 4-31.
Larger children
Children who are too large for Child
Restraint System must always sit in the
rear seat and use the available lap/
shoulder belts. The lap portion should be
fastened and snug on the hips as low as
possible. Check periodically to ensure
that the belt fits. A squirming child could
move the belt out of position. Children
are given the most safety in the event of
an accident when they are restrained by
a proper restraint system in the rear
seat. If a larger child (over age 13) must
be seated in the front seat, the child
should be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the seat
should be placed in the rearmost posi
-
tion. Children age 13 and under should
be restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 13 and under in
the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing
child seat in the front seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try plac
-
ing the child closer to the center of the
vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches
their face or neck, you need to be use a
Child Restraint System.
WARNING
Small children
Do not allow small children to ride in the
vehicle without an appropriate Child
Restraint System. If the shoulder belt
comes in contact with your child's neck
or face, your child is too small to ride in
the vehicle. In an crash, the seat belt will
inflict injury to your child's neck, throat
and face.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul
-
der belt assemblies whenever possible
according to specific recommendations
by their doctors. The lap portion of the
belt should be worn AS SECURELY AND
LOW AS POSSIBLE.
WARNING
Pregnant women
Pregnant women must never place the
lap portion of the seat belt above or on
the abdomen where the fetus is located.
The force of the seat belt during a colli
-
sion will crush the fetus.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should con
-
sult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase injury severity in
case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve
maximum effectiveness of the restraint
system, all passengers should be sitting
up and the front and rear seats should
be in an upright position when the vehi
-
cle is moving. A seat belt cannot provide
proper protection if a person is lying
down in the rear seat or if the front and
rear seats are in a reclined position.
Safety features of your Kia
304
Seat belts
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be disas
-
sembled or modified. Care should be
taken to assure that seat belts and belt
hardware are not damaged by seat
hinges, doors or other abuse.
WARNING
Pinched seat belt
Make sure that the webbing and/or
buckle does not get caught or pinched in
the rear seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position. A caught
or pinched webbing/buckle may
become damaged and could fail during
a collision or sudden stop.
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehicle
that has been closed up in sunny
weather. Please handle with care, as
they could burn infants, children, if used
abruptly.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected peri
-
odically for any wear or damage. Any
damaged parts should be replaced as
soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.
If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage
is visible. Additional questions concern
-
ing seat belt operation should be
directed to an authorized Kia dealer.
31
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Child Restraint System (CRS)
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing CRS that has first
been properly secured to the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Children always in the rear
Children 13 and under must always ride
in the rear seats and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the risk
of injury in an accident, sudden stop or
sudden maneuver.
WARNING
Restraint Location
Never install a child or infant seat on the
front passenger's seat. A child riding in
the front passenger seat can be force
-
fully struck by an inflating airbag and
get seriously injured.
WARNING
Hot Child Restraint
A CRS can become very hot if it is left in
a closed vehicle on a sunny day. Be sure
to check the seat cover, buckles and
latches before placing a child in the
restraint system.
According to accident statistics, children
are safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be seriously
injured or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/weight
restrictions at which seat belts can be
used instead of child restraints differs
among states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your state,
and where you are traveling.
The CRS must be properly placed and
installed in the rear seat. You must use a
commercially available CRS that meets
the requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
A CRS is generally designed to be
secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt por
-
tion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a
LATCH system in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing CRS that has first
been properly secured to the rear seat of
the vehicle. Read and comply with the
instructions for installation and use pro
-
vided by the manufacturer of the CRS.
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child restraint
can increase the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when using a CRS:
僅 Always follow the CRS manufacturer's
instructions for installation and use.
僅 Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
僅 If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the Child Restraint Sys
-
tem manual), the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
僅 Do not use an infant carrier or a child
safety seat that "hooks" over a seat
-
back as it may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
Safety features of your Kia
324
Child Restraint System (CRS)
僅 A child restraint in the center seating
position may also contact or push up
against the safety belt buckles, which
can damage the buckles and make
them unusable or unsafe. Always
check that the child restraint does not
contact any of the safety belt buckles.
Check the placement of the child
restraint regularly to make sure that it
has not shifted and contacts any of
the safety belt buckles.
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the CRS, seat belts, tether anchors
and lower anchors.
Selecting a CRS
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
僅 Make sure the CRS has a label certify
-
ing that it meets FMVSS 213.
僅 Select a child restraint based on your
child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for
use typically provide this information.
僅 Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it will
be used.
僅 Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and
use provided with the CRS.
僅 The American Academy of Pediatrics
provides helpful fit and safety infor
-
mation about child restraints at
www.healthychildren.org.
WARNING
Holding children
Never hold a child in your arms or lap
when riding in a vehicle. The violent
forces created during a crash will tear
the child from your arms and throw the
child against the car's interior. Always
use a Child Restraint System which is
appropriate for your child's height and
weight.
WARNING
Unattended children, the elderly or
pets
A closed vehicle can become extremely
hot, causing death or severe injury such
as heatstroke to unattended children,
the elderly or pets who cannot escape
the vehicle. When left or trapped in a hot
vehicle, make sure to stay hydrated and
avoid sun exposure through the vehi
-
cle’s windshield. Furthermore, children
might operate features of the vehicle
that could injure them, or they could
encounter other harm, possibly from
someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
Never leave children or animals unat
-
tended in your vehicle.
WARNING
Seat belt use
Do not use one seat belt for two occu
-
pants at the same time. This will elimi
-
nate any safety benefit provided by the
seat belt to the occupants.
33
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Child Restraint System (CRS)
CRS types
There are three main types of the CRS:
rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats,
and booster seats. They are classified
according to the child's age, height and
weight.
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface against
the back of the child. The harness sys
-
tem holds the child in place, and in an
accident, acts to keep the child posi
-
tioned in the seat and reduces the stress
to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always
ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typi
-
cally have higher height and weight lim
-
its for the rear-facing position, allowing
you to keep your child rear-facing for a
longer period.
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat
for as long as your child will fit within the
height and weight limits allowed by the
child seat manufacturer. It's the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rear-facing child restraint,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a har
-
ness. Keep children in a forward-facing
child seat with a harness until they reach
the top height or weight limit allowed by
your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing child restraint, your child is ready
for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt
system. A booster seat positions the seat
belt so that it fits properly over the lap of
your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until
they are big enough to sit in the seat
without a booster and still have the seat
belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit
properly, the lap belt must lie snugly
across the upper thighs, not the stom
-
ach. The shoulder belt should lie snug
across the shoulder and chest and not
across the neck or face. Children age 13
and under must always ride in the rear
seats and must always be properly
restrained to minimize the risk of injury.
OMQ4PH024027N
OMQ4PH024028N
Safety features of your Kia
344
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Installing a CRS
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle.
Follow the instructions provided by the
manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
僅
Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle.
All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle with
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
with the Lower Anchors and Tethers
(LATCH) system.
僅
Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured.
After installing a child
restraint to the vehicle, push and pull
the seat forward and from side-to-
side to verify that it is securely
attached to the seat. A child restraint
secured with a seat belt should be
installed as firmly as possible. How
-
ever, some side-to-side movement
can be expected.
僅
Secure the child in the child
restraint.
Make sure the child is prop
-
erly strapped in the child restraint
according to the manufacturer
instructions.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH) system
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an acci
-
dent. This system is designed to make
installation of the child restraint easier
and reduce the possibility of improperly
installing your child restraint. The LATCH
system uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need to
use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehi
-
cle, you must have a child restraint with
LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide
you with instructions on how to use the
child seat with its attachments for the
LATCH lower anchors.
LATCH anchors have been provided in
the left and right outboard rear seating
positions. Their locations are shown in
the illustration. There are no LATCH
anchors provided for the center rear
seating position.
OMQ4PH024029N
35
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
LATCH Lower Anchors
Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center seating posi
-
tion. LATCH lower anchors are only to be
used in the left and right rear outboard
seating positions. You may damage the
anchors or the anchors may fail and
break in a collision if the seat is in the
center seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator sym
-
bols are located on the left and right rear
seatbacks to identify the position of the
lower anchors in your vehicle (see
arrows in illustration).
1. Lower Anchor position indicator
2. Lower Anchor
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
To use the lower anchor, push the upper
portion of the lower anchor cover.
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors. Otherwise, the
webbing or buckle can be damaged
by the latch anchor, which can make
them become unusable or unsafe.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle
seat, then attach the seat to the lower
anchors according to the instructions
provided by the child restraint manu
-
facturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
僅 Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
僅 To prevent a child from playing with
unused seat belts, buckle all unused
rear seat belts before the child is
placed into the vehicle. Lock each
unused seatbelt following the instruc
-
tions in the "automatic locking mode"
subsection, and place the webbing
behind the child seat or against an
unused seatback. Children can be
strangled if a shoulder belt becomes
wrapped around their neck and the
seat belt tightens.
OMQ4PH024030N_3
Safety features of your Kia
364
Child Restraint System (CRS)
僅 NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor. This could
cause the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
僅 Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized Kia
dealer after an accident. An accident
can damage the LATCH system and
may not properly secure the child
restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended maximum weight for
the LATCH system is 65 lbs. (30 kg).
When selecting a proper child restraint,
consider that the maximum total weight
of the child plus the child restraint
should be less than 65 lbs. (30 kg). As a
guide, the MAX child restraint weight
should be determined by the following
calculation: Child Restraint Weight = 65 -
(child's total weight in lbs.)
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
First secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If
the child restraint manufacturer recom
-
mends that the top tether strap be
attached, attach and tighten the top
tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Child Restraint hook holders are located
on the seat back.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the tether strap:
僅 Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
僅 NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or attach
-
ment to come loose or break.
僅 Do not attach the tether strap to any
-
thing other than the correct tether
anchor. It may not work properly if
attached to something else.
僅 Do not use the tether anchors for
adult seat belts or harnesses, or for
attaching other items or equipment to
the vehicle.
僅 Always fasten the seat belts behind
the child restraint seat when they are
not used to secure the child seat. Fail
-
ure to do so may result in child stran
-
gulation.
To install the tether anchor:
OMQ4PH024011N
OMQ4PH024031N
37
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Child Restraint System (CRS)
1. Route the CRS seat strap over the
seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrest,
route the tether strap under the head
-
rest and between the headrest posts,
otherwise route the tether strap over
the top of the seatback.
2. Connect the top-tether to the top-
tether anchorage, then tighten the
top-tether according to the instruc
-
tions of your CRS's manufacturer to
firmly attach the CRS to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by push
-
ing and pulling the seat forward and
from side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
child restraints must be secured to a
vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
All passenger seat belts move freely
under normal conditions and only lock
under extreme or emergency conditions
(emergency locking mode). So, in order
to secure a child restraint, you must
manually pull the seat belt all the way
out to shift the retractor to the "auto
-
matic locking" mode.
The "automatic locking" mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the seat
belt to loosen and compromise the CRS.
To install a CRS on the rear seats, do the
following:
1. Place the CRS on a rear seat and
route the lap/shoulder belt around or
through the child restraint, following
the restraint manufacturer's instruc
-
tions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct
"click" sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emer
-
gency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat
belt all the way out. When the shoul
-
der portion of the seat belt is fully
extended, it will shift the retractor to
the "automatic locking" (child
restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
OMQ4PH024032N
OCV031127N
OCV031128N
Safety features of your Kia
384
Child Restraint System (CRS)
an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the retrac
-
tor is in the "automatic locking" mode.
If no distinct sound is heard, repeat
steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
CRS while feeding the shoulder belt
back into the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the CRS to confirm
that the seat belt is holding it firmly in
place. If it is not, release the seat belt
and repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in
the "automatic locking" mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot,
the retractor is in the "automatic lock
-
ing" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you use a tether anchor
with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to
"Securing a child restraint seat with
"Tether Anchor" system" on page 4-36
for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to retract
to its fully stowed position, the retractor
will automatically switch from the "auto
-
matic locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
Auto lock mode
Set the retractor to Automatic Lock
mode when installing any Child Restraint
System. If the retractor is not in the auto
-
matic locking mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle turns or
stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint is
not properly anchored in the car.
To remove the child restraint, press the
release button on the buckle and then
pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the
restraint and allow the seat belt to
retract fully.
OCV031129N
39
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Passenger's front air bag
2. Driver's front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
5. Driver's knee air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety
belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a col
-
lision or rollover.
OMQ4PH024012N
Safety features of your Kia
404
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
How does the air bag system
operate
僅 Air bags are activated (able to inflate
if necessary) only when the ENGINE
START/STOP Button is in the ON Posi
-
tion and it can be activated within
about 3 minutes after vehicle off.
僅 The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
僅 There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags
are designed to inflate based upon
the severity of a collision and its direc
-
tion, etc. Several factors determine
whether the sensors produce an elec
-
tronic deployment/inflation signal.
僅 Air bags will not deploy in every crash
or collision situations. Air bag deploy
-
ment depends on a number of factors
including vehicle speed, angles of
impact, and, the density and stiffness
of the vehicles or objects which your
vehicle hits in the collision. The deter
-
mining factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
僅 The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
air bags inflate during an accident. It
is much more likely that you will sim
-
ply see the deflated air bags hanging
out of their storage compartments
after the collision.
僅 In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, side and/or curtain air bags
will inflate if the sensing system
detects a rollover.
僅 When a rollover is detected, side and/
or curtain airbags will remain inflated
longer. This helps provide protection
from ejection, especially when used in
conjunction with the seat belts.
僅 In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly. The
airbag inflates extremely fast between
the occupant and the vehicle struc
-
tures before the occupant impacts the
vehicle structures. This speed of infla
-
tion reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a nec
-
essary part of the air bag design.
However, airbag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include facial
abrasions, bruises and broken bones
because the inflation speed also
causes the airbags to inflate with a
great deal of force.
僅
There are even circumstances
under which contact with the steer
-
ing wheel or passenger air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the steering wheel or pas
-
senger air bag.
WARNING
Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining
comfortable control of the vehicle. A dis
-
tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) from
your chest to the steering wheel is rec
-
ommended. Failure to do so can result in
airbag inflation injuries to the driver.
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a loud
noise and leave smoke and powder in
the air inside the vehicle. This is normal
and is a result of the vehicle of the air
bag inflator. After the air bag inflates,
you may feel substantial discomfort in
breathing due to the contact of your
41
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
chest with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder.
Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce dis
-
comfort and prevent prolonged expo
-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non
-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin
(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the
case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and consult a doctor if the
symptom persists.
WARNING
Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage area's
internal components immediately after
airbag inflation. The air bag related parts
in the steering wheel, instrument panel
and the roof rails above the front and
rear doors are very hot. Hot components
can result in burn injuries.
WARNING
Do not install or place any accessories
near air bag deployment areas, such as
the instrument panel, windows, pillars,
and roof rails.
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger's seat
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
If the air bag deploys, it would impact
the rear-facing child restraint, causing
serious or fatal injury.
Do not place front-facing child restraints
in the front passenger's seat. If the front
passenger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
WARNING
Air bag deployment
When children are seated in the rear
outboard seats of a vehicle equipped
with side and/or curtain air bags, install
the Child Restraint System as far away
from the door side as possible. Inflation
of the side and/or curtain air bags could
impact the child.
Air bag warning and indicator
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light in
your instrument panel is to alert you of a
potential problem with your air bag sys
-
tem, which could include your side and/
or curtain air bags used for rollover pro
-
tection.
If the air bag warning light is appears for
more than 6 seconds after the ENGINE
START/STOP button has been turned to
the ON position, or if it appears during
vehicle operation, an SRS component
may not be functioning properly and
you should have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
If any of the following conditions occur,
this indicates a malfunction in the air
bag system. Have an authorized Kia
OCV031079
Safety features of your Kia
424
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
dealer inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
僅 The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
僅 The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 3 ~ 6 seconds.
僅 The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
僅 The light blinks when the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON posi
-
tion.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) components and functions
* The actual position of SRS components
may differ from the illustration.
The SRS consists of the following com
-
ponents:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Front side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/rollover
sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
10.Side pressure sensors
11.Occupant Detection System (ODS)
12.Front driver/passengers seat belt
buckle sensor
13.Drivers knee air bag module
14.2nd row seat side airbag module
The SRSCM continually monitors all ele
-
ments while the ENGINE START/STOP
Button is in the ON Position or approxi
-
mately within 3 minutes after vehicle off
to determine if a frontal, near-frontal
impact or side impact is severe enough
to require air bag deployment or pre-
tensioner seat belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will appear for about 3
~ 6 seconds after the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned to the ON posi
-
tion, after which the air bag warning
light should go out.
WARNING
If any of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.
In this case, have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer:
僅 The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ENGINE START/
STOP button ON.
僅 The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
僅 The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
僅 The light blinks when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in ON position.
OMQ4PH024034N
43
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Driver's front air bag (1)
The air bag modules are located both in
the center of the steering wheel and in
the front passenger's panel above the
glove box. When the SRSCM detects a
sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags.
Driver's front air bag (2)
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of
the air bags. Further opening of the cov
-
ers then allows full inflation of the air
-
bags.
Driver's front air bag (3)
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
drivers or the passengers forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
Passenger's front air bag
WARNING
Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any accessories
on the steering wheel, instrument panel,
or on the front passengers panel above
the glove box in a vehicle. Such objects
may become dangerous projectiles if the
air bag deploys.
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door and
the front seat. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
僅 If an air bag deploys, there may be a
loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle. These condi
-
tions are normal and are not hazard
-
ous - the air bags are packed in this
fine powder. The dust generated
during air bag deployment may cause
skin or eye irritation as well as aggra
-
vate asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and a mild
OKA4023058L
OKA4023059L
OKA4023060L
OCV031039L
Safety features of your Kia
444
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
soap after an accident in which the air
bags were deployed.
僅 The SRS can function only when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON Position or approximately within 3
minutes after vehicle off. The SRS is
not working properly if any of the fol
-
lowing situations occur:
- the SRS airbag warning light does
not appear
- the SRS airbag warning light
remains on continuously after illu
-
minating for about 3~6 seconds
when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON position
or after the vehicle is in ready mode
- the SRS airbag warning light comes
on while driving
If this occurs, have your vehicle imme
-
diately inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Before replacing a fuse or disconnecting
the battery terminal, turn the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF position.
Never remove or replace an air bag
related fuse when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON position. Failure to
heed this warning will cause the SRS air
bag warning light to appear.
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an ODS in
the front passengers seat.
The ODS is designed to detect the pres
-
ence of a properly seated front passen
-
ger and determine if the passenger's
front air bag should be enabled (may
inflate) or not. Only the front passenger
front air bag is controlled by the ODS.
Do not put anything in front of the pas
-
senger air bag ( ) indicator.
Main components of the ODS
僅 A detection device is located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
僅 An electronic system determines
whether the passenger air bag sys
-
tems should be activated or deacti
-
vated.
僅 An indicator light located on the over
-
head console which appears the
words PASSENGER AIR BAG ( )
indicates the front passenger air bag
system is deactivated.
僅 The overhead console air bag warning
light is connected to the ODS.
If the front passenger seat is occupied
by a person that the system determines
to be of appropriate size, and he/she sits
properly (sitting upright with the seat
-
back in an upright position, centered on
the seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their feet
on the floor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG
OMQ4023063
45
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
( ) indicator will turn off and the front
passenger's air bag will be able to
inflate, if necessary, in frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG
( ) indicator on the overhead console.
This system detects the conditions 1~4
in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated and restrained
properly (sitting upright with the seat in
an upright position, centered on the seat
cushion, with the person's legs comfort
-
ably extended, feet on the floor, and
wearing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air bag
and the safety belt.
The ODS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which can
defeat the detection system. These
include:
僅 Failing to sit in an upright position.
僅 Leaning against the door or center
console.
僅 Sitting towards the sides or the front
of the seat.
僅 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest
-
ing them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
僅 Improperly wearing the seat belt.
僅 Reclining the seatback.
Safety features of your Kia
464
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS
* 1. The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending
on his/her physique and posture.
* 2. Do not allow children age 13 and under to ride in the front passenger seat. When
a larger child who has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system
may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting
position.
* 3. Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.
* 4. The PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indicator may turn on or off when a child above
12 months to 12 years old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front passenger seat.
This is a normal condition.
WARNING
僅 Do not install a child restraint seat on
the passenger seat when the seat is
heavily soaked with any type of liquid.
僅 Do not modify the ODS. This may
damage the system and prevent its
proper function in a collision.
NOTICE
僅 Do not use car seat cushions that
cover up the surface of the seat and
aftermarket manufactured passenger
seat heaters.
僅 After conducting car interior cleaning
using steam or detergent, the seat
should be dried properly. Afterward,
check for normal operation of the
PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" and air
bag warning lights.
僅 Any service related to the passenger
seat and the ODS must be done at an
authorized Kia dealership.
僅 After the passenger seat has been
removed or installed for repair pur
-
poses, check for normal operation of
the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) and
air bag warning lights with a person
seated or not seated in the passenger
seat.
Condition detected by the occupant detection
system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
"PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicator light
SRS warning light Front passenger air bag
1. Adult
*1
Off Off Activated
2. Child Restraint System (CRS) with child under
12 months old
*2*3*4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
47
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
NOTICE
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( )
symbol appears, the passenger air bag
system will not operate. The passenger
air bag system will operate when neces
-
sary if the symbol does not appear.
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front pas
-
senger seat. Don't place anything on or
attach anything such as a blanket, front
seat cover or aftermarket seat heater to
the front passenger seat. This can
adversely affect the ODS.
WARNING
ODS
Riding in an improper position adversely
affects the ODS and may result in the
deactivation of the front passenger air
-
bag. It is important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the proper
seating instructions as contained in this
manual.
僅 Do not place a heavy load in the front
passenger seatback pocket or on the
front passenger seat.
僅 Do not place feet on the front passen
-
ger seatback.
僅 Never sit with hips shifted towards the
front of the seat.
僅 Never excessively recline the front
passenger seatback.
僅 Never place feet on the dashboard.
僅 Never lean on the door or center con
-
sole.
僅 Never sit on one side of the front pas
-
senger seat.
ONQ5021044
ONQ5021045
ONQ5021047
ONQ5021049
ONQ5021046
Safety features of your Kia
484
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
僅 Do not use car seat accessories such
as thick blankets and cushions which
cover up the car seat surface.
僅 Do not place electronic devices such
as laptops or DVD players or heavy
objects such as a large quantity of
water bottles on the passenger seat.
僅 Wet passenger seat:
Do not spill liquid on the passenger
seat. Spilled liquid on the passenger
seat may cause the air bag warning
light to appear or malfunction. If any
liquid is spilled, make sure the seat
has been completely dried before
driving the vehicle.
Proper position
When an adult is seated in the front pas
-
senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIR BAG
( ) indicator is on, change the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF position
and ask the passenger to sit properly
(sitting upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the seat
cushion with their seat belt on, legs com
-
fortably extended and their feet on the
floor). Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indica
-
tor is still on, ask the passenger to move
to the rear seat.
WARNING
PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) light
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride
in the front seat when the PASSENGER
AIR BAG ( ) indicator appears,
because the air bag will not deploy in the
event of a crash. The driver must
instruct the passenger to reposition him
-
self in the seat. Failure to properly posi
-
tion yourself may lead to air bag
deactivation resulting in air bag non-
deployment in a collision. If the PASSEN
-
GER AIR BAG ( ) indicator remains
appear after the passenger repositions
themselves properly and the car is
ONQ5021048
OCV031088
OCV031089
OCV031090
OCV031081
49
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
restarted, it is recommended that pas
-
senger move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag will not
deploy.
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indica
-
tor does not appear if the front passen
-
ger seat is occupied, the occupant
detection sensor will then classify the
front passenger after several more sec
-
onds. Also, if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON position when
about 3 minutes have elapsed since the
vehicle is in OFF position.
僅 Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the ODS, never install a CRS the
front passenger's seat. A deploying air
bag can forcefully strike a child result
-
ing in serious injuries or death.
Any child age 13 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large for
child restraints should use the available
lap/shoulder belts. No matter what type
of crash, children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
If the ODS is not working properly, the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will appear because the passen
-
ger's front air bag is connected to the
ODS. If there is a malfunction of the ODS
the PASSENGER AIRBAG ( ) indicator
will not illuminate appear. In this case,
the passenger's front airbag will inflate
in frontal impact crashes even if there is
no occupant in the front passenger seat.
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
advanced supplemental restraint (air
bag) system and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating
position.
Driver’s front airbag / Passenger’s front
airbag
Driver's knee airbag
The indicators are the words "AIR BAG"
located on the air bag pad cover on the
steering wheel and on the cover of the
driver's side knee bolster located below
the steering wheel and the passenger's
side front panel pad above the glove
box.
The SRS consists of air bags installed
under the pad covers in the center of the
steering wheel, in the knee bolster below
the steering wheel column and the pas
-
senger's side front panel above the
glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passen
-
ger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt system alone in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather
information about the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and impact
severity.
OMQ4023060_2
OMQ4A023044
Safety features of your Kia
504
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
The seat belt buckle sensor determines
if the front passenger's seat belt is fas
-
tened.
These sensors provide the ability to con
-
trol the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fas
-
tened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation with two lev
-
els. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module
(SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an ODS in the front passenger's
seat. The ODS detects the presence of a
passenger in the front passenger's seat
and will turn off the front passenger's air
bag under certain conditions. For more
detail, see "Occupant Detection System
(ODS)" on page 4-44.
WARNING
Modification to the seat structure is
more likely to cause the air bag to
deploy at a different level than should be
provided.
Manufacturers are required by govern
-
ment regulations to provide a contact
point concerning modifications to the
vehicle for persons with disabilities,
which modifications may affect the vehi
-
cle's advanced air bag system. That con
-
tact is Kia's tollfree Customer Assistance
center at 1-800-333-4542 (U.S. only).
However, Kia does not endorse nor will it
support any changes to any part or
structure of the vehicle that could affect
the advanced air bag system, including
the ODS.
WARNING
Replacement/modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or
door should not be replaced except by
an authorized Kia dealer using original
Kia parts designed for this vehicle and
model. Any other such replacement or
modification could adversely affect the
operation of the ODS and your
advanced air bags.
Advanced air bags are combined with
pre-tensioner seat belts to help provide
enhanced occupant protection in frontal
crashes. Front air bags are not intended
to deploy in collisions in which sufficient
protection can be provided by the seat
belt.
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once – have
an authorized Kia dealer replace the air
bag immediately after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. However, when frontal
deployment threshold is satisfied at
side-impact, front air bags may deploy.
In addition, front air bags will not deploy
in frontal crashes below the deployment
threshold.
51
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
SRS wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS
wiring or other components of the SRS
system. Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS inopera
-
tive.
WARNING
No attaching objects
No objects (such as crash pad cover, cel
-
lular phone holder, cup holder, perfume
or stickers) should be placed over or
near the air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, windshield
glass, and the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the air bags to
deploy.
Do not place any objects over the air bag
or between the air bag and yourself.
Additionally, never place or insert any
object into any small opening near side
airbag labels attached to the vehicle
seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and result in
unexpected accident or bodily harm.
Side air bag
Your Kia is equipped with a side air bag
in each front seat and 2nd row seat.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
The purpose of these air bags is to pro
-
vide the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger and 2nd row outboard pas
-
sengers with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belts alone.
僅 The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact col
-
lisions, depending on the crash sever
-
ity of impact.
僅 The side air bags may deploy on the
side of the impact or on both sides.
僅 The side air bags on both sides of the
vehicle will deploy if a rollover or pos
-
sible rollover is detected.
僅 The side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
Unexpected deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact airbag
sensor when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is ON to prevent unexpected
deployment of the side air bag.
僅 The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver's and the passenger's seat
belt systems and is not a substitute
for them. Therefore your seat belts
must be worn at all times while the
vehicle is in operation.
僅 For best protection from the side air
bag system and to avoid being injured
by the deploying side air bag, both
OMQ4A023028
OMQ4023065R
Safety features of your Kia
524
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
front seat occupants should sit in an
upright position with the seat belt
properly fastened. The driver's hands
should be placed on the steering
wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.
The passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
WARNING
Deployment
Do not install any accessories including
seat covers, on the side or near the side
air bag as this may affect the deploy
-
ment of the side air bags.
僅 If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Inform the dealer that your vehicle is
equipped with side air bags and an
ODS.
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door and
the front seat. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
WARNING
No attaching objects
僅 Do not place any objects over the air
bag or between the air bag and your
-
self. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
僅 Do not put any objects between the
side airbag label and seat cushion. It
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
僅 Never place or insert any object into
any small opening near side airbag
labels attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and result
in unexpected accident or bodily
harm.
僅 Do not install any accessory on the
side or near the side air bags.
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front
and rear doors.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
They are designed to help protect occu
-
pants in certain side impacts and to help
prevent them from ejecting out of the
vehicle as a result of a rollover, espe
-
cially when the seat belts are also in use.
僅 The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact col
-
lisions, depending on the severity of
impact. However, when side deploy
-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
僅 The curtain air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
OMQ4023068
OMQ4023067
53
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
僅 Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in cer
-
tain rollover situations.
僅 The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean their
heads or bodies against the doors, put
their arms on the doors, stretch their
arms out of the window or place objects
between the doors and passengers
when they are seated on seats equipped
with side impact and/or curtain air bags.
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any compo
-
nents of the side and curtain air bag sys
-
tem. This should only be done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
No attaching objects
僅 Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
僅 Do not hang hard, breakable, or
heavy objects on the coat hooks for
safety reasons.
Safety features of your Kia
544
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Air bag collision sensors
* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
1. SRS control module/rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side pressure sensors (front door)
4. Side impact sensor (B-pillar)
5. Side impact sensor (C-pillar)
OMQ4PH023002L
1 2 3 4 5
OMQ4023070
OMQ4PH023003L
OMQ4023072
OMQ4PH024035N
OMQ4PH024036N
55
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
Air bag sensors
僅 Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags or
sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air bag
deployment, which could result in
serious personal injury or death.
僅 If the installation location or angle of
the sensors is altered in any way, the
air bags may deploy when they
should not or they may not deploy
when they should.
Therefore, do not try to perform main
-
tenance on or around the air bag sen
-
sors. Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Do not arbitrarily touch the front
impact sensor. When the angle of the
sensor is changed, the air bag system
may malfunction.
Problems may arise if the sensor instal
-
lation angles are changed due to the
deformation of the front bumper, front
end module, body or front doors where
side collision sensors are installed. Have
the vehicle checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side steps
orrunning boards) or replacing a
bumper(or front door module) with non-
genuineparts may adversely affect your
vehicle'scollision and air bag deploy
-
ment performance.
Kia Genuine bumper guards/bumpers
are parts we guarantee for quality and
performance.
Why didn't my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla
-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second or
third collisions in multiple impact acci
-
dents, as well as low speed impacts.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate in
a frontal collision depending on several
factors, including the severity of impact
of the front collision.
Side and curtain air bags
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
OMQ4PH023004L
OMQ4PH023005R
OMQ4023076
Safety features of your Kia
564
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on several factors, including
the severity of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver's and
front passenger's air bags) are primarily
designed to inflate in frontal collisions,
they may inflate in other types of colli
-
sions if the front impact sensors detect a
sufficient frontal force in another type of
impact.
Similarly, although side and curtain air
bags are designed to inflate in certain
side impact collisions, they may inflate in
other types of collisions where a side
force is detected by the sensors. For
instance, side air bag and/or curtain air
bags may inflate if rollover sensors indi
-
cate the possibility of a rollover occur
-
ring (even if none actually occurs) or in
other situations, including when the
vehicle is tilted while being towed.
Even if side and/or curtain air bags do
not provide impact protection in a roll
-
over, they will deploy to prevent ejection
of occupants, especially those who are
restrained with seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
僅Air bags may not deploy in certain
low-speed collisions where the air bag
would not add any benefit beyond the
protection already offered by the seat
belts.
僅 Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit.
僅 Front airbags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because passen
-
gers move in the direction of the colli
-
sion. Thus, in side impacts, frontal
airbag deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
僅 In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would not
be able to provide any additional ben
-
efit, and thus the sensors may not
deploy any air bags.
OMQ4PH023004L
OMQ4PH023006L
OMQ4PH023005L
57
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
僅
僅 Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "under-
ride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"under-ride" collisions.
僅 Front air bags may not inflate in all
rollover accidents when the SRS Con
-
trol Module (SRSCM) indicates that
front air bag deployment would not
provide additional occupant protec
-
tion.
僅 Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with an object such as a utility
pole or tree. This is because the point
of impact is concentrated in one area
and the full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) care
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is virtually maintenance-free and
there are no parts you can safely service
by yourself.
If the SRS air bag warning light does not
appear, or continuously remains on,
have your vehicle immediately inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS, such as removing,
installing, repairing, or any work on the
steering wheel, the front passenger's
panel, front seats and roof rails must be
performed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS may result
in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use
only a soft, dry cloth or one which has
been moistened with plain water. Sol
-
vents or cleaners could adversely affect
the air bag covers and proper deploy
-
ment of the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle must
be scrapped, certain safety precautions
must be observed. An authorized Kia
dealer knows these precautions and can
give you the necessary information. Fail
-
ure to follow these precautions and pro
-
cedures could increase the risk of bodily
injury.
OMQ4023079
OMQ4PH023007L
OMQ4023081
OMQ4PH023008L
Safety features of your Kia
584
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
Tampering with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS
wiring or other components of the SRS
system. Doing so could result in the acci
-
dental inflation of the air bag or render
the SRS inoperative.
WARNING
Towing vehicle
Always have the vehicle off and wait for
3 minutes when your vehicle is being
towed. The side air bags may inflate if
the vehicle is tilted such as when being
towed because of the rollover sensors in
the vehicle.
Additional safety precautions
僅
Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a folded-
down back seat.
All occupants
should sit upright, fully back in their
seats with their seat belts on and their
feet on the floor.
僅
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving.
A passenger who is not
wearing a seat belt during a crash or
emergency stop can be thrown
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or out of the
vehicle.
僅
Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant.
If more than
one person uses the same seat belt,
they could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision.
僅
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts.
Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
seat belt can reduce the protection
provided by the seat belt and increase
the chance of serious injury in a crash.
僅
Passengers should not place hard
or sharp objects between them
-
selves and the air bags.
Carrying
hard or sharp objects on your lap or in
your mouth can result in injuries if an
air bag inflates.
僅
Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers.
All occupants should sit
upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on
the floor. If occupants are too close to
the air bag covers, they could be
injured if the air bags inflate.
僅
Do not attach or place objects on or
near the air bag covers.
Any object
attached to or placed on the front or
side air bag covers could interfere
with the proper operation of the air
bags.
僅
Do not modify the front seats.
Modi
-
fication of the front seats could inter
-
fere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sens
-
ing components or side air bags.
僅
Do not place items under the front
seats.
Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the opera
-
tion of the supplemental restraint sys
-
tem sensing components and wiring
harnesses.
僅
Never hold an infant or child on
your lap.
They infant or child could be
seriously injured or killed in the event
of a crash. All infants and children
should be properly restrained in
appropriate child safety seats or seat
belts in the rear seat.
59
4
4
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
僅 Sitting improperly or out of position
can cause occupants to shift too close
to a deploying air bag, strike the inte
-
rior structure or be thrown from the
vehicle resulting in serious injury or
death.
僅 Always sit upright with the seatback in
an upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with your seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and your
feet on the floor.
Adding equipment to or modify
-
ing your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning labels
Air bag warning labels, some required
by the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA, U.S.
only), are attached to the sun visor to
alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system.
OMQ4A023021
5Features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Keys.................................................................................................5-6
僅 Battery replacement ....................................................................................... 5-6
僅 Smart key............................................................................................................. 5-7
Immobilizer system .....................................................................5-10
Theft-alarm system ......................................................................5-11
僅 Armed stage...................................................................................................... 5-11
僅 Theft-alarm stage ...........................................................................................5-11
僅 Disarmed stage................................................................................................5-12
Door locks..................................................................................... 5-13
僅 With the mechanical key............................................................................. 5-14
僅 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ................................... 5-15
僅 Door lock/unlock features.......................................................................... 5-17
僅 Child-protector rear door lock.................................................................. 5-17
僅 Electronic child safety lock system ........................................................ 5-18
僅 In case of an emergency ............................................................................ 5-18
僅 Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System....................................................... 5-19
Digital Key 2 ................................................................................. 5-21
僅 Digital Key 2 (Smart Phone) .......................................................................5-21
僅 Digital Key 2 (Card Key) ..............................................................................5-25
僅 Personalized Profile and Vehicle Settings ..........................................5-27
僅 Used Vehicle/Digital Key 2 Maintenance............................................. 5-31
僅 Limitations of the System........................................................................... 5-31
Integrated Memory System........................................................5-32
僅 Storing memory positions ..........................................................................5-32
僅 Recalling memory positions ......................................................................5-32
僅 Integrated memory system reset............................................................5-32
僅 Easy access function ....................................................................................5-33
Liftgate..........................................................................................5-34
僅 Opening the liftgate......................................................................................5-34
僅 Closing the liftgate.........................................................................................5-34
5 Features of your vehicle
僅 Emergency liftgate safety release..........................................................5-35
Power liftgate.............................................................................. 5-36
僅 Operating the power liftgate ....................................................................5-38
僅 Setting the power liftgate...........................................................................5-39
僅 Resetting the power liftgate..................................................................... 5-40
僅 Emergency liftgate safety release......................................................... 5-40
僅 Power Liftgate automatic close ............................................................... 5-41
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open .................................................5-41
僅 How to use the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open ............................... 5-41
僅 How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open function
using the smart key.......................................................................................5-42
僅 Detecting area.................................................................................................5-43
Windows ...................................................................................... 5-44
僅 Window opening and closing ...................................................................5-45
僅 Power window lock button ........................................................................5-47
Hood ............................................................................................. 5-48
僅 Opening the hood......................................................................................... 5-48
僅 Hood open warning ..................................................................................... 5-48
僅 Closing the hood ............................................................................................5-49
Fuel filler door............................................................................. 5-50
僅 Opening the fuel filler door (hybrid vehicle)..................................... 5-50
僅 Opening the fuel filler door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle).......................5-51
僅 Closing the fuel filler door..........................................................................5-52
Panoramic sunroof ..................................................................... 5-55
僅 Power sunshade.............................................................................................5-56
僅 Tilt open/close.................................................................................................5-56
僅 Slide open/close .............................................................................................5-56
僅 Automatic reversal ........................................................................................5-57
僅 Resetting the sunroof...................................................................................5-58
僅 Sunroof open warning.................................................................................5-58
Steering wheel ............................................................................ 5-59
5Features of your vehicle
僅 Electric power steering (EPS)....................................................................5-59
僅 Tilt and telescopic steering wheel ......................................................... 5-60
僅 Heated steering wheel................................................................................ 5-60
僅 Horn ..................................................................................................................... 5-61
Mirrors...........................................................................................5-62
僅 Inside rear-view mirror ................................................................................5-62
僅 Outside rearview mirror..............................................................................5-75
Instrument cluster .......................................................................5-78
僅 Adjusting instrument cluster illumination ...........................................5-79
僅 Gauges................................................................................................................5-79
僅 Transmission shift indicator ......................................................................5-83
LCD display.................................................................................. 5-84
LCD display modes..................................................................... 5-84
LCD display modes..................................................................... 5-85
LCD displays.................................................................................5-87
僅 Trip information (trip computer) .............................................................5-87
僅 Service mode .................................................................................................. 5-90
僅 Driver Assistance settings (infotainment system) ........................... 5-91
僅 LCD display messages................................................................................. 5-91
Warning and indicator lights .....................................................5-97
僅 Warning lights..................................................................................................5-97
僅 Indicator lights..............................................................................................5-104
Head-Up Display (HUD)............................................................5-108
僅 Head-Up Display Information................................................................5-108
僅 Head-Up Display Setting ......................................................................... 5-109
Lighting.......................................................................................5-109
僅 Battery saver function............................................................................... 5-109
僅 Headlight delay function ......................................................................... 5-109
僅 Daytime Running Light (DRL).................................................................5-110
僅 Lighting control.............................................................................................5-110
5 Features of your vehicle
僅 Operating high beam ................................................................................. 5-111
僅 Operating turn signals and lane change signals ............................ 5-111
僅 Operating front fog lights ........................................................................5-112
僅 High Beam Assist (HBA) ............................................................................5-112
Wipers and washers .................................................................. 5-115
僅 Auto control.....................................................................................................5-116
僅 Operating windshield washers ...............................................................5-116
僅 Operating rear window wiper and washer switch .........................5-117
Welcome system ........................................................................ 5-118
Interior lights.............................................................................. 5-119
僅 Automatic turn off function......................................................................5-119
僅 Map lamp..........................................................................................................5-119
僅 Room lamp ......................................................................................................5-119
僅 Luggage room lamp ...................................................................................5-120
僅 Vanity mirror lamp ......................................................................................5-120
僅 Glove box lamp..............................................................................................5-121
Climate control system ............................................................. 5-121
僅 System operation..........................................................................................5-121
僅 Climate control air filter............................................................................. 5-123
僅 A/C refrigerant label ................................................................................... 5-123
僅 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compres-
sor lubricant....................................................................................................5-124
Automatic climate control system...........................................5-125
僅 Using the infotainment/climate switchable controller ................5-126
僅 Heating and air conditioning automatically.....................................5-126
僅 Heating and air conditioning manually..............................................5-128
僅 A/C Automatic Drying................................................................................ 5-132
僅 Scheduled Ventilation Control ............................................................... 5-133
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging...................................5-133
僅 Defogging inside windshield with automatic climate control ..5-134
僅 Auto Defogging System (ADS)...............................................................5-134
5Features of your vehicle
僅 Defroster ..........................................................................................................5-135
僅 Defogging Logic ...........................................................................................5-136
Storage Compartments ............................................................ 5-137
僅 Center Console Storage ............................................................................5-137
僅 Glove box.........................................................................................................5-137
Interior Features ........................................................................5-138
僅 Ambient light..................................................................................................5-138
僅 Cup Holder......................................................................................................5-138
僅 Seat Warmer...................................................................................................5-139
僅 Air ventilation Seat...................................................................................... 5-140
僅 Sun Visor.......................................................................................................... 5-141
僅 USB Charger................................................................................................... 5-141
僅 Power outlet ...................................................................................................5-142
僅 AC Inverter ......................................................................................................5-143
僅 Wireless Smart Phone Charging System.......................................... 5-144
僅 Coat Hook....................................................................................................... 5-146
僅 Side Curtain ....................................................................................................5-147
僅 Floor Mat Anchors .......................................................................................5-147
僅 Luggage Net Holder .................................................................................. 5-148
僅 Luggage Board (cover)............................................................................. 5-148
僅 Luggage Tray................................................................................................ 5-148
僅 Luggage Side Tray ..................................................................................... 5-149
Exterior Features .......................................................................5-149
僅 Roof Rack ....................................................................................................... 5-149
Infotainment System.................................................................5-150
僅 Using the infotainment/climate switchable controller................ 5-150
僅 Over-The-Air (OTA) Software Update ................................................ 5-151
僅 Audio System.................................................................................................5-153
Declaration of Conformity .......................................................5-156
Features of your vehicle
65
Keys
Features of your vehicle
Keys
Record your key number
The key code number
is stamped on the key
code tag attached to
the key set. If you lose
your keys, this number will enable an
authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the
keys easily. Remove the key code tag
and store it in a safe place. Record the
key code number and keep it in a safe
and handy place, but not in the vehicle.
WARNING
Aftermarket keys
Use only Kia original parts for the igni
-
tion key in your vehicle. If an aftermarket
key is used, the ENGINE START/STOP
button may not return to ON after
START. The starter will continue to oper
-
ate causing possible fire due to exces
-
sive current in the wiring.
WARNING
Never leave the keys in your vehicle
Never leave the keys in your vehicle with
unsupervised children, even if the vehi
-
cle is not ON. Leaving children unat
-
tended in a vehicle with a manual
ignition key or a smart key is dangerous.
Children copy adults and they could
press the start button. The key would
enable children to operate power win
-
dows or other controls, or even make the
vehicle move, which could result in seri
-
ous bodily injury or death.
Battery replacement
The smart key uses a 3 volt lithium bat
-
tery which will normally last for several
years.
To replace the battery.
1. Pry open the key battery cover gently
using a thin tool.
2. Replace the old battery with a new
battery(CR2450). When replacing the
battery, make sure align the battery
poles properly.
If the battery is assembled with incor
-
rect polarity, it will discharge, render
-
ing the key unusable.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
If you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery even after reading
this, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
Using the wrong battery can cause the
smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use
the correct battery.
Inappropriate disposal of bat
-
tery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local laws or regula
-
tions.
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUT
-
TON BATTERY
If swallowed, a lithium button battery
can cause severe or fatal injuries within
2 hours.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
OMV033004
7
5
5
Features of your vehicle Keys
If you think a battery may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part of
the body, Seek medical attention imme
-
diately.
CAUTION
Smart key damage
The smart key can malfunction if
dropped, exposed to moisture, static
electricity, heat or direct sunlight.
For smart key replacement, visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
Smart key
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock
a door and even start the vehicle without
inserting the key.
The smart key works when it is within
approximately 33 feet (10 m) from the
vehicle. Antennae within the vehicle
sense when the smart key is within
range.
Tinting the vehicle windows with film,
especially metalized film, may interfere
with the signal from the smart key,
reducing its operating range.
Lock (1)
All doors can be locked if the lock button
is pressed while the key is within range
of the vehicle. Once all doors are closed,
the hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate
that all doors are locked.
If the lock button is pressed again within
4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound once to
confirm that the door is locked.
If any door remains open or if the key is
out of range, the hazard warning lights
(and/or the chime) will not signal. If all
doors are closed after the lock button is
pressed, the hazard warning lights will
blink once.
Unlock (2)
All doors will unlock if the unlock button
is pressed once while the key is in range.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that all doors are
unlocked.
Note that the doors will re-lock automat
-
ically unless you open any door within
30 seconds of pressing the unlock but
-
ton.
If you attempt to lock or unlock the door
by pressing the door lock/unlock button
under any of the following conditions,
the door will not be locked or unlocked.
僅 When you want to lock or unlock the
door in the ACC or ON state.
僅 When you want to lock a door in a car
with one or more doors open.
Depending on the vehicle, the driver can
activate or deactivate the 2-press unlock
setting function. For detailed informa
-
tion, refer to the separately supplied
infotainment system manual.
NOTICE
僅 Tinting the vehicle windows with film,
especially metalized film, may inter
-
fere with receiving frequency trans
-
mitted by the smart key, reducing its
operating range.
OMQ4033460
Features of your vehicle
85
Keys
僅 If the smart key is inoperable due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will not
be covered by warranty.
Liftgate unlock, Power liftgate
open/close (3) (if equipped)
The power liftgate is unlocked or opened
(if equipped) if the button is pressed for
more than 1 second.
When the power liftgate is opened, press
and hold the power liftgate open/close
button to close the liftgate. If you release
the button while the liftgate is closing,
power liftgate operation will stop with a
warning sound for 5 seconds.
Panic alarm (4)
The horn sounds and the hazard warn
-
ing lights blink for about 30 seconds if
this button is pressed for more than 0.5
seconds. To stop the horn and lights,
press any button on smart key.
Remote start (5)
You can start the vehicle using the
remote start button (5) of the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
僅 Lock the doors by pressing the door
lock button (1) within 32 ft (10 m) of
the vehicle.
僅 Within 4 seconds after locking the
doors, press the remote start button
for over 2 seconds. The hazard lights
will blink 3 times when the engine is
started remotely.
Press the remote start button (5) once to
turn off the vehicle.
If no further action for operating/driving
the vehicle is taken, the vehicle will be
turned off 10 minutes after starting the
vehicle remotely.
While remote starting, the hazard warn
-
ing lights blink 3 times. If you want to
stop the vehicle, press the Remote Start
button (5) again.
Start while inside the vehicle
You can start the vehicle while insist
your Kia without inserting the key.
* For more information, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button" on page 6-5.
Mechanical key
When the battery of the smart key is dis
-
charged or the smart key does not oper
-
ate normally, the door can be locked or
unlocked using the mechanical key.
To remove the mechanical key, pull the
mechanical key protective cover(1) from
the smart key.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not operate if any of
the following occur:
僅 The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter which can interfere with
normal operation of the smart key,
such as a radio station or an airport.
僅 The smart key is near a mobile two-
way radio system.
僅 The smart key is near a cellular
phone, particularly if the phone is
being used to make or receive calls or
to send and receive messages. (Avoid
OMV033003
9
5
5
Features of your vehicle Keys
placing the smart key adjacent to a
cellular phone.)
僅 Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated near your vehicle.
僅 It is allowed to get wet.
When the smart key does not work cor
-
rectly, try the spare or open and close
the door with the mechanical key. Con
-
tact an authorized Kia dealer.
If the smart key is not moved for some
time, the detection function (if equipped)
of smart key operation will pause. Lift
the smart key to activate the detection
again.
NOTICE
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be reg
-
istered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose both smart keys,
you will not be able to start the vehicle.
You should immediately contact your
authorized Kia dealer for assistance (tow
the vehicle, if necessary) to protect it
from potential theft.
NOTICE
僅 To prevent the smart key from
becoming damaged by magnetic
fields, do not leave it near the follow
-
ing electrical appliances:
-TVs
-Personal computers
- Cellular phones, cordless phones
and battery chargers
- Table lamps
- Induction cookers
僅 If you must leave the vehicle's key
with a parking attendant, remove the
mechanical key for your own use and
provide the attendant with the smart
key only.
僅 When bringing a smart key onto an
airplane, make sure you do not press
any button on the key while inside the
cabin. If you are carrying the key in
your bag etc., make sure that the but
-
tons cannot be pressed accidentally. If
you press a button, the key may emit
radio waves that could interfere with
the operation of the aircraft.
僅 If the smart key is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will not
be covered by your warranty.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the equipment. If the
smart key is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance,
it will not be covered by your manufac
-
turer's vehicle warranty.
Features of your vehicle
105
Immobilizer system
Immobilizer system
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
vehicle's power system is disabled.
When ENGINE START/STOP button is
placed in the ON position, the immobi
-
lizer system indicator should come on
briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts
to blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the key.
Place the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position, then place the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON
position again.
If the system repeatedly does not recog
-
nize the coding of the key, contact your
Kia dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical prob
-
lems could result that may make your
vehicle inoperable.
Deactivating the immobilizer sys
-
tem
Change the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the ON position.
Activating the immobilizer sys
-
tem
Change the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the OFF position. The immobilizer
system activates automatically. Without
a valid smart key for your vehicle, the
engine will not start.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the equipment. If the
smart key is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance,
it will not be covered by your manufac
-
turer's vehicle warranty.
11
5
5
Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system
Theft-alarm system
This system is designed to provide pro
-
tection from unauthorized entry into the
vehicle.
This system is operated in three stages:
1
Armed stage
2
Theft-alarm stage
3
Disarmed stage
If triggered, the system provides an
audible alarm with blinking of the haz
-
ard warning lights.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Armed stage
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Make sure that all doors, the hood
and liftgate are closed and latched.
3. Lock the doors by pressing the button
of the front outside door handle with
the smart key in your possession.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will operate
once to indicate that the system is
armed. If any door (or liftgate) or hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights and the chime will not operate
and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all
doors and liftgate and hood are
closed after the lock button is
pressed, the hazard warning lights
blink once. The system can also be
armed by locking the doors with the
key from the front doors; however,
the hazard warning lights will not
blink using this method.
4. Lock the doors by pressing the lock
button on the smart key. After com
-
pletion of the steps above, the hazard
warning lights will operate once to
indicate that the system is armed.
NOTICE
The theft-alarm system can be deacti
-
vated by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not arm the system until all passen
-
gers have left the vehicle. If the system is
armed while a passenger(s) remains in
the vehicle, the alarm may be activated
when the remaining passenger(s) leaves
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or
hood is opened within 30 seconds after
the system enters the armed stage, the
system will be disarmed to prevent
unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will sound and the hazard
lights will blink continuously for approxi
-
mately 30 seconds if any of the follow
-
ing occurs while the system is armed.
僅 A front or rear door is opened without
using the smart key.
僅 The liftgate is opened without using
the smart key.
僅 The hood is opened.
Features of your vehicle
125
Theft-alarm system
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously for
approximately 27 seconds, and repeat
the horn 3 times unless the system is
disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock
the doors with the folding key or smart
key.
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when:
僅 The door unlock button is pressed.
僅 The button of the front outside door is
pressed while carrying the smart key.
僅 The engine is started. (within 3 sec
-
onds)
After pressing the unlock button, the
hazard warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound twice (in smart key) to
indicate that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if any
door (or liftgate) is not opened within 30
seconds, the system will be rearmed.
NOTICE
僅 Avoid trying to start the engine while
the alarm is activated. The vehicle
starting motor is disabled during the
theft-alarm stage.
僅 If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Adjusting alarm system
Do not modify, alter or adjust the theft
alarm system in your vehicle. Improper
installation of the alarm system could
damage the vehicle or cause the system
malfunction.
NOTICE
Malfunctions caused by improper alter
-
ations, adjustments or modifications to
the theft-alarm system are not covered
by your warranty.
13
5
5
Features of your vehicle Door locks
Door locks
Locking
Button type
Touch sensor type (if equipped)
Pressing the button or touching the sen
-
sor of the front outside door handles
with all doors (and liftgate) closed and
any door unlocked, locks all the doors
(and liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink once
to indicate that all doors (and liftgate)
are locked. The button/sensor will only
operate when the smart key is within 40
inches (1 m) from the outside door han
-
dle. If you want to make sure that a door
has locked or not, you should check the
door lock button/sensor inside the vehi
-
cle or pull the outside door handle.
In some instances, when the outside
door button/sensor is pressed the doors
will not lock and an audible chime will
sound if any of the following occurs:
僅 The smart key is in the vehicle.
僅 The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC or ON position.
僅 Any door except the liftgate is
opened.
Unlocking
Button type
Touch sensor type (if equipped)
Pressing the button of the front outside
door handles, or the hand is detected in
the door handle pocket, with all doors
(and liftgate) closed and locked, unlocks
all the doors (and liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that all doors (and lift
-
gate) are unlocked. The button/sensor
will only operate when the smart key is
within 40 inches (1 m) from the outside
door handle.
When the 2-press unlock function is acti
-
vated:
僅 If you press the Door Unlock button
(2) on the smart key, the driver's door
will unlock.
僅 If you press the Door Unlock button
(2) on the smart key within four sec
-
onds again, then all the doors will
unlock.
僅 If you press the driver's outside door
handle button or touch sensor on the
door handle, the driver's door will
unlock.
OON042002
OON043002
OON042002
OON043532
Features of your vehicle
145
Door locks
僅 If you press the driver's outside door
handle button or touch sensor on the
door handle within four seconds
again, then all the doors will unlock.
NOTICE
僅 You can activate or deactivate the 2-
press unlock function on the infotain
-
ment system screen.
僅 If you lock the doors using the door
handle button or touch sensor on the
door handle, the doors are not locked
and the chime will sound for 3 sec
-
onds under the following circum
-
stances:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The vehicle is in the ACC or ON
position.
- Any door except for the liftgate is
open.
- After pressing the door lock/unlock
button or touching sensor on the
door handle to unlock, the doors
will lock automatically unless you
open any door within 30 seconds.
With the mechanical key
To operate:
1. Pull out the door handle.
2. Press the lever (1) located inside the
bottom part of the cover with a key or
flat-head screwdriver.
3. Push out the cover (2) while pressing
the lever (only the driver's door can be
locked/unlocked).
4. Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the front
of the vehicle to lock.
僅 Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
僅 Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
僅 When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure the doors are
closed securely.
NOTICE
僅 When locking the door with a
mechanical key, be aware that only
the driver's door can be locked/
unlocked.
僅 To lock all doors, operate the central
lock switch inside the vehicle. Open
the car door using the inner handle,
then close the door and lock the
driver's door with a mechanical key.
僅 Refer to "Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle" on page 5-15 to
lock from inside the vehicle.
NOTICE
Do not apply excessive force to the door
and door handle. It may be damaged.
NOTICE
僅 In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
僅 If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch,
the system may stop operating tem
-
porarily to protect the circuit and pre
-
vent damage to system components.
OMQ4033467_2
15
5
5
Features of your vehicle Door locks
WARNING
僅 Securely close your door before you
begin driving. Failure to fully close
your door may cause it to be opened
during vehicle operation
僅 Keep your body out of the way of the
closing door to prevent injuries.
WARNING
If any passengers must remain in the
vehicle while it is very hot or cold out
-
side, there is risk of serious injury or
death. Do not lock the vehicle from the
outside when there are passengers in
the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not unnecessarily open and close the
door repeatedly or with excessive force.
Such action can damage the vehicle
door.
NOTICE
Always place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the OFF position, engage the
parking brake, close all windows, and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle
unattended.
僅 To lock a door without the key, push
the central door lock button (2) when
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
OFF position and close the door.
僅 If you lock the door with the central
door lock button (2), all vehicle doors
will lock automatically.
NOTICE
Always remove the ignition key, engage
the parking brake, close all windows,
and lock all doors when leaving your
vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
You can operate door locks with the
door lock handle or central door lock
switch.
With the door handle
僅 Front door
If the inner door handle is pulled when
the door is locked, the door will unlock
and open.
僅 Rear door
If the inner door handle is pulled once
when the door is locked, the door will
unlock.
If the inner door handle is pulled once
more, the door will open.
Door lock malfunction
If a power door lock fails to function
while you are in the vehicle, try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
僅 Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and man
-
ual) while simultaneously pulling on
the door handle.
OMQ4A033001
OMQ4033015
Features of your vehicle
165
Door locks
僅 Operate the other door locks and han
-
dles, front and rear.
僅 Lower a front window and use the key
to unlock the door from outside.
僅 Move to the cargo area and open the
liftgate.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of
driver's (or passenger's) door while the
vehicle is moving.
With central door lock switch
Driver side
Passenger side
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Doors indicating light
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
僅 To lock all vehicle doors, press the
central door lock switch (1) of driver
and passenger side.
僅 To unlock all vehicle doors, press cen
-
tral door unlock switch (2) of driver
and passenger side.
When all vehicle doors are locked, the
indicator lights (3) on the front doors will
turn off. If any door is unlocked, it would
turn on.
If any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the central door lock
switch is pressed.
WARNING
Doors
僅 The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle is
in motion to prevent accidental open
-
ing of the door. Locked doors will also
discourage potential intruders when
the vehicle stops or slows down.
僅 Be careful when opening doors and
watch out for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching
the vehicle in the path of the door.
Opening a door when something is
approaching can result in an accident
to cause vehicle damage or serious
injury.
NOTICE
Unlocked vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite
theft or possible harm to you or others
from someone hiding in your vehicle
while you are gone. Always remove the
ignition key, engage the parking brake,
close all windows and lock all doors
when leaving your vehicle unattended.
WARNING
Unattended children, the elderly or
pets
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or severe
injury such as heatstroke to unattended
children, the elderly or pets who cannot
escape the vehicle. When left or trapped
in a hot vehicle, make sure to stay
OMQ4033502
OMQ4033503
17
5
5
Features of your vehicle Door locks
hydrated and avoid sun exposure
through the vehicle’s windshield. Fur
-
thermore, children might operate fea
-
tures of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone gaining
entry to the vehicle. Never leave children
or animals unattended in your vehicle.
Door lock/unlock features
The vehicle is equipped with door lock/
unlock features for the safety and con
-
venience of passengers.
Impact sensing door unlock sys
-
tem
All doors will automatically unlock when
an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will automatically lock after the
vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph (15 km/
h).
You can activate or deactivate the auto
door lock/unlock features in the vehicle.
Refer to "LCD display modes" on page 5-
84.
Auto unlock on shift to P
When this feature is set in the cluster or
infotainment system screen, all the
doors will be automatically unlocked if
the dual clutch transmission and auto
-
matic transmission shift lever is shifted
to the P (Park) whilst the vehicle is run
-
ning.
Child-protector rear door lock (if
equipped)
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children from accidentally open
-
ing the rear doors from inside the vehi
-
cle.
The rear door safety locks should be
used whenever children are in the vehi
-
cle.
The child safety locks are located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position (1), the
rear door will not open if the inner door
handle is pulled.
To activate the child safety lock, insert a
key (or screwdriver) into the hole and
turn it clockwise to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened from
inside the vehicle, deactivate the child
safety lock.
The outside door handle (2) still operates
when the child safety lock is activated.
WARNING
Rear door locks
If children accidentally open the rear
doors while the vehicle is in motion, they
could fall out and be severely injured or
killed. To prevent children from opening
the rear doors from the inside, the rear
door safety locks should be used when
-
ever children are in the vehicle.
OMQ4033466_2
Features of your vehicle
185
Door locks
WARNING
僅 The system does not detect every
obstacle approaching the vehicle exit.
僅 The driver and passenger are respon
-
sible for the accident occurred while
exiting the vehicle. Always check the
surrounding before you exit the vehi
-
cle.
Electronic child safety lock sys
-
tem (if equipped)
If you push the electronic child safety
lock switch and the indicator illuminates,
rear passengers cannot open the rear
door from inside the vehicle.
To deactivate the electronic child safety
lock, push the electronic child safety lock
switch one more time and then the indi
-
cator turns off.
Safe Exit Assist is operated when the
electronic child safety lock is activated
and Safe Exit Assist is selected in the
cluster. However, Safe Exit Assist does
not automatically activate the electronic
child safety lock system.
The electronic child safety lock is always
on when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON or ignition ON state and
for approximately 3 minutes after the
engine is turned off.
If your vehicle is equipped with the Elec
-
tronic child safety lock, the Child-protec
-
tor rear door locks, which are manually
operated, are not provided.
If electronic child safety lock is activated,
rear passenger cannot open or close the
rear window also. For more details, refer
to "Windows" on page 5-44.
CAUTION
If the Electronic child safety lock mal
-
functions, a message is displayed and a
chime will sound.
A:
Child safety lock failure
If this occurs, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
In case of an emergency
If the electrical power door lock switch is
not operating (e.g., dead car battery) the
only way to lock the door(s) is with the
mechanical key from the outside key
hole.
Doors without an outside keyhole can be
locked as follows:
1. Open the door.
2. Insert the key (or a screwdriver) into
the emergency door lock hole and
turn the key to the lock position as
shown.
3. Close the door securely.
OMQ4033019
OMQ4033128L
OMQ4033465
19
5
5
Features of your vehicle Door locks
NOTICE
If the electrical power to door lock switch
is not operating (e.g., dead car battery)
and the liftgate is closed, you will not be
able to open the liftgate until power is
restored.
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) Sys
-
tem
The ROA reduces the risk that a rear
passenger will be inadvertently left in
the vehicle.
Make sure that all the windows are
closed when ROA is operational. If the
window is open, the alert may be acti
-
vated by wind, insects, leaves and other
movement in the rear seat area.
1st alert
When you open the front door after
opening and closing the rear door and
turning off the engine, the warning mes
-
sage appears on the cluster.
2nd alert (if equipped)
僅 After the 1st alert, the 2nd alert oper
-
ates when any movement is detected
in the rear seat after the driver's door
is closed and all the doors are locked.
The horn will activate for about 25
seconds. If the system continues to
detect a movement the alert operates
up to 8 times.
僅 The system detects movement in the
vehicle for 24 hours after the door is
locked.
僅 Unlock the door with the smart key to
stop the alert.
The 2nd alert is activated only after the
prior activation of the 1st alert.
Operation
You can activate or deactivate the ROA
from the infotainment system, the
option can be found under the following
menu:
1. Press the SETUP button of the info
-
tainment system.
2. Press
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Conve
-
nience
→
Rear Occupant Alert
on
the infotainment system screen.
NOTICE
僅 Make sure that all the windows are
closed. If the window is open, the alert
may activate by the sensor detecting
an unintended movement (e.g., wind
or bugs).
A:
Check rear seat for passengers and
belongings
僅 If you do not want to use the ROA sys
-
tem, press OK button on the steering
wheel when the 1st alert is displayed
on the cluster. Doing so will deactivate
the 2nd alert once.
僅 If boxes or objects are stacked in the
vehicle, the system may not detect
the obstacle. Also, the warning may
generate if the box or object falls off.
僅 The sensor may not operate normally
if the sensor is obscured by foreign
substances.
僅 The alert may activate if movement in
the driver or passenger seat is
detected.
ODL3033114L
Features of your vehicle
205
Door locks
僅 The alert may activate with the doors
locked due to car wash or surround
-
ing vibration or noise.
僅 Inside movement detection is stopped
under remote start status.
WARNING
僅 Even if your vehicle is equipped with
the ROA system, always make sure
you check the rear seat before you
exit the vehicle.
The alert may not operate if:
- The movement does not continue
for a certain period or the move
-
ment is small.
- If a child sits on a vehicle seat with
-
out a child car seat.
- The rear passenger is covered with
an obstacle such as a blanket.
- Also, always be cautious of the pas
-
senger's safety as the detection
function and 2nd alert may not
operate depending on the sur
-
rounding environment and certain
conditions.
- If the seat or child restraint seat
moves away from the sensor due to
seat position adjustment.
WARNING
The door lock system may not work if
the electrical system is compromised.
Accordingly, please train children pas
-
sengers regarding how to open the car
door manually before an emergency
arises. That way, they would be able to
open the door manually in the event an
emergency arises.
Declaration of conformity the
radio frequency components
(ROA Radar Sensor) complies:
For United States
For Canada
OMQ4A053036
OMQ4A053037
21
5
5
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
Digital Key 2 (if equipped)
Kia Digital Key 2 provides convenience
to the driver, such as locking or unlock
-
ing the driver and passenger doors or
the liftgate and turning on the vehicle
with a smart phone or card key, without
a smart key.
Digital Key 2 (Smart Phone)
How to register Digital Key 2
(Smart phone)
Kia Digital Key 2 can only be used on the
smartphones that support that function.
Check your smartphone supplier’s app
store to download a compatible app. Not
every smartphone is compatible with
this function.
While updating the digital key 2 control
-
ler, the smart key function may not work
temporarily. In this case, it can be oper
-
ated with the door lock/unlock button of
the smart key.
Smart Phone Set Up
To use Digital Key 2 (Smart phone) func
-
tion, install the Kia Access App on your
smart phone, register your information
and subscribe the service.
For more details, access the web manual
using the QR code in the infotainment
system quick reference guide.
Smart Phone Registration
1 Smartphone key
2 My Smartphone key
3 Save
1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart
key and make sure to keep the smart
key inside the vehicle during digital
key registration.
2. After pressing
Digital Key Settings
→
Register
on Kia Access app, place the
backside of the smart phone on the
in-vehicle charging pad.
A: Charging pad
僅As long as the device is supported
from additional vehicle services, the
Digital Key can be registered wire
-
lessly.
3. Select
Save
menu on the infotainment
system screen. The saving process
will begin automatically.
4. When the digital key (smart phone) is
saved, a message will appear on the
instrument cluster or the infotainment
system screen.
5. Remove the smart phone from the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) and complete the sav
-
ing process by following the instruc
-
tions on the smart phone screen.
INFORMATION
僅 The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
僅 Vehicle
When there is a digital key (smart
phone) already saved in the vehicle,
OMV033187N
OMQ4033008
Features of your vehicle
225
Digital Key 2
Delete All will be displayed on the
Smartphone Key menu screen of the
infotainment system and Delete will
be displayed on the My Smartphone
Key screen. If you want to save a digi
-
tal key again, refer to "How to delete
Digital Key (Smart Phone)" on page 5-
24.
僅Smart Phone
The digital key cannot be saved again
while the vehicle’s digital key is saved
in the owner's smart phone. Save the
digital key after deleting the digital
key from the Kia Access App.
僅 During the digital key 2 saving pro
-
cess, the process will cancel when:
- The smart phone is removed from
the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad)
- Changing the infotainment system
- The vehicle is turned off
- The gear is shifted
- There is no smart key (saving pro
-
cess will not begin)
僅 As the in-vehicle authentication pad
may not work smoothly depending on
the internal structure of the smart
-
phones, the digital key may not be
registered. In this case, register the
device by moving the smartphone to
the left or right of the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad).
僅 UWB (Ultra Wide Band) means ultra-
wideband wireless communication
technology. NFC (Near Field Commu
-
nication) means short-range wireless
communication.
How to Use the Digital Key 2
(Smart Phone)
Smart Phone Touch Control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the smart phone on the
door handle without opening the Kia
Access App. The vehicle can be started
by placing the smart phone on the
charging pad. Make sure that the loca
-
tion of the smartphone's NFC antenna
touches the door handle authentication
pad.
A:
Door handle authentication pad
B:
Different smartphones have their
NFC antennas located in different
places.
The Apple iPhone's NFC antenna is
located at the top of the back of the
device, and the Apple Watch's NFC
antenna is located in the center of the
screen. The NFC antenna is located in
the same location that you may use for
tapping to make contactless payments.
If you are uncertain about the location of
the NFC antenna on your phone, contact
your smartphone manufacturer for more
details.
Locking/Unlocking the doors
僅 If the driver touches the smart phone
antenna to the driver's or passenger's
door handle authentication pad for
more than 2 seconds, the door will
lock or unlock.
OMQ4033009
23
5
5
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
僅 After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30 sec
-
onds unless a door is opened.
僅 If the smart phone digital key does
not operate, move the smart phone
more than 4 inches (0.1 m) from the
door handle authentication pad and
try it again.
For smartphones without UWB
support:
To lock or unlock the doors with a regis
-
tered smartphone, touch the NFC
antenna on the smartphone on the
authentication pad of the driver's or pas
-
senger's outside door handle for about 2
seconds.
For smartphones with UWB sup
-
port:
僅 To lock or unlock the doors, carry
your smartphone and touch the door
handle lock/unlock sensor (curved
area) on the outside door handle.
WARNING
僅 If the smartphone is in a back pocket
or bag, the signal may be blocked and
could limit the Bluetooth connection
and cause operation delay when lock
-
ing/unlocking doors or starting the
vehicle.
僅 If a tinting film containing metal com
-
ponents is applied, the digital key may
not function properly.
NOTICE
Note that the door will unlock and a
beep sounds when using the Digital Key
2 if any of the following occur:
僅 When the Smart Key is in the vehicle
僅 The vehicle is in ACC or ON position
僅 Attempting to lock the door when
more than one door, hood, liftgate is
opened
僅 If a tinting film containing metal sub
-
stances is applied to the digital key, it
may not function properly.
Starting the vehicle
After placing your registered smart
phone on the charging pad, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
僅 Once the vehicle is started, you can
remove the smart phone from the
pad.
For more details, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button" on page 6-5.
For smartphones without UWB
support:
僅 Place the NFC antenna of the smart
-
phone on the center of the charging
pad, press the brake pedal, and then
press the start button to start the
vehicle.
僅 After starting the vehicle, you can
remove the smartphone from the
charging pad.
僅 Some smartphones may not have
smooth NFC communication due to
their internal structure. In such cases,
move the smartphone to the right or
left of the charging pad to operate it.
For smartphones with UWB sup
-
port:
僅 Carry the smartphone inside the vehi
-
cle, press the brake pedal, and then
press the start button to start the
vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
245
Digital Key 2
僅 To start the vehicle remotely, use an
app provided by the smartphone
manufacturer to lock the vehicle using
the door lock button, and then press
the remote start button within 4 sec
-
onds. The vehicle will start, and the
hazard warning light will flash
僅 To turn off the vehicle, press the
remote start button again.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the reg
-
istered smart phone is placed on the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can
result in serious injury or death. Always
have the registered smart phone with
you to prevent vehicle theft when leav
-
ing the vehicle.
NOTICE
The operation time of Digital Key 2 for
shared user may extend during first time
use.
Approach your Digital Key 2 (smart
-
phone) on the authentication pad
located in the outside door handle until
the vehicle door lock/unlock function
operates.
If the inner authentication pad is used
for the first time, the function may not
operate.
How to delete Digital Key (Smart
Phone)
Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital key
(smart phone) deleting process.
1. To Delete All Digital Keys
1)
Select Digital Keys
2)
Select Smartphone key
3)
Select Shared Keys
4)
Select Delete all
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Keys
→
Smart
-
phone key
→
Delete all
on the info
-
tainment system.
僅 The owner’s key and the shared
user’s will be deleted.
僅 If there is no registered key, the
menu cannot be selected.
2. To Delete One Digital Key
1)
Select Digital Keys
2)
Select Smartphone key
3)
Select the Digital Key you wish to
delete.
4)
Select Delete
If the owner's smart phone has been
changed, the new smart phone can be
registered after only deleting the pre
-
vious Digital Key 2 (Smart Phone).
NOTICE
僅 If digital key (smart phone) is deleted,
the digital key saved in the smart
-
phone is also deleted.
OMV033148N
OMV033149N
25
5
5
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
僅 If digital key (smart phone) is deleted
on the smart phone, the digital key
saved in the vehicle is also deleted.
僅 The function to delete shared user's
key is not provided by the infotain
-
ment system.
僅 Digital key (smart phone) is not
deleted even if Kia Access app is
deleted on the smart phone.
僅 Digital key can be activated or deacti
-
vated within the Kia Access app pro
-
vided from your smart phone
manufacturer.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Digital Key 2 (Card Key)
How to register Digital Key 2
(Card Key)
To use the card key as a digital key 2,
register the card key in your vehicle sys
-
tem in accordance with the following
procedures.
1. Enter the vehicle with two smart keys.
1) In-vehicle authentication pad (wire
-
less charging pad)
2. Check if
Use
menu is activated.
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Keys
→
NFC Card
key
→
Use
on the infotainment sys
-
tem.
1)
Digital Keys
2)
NFC Card key
3)
Use
4)
Save
3. With the vehicle on, place the card key
on the charging pad and press the
Save
menu on the infotainment sys
-
tem screen. The saving process will
begin automatically.
A:
Charging pad
4. When the digital key (card key) is
saved, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
INFORMATION
僅 The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
僅 When there is a digital key (card key)
already saved in the vehicle, the
Save
menu is disabled. If you want to save
a digital key again, refer to "How to
delete Digital Key 2 (Card key)" on
page 5-27 and follow the deleting pro
-
cedure first before saving a digital
key.
OMV033150N
OMQ4033008
Features of your vehicle
265
Digital Key 2
僅 To register the digital key (card key),
the two smart keys must be in the
vehicle.
僅 The registered digital key (card key)
cannot be used for another vehicle.
How to use the Digital Key 2
(Card key)
Card key touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the card key on the door
handle. The vehicle can be started by
placing the card key on the charging
pad.
A:
Door handle authentication pad
B:
Card key NFC antenna
Locking/Unlocking the doors
僅 If the driver touches the NFC antenna
of the registered card key 2 on the
driver's or passenger's door handle
authentication pad (1) for more than 2
seconds, the door will lock or unlock.
僅 After locking the door, make sure to
check its locked state. After unlocking
the doors, the doors will automatically
re-lock after 30 seconds unless a door
is opened.
僅 It works only if the center of the NFC
card key touches the NFC authentica
-
tion area of the vehicle door handle.
NOTICE
When touching a smartphone NFC
antenna to the center of the outside
door handle authentication pad, the
doors will not lock with a beep sound
under the following conditions:
僅 When the Smart Key is in the vehicle
僅 When the vehicle is in ACC or ON
position
僅 When one or more doors, hood or lift
-
gate are open
Starting the vehicle
After placing your registered card key 2
on the charging pad, depress the brake
pedal and press the ENGINE START/
STOP button to start the vehicle.
僅 Once the vehicle is started, you can
remove the card key from the pad.
For more detail, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button" on page 6-5.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the reg
-
istered card key is placed on the
charging pad. Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can
result in serious injury or death. In addi
-
tion, always have the registered card key
with you to prevent vehicle theft when
leaving the vehicle.
CAUTION
僅 The digital key (card key) may not
work under the following conditions:
- When the card key is not touching
the center of the door handle
authentication pad or the charging
pad correctly.
OMQ4033010
27
5
5
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
- If the card key overlaps NFC-
enabled cards such as credit card
or smart phone.
- If the card key does not work, move
the card key approximately 4
inches (10 cm) away from the
authentication pad and then touch
it again.
僅 The card key can be damaged by
impact. If the card key is damaged,
replace the card key with a new one
and register it again.
僅 A damaged or lost card key is not cov
-
ered by your warranty. The replace
-
ment cost is the owner’s
responsibility.
僅 Long-time exposure to high tempera
-
ture may cause the card key to mal
-
function. Be careful not to expose the
key to direct sunlight or high tem
-
perature.
僅 If the card key is left on the charging
pad while driving, it may cause mal
-
function of the card key. After starting
the vehicle, make sure to separate the
card key from the in-vehicle charging
pad.
僅 If the card key is placed between the
charging pad and the smartphone is
wirelessly charging, it may cause the
card key to malfunction. For example,
charging the smartphone while the
card key is attached to the back of the
smartphone case.
How to delete Digital Key 2 (Card
key)
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the card key
deleting process.
2. With the vehicle on, place the card key
on the in-vehicle authentication pad.
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital key
→
NFC card
key
→
Delete
on the infotainment
system.
The
Delete
menu will be disabled if
there is no card key saved.
1)
Digital key
2)
NFC card Key
3) Use
4)
Delete
3. When the card key is deleted, a mes
-
sage will appear on the infotainment
screen or cluster.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system.
Personalized Profile and Vehicle
Settings
When the smartphone registered in the
vehicle is linked with user profile, the
vehicle will automatically operate (door
lock/unlock with digital key, etc.) accord
-
ing to the linked user profile setting.
OMV033188N
Features of your vehicle
285
Digital Key 2
User profile linking and personalization
are available for the total of two drivers.
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation,refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Linking / Unlinking profile
How to link user profile
1. Select
Setup
→
User profile
→
Pro
-
file setting
→
Link Digital Key
(Smartphone)
on the infotainment
system settings menu.
2. If you select
Link
, the registered
phone number's digital key and the
user profile will link. Select
Link
according to the instruction.
3. When the process is complete, the
message 'Digital Key Link Complete.'
will appear on the infotainment sys
-
tem screen.
4. Click the Link button and select the
smartphone you want to link from the
smartphone list displayed on the
screen. Link it according to the
instructions.
5. When the process is complete, the
message 'Digital Key Link Complete.'
will appear on the infotainment sys
-
tem screen.
How to unlink user profile
1. Select
Setup
→
User Profile
→
Pro
-
file Setting
→
Link Digital Key
(Smartphone)
on the infotainment
system. Unlink the smartphone in the
User Profile settings. Unlink the
smartphone in the User Profile set
-
tings. Unlinking is possible only when
user profile is linked.
2. When unlinking is complete, the mes
-
sage 'Digital key is unlinked.' will
appear on the infotainment system
screen.
INFORMATION
僅 The user profile cannot be linked to
both Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are
connected to a single smartphone.
Personalization will operate with the
recently linked user profile, and the
previously linked user profile will be
automatically canceled.
僅 User profile can be linked when Digi
-
tal Key is registered on the smart
-
phone and the vehicle. The
smartphone with another vehicle's
digital key cannot be linked.
僅 NFC card key cannot be linked with
personalized profile.
僅 If you remove the smartphone from
the charging pad before completing
the user profile link, the linking pro
-
cess will not be completed normally.
僅 Once the user profile linked Digital
Key in the smartphone is deleted, Dig
-
ital Key 2 should be re-registered and
personalized by linking the user pro
-
file again.
僅 The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
29
5
5
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
Vehicle personalization operation
The personalization function linked with
Digital Key 2 works under the following
conditions:
僅 Touch the driver's door handle with
the profile linked smartphone to lock
or unlock the doors (Personalization
does not operate when locking or
unlocking the front passenger door.).
僅 The personalization function using the
digital key can be operated after link
-
ing the digital key in the infotainment
system profile menu.
僅 The personalization function works
only when the vehicle is OFF or when
the vehicle is started remotely. If the
vehicle is not started remotely, per
-
sonalization function does not work
with the digital key.
INFORMATION
User profile operation according to door
lock/unlock system is as follows.
Item Personalization operation
Initial value Guest
Profile linked smartphone
key
Linked profile
Profile unlinked smart
-
phone key
Recently activated profile
NFC card key
Smart key
Features of your vehicle
305
Digital Key 2
Vehicle personalization with Digital Key 2
The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.
For more information of personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.
CAUTION
If you leave the digital key in the vehicle
after locking or unlocking the doors or
starting the vehicle with the smart key,
the doors can be locked with the central
door lock. Always have the digital key
with you.
System Personalization Item
User Settings
menu
Lamp Blink number of one-touch signal lamps
Cluster
Information display on the cluster, Voice volume, Wel
-
come sound
Seat
Seat position
Smart heating wire ventilation On/Off
Door Automatic door lock/unlock
Smartphone wireless charging Wireless charging On/Off
Air conditioning
Setting up temperature unit, Block air inflow/ Auto
-
matic ventilation Window defroster On/Off
Infotainment Set
-
tings menu
Navigation
Preferred volume of the navigation system
Recent destination
User preset My menu list settings, Radio preset
Phone connectivity
Bluetooth preferential connection
CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Air conditioning Operating condition
Latest operation setup of the following functions: Tem
-
perature (AUTO), air flow direction, air volume, air con
-
ditioner, air intake control, SYNC, Front windshield
defroster, OFF
31
5
5
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
Used Vehicle/Digital Key 2 Main
-
tenance
Purchasing used vehicle
If you purchased a used car, please
delete the smart phone key and card
key (if equipped) registered by the pre
-
vious user.
Be sure to notify an authorized Kia
dealer when you purchase a used vehi
-
cle. Check whether the card key (if
equipped) that came with the used vehi
-
cle operates properly. If the digital key
(card key) (if equipped) does not work
properly, delete the card key (if
equipped) and register the smartphone
key. Then re-register the card key (if
equipped).
Digital Key 2 Maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key 2
System repaired or replaced, the regis
-
tered digital key (smartphone/card key)
(if equipped) can be deleted depending
on the type of maintenance.
Limitations of the System
僅 Digital Key 2 may not work if any of
the following occurs:
- Smartphone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off in
the smartphone settings
- A credit card overlaps the back of
your smart phone, or a metal or
thick smartphone case is used
- Using the card key (if equipped)
with other cards, or using it in a
wallet or card holder
- There is electronic interference by
other vehicles, objects, etc.
- There may be a communication
error with Digital Key 2 NFC func
-
tion if a metallic cover or communi
-
cation device is attached to the
smartphone. If there is a malfunc
-
tion of Digital Key 2, remove the
cover attached to the smartphone
and try again.
僅 The vehicle may not be controlled by
the smartphone if any of the following
occurs:
- Basic and necessary functions of
the smartphone are operating
(general call, urgent call, audio or
contactless payment)
-Using wireless earphone (general
call, urgent call or audio)
-When Digital Key 2 app function is
being limited due to smartphone
default settings or app launch pri
-
ority policy per manufacturer
Features of your vehicle
325
Integrated Memory System
Integrated Memory System (if
equipped)
The integrated memory system is pro
-
vided to store and recall the following
memory settings with a simple button
operation.
僅 Driver's seat position
僅 Outside rearview mirror position
僅 Head-Up Display (HUD)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the integrated
memory system while the vehicle is
moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
NOTICE
僅 If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
僅 If the integrated memory system does
not operate normally, have the sys
-
tem checked by a professional work
-
shop. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
Storing memory positions
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position, out
-
side rearview mirror position and
head-up display height to the desired
position.
3. Press the SET button. The system will
beep once and notify you "Press but
-
ton to save settings"on the LCD dis
-
play.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or
2) within 4 seconds. The system will
beep twice when the memory has
been successfully stored.
5. "Settings 1 (or 2) saved" will appear on
the LCD display.
Recalling memory positions
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1 or
2). The system will beep once, and
then the driver's seat position, outside
rearview mirror position, and head-up
display height will automatically
adjust to the stored positions.
3. "Settings 1 (or 2) applied" will appear
on the LCD display.
僅 While recalling the "1" memory posi
-
tion, pressing the SET or 1 button tem
-
porarily stops the adjustment of the
recalled memory position. Pressing
the 2 button recalls the "2" memory
position.
僅 While recalling the "2" memory posi
-
tion, pressing the SET or 2 buttons
temporarily stops the adjustment of
the recalled memory position. Press
-
ing the 1 button recalls the "1" memory
position.
僅 While recalling the stored positions,
pressing one of the control buttons
for the driver's seat, outside rearview
mirror, or head-up display height will
cause the movement of that compo
-
nent to stop and move in the direction
that the control button is pressed.
Integrated memory system reset
If the integrated memory system does
not work properly, initialize the system
as follows.
OKA4033007L
33
5
5
Features of your vehicle Integrated Memory System
How to initialize:
1. Stop the vehicle and open the driver's
door with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position and the
vehicle shifted to P (Park).
2. Pull the driver's seat forward as far as
possible and have the seatback
upright as much as possible using the
driver's seat forward/backward
adjustment and seatback angle
(recline) switches.
3. Push the SET button and seat forward
movement switch for 2 seconds
simultaneously.
Initialization in the process:
1. Initialization begins as the alarm
sounds.
2. The seat and seatback will automati
-
cally move backwards. The alarm
sound will continue while the system
is in operation.
3. Initialization will be complete after the
seat and seatback move to the center
with an alarm sound. If, however,
cases as follows occur, the initializa
-
tion process will come to a stop and
the alarm sound will stop as well.
僅 When pushing driving position mem
-
ory system button
僅 When pushing driver's seat height
adjustment switch
僅 When shifting from P (Park) to other
positions
僅 When driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3
km/h)
僅 When the driver's door is closed
Easy access function
The system will move the driver's seat
automatically as follows:
Without smart key system
僅 It will move the driver's seat rearward
when the ignition key is removed and
the driver's door is opened.
僅 It will move the driver's seat forward
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ACC or ON position.
With smart key system
僅 It will move the driver's seat rearward
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the OFF position and the
driver's door is opened.
僅 It will move the driver's seat forward
when the vehicle is turned ON or the
driver's door is closed with the smart
key with you.
You can activate or deactivate the Easy
Access Function from the Settings Mode
on the infotainment system. For more
details, refer to the infotainment system
manual separately supplied.
Features of your vehicle
345
Liftgate
Liftgate
WARNING
Exhaust fumes
If you drive with the liftgate open, you
will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into
your vehicle which can cause serious
injury or death to vehicle occupants.
If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the air vents and all windows open
so that additional fresh air can enter the
vehicle.
WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the rear
cargo area where no restraints are avail
-
able. To avoid injury in the event of an
accident or sudden stops, occupants
should always be properly restrained.
Opening the liftgate
僅 The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or unlocked
with the smart key or central door
lock switch.
僅 Only the liftgate is unlocked if the lift
-
gate unlock button on the smart key is
pressed for approximately 1 second.
僅 If unlocked, the liftgate can be opened
by pressing the handle and pulling it
up.
僅 Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate locks automati
-
cally. (All doors must be locked.)
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work prop
-
erly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure
no objects or people are near the rear of
the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the liftgate gas
lifters and attached hardware if the lift
-
gate is not closed prior to driving.
Closing the liftgate
僅 To close the liftgate, lower and push
down the liftgate firmly. Make sure
that the liftgate is securely latched.
WARNING
Make sure your hands, feet and other
parts of your body are safely out of the
way before closing the liftgate.
OMQ4033022_2
OMQ4A033002
35
5
5
Features of your vehicle Liftgate
WARNING
Exhaust fumes
The liftgate lid should be always kept
completely closed while the vehicle is in
motion. If it is left open or ajar, poison
-
ous exhaust gases may enter the car
and serious illness or death may result.
CAUTION
Make sure nothing is near the liftgate
latch and striker while closing the lift
-
gate. It may damage the liftgate's latch.
Emergency liftgate safety release
To unlock and open the liftgate manu
-
ally from inside the luggage compart
-
ment, perform the following procedure:
1. Insert a long, flat object, such as a key
into the opening at the bottom of the
liftgate.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the liftgate.
3. Push the liftgate to open.
WARNING
僅 You and your passengers must be
aware of the location of the Emer
-
gency Liftgate Safety Release lever in
this vehicle and how to open the lift
-
gate in case you are accidentally
locked in the liftgate.
僅 NEVER allow anyone to occupy the
liftgate of the vehicle at any time. If
the liftgate is partially or totally
latched and the person is unable to
get out, serious injury or death could
occur due to lack of ventilation,
exhaust fumes and rapid heat build-
up, or because of exposure to cold
weather conditions. The liftgate is also
a highly dangerous location in the
event of a crash because it is not a
protected occupant space but is a
part of the vehicle's crush zone.
僅 Your vehicle should be kept locked
and the Smart Key should be kept out
of the reach of children. Parents
should teach their children about the
dangers of playing in liftgates.
僅 Use the release lever for emergencies
only.
WARNING
僅 No one should be allowed to occupy
the cargo area of the vehicle at any
time. The cargo area is a very danger
-
ous location in the event of a crash.
僅 Use the release lever for emergencies
only. Use with extreme caution, espe
-
cially while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before open
-
ing or closing the liftgate. Wait until the
liftgate is open fully and stopped before
loading or unloading cargo from the
vehicle.
WARNING
Do not grasp the part supporting the lift
-
gate (gas lifter), as this may cause seri
-
ous injury.
OMQ4PH034069N
Features of your vehicle
365
Power liftgate
Power liftgate (if equipped)
Power liftgate operating condi
-
tions
The power liftgate operates when the
gear is in P (Park) with the vehicle run
-
ning. However, the power liftgate will
operate regardless of the gear position
when the vehicle is off. Also, the liftgate
can be opened only when vehicle speed
is below 1.8 mph (3 km/h).
Before attempting to open or close the
liftgate, make sure the vehicle is in P
(Park).
WARNING
僅 Never leave children or animals unat
-
tended in your vehicle. Children may
operate the power liftgate. Doing so
can result in injury to themselves or
others and can damage the vehicle.
A: 27 inches (70 cm)
B: 27 inches (70 cm)
僅 Make sure that there are no people or
objects in the path of the power lift
-
gate or smart liftgate prior to use.
Serious injury, damage to the vehicle
or damage to surrounding objects (for
example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.)
may result if contact with the liftgate
occurs.
僅 The liftgate may not open or may
close unintentionally injuring people
around the liftgate under the follow
-
ing situation:
OMQ4033025
OMQ4PH034074N
37
5
5
Features of your vehicle Power liftgate
- There is a lot of snow on the lift
-
gate.
- There is a heavy object on the lift
-
gate such as a bicycle carrier, lad
-
der, etc.
僅 Do not open the liftgate before
removing snow or heavy object on the
liftgate.
NOTICE
僅 Do not close or open the liftgate man
-
ually. This may cause damage to the
power liftgate. If it is necessary to
close or open the liftgate manually
when the battery is discharged or dis
-
connected, do not apply excessive
force.
僅 Do not operate the power liftgate
more than 10 times continuously
when the vehicle is not running. Use
the power liftgate with the vehicle
running when the power liftgate is
used repeatedly to prevent battery
discharge.
僅 Do not leave the power liftgate open
for a long period of time. This may
drain the battery.
僅 Do not apply excessive force when
the power liftgate is operating. Doing
so could result in vehicle damage.
僅 Do not grab or hold on to the liftgate
support struts at any time. Damage to
the liftgate support struts could result.
Deformation of the liftgate support
struts may cause vehicle damage and
personal injury may occur.
僅 Do not modify or repair any part of
the power liftgate by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized Kia
dealer.
僅 Do not operate the power liftgate
under the following conditions. The
power liftgate may not operate prop
-
erly:
- One side of the vehicle is lifted to
inspect the vehicle or change a tire
- Parking on an uneven road such as
a slope, etc.
僅 Close the liftgate completely and lock
all doors and liftgate using the central
door lock button before using an
automatic car wash.
僅 Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power liftgate outside
open/close button. The liftgate may
open unintentionally.
INFORMATION
僅 If the liftgate is not fully closed and
vehicle speed is at or above 1.8 mph
(3 km/h), a warning will sound 10
times. Immediately park the vehicle at
a safe place, close the liftgate, and
check that the liftgate open warning
on the instrument cluster is turned off.
僅 In cold and wet climates, the outside
power liftgate open/close button may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions. If this occurs, remove the
ice before using the outside power
liftgate open/close button or use the
power liftgate open/close button on
the smart key or the instrument panel.
僅 Operating the power liftgate more
than 5 times continuously could cause
damage to the operating motor. If this
occurs, the power liftgate will not
operate to prevent the motor from
overheating. If any of the power lift
-
OMQ4033025
Features of your vehicle
385
Power liftgate
gate buttons are pressed to try to
open the liftgate, the chime will sound
3 times, but the liftgate will remain
closed. Allow the power liftgate sys
-
tem to cool for about 1 minute before
operating the system again.
Operating the power liftgate
Power liftgate open/close button
(Smart key, Instrument panel) (if
equipped)
1
Power liftgate open/close button
Press the power tailgate open/close but
-
ton for 1 second. The tailgate opens or
closes with a warning sound.
While the tailgate is opening or closing,
press the button to stop tailgate opera
-
tion.
Power liftgate open/close button
(Outside the power liftgate)
When the liftgate is closed, press the
power liftgate open/close button to open
the liftgate.
If the vehicle is locked, press the power
liftgate open/close button with the smart
key in your possession.
If the liftgate is unlocked, the liftgate will
open or close with a warning sound
when the power liftgate open/close but
-
ton is pressed without carrying the
smart key.
Power liftgate open/close button
(Inside the power liftgate)
Press the power liftgate open/close but
-
ton. The liftgate opens or closes auto
-
matically.
OMQ4PH034077N
OMQ4PH034071N
OMQ4033022_2
OMQ4033028
39
5
5
Features of your vehicle Power liftgate
Automatic reverse
During power liftgate operation if the
power liftgate senses any obstacle, the
liftgate will stop or will fully open. The
automatic reverse feature may not oper
-
ate properly, or it may operate unex
-
pectedly under the following
circumstances:
僅 The automatic reverse feature may
not detect the resistance if the
detected resistance is below a certain
level, or if the liftgate is almost fully
closed near the latched position.
僅 The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or
part of your body in the path of the
power liftgate to make sure the auto
-
matic reverse feature operates. Serious
injury, or damage to the vehicle or object
may occur.
INFORMATION
The power liftgate may stop operating if
the automatic reverse feature operates
more than two times while attempting to
open or close the liftgate. If this occurs,
carefully open or close the liftgate man
-
ually, and then after 30 seconds try to
operate the power liftgate automatically
again.
Setting the power liftgate
To use each feature, you must select the
opening speed or opening height from
the settings menu. Deselect the settings
when you do not want to use the fea
-
ture.
Power liftgate opening speed
To adjust the power liftgate speed,
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Power Liftgate Opening Speed
→
Normal
/
Fast
in the infotainment system.
(Default setting is
Fast
)
Power liftgate opening height
To adjust the power liftgate opening
height, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Power Liftgate Opening Height
→
Full Open
/
Level 3
/
Level 2
/
Level 1
/
User
Height Setting
in the infotainment sys
-
tem.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
User height setting
1. Position the liftgate manually to the
height you prefer.
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
button located inside the liftgate for
more than 3 seconds.
If 'User Height Setting' is selected for
the power liftgate opening height, the
power liftgate will automatically open
to the height manually set by you.
INFORMATION
僅 If the power liftgate opening height
has not been manually set, the power
liftgate will fully open when 'User
Height Setting' from the infotainment
system is selected.
僅 If one of the height setting (Full Open/
Level 3/Level 2/Level 1) is selected
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system, and then 'User
Height Setting' is selected, the liftgate
will open to the height manually set
by you.
僅 The power liftgate opening speed and
opening height settings change
according to the linked User Profile. If
Features of your vehicle
405
Power liftgate
the User Profile is changed, power lift
-
gate opening speed and opening
height settings will change accord
-
ingly.
Resetting the power liftgate
In some circumstances resetting the
power liftgate operation may need to be
performed. Some instances when reset
-
ting the power liftgate may be required
include:
僅 When the 12-volt battery is recharged
僅 When the 12-volt battery is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
僅 When the related fuse is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
1. With the vehicle off or running, put
the gear in P (Park).
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
inner button and outer button simul
-
taneously until a chime sounds.
3. Slowly close the liftgate manually.
4. Press the power liftgate open/close
outer button. The power liftgate will
open with a chime sound.
Wait until the liftgate fully opens to
complete resetting. If the liftgate stops
before it is fully open, resetting cannot
be completed.
INFORMATION
If the power liftgate does not operate
properly after the above procedure,
have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Emergency liftgate safety release
To unlock and open the liftgate manu
-
ally from inside the luggage compart
-
ment, perform the following procedure:
1. Insert a long, flat object, such as a key
into the opening at the bottom of the
liftgate.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the liftgate.
3. Push the liftgate to open.
WARNING
僅 For emergencies, be fully aware of the
location of the emergency liftgate
safety release latch in the vehicle and
how to open the liftgate if you are
accidentally locked in the luggage
compartment.
僅 No one, including animals, should be
allowed to occupy the luggage com
-
partment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a very
dangerous location in the event of an
accident.
僅 Use the release latch for emergencies
only. Use extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
OMQ4PH034078N_2
OMQ4PH034069N
41
5
5
Features of your vehicle Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
Power Liftgate automatic close
Using power liftgate automatic
close feature
1. When the liftgate is open, approach
the detecting area, which is 20~40
inches (50~100 cm) from behind the
liftgate with the smart key in your
possession. Wait for approximately 3
seconds until the chime sounds.
2. With the smart key, move away from
the vehicle. The liftgate closes auto
-
matically with a chime sound.
Setting Power Liftgate automatic
close
With the engine on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Power Liftgate
to
turn on Power Liftgate Auto Close and
deselect to turn off the feature in the
infotainment system.
See additional information in the sup
-
plied Infotainment Manual.
Press the automatic close release button
while the liftgate is open. The power lift
-
gate automatic close feature will turn off.
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
(if equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be opened using the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open system.
How to use the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open
The liftgate can be opened with no-
touch activation under the conditions
below:
僅 After 15 seconds when all doors are
closed and locked
僅 Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
NOTICE
The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open does
not operate when:
僅 The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and is continuously
detected.
僅 The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and 5 ft (1.5 m) from the
front door handles. (for vehicles
equipped with Welcome Light)
僅 A door is not locked or closed.
僅 The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Liftgate with
Auto Open, go to
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Smart Liftgate
in the info
-
tainment system.
OMQ4033030
OMQ4033462
OMQ4033469
Features of your vehicle
425
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned with in the
detecting area (40 in [100 cm] behind
the vehicle) carrying a smart key, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
chime will sound to alert you that the
smart key has been detected and the
liftgate will open.
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warning
lights and chime starts to operate, leave
the detecting area with the smart key.
The liftgate will stay closed.
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime 6 times and then the lift
-
gate will open.
WARNING
僅 Make sure you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle.
僅 Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate.
僅 Make sure objects in the cargo area
do not fall out when opening the lift
-
gate on a slope. It may cause serious
injury.
僅 Make sure to deactivate the Smart
Liftgate with Auto Open when wash
-
ing your vehicle. Otherwise, the lift
-
gate may open inadvertently.
僅 The key should be kept out of reach
of children. Children may inadver
-
tently open the Smart Liftgate with
Auto Open while playing around the
rear area of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the liftgate gas
lifters and attached hardware if the lift
-
gate is not closed prior to driving.
How to deactivate the Smart Lift
-
gate with Auto Open function
using the smart key
1. Door lock button
2. Door unlock button
3. Power liftgate open/close button
4. Panic button
5. Remote start button
If you press any button of the smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open function
will be deactivated.
OMQ4A033004
OMQ4033033
OMQ4033461
43
5
5
Features of your vehicle Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
Make sure to be aware of how to deacti
-
vate the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function for emergency situations.
NOTICE
僅 If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function will be deactivated temporar
-
ily. But, if you do not open any door
for 30 seconds, the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open function will be reacti
-
vated.
僅 If you press the liftgate open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate
opens.
僅 If you press the door lock button (1) or
liftgate open button (3) when the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open func
-
tion is not in the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Liftgate with Auto
Open function will not be deactivated.
僅 In case you have deactivated the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open func
-
tion by pressing the smart key button
and opened a door, the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open function can be acti
-
vated again by closing and locking all
doors.
Detecting area
僅 The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
operates with a welcome alert if the
smart key is detected within 40 in
(100 cm) from the liftgate.
僅 The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the detecting
area during the Detect and Alert
stage.
NOTICE
僅 The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function will not work if any of the fol
-
lowing occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans
-
mitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two-
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated near your vehicle.
僅 The detecting range may decrease or
increase when:
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the vehi
-
cle.
- The vehicle is parked on a slope or
unpaved road, etc.
OMQ4A033005
Features of your vehicle
445
Windows
Windows
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be operated by
a switch.
1
Driver's door power window switch
2
Front passenger's door power window switch
3
Rear door (left) power window switch
4
Rear door (right) power window switch
5
Window opening and closing
6
Automatic power window up*/down*
7
Power window lock switch
*: if equipped
OMQ4033464_5
45
5
5
Features of your vehicle Windows
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows
may not work properly due to freezing
conditions.
ENGINE START/STOP button must be in
the ON position for power windows to
operate.
Each door has a power window switch
that controls the door's window. The
driver has a power window lock button
which can block the operation of rear
passenger windows. The power windows
can be operated for approximately 3
minutes after ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton turned to the ACC or LOCK position.
If the front doors are opened, the power
windows cannot be operated even
within the 3 minutes period.
The driver's door has a master power
window switch that controls all the win
-
dows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be closed because
it is blocked by objects, remove the
objects and close the window.
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in
an open (or partially open position), your
vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet
-
ing or pulsation noise. This noise is a
normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one or
both of the rear windows down, partially
lower both front windows approximately
1 inch (2.5 cm) If you experience the
noise with the sunroof open, slightly
reduce the size of the sunroof opening.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open win
-
dow area. Such objects will impact the
proper function of the Automatic rever
-
sal "jam protection" feature.
NOTICE
If you press the one-touch window but
-
ton for micro adjustment, the glass will
go down to a specific location for your
convenience.
Window opening and closing
You can open and close windows using
the power window switch.
Type A
To open or close a window, press down
or pull up the front portion of the corre
-
sponding switch to the first detent posi
-
tion (5).
Type B - Auto up/down window
(if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second detent
OMQ4033037
OMQ4033036
Features of your vehicle
465
Windows
position (6) completely lowers or raises
the window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
To reset the power windows
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Press ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pull
-
ing up the power window switch for at
least 1 second after the window is
completely closed.
Automatic reversal (if equipped)
If the upward movement of the window
is blocked by an object or part of the
body, the window will detect the resis
-
tance and will stop upward movement.
The window will then lower approxi
-
mately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the
object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement and then lower
approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled up
continuously within 5 seconds after the
window is lowered by the automatic win
-
dow reversal feature, the automatic win
-
dow reversal will not operate.
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for the
window is only active when the "auto up"
feature is used by fully pulling up the
switch. The automatic reverse feature
will not operate if the window is raised
using the halfway position on the power
window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions before
raising any window to avoid injuries or
vehicle damage. If an object less than
0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter is caught
between the window glass and the
upper window channel, the automatic
reverse window may not detect the
resistance and will not stop and reverse
direction.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't
activate while resetting the power win
-
dow system. Make sure body parts or
other objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to avoid inju
-
ries.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open win
-
dow area. Such objects could prevent
OGL3061066L
47
5
5
Features of your vehicle Windows
the automatic reverse feature from
functioning.
Power window lock button
The driver can disable the power win
-
dow switches for the rear passengers'
doors by pressing the power window
lock button to the lock position
(pressed).
When the power window lock button is
pressed:
僅 The driver's master control can oper
-
ate all passengers' power windows.
僅 The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's power
window.
僅 The rear passengers' control cannot
operate the rear passenger's power
window.
* If the power window lock switch is
operated (indicator turns on), rear pas
-
senger cannot open the rear door (if
equipped with the Electronic Child
Safety Lock System). For more details,
refer to "Electronic child safety lock
system (if equipped)" on page 5-18.
CAUTION
僅 To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open or
close two windows or more at the
same time. This will ensure the lon
-
gevity of the fuse.
僅 Never try to operate the main switch
on the driver's door and the individual
door window switch in opposite direc
-
tions at the same time. The window
will stop and cannot be opened or
closed.
WARNING
Windows
僅 NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children.
僅 NEVER leave any child unattended in
the vehicle. Even very young children
may inadvertently cause the vehicle
to move, entangle themselves in the
windows, or otherwise injure them
-
selves or others.
僅 Always double check to make sure all
arms, hands, heads or other obstruc
-
tions are safely out of the way before
closing a window.
僅 Do not allow children play with the
power windows. Keep the driver's
door power window lock button in the
LOCK position (pressed). SERIOUS
INJURY can result from unintentional
window operation by a child.
僅 Do not extend heads or any limbs out
-
side the window while the vehicle is in
motion.
Remote window opening (if
equipped)
1
Door unlock button
You can still control the window’s move
-
ment with the engine turned off.
OMQ4033038
OMQ4A033047
Features of your vehicle
485
Hood
Press the Door Unlock button (1) for
more than 3 seconds. The window
moves down after the doors are
unlocked, if you press the door unlock
button (1). The window movement stops,
when you release the door unlock but
-
ton (1).
* Remote window opening requires the
automatic power window down for all
seats to be applied.
WARNING
If you exit the vehicle with the windows
down, theft could occur. Water damage
could also occur while raining.
CAUTION
僅 The remote window opening function
may abruptly stop, when you move
away from your vehicle during opera
-
tion. Stay close to your vehicle, while
monitoring the window movement.
僅 One of the windows may stop operat
-
ing, when the window is interrupted
by certain force. However, the other
windows will keep operating. Thus,
you should make sure that all win
-
dows are opened.
僅 Be careful when using the remote
window openings function, as the
doors will be unlocked.
Hood
The hood serves as a cover for the
engine compartment.
Open the hood if maintenance work
needs to be performed in the engine
compartment or if you need to look at
the compartment.
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should slightly pop
open.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push the secondary
latch (1) to the left and lift the hood.
Hood open warning
The hood warning message will appear
on the LCD display when hood is open.
OMQ4033041
OMQ4033042
OMQ4033043
49
5
5
Features of your vehicle Hood
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven at or above 2
mph (3 km/h) with the hood open.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
僅 All filler caps in the engine com
-
partment must be correctly
installed.
僅 Gloves, rags or any other combusti
-
ble material must be removed from
the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood until it is about 12 in.
(30 cm) above the closed position and
let it drop. Make sure that it locks into
place.
3. Check that the hood has engaged
properly.
僅 If the hood can be raised slightly, it
is not properly engaged.
僅 Open it again and close it with a lit
-
tle more force.
CAUTION
Hood obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure that all
obstructions are removed from the hood
opening. Closing the hood with an
obstruction present in side the hood
opening may result in severe personal
injury or property damage.
WARNING
Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any other
combustible material in the engine com
-
partment. Doing so may cause a heat-
induced fire.
WARNING
Unsecured hood
Always double check to be sure that the
hood is firmly latched before driving
away. If it is not latched, the hood could
fly open while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility, which
may result in an accident.
OMQ4033130
OMQ4PH044012N
Features of your vehicle
505
Fuel filler door
Fuel filler door
The vehicle's fuel filler door must be
opened and closed by hand from out
-
side the vehicle.
Opening the fuel filler door
(hybrid vehicle)
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the all doors are unlocked.
3. Press the rear center edge of the fuel
filler door.
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully
open.
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it
counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
NOTICE
The fuel filler door will unlock when
Driver's door is unlocked.
To unlock fuel filler door:
僅 Press the unlock button on your smart
key
僅 Press the Central Door unlock button
on armrest trim of driver’s door
僅 Pull the driver’s inside door handle
outward
The fuel filler door will lock when all
doors are locked.
To lock fuel filler door:
僅 Press the lock button on your smart
key
僅 Press the Central Door lock button on
armrest trim of driver’s door
* All doors will automatically lock after
the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15
km/h).
Fuel door is also locked when vehicle
speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
NOTICE
Before refueling, be sure to check what
type of fuel is used for your vehicle.
If you put diesel fuel into a gasoline-
powered vehicle, it may affect the fuel
system and cause serious damage to the
vehicle.
NOTICE
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on
the door. If necessary, spray around the
door with an approved deicer fluid (do
not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice
to melt.
OON042075
OMQ4033046
51
5
5
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door
Opening the fuel filler door
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
1. Stop the engine. To open the fuel filler
door, push the fuel filler door opener
button.
2. Wait until the fuel tank is depressur
-
ized. The message is displayed when
the fuel filler door unlocks after the
fuel tank is depressurized.
A:
Unlocking fuel door...
3. The fuel door is unlocked when the
message is displayed.
A:
Fuel door unlocked
4. Press the rear center edge of the fuel
filler door.
A:
Fuel door unlocked
5. Pull open the fuel filler door (1).
To remove the cap, turn the fuel filler
cap (2) counterclockwise.
Refuel as needed.
NOTICE
僅 It may take up to 20 seconds to
unlock fuel filler door.
僅 If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break
the ice and release the door.
僅 Do not pry on the door. If necessary,
spray around the door with an
approved deicer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehi
-
cle to a warm place and allow the ice
to melt.
WARNING
Before refueling, be sure to check what
type of fuel is used for your vehicle. If
you put diesel fuel into a gasoline-pow
-
ered vehicle or gasoline into a diesel-
powered vehicle, it may affect the fuel
system and cause serious damage to the
vehicle.
OMQ4PH034016N
OMQ4PH033143L
OMQ4PH033144L
OMQ4PH034072N
OMQ4PH033145L
OMQ4033046
Features of your vehicle
525
Fuel filler door
NOTICE
僅 Add fuel into the fuel tank within 20
minutes after opening the fuel filler
door. After 20 minutes, the fuel tank
may shut off, causing fuel to overflow.
In this case, re-press the fuel filler
door opening button.
僅 Do not leave the fuel filler door
opened for an extended period. It may
discharge the battery.
僅 Close the fuel filler door after fueling
the vehicle. If you start the vehicle
with the fuel filler door opened,
"Check fuel door" message appears
on the LCD display.
僅 Avoid refueling the vehicle while
charging the (high-voltage) hybrid
battery. It may cause a fire or an
explosion due to static electricity.
WARNING
For Plug-in Hybrid
Avoid refueling the vehicle while
charging the (high-voltage) hybrid bat
-
tery. It may cause a fire or an explosion
due to static electricity.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it "Clicks".
2. Close the fuel filler door by pressing
rear center edge of the fuel filler door.
NOTICE
Make the vehicle door to LOCK position
when the fuel filler door is completely
closed to lock the fuel filler door.
If the fuel filler door is not completely
closed, the fuel filler door will not be
locked.
WARNING
Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap carefully
and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if
you hear a hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely
removing the cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and subject
you to the risk of fire and burns.
NOTICE
When refueling on uneven ground, the
fuel gauge may not point to the F posi
-
tion. It is not a malfunction. If you move
your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
gauge will move to the full position.
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one time.
Otherwise, the engine warning indicator
light will appear.
CAUTION
Keep the fuel door in the LOCK position
when the vehicle is being washed (i.e.
high pressure washer, automatic car
washer, etc.)
WARNING
Always tighten your fuel cap before you
leave the fuel station. Failure to securely
install your fuel cap can lead to fuel spill
-
age in an accident and increase fire risk.
53
5
5
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door
WARNING
Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings posted at
the gas station facility. Failure to follow
all warnings will result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death due to fire
or explosion.
WARNING
Static electricity
僅 Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate potentially danger
-
ous static electricity discharge by
touching another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away from the
fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas
source.
僅 Do not get back into a vehicle once
you have begun refueling since you
can generate static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding against
any item or fabric (polyester, satin,
nylon, etc.) capable of producing
static electricity. Static electricity dis
-
charge can ignite fuel vapors resulting
in rapid burning. If you must reenter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away from
the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other
gasoline source.
WARNING
Portable fuel container
When using an approved portable fuel
container, be sure to place the container
on the ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the container
can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact with
the vehicle should be maintained until
the filling is complete. Use only
approved portable plastic fuel contain
-
ers designed to carry and store gasoline.
WARNING
Cell phone fires
Do not use cellular phones while refuel
-
ing. Electric current and/or electronic
interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a
fire.
WARNING
Refueling and fire safety
When refueling, always shut the engine
off. Sparks produced by electrical com
-
ponents related to the engine can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refuel
-
ing is complete, check to make sure the
filler cap and filler door are securely
closed, before starting the engine.
WARNING
Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter and
DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette
in your vehicle while at a gas station
especially during refueling. Automotive
fuel is highly flammable and can result
in fire when ignited.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle accord
-
ing to "Fuel requirements" on page 2-2.
If the fuel filler cap requires replace
-
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel system or
emission control system.
Features of your vehicle
545
Fuel filler door
CAUTION
Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces
of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on
painted surfaces may damage the paint.
WARNING
僅 Do not allow anyone that has not dis
-
charged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel
tank.
僅 Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
WARNING
Risk of injury from fuel
Fuels are poisonous and harmful to your
health.
僅 Fuel contains substances that are
harmful if inhaled.
僅 Do not swallow fuel or let it contact
skin, eyes or clothing.
僅 Do not inhale fuel vapors.
僅 Keep children away from fuel.
If you or other people contact fuel,
observe the following:
僅 Immediately rinse fuel off your skin
with soap and water.
僅 If fuel contacts your eyes, immedi
-
ately rinse them thoroughly with clean
water. Seek medical attention imme
-
diately.
僅 If you swallow fuel, seek medical
attention immediately. Do not induce
vomiting.
僅 Change immediately out of clothing
that has contacted fuel.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Fuel that does not conform to the
required quality can lead to increased
wear as well as damage to the engine
and exhaust system. Only use the fuel
recommended.
NOTICE
Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with
a gasoline engine.
NOTICE
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP
button if you accidentally refuel with the
wrong fuel. Otherwise, fuel can enter the
fuel system.
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel sys
-
tem and the engine. Have the system
serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not overfill the fuel tank. Fuel may
spill, causing harm to the environment
and damaging the vehicle.
WARNING
When using EV drive mode for a pro
-
longed period without the engine run
-
ning Engine Maintenance Mode (EMM)
will automatically activate to protect the
fuel system and the engine.
Even though if it is possible to use EV
drive mode with enough battery power,
the engine may run by the system to
protect the fuel system and engine. If
you leave fuel in the tank without refuel
-
ing for over 6 months, the remaining fuel
55
5
5
Features of your vehicle Panoramic sunroof
in the tank may deteriorate. Corrosion
may occur.
It is recommended using minimum 40%
of remained fuel at least every 6 months
by selecting Hybrid (CS) mode and
refuel the vehicle with new fuel.
Panoramic sunroof (if
equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof switch located on the
overhead console.
The sunroof can only be operated when
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 3 minutes after ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ACC or
OFF position. However, if the front door
is open, the sunroof cannot be operated
even within the 3 minute period.
WARNING
僅 Only adjust the sunroof or sunshade
when your vehicle is stopped. Other
-
wise, it could cause a loss of control
and an accident causing injury or
property damage.
僅 Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with unsuper
-
vised children. Unattended children
could operate the sunroof, which
could result in serious injury.
僅 Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or when
there is luggage on the roof.
OMQ4033048
Features of your vehicle
565
Panoramic sunroof
Power sunshade
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
僅 Push the sunroof switch rearward to
the first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically slides open.
僅 Push the sunroof switch forward to
the first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically closes. How
-
ever, if the sunroof glass is open, the
glass will close first.
To stop the power sunshade at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
NOTICE
僅 Do not pull or push the power sun
-
shade by hand as such action may
damage the power sunshade or cause
it to malfunction.
僅 Wrinkles formed on the power sun
-
shades are normal due to material
characteristic.
Tilt open/close
僅 Push the sunroof switch upward, the
sunroof glass tilts open. However, if
the power sunshade is closed, the
sunshade will open first.
僅 Push the sunroof switch upward or
forward when the sunroof glass is
tilted open, the sunroof glass auto
-
matically closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Slide open/close
僅 Push the sunroof switch rearward to
the first detent position, the sunroof
glass opens. If the power sunshade is
closed, the power sunshade will open
first.
OMQ4033049_2
OMQ4033050_2
OMQ4033051_2
57
5
5
Features of your vehicle Panoramic sunroof
Push the sunroof switch forward to
the first detent position, the sunroof
glass closes. If the sunroof glass is
close, the power sunshade will close.
僅 Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent posi
-
tion, the power sunshade and sunroof
glass operate automatically (auto
slide feature).
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Automatic reversal
If the power sunshade or sunroof glass
senses any obstacle while it is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction
then stop at a certain position.
The auto reverse function may not work
if a thin or soft object is caught between
the sliding power sunshade or sunroof
glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
僅 Make sure heads, hands, arms or any
other body parts or objects are out of
the way before operating the sunroof.
Body parts or objects may get caught
causing injuries or vehicle damage.
僅 Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic reversal
function. The power sunshade or sun
-
roof glass may reverse direction, but
there is a risk of injury if it doesn’t.
NOTICE
僅 Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
or malfunction of the sunroof motor
could occur.
僅 Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
僅 Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
僅 Dust accumulated between the sun
-
roof and roof panel can make noise.
Open the sunroof and remove dust
regularly using a clean cloth.
僅 Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing or
when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice. The sunroof may not
work properly and may break if
opened by force.
僅 Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet
the interior of the vehicle.
僅 Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
damage may occur if the vehicle sud
-
denly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
OCDW049449
Features of your vehicle
585
Panoramic sunroof
Resetting the sunroof
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may be need. Some
instances where resetting the sunroof
may be required include:
僅 When the 12-volt battery is either dis
-
connected or discharged
僅 When the sunroof fuse is replaced
僅 If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly
Sunroof resetting procedure
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are in the fully closed
position. If the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are open, push the
switch forward until the sunshade and
sunroof glass are fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the power
sunshade and sunroof glass are fully
closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the
power sunshade and sunroof glass
moves slightly. Then release the
switch.
5. Once again push and hold the sun
-
roof switch forward until the sunroof
glass slides open and closed. Do not
release the switch until the operation
is completed.
If you release the switch during this
procedure, start the procedure again
from step 2.
NOTICE
If the sunroof does not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or dis
-
charged, or the sunroof fuse is blown,
the sunroof may not operate normally.
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the warn
-
ing chime will sound for several seconds
and the sunroof open warning will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof
is left open, rain or snow may wet the
interior of the vehicle and/or invite theft.
OMQ4033052
OMQ4033131
59
5
5
Features of your vehicle Steering wheel
Steering wheel
The steering wheel of this vehicle is
equipped with the Electric Power Steer
-
ing (EPS) system.
Electric power steering (EPS)
EPS uses the motor to assist you in
steering the vehicle.
If the engine is off or if the power steer
-
ing system becomes inoperable, the
vehicle may still be steered, but will
require increased steering effort.
The EPS is controlled by the power
steering control unit which senses the
steering wheel torque and vehicle speed
to command the motor.
The steering effort becomes heavier as
the vehicle's speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed
decreases for better control of the steer
-
ing wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
僅 When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is the ON position, the steering
wheel enters normal operation mode
after diagnosing the EPS system (for
about 3 seconds).
僅 A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after turning the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned to the
ON or OFF position.
僅 If the steering wheel is operated when
the vehicle is not in motion or driven
at a low speed, you may hear some
noise.
僅 If the EPS system does not operate
normally, the warning light will appear
or blink on the instrument cluster. If
the power assistance of steering fails,
you will need to use more force to
steer.
僅 Operating the steering wheel at lower
temperatures may require more force
and be accompanied by a noise. How
-
ever, when the temperature increases,
it will return to normal.
僅 When the charging system warning
light comes on due to the low voltage
(when the alternator or battery does
not operate normally or malfunc
-
tions), the steering wheel may require
increased steering effort.
僅 When jump starting the vehicle after
battery discharge, the steering wheel
may not function properly. It is a tem
-
porary situation due to low battery
voltage, and upon stable battery
charging, the steering wheel will func
-
tion normally again. Please move the
steering wheel around to make sure
the steering wheel is functioning
properly before driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
When you continuously operate the
steering wheel, the overcurrent protec
-
tion device activates and it requires
more force to operate the steering
wheel. This doesn't indicate a malfunc
-
tion. It is for your safety and will return to
normal after some time.
CAUTION
If the EPS system does not work or an
error occurs, the warning light on the
instrument panel may turn on or blink
and it may require more force to operate
the steering wheel. Hold the steering
Features of your vehicle
605
Steering wheel
wheel more tightly than usual and oper
-
ate with greater force. Immediately pull
your vehicle over to a safe place and
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel allow
you to adjust the steering wheel before
you drive. You can also raise it to give
your legs more room when you exit and
enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned
so that it is comfortable for you to drive,
while permitting you to see the instru
-
ment panel warning lights and gauges.
WARNING
Steering wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and height of the
steering wheel while driving. You may
lose steering control.
Adjusting steering wheel angle
and height
1. To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3).
Move the steering wheel, so it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument panel warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, pull up the
lock.
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Push the steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked in posi
-
tion.
4. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to
the desired position before driving.
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the lock-
release lever may not lock the steering
wheel.
It is not a malfunction. This occurs when
two gears engage. In this case, adjust
the steering wheel again to lock the
steering wheel.
Heated steering wheel (if
equipped)
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ON position, pressing the
heated steering wheel button warms the
steering wheel. The indicator on the but
-
ton will appear.
僅 Press the steering wheel heater but
-
ton. When you press the steering
wheel heater button, the indicator
lights up and the steering wheel will
warm.
OMQ4033053_2
OMQ4033055
61
5
5
Features of your vehicle Steering wheel
僅 To prevent low-temperature burns,
the steering wheel temperature is
automatically adjusted after the steer
-
ing wheel heater is manually turned
on.
- When using the steering wheel
heater in the 2nd level (strong), it
automatically lowers to the 1st level
(weak) after about 30 minutes.
- If the user does not manually oper
-
ate the steering wheel heater, it is
maintained at the 1st level (weak)
until the vehicle is turned off.
僅 To turn off the steering wheel heater,
press and hold the steering wheel
heating button until the indicator light
goes out.
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel automatically
controls the steering wheel temperature
depending on the ambient temperature
when the vehicle is ON.
CAUTION
僅 Do not install any type of grip cover
for the steering wheel, it may impair
the function of the heated steering
wheel system.
僅 When cleaning the heated steering
wheel, do not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alco
-
hol and gasoline. Doing so may dam
-
age the surface of the steering wheel.
僅 If the surface of the steering wheel is
impacted by a sharp object, damage
to the heated steering wheel compo
-
nents could occur.
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes too warm,
turn the system off. The heated steering
wheel may cause burns even at low tem
-
peratures, especially if used for pro
-
longed period.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area indi
-
cated by the horn symbol on your steer
-
ing wheel (see illustration).
The horn will operate only when this
area is pressed. Check the horn regularly
to be sure it operates properly.
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely to oper
-
ate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press
on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.
Steering wheel heater level Operating time
Off -
2 (Strong) 30 minutes
1 (Weak) Until restart
OMQ4033056
Features of your vehicle
625
Mirrors
Mirrors
This vehicle is equipped with inside and
outside rear-view mirrors to provide
views of objects behind the vehicle.
Inside rear-view mirror
Adjust the rear-view mirror so that the
center view through the rear window is
seen. Make this adjustment before you
start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat or
cargo area which could interfere with
your vision out side the rear window.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust the rear-view mirror while
the vehicle is moving. This could result in
loss of control.
NOTICE
Do not modify the inside mirror in any
manner, including installing a wide mir
-
ror. Doing so could result in injury during
an accident or deployment of the air
bag.
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened with
glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may cause the
glass cleaner to enter the mirror hous
-
ing.
Day/night rear-view mirror (if
equipped)
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is
in the day position (1).
Pull the day/night lever toward you (2) to
reduce the glare from the headlamps of
the vehicles behind you when night driv
-
ing.
You lose some rear-view clarity in the
night position.
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if
equipped)
The ECM automatically controls the
glare from the headlights of vehicles
behind you in nighttime or in low light
driving conditions.
For Telematics button function:
1
Virtual assist button
2
Kia Connect (Voice local search) but
-
ton
3
Roadside assist button
The sensor mounted in the mirror
senses the light level around the vehicle,
and automatically controls the head
-
lamp glare from the vehicles behind you.
OMQ4033512L
OMQ4A033006
63
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rear view mirror.
ECM with HomeLink씾 system (if
equipped)
1
HomeLink Channel 1
2
HomeLink Channel 2
3
HomeLink Channel 3
4
Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Closing or Closed
5
HomeLink Operation Indicator
6
Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Opening or Opened
7
HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Your Kia may be equipped with a Gen
-
tex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with an
Integrated HomeLink씾 Wireless Control
System.
During nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce rear
view mirror glare. The HomeLink씾 Uni
-
versal Transceiver allows you to activate
your garage door(s), electric gate, home
lighting, etc.
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS씾) Mirror (if
equipped)
The NVS씾 Mirror automatically reduces
glare by monitoring light levels in the
front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
objects that obstructs the light sensor
will degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.
For more information regarding NVS씾
mirrors and other applications, please
refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim upon
detecting glare from the vehicles travel
-
ing behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink씾 Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink씾 Wireless Control Sys
-
tem provides a convenient way to
replace up to three handheld radio-fre
-
quency (RF) transmitters used to acti
-
vate compatible devices such as gate
operators, garage door openers, entry
door locks, security systems, and home
lighting.
NOTICE
When the vehicle is parked outside the
garage, the HomeLink will ONLY work
when vehicle is in ACC position or ON
position.
CAUTION
Before programming HomeLink to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure that people and objects are
out of the way of the device to prevent
potential harm or damage. When pro
-
gramming a garage door opener, it is
advised to park outside the garage.
Do not use HomeLink with any garage
door opener that lacks safety stop and
reverse features as required by U.S. fed
-
eral safety standards (this includes any
garage door opener model manufac
-
tured before April 1, 1982). A garage
door that cannot detect an object signal
-
ing the door to stop and reverse - does
not meet current U.S. federal safety
OMQ4A033007
Features of your vehicle
645
Mirrors
standards. For more information, con
-
tact HomeLink at
www.homelink.com
,
or call HomeLink customer support at
1-
800-355-3515
.
It is also recommended that a new bat
-
tery be replaced in the hand-held trans
-
mitter of the device being trained to
HomeLink for quicker training and accu
-
rate transmission of the radio frequency.
1. Programming HomeLink씾
The following steps show how to pro
-
gram HomeLink. If you have any ques
-
tions or are having difficulty
programming your HomeLink buttons,
refer to the HomeLink website or call the
HomeLink customer support toll-free
number (1-800-355-3515). Do this
before returning to the dealer who sold
you the car.
僅 Visit the HomeLink website at:
www.homelink.com. At the top of the
page, choose your vehicle make. Then
watch the YouTube video, and/or
access additional website information.
僅 If you choose to access the website
via your cell phone, scan the QR code.
1) Programming Preparation
1. When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the vehi
-
cle outside the garage.
2. It is recommended that a new battery
be placed in the hand-held transmit
-
ter of the device being programmed
to HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency signal.
3. Place ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ACC (Accessory) position for pro
-
gramming of HomeLink.
2) Programming a New Home
-
Link씾 Button
1. Press and release the HomeLink but
-
ton (1), (2) or (3), that you want to pro
-
gram. The HomeLink indicator light
(7) will flash orange slowly (if not, per
-
form the steps of "Erasing HomeLink
Buttons" section, and start over).
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1 - 3 inches (2 - 8 cm) away
from the HomeLink buttons.
3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7)
is flashing orange, press and hold the
hand-held remote button. Continue
pressing the hand-held remote button
until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
light changes from orange to green.
You may now release the hand-held
OMQ4A033008
OMQ4A033009
OMQ4A033010
65
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
remote button. The garage door will
move.
4. Wait until your garage door comes to
a complete stop, regardless of posi
-
tion, before proceeding to the next
steps.
5. Press and release the HomeLink but
-
ton you are programming and
observe the indicator light.
僅 If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. If your device operates,
programming is complete.
僅 If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for two
seconds and release the HomeLink
button up to three times in a row
slowly to complete the program
-
ming process. Do not press the
HomeLink button rapidly. At this
point if your device operates, pro
-
gramming is complete. If the device
does not operate, continue with
step 6.
6. At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
"Learn", "Smart", "Set" or "Program"
button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit (see
the device's manual to identify this
button). The name and color of the
button may vary by manufacturer.
* A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
7. Firmly press and release the "Learn"
,"Smart", "Set" or "Program"" button.
You now have up to 30 seconds in
which to complete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release, the
HomeLink button up to three times in
a row slowly. Do not press the Home
-
Link button rapidly. As soon as you
see the garage door start to move,
stop pressing any buttons until a few
seconds after the garage door has
come to a complete stop, regardless
of position. Programming is complete
and your device should operate when
the HomeLink button is pressed and
released.
3) Two-Way Communication Pro
-
gramming (For select garage
door openers)
If your garage door opener has the
'myQ' logo on its side, your opener has
Two-Way Communication capability.
HomeLink has the capability to establish
Two-Way Communication with your
garage door opener. HomeLink can
receive and display "closing" or "open
-
ing" status messages from compatible
garage door openers. At any time,
HomeLink can also recall and display the
last recorded status communicated by
the garage door opener to indicate that
your garage door being "closed" or
"opened".
To check if your garage door opener is
compatible with this feature, refer to
www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-
way-Communication. If your garage
door opener has this functionality, AND
the Two-Way Communication indicators
(4), (6) in the mirror appear while the
garage door is opening/closing, then no
OMQ4A033011_2
Features of your vehicle
665
Mirrors
further steps are needed. Two-Way
Communication Programming is already
complete. However, if your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
(6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while
the garage door is opening/closing, use
the following instructions to enable this
functionality.
1. Press and hold the programmed
HomeLink button for 2 seconds, then
release. Confirm that the garage door
is moving. AFTER it stops, you will
have one minute to complete the fol
-
lowing steps:
* A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
2. On your garage door opener in your
garage, locate the "Learn" button
(usually near where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the
garage door opener). If there is diffi
-
culty locating this button, refer to the
device's owner's manual.
3. Press and release the "Learn" button.
4. A light on your garage door opener
may flash, and your Two-Way Com
-
munication indicators (4), (6) in your
vehicle may flash, confirming comple
-
tion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and release the programmed Home
-
Link button to activate your garage
door. The Two-Way Communication
indicators (4), (6) flash in orange
when the door is moving. Do not press
any additional buttons until AFTER
the garage door has come to a com
-
plete stop.
6. Your Two-Way Communication pro
-
gramming is now complete.
NOTICE
If your garage door opener has Two-
Way Communication functionality, it is
possible for HomeLink to stop function
-
ing the garage door shortly after initial
programming, if the Two-Way Commu
-
nication Programming wasn't properly
completed. This usually happens after
the first 10 times a programmed Home
-
Link button is pressed. If you experience
this, completing the "Programming a
New HomeLink Button" and "Two-Way
Communication Programming" will
restore door operation.
4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter remote signals to "time-out"
(or quit) after a couple seconds of trans
-
mission, which may not be long enough
for HomeLink to pick up the signal
during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
or garage door opener by using the pro
-
gramming procedures, replace "Pro
-
gramming a New HomeLink Button"
step 3 with the following:
While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and release
("cycle") your device's hand-held remote
every two seconds until the HomeLink
indicator light (7) changes from orange
to green. You may now release the
hand-held remote button. Then proceed
with "Programming a New HomeLink
Button" step 4.
67
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
2. Operating HomeLink씾
1) Operating HomeLink씾
1. Press and release the desired pro
-
grammed HomeLink button (1, 2 or 3).
NOTICE
The HomeLink indicator (7) should light
green, solid or flashing, and your pro
-
grammed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
HomeLink programming was not suc
-
cessful, and you'll need to reprogram the
button.
2) Two-Way Communication Dis
-
play Behavior
1. Press and release one of the pro
-
grammed HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or
3)
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as
below, if your garage door opener has
Two-Way Communication functional
-
ity.
僅 If the indicator (4) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the garage
door is "Closing".
僅 The indicator (4) turns solid Green
once the garage door has closed.
僅 If the indicator (6) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the garage
door is "Opening".
僅 The indicator (6) turns solid Green
once the garage door has fully
opened.
僅 If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to Green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last
known status of the garage door
for a few seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way Com
-
munication provides a way to view the
last stored message from the garage
door opener. To recall the last known
status of the last activated device, press
the buttons "1 and 2" OR "2 and 3" simul
-
taneously.
僅 If the indicator (4) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last acti
-
vated device was "closed" properly.
僅 If the indicator (6) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last acti
-
vated device was properly "opened".
OMQ4A033009
OMQ4A033012
OMQ4A033013
Features of your vehicle
685
Mirrors
3. Erasing HomeLink씾 Buttons
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a
Single HomeLink씾 Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button you want to re-program. DO
NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
appear solid Green. Release the but
-
ton as soon as the HomeLink indicator
light (7) begins to flash Orange, usu
-
ally about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the "Pro
-
gramming a New HomeLink Button"
section.
NOTICE
If you do not complete the re-program
-
ming of a new device, it will revert to the
previously stored programming.
2) The following instructions will
erase ALL HomeLink씾 program
-
ming from ALL buttons:
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3)
simultaneously
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
appear solid Orange for about 10 sec
-
onds
3. Release the buttons once the Home
-
Link indicator light (7) changes to
Green and flashes rapidly
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons (1),
(2) and (3) are cleared of any pro
-
gramming
Information
HomeLink and the HomeLink House
logo are registered trademarks of Gen
-
tex Corporation.
The myQ logo is a registered trademark
of The Chamberlain Group, Inc
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules part
15 and Innovation, Science, and Eco
-
nomic Development Canada RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference that may
be received including interference that
may cause undesired operation. WARN
-
ING: The transmitter has been tested
and complies with FCC and ISED rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the device.
This equipment complies with FCC and
ISED radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment. End
Users must follow the specific operating
instructions for satisfying RF exposure
compliance. This transmitter must be at
least 20 cm from the user and must not
be co-located or operating in conjunc
-
tion with any other antenna or transmit
-
ter.
OMQ4A033014_2
69
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
HomeLink 5 Programming Flow
Chart
OMQ4A033015
Features of your vehicle
705
Mirrors
Digital Center Mirror (DCM) (if
equipped)
The DCM is a system that uses the cam
-
era on the rear of the vehicle and dis
-
plays its image on the screen of the
DCM. The DCM allows the driver to see
the rear view despite obstructions, such
as the headrest or luggage, ensuring
rear visibility.
WARNING
僅 Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the DCM
could result in serious accident.
- The DCM is a convenience feature
and it is not a substitute for proper
vehicle operation. The system has
areas where objects cannot be
viewed. Check the blind spot of the
DCM before vehicle operation. The
driver is always responsible for safe
driving.
- Do not operate the DCM while driv
-
ing. Doing so can be a distraction
and it could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident or
serious injury.
- Do not disassemble or modify the
DCM, the camera unit or wiring. It
may result in an accident or fire. If
you notice smoke or an odor com
-
ing from the DCM, stop using the
system immediately. Have the sys
-
tem inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
僅 Be sure to adjust the DCM before
driving.
- Switch the system to the conven
-
tional rearview mirror mode and be
properly seated on the driver’s seat.
Then adjust the mirror to see out
-
side the rear window properly.
- Push the lever all the way to
change to digital mirror mode and
adjust the display settings. Driving
without adjusting the mirror may
cause difficulty in watching the dis
-
play at the Digital Mirror mode
(camera view mode) due to reflec
-
tion from the surface of the mirror.
僅 If the DCM malfunctions, immediately
switch the system to the conventional
rearview mirror mode.
僅 When sunlight or high beams from
following vehicles occurs, it may
appear on the screen of the DCM.
Switch the system to the conventional
rearview mirror mode appropriately.
僅 If the camera lens (1) is dirty, the dis
-
played image may not be clear. Clean
it with a soft cloth or swab dampened
with water.
System component
1
Icon display area
Displays icons, adjusting Brightness &
Tilt
OMQ4033059
OON042510
71
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
2
Lever
Operate to change between digital
mirror mode and optical mirror mode.
3
Menu button
Press to display the icon display area
and select the item you want to adjust
(Brightness & Tilt).
4
Select/adjust button
Press to change the setting of the
item you want to adjust.
5
Camera indicator
Indicates that the camera is operating
normally.
6
HomeLink buttons
For the operation of the “HomeLink씾
Universal Transceiver”.
How to change the mode
The mode can be switched when the
switch is in the ON position.
1. Pull the mode select lever to all the
way switch to the Digital Center Mirror
mode (camera view mode).
* Displays an image of the area behind
the vehicle. In this mode, the camera
indicator is shown.
2. Push the mode select lever to all the
way switch to the optical inside rear
-
view mirror mode.
* Turns off the display of the Digital
Center Mirror allows it to be used as
an optical mirror.
Adjusting the mirror height
The height of the rearview mirror can be
adjusted to suit your driving posture.
Change to optical mirror mode, adjust
-
ing the rearview mirror angle by moving
it up and down.
Display settings (Digital mirror
mode)
1. Press the menu button (1) The icons
will be displayed.
2. Press the menu button (1) repeatedly
and select the item you want to
adjust.
3. Press the button (2) or button (3) to
change the setting.
The icons will disappear if the button
is not operated for approximately 5
seconds or more.
* If the brightness of the DCM is set too
high, it may cause eye strain.
OMQ4PH033060_2
Icons Settings
Select to adjust the
brightness of the display.
Select to adjust the dis
-
play up/down.
OMV033428
OMV033439
Features of your vehicle
725
Mirrors
Adjust the DCM to an appropriate
brightness. If your eyes become tired,
change to optical mirror mode.
To prevent the light sensors from
malfunctioning
To prevent the light sensors from mal
-
functioning, do not touch or cover them.
Digital mirror mode operating
condition
The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position. When the ENGINE
START/STOP button is changed OFF or
ACC position, the image will be disap
-
peared.
When using the DCM in digital
mirror mode
僅 When the liftgate is open, the DCM
image may not display properly.
Before driving, make sure the liftgate
is closed.
僅 If the display is difficult to see due to
reflected light, close the sunshade of
the sunroof. (if equipped)
僅 Any of the following conditions may
occur when driving in the dark. None
of them indicates that the malfunction
has occurred.
- Colors of objects in the displayed
image may differ from their actual
color.
- Depending on your physical condi
-
tion or age, it may take longer than
usual to focus on the displayed
image. In this case, change to opti
-
cal mirror mode.
- Do not let passengers stare at the
displayed image when the vehicle
is being driven, as doing so may
cause motion sickness.
When the system malfunctions
If the symbol shown in the illustration is
displayed when using the DCM in digital
mirror mode, the system may be mal
-
functioning. The symbol will disappear in
a few seconds. Change to optical mirror
mode and have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized KIA dealer.
CAUTION
僅 To prevent the DCM from malfunc
-
tioning.
僅Do not use detergents, such as thin
-
ner, benzene, or alcohol to clean the
mirror. They may discolor, deteriorate
or damage the mirror surface.
僅 Do not remove, disassemble or mod
-
ify the mirror and camera.
僅 Do not allow an organic solvent, vehi
-
cle wax, window cleaner or glass coat
-
OMV033429
OMV033448
OMV033440
73
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
ing to adhere to the camera. Wipe it
off as soon as possible.
僅 When cleaning the camera lens, wipe
the camera lens with a damp soft
cloth.
僅 Do not rub the camera lens with force,
as it may be scratched and will not be
able to transmit a clear image.
僅 Do not subject the camera to a strong
impact as this could cause a malfunc
-
tion. If this happens, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized KIA dealer
as soon as possible.
僅 Operating the system in the ON posi
-
tion could cause discharge of the bat
-
tery.
僅 Do not attach an antenna of wireless
device near the DCM. Electronic
waves from a wireless device may
cause a distorted image in DCM.
僅 Do not push buttons excessively or
operate the lever aggressively. It may
cause a system failure or the DCM to
fall out.
僅 Never rotate the body of DCM by 90°
or more. It may damage the DCM. Do
not apply strong shocks to the body
of DCM. It may cause a system failure.
僅 If it is difficult to see the DCM display
screen because of a strong external
light, switch the mode to the conven
-
tional rearview mirror mode for better
use.
Features of your vehicle
745
Mirrors
DCM error icon and solution
Symptom Likely cause Solution
If the high temp icon ( ) is
displayed on the display right side.
The
DCM
is extremely hot. (The dis
-
play will gradually become dimmer. If
the temperature continues to
increase, the Digital Center Mirror will
turn off.)
Reducing the cabin temperature is
recommended to reduce the tem
-
perature of the mirror. (The icon will
disappear when the mirror becomes
cool.)
If the icon does not disappear even
though the mirror is cool, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
If the display icon has been
switched to which is the dis
-
play error icon.
The system may malfunction.
Change to optical mirror mode and
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized KIA dealer.
75
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
Outside rearview mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
side and right-side outside rear view
mirrors.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
The mirrors can be adjusted remotely
with the control levers or remote switch,
depending on the type of mirror control
installed. The mirror heads can be folded
back to prevent damage in an automatic
car wash or when passing through a
narrow street.
NOTICE
Rear view mirrors
僅 The outside rear-view mirror is con
-
vex. Objects seen in the mirror are
closer than they appear.
僅 Use your interior rear-view mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror face;
This may damage the surface of the
glass. If ice restricts the movement of the
mirror, do not force the mirror for
adjustment. To remove ice, use a deicer
spray, a sponge or soft cloth with warm
water or move the vehicle to a warm
place and allow the ice to melt.
CAUTION
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not
adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved spray deicer (not radiator anti
-
freeze) to release the frozen mechanism
or move the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside rear
view mirrors while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in a crash and in seri
-
ous injury or death.
Adjusting the outside rear view
mirrors
The electric remote control mirror switch
allows you to adjust the position of the
left and right outside rear-view mirrors.
Adjusting the rear view mirrors:
1. Move the R or L switch (2) to select
the right or the left side mirror.
2. Press a corresponding point on the
mirror adjustment control (1) to posi
-
tion the selected mirror up, down, left
or right.
CAUTION
僅 The mirrors stop moving when they
reach the maximum adjusting angles,
but the motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed. Do not
press the switch longer than neces
-
sary as the motor may be damaged.
僅 Do not adjust the outside rear-view
mirror by hand. Doing so may dam
-
age its parts.
OMQ4033068
Features of your vehicle
765
Mirrors
Folding the outside rear-view
mirror
Manual type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rear-view mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and fold
it toward the rear of the vehicle.
Electric type (if equipped)
The outside rear-view mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch as below.
僅 To fold the outside rear view mirror
depress the button.
僅 To unfold it, depress the button again.
CAUTION
The electric type outside rear view mir
-
ror operates even though the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the OFF posi
-
tion. To prevent unnecessary battery
discharge, do not adjust the mirrors lon
-
ger than necessary while the engine is
not running.
CAUTION
So not fold an electric type outside rear
view mirror by hand. It could cause
motor failure.
Reverse parking aid function (if
equipped)
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position, the outside rear-view
mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid
with driving in reverse.
The position of the outside rear view
mirror switch (1) determines whether or
not the mirrors will move:
Left/Right: When either the L (Left) or R
(Right) switch is selected, both outside
rear-view mirrors will move.
Neutral: When neither switch is selected,
the outside rear-view mirrors will not
move.
The outside rear-view mirrors will auto
-
matically revert to their original positions
if any of the followings occur:
僅 The ENGINE START/STOP button is
placed to either the OFF position or
the ACC position.
僅 The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
僅 The remote control outside rear view
mirror switch is not selected.
Auto reverse user settings
If you cannot secure enough visibility
with the angles provided as factory
default conditions, you can readjust and
OMQ4033067
OMQ4033069
OMQ4PH034070N_2
77
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
store the angles of outside rear-view
mirrors.
The factory default angles of the right
and left rear view mirrors might be set
differently to improve visibility.
1. Set the shift lever to P (Parking). Make
sure that the vehicle is stopped and
the mirrors are not working.
2. Position the lever to L (left) or R (right)
depending on the mirror that you
want to adjust.
3. Step on the brake pedal and shift the
shift lever to R (Reverse).
4. When the downward movement of
the rear-view mirror is finished, adjust
the mirror to the desired angle by
pressing the switches, ▼, ▲, ◀, ▶.
5. If you shift the shift lever to a position
other than R (Reverse or), change the
rear view mirror selector lever to the
neutral position, and the automatic
return of the mirror is finished, the
adjusted angle will be automatically
saved.
6. You can adjust the rear-view mirror
on the other side by following the
same procedures (1-5).
How to reset auto reverse user
settings
If you want to change the automatic
control function of rear-view mirrors to
factory-default conditions, follow the
steps below.
1. Shift the shift lever to P (Park). Make
sure that the vehicle is stopped and
the mirror is not working.
2. Choose the mirror to be adjusted by
positioning the lever to L (left) or R
(right).
3. Step on the brake pedal and shift the
shift lever to R (Reverse).
4. When the downward movement of
the rear-view mirror is finished, press
the switch ▲ to locate the mirror in
the position higher than before (P, N
or D).
(Adjust the mirror in the higher posi
-
tion compared to its position in the
driving mode)
5. It is initialized when the shift lever is
shifted to a position other than R
(Reverse), or the rear-view mirror
selector lever is changed to the neu
-
tral position. (Initialized position will be
applied from next operation)
6. You can initialize settings for the mir
-
ror on the other side by following the
same procedures (1-5).
CAUTION
We recommend following the proce
-
dures in an orderly manner to change or
initialize the auto reversing user settings:
If you move to the next step before com
-
pleting the previous one, the changed
angle may not change or initialization
may not work properly
Features of your vehicle
785
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
Type A
Type B
* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1
Speedometer
2
Tachometer/Power gauge
3
Fuel gauge
4
Hybrid battery SOC gauge
5
Odometer
6
Distance to empty
7
Transmission shift indicator (if equipped)
8
Outside temperature gauge
9
Warning and indicator lights
OMQ4PH034100N
OMQ4PH034101N
79
5
5
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
Adjusting instrument cluster illu
-
mination
The brightness of the instrument panel
illumination is changed by pressing the
illumination control button ("+" or "-")
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON, or the tail lights are turned on.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in loss of
control and lead to an accident that may
cause DEATH, SERIOUS INJURY, or
property damage.
Gauges
The gauges display various information
such as the speed of the vehicle, and so
on.
Speedometer
Type A
Type B
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
hour (mph) and kilometers per hour
(km/h).
Power gauge
Type A
Type B
The hybrid system gauge indicates
whether the current driving condition is
fuel efficient or not.
僅CHARGE:
Shows that the energy made by the
vehicle is being converted to electrical
energy. (Regenerated energy)
僅ECO:
Shows that the vehicle is being driven
in an Eco-friendly manner.
僅POWER:
Shows that the vehicle is exceeding
the Eco-friendly range.
NOTICE
According to the hybrid system gauge
area, the "EV" indicator comes on or off.
僅 "EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven
using the electric motor or the gaso
-
line engine is stopped.
OMQ4A033037
OMQ4PH034151N
OMQ4PH034152N
OMQ4PH034153N
OMQ4PH034154N
Features of your vehicle
805
Instrument cluster
僅 "EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven
using the gasoline engine.
Hybrid battery (State of Charge)
(SOC) gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the remaining
hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near
the "L (Low)" level, the vehicle automati
-
cally operates the engine to charge the
battery.
However, if the Service Indicator ( )
and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is
near the "L (Low)" level, visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Never try to start the vehicle if the fuel
tank is empty. In this condition, the
engine cannot charge the high voltage
battery of the hybrid system. If you try to
start the vehicle when the fuel is empty,
the high voltage battery will discharged
and be damaged.
Plug-in hybrid mode indicator
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
僅 CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode:
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is
used to drive the vehicle.
僅 AUTO mode: The AUTO mode will be
automatically selected from either
from Electric (CD) mode or Hybrid
(CS) mode by the system according to
the driving condition.
僅 CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode:
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and
gasoline engine is used to drive the
vehicle.
A:
Electric Mode
A:
Automatic Mode
OMQ4PH034102N
OMQ4PH034103N
OMQ4PH033137L
OMQ4PH033140L
OMQ4PH033141L
81
5
5
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
A:
Hybrid Mode
A corresponding message is displayed
to indicate the selected mode.
Fuel gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank.
NOTICE
僅 The fuel tank capacity is given in
"Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 10-9.
僅 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
appear when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
僅 On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
WARNING
Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the warning
light comes on or when the gauge indi
-
cator comes close to the "E" level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could cause
the engine to misfire, which could dam
-
age the catalytic converter.
NOTICE
The fuel display may not be accurate if
the vehicle is on an incline.
Odometer
Type A
Type B
The odometer Indicates the total dis
-
tance that the vehicle has been driven
OMQ4PH033142L
OMQ4033109
OMQ4033108
OMQ4PH034155N
OMQ4PH034158N
Features of your vehicle
825
Instrument cluster
and should be used to determine when
periodic maintenance should be per
-
formed.
僅 Odometer range: 0~ 999,999 miles or
1,599,999 km.
Distance to empty
Type A
Type B
僅 The distance to empty is the esti
-
mated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range: 1 ~ 9,999 miles or 1
~ 9,999 km.
僅 If the estimated distance is below 1
mile (1 km), the trip computer will dis
-
play "---" as distance to empty.
僅 If the level of the remaining fuel is
more than three-quarters, more than
0.8 gallons (3 liters) of fuel must be
refilled for the fuel gauge to change.
In other cases, more than 1.6 gallons
(6 liters) of fuel must be refilled to
change the fuel gauge.
NOTICE
僅 If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been inter
-
rupted, the distance to empty function
may not operate correctly.
僅 The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as it
is an estimate of the available driving
distance.
僅 The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons
(6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehi
-
cle.
僅 The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving habits,
and vehicle condition.
Outside temperature gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the current outside
air temperatures within 1 °F (1 °C).
僅 Temperature range: -40 °F~140 °F (-
40 °C~60 °C)
The outside temperature on the display
may not change immediately like a gen
-
eral thermometer to prevent the driver
from being inattentive.
To change the temperature unit (from °C
to °F or from °F to °C)
OMQ4PH034156N
OMQ4PH034157N
OMQ4A033108
OMQ4A033109
83
5
5
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
Transmission shift indicator
Transmission shift indicator displays
gear information depending on your
vehicle's transmission type.
Automatic transmission shift indi
-
cator
Type A
Type B
This indicator displays which automatic
transmission gear is selected.
僅Park: P
僅Reverse: R
僅Neutral: N
僅 Drive: D
Manual shift mode
僅 Shifting up: ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6
僅 Shifting down: ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5
Shift indicator pop-up
The pop-up that indicates the current
gear position is displayed in the cluster
for about 2 seconds when shifting into
other positions (P/R/N/D).
OMQ4033117
OMQ4H033102
Features of your vehicle
845
LCD display
LCD display
The LCD display modes can be changed
by using the control buttons.
LCD Display Control
LCD display modes
Switch Control Action
Mode (1)
()
Short Press Changing view modes
Up/Down (2)
,
Short Press Searching Utility information
OK (3)
Short Press Operating additional functions
Long Press Resetting menu information
View Description
Driving Assist
view
Displays information related to Driver assis
-
tance system
Navigation view
Displays information related to navigation
system
Utility information
view
Displays information related to driving,
warning, etc.
OMQ4033470
85
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD display modes
LCD display modes
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to
your vehicle.
*1: For Plug-in Hybrid vehicle
* : if equipped
NOTICE
Keep the engine running when configur
-
ing the display settings to prevent the
battery from discharging.
Mode
Trip Computer
Driving Assist
Turn By Turn (TBT)*
Information/Master Warning
Up/
Down
Current Trip
Lane Keeping Assist*
Smart Cruise Control*
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control*
Lane Following Assist*
Highway Driving Assist*
Route Guidance
The Master Warning mode displays
warning messages related to the
vehicle when one or more systems
is not operating normally.
Since Refueling Destination Info
Since Last Reset
Energy Flow
Driving Force Distribution* Tire Pressure Monitoring System*
Range
*1
Engine Temperature
Features of your vehicle
865
LCD display modes
Trip computer mode
A:
Current Trip
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
The trip computer mode displays infor
-
mation related to vehicle driving param
-
eters including fuel economy, tripmeter
information and timer.
* For more details, refer to "Trip informa
-
tion (trip computer)" on page 5-87 and
"Hybrid system overview" on page 1-2.
Driving Assist mode
This mode displays the state of:
僅 Lane Keeping Assist system
僅 Smart Cruise Control
僅 Lane Following Assist
* For more details, refer to each system
information in "Driver assistance
guide" on page 7-4.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
This mode displays the state of the navi
-
gation.
Information mode
Engine coolant temperature
A:
Engine temperature
This gauge indicates the temperature of
the engine coolant when the engine is
running.
NOTICE
If the gauge indicator is of the normal
range, toward the "130 or H (Hot)" posi
-
tion, it indicates overheating of the
engine. It may damage the engine. Do
not continue driving with an overheated
engine.
Tire pressure status
This mode displays information related
to Tire Pressure.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page
8-8.
OMQ4A033112
OMQ4053087
OMQ4A033116
OMQ4PH043004L
87
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Master warning mode
This mode informs you of the following
situations:
僅 Driver assistance system malfunction,
limitation or radar/camera blockage
(if equipped)
僅 LED headlamp malfunction
僅 Lamp malfunction
僅 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem) failure, low tire pressure, etc.
The Master Warning icon ( ) will
appear. If the situation re solves, the
master warning light will turn off and the
Master Warning icon will disappear.
LCD displays
LCD displays show the following infor
-
mation to drivers.
僅 Trip information
僅LCD modes
僅 Warning messages
Trip information (trip computer)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system
that displays information related to driv
-
ing.
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer resets if the battery is dis
-
connected.
OKA4H033137L
Features of your vehicle
885
LCD displays
Trip modes
A:
Tripmeter
B:
Timer
C:
Average
1 Current Trip
2 Since Refueling
3 Since Last Reset
4 Energy Flow
5 Driving Force Distribution
6 Range
*: if equipped
*1: For Plug-in Hybrid Vehicle
To change the trip mode, scroll the tog
-
gle the switch ( / ) on the steering
wheel.
Fuel economy
This information is always displayed at
the bottom center of the Full LCD clus
-
ter.
1
Average energy economy
2
Instant energy economy
Average Fuel Economy (1)
僅 The average fuel economy is calcu
-
lated by the total driving distance and
fuel consumption since the last aver
-
age fuel economy resets.
- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 99.9 mpg
or km/L, L/100 km
NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not dis
-
played for more accurate calculation if
the vehicle does not drive more than 10
seconds or 0.03 mi (50 m) since the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
to ON.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
僅 This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few seconds
when the vehicle speed is more than
6.2 mph (10 km/h).
- Fuel economy range:
0.0~30 km/L, L/100 km or
0.0~50.0 mpg
OMQ4PH034002N
OMQ4PH034164N
89
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Accumulated driving information
mode
This display shows the accumulated trip
distance, the average fuel efficiency, and
the total driving time.
A:
Since Last Reset
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
僅 Accumulated information is calculated
after the vehicle has run for more
than 0.19 miles (300 m).
僅 If you press "OK" button for more than
1 second after the Cumulative Infor
-
mation is displayed, the information
will be reset.
僅 If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
Drive info display
This display shows the trip distance (1),
the average fuel efficiency (2), and the
total driving time (3) information once
per one ignition cycle.
A:
Current Trip
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
僅 Fuel efficiency is calculated after the
vehicle has run for more than 0.19
miles (300 m).
僅 The information will automatically
reset when the driver's door is opened
after the vehicle is turned off, or
approximately 3 minutes have passed
after the vehicle is turned off.
僅 If you press "OK" button for more than
approximately 1 second after the Driv
-
ing Information is displayed, the infor
-
mation will be reset.
僅 If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a mini
-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 m) since the last
ignition cycle before the average accu
-
mulated driving information is recalcu
-
lated.
Information since refueling
This display shows the trip distance, the
average fuel efficiency, and the instant
fuel efficiency (or the total driving time)
since refueling.
A:
Sine Refueling
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
僅 Information since refueling is calcu
-
lated after the vehicle has run for
OMQ4A033111
OMQ4A033112
OMQ4A033110
Features of your vehicle
905
LCD displays
more than approximately 0.19 miles
(300 m).
僅 If you press "OK" button for more than
1 second after the information since
refueling is displayed, the information
will be reset.
僅 When driving after refueling, the
information will be automatically
reset.
僅 If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a mini
-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 m) since the last
ignition cycle before the average accu
-
mulated driving information is recalcu
-
lated.
Range (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
The range is the estimated distance the
vehicle can be driven with the remaining
high-voltage (hybrid) battery (1, Electric)
and fuel in the fuel tank (2, Gasoline).
僅 If the estimated distance is below 1
mile (1 km), the trip computer will dis
-
play “---” as distance to empty.
- Distance range: 1 ~ 510 miles or 1 ~
510 km.
NOTICE
僅 If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been inter
-
rupted, the range function may not
operate correctly.
僅 The range may differ from the actual
driving distance as it is an estimate of
the available driving distance.
僅 The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons
(6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehi
-
cle.
僅 The range may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
Energy flow
The hybrid system informs the driver
about its energy flow in various operat
-
ing modes. While driving, the current
energy flow is specified in 11 modes.
* For more details, refer to "Energy flow"
on page 1-28.
Service mode
This mode reminds you of scheduled
maintenance information.
A:
Service Interval
OMQ4PH034136N
OMQ4PHQ013024L
OMQ4A033114
91
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Service Interval
It calculates and displays when you need
a scheduled maintenance service (mile
-
age or days).
If the remaining mileage or time reaches
900 miles (1,500 km) or 30 days, "Ser
-
vice interval" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set the
ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON
position.
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serviced
according to the already inputted ser
-
vice interval, "Service required" message
is displayed for several seconds each
time you set the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
To reset the service interval to the mile
-
age and days you inputted before:
僅 Press the OK button (Reset) for more
than 1 second.
NOTICE
If any of the following conditions occurs,
the mileage and days may be incorrect.
僅 The battery cable is disconnected.
僅 The battery is discharged.
Driver Assistance settings (info
-
tainment system)
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
on the infotainment system
screen to set the Driver Assistance func
-
tion.
僅
Driver Assistance
-
Driving Convenience
-
Speed Limit
-
Driver Attention Warning
-
Warning Methods
-
Driving Safety
-
Parking Safety
INFORMATION
僅 The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
LCD display messages
Door, hood, liftgate, sunroof
open
僅 This warning is displayed indicating
which door, the hood, the liftgate or
the sunroof is open.
Low pressure warning display
A:
Low tire pressure
This warning message is displayed if the
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will appear.
OMQ4PH034162N
OMQ4033127
OMQ4PH034159N
Features of your vehicle
925
LCD displays
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page
8-8.
Lights mode
A:
Lights
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting con
-
trol.
Wiper mode
A:
Front Wiper
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper con
-
trol.
Low washer fluid
A:
Low washer fluid
This warning message is displayed if the
washer fluid level in the reservoir is
nearly empty.
Refill the washer fluid reservoir.
Icy road warning
A:
Ice possible. Drive with care.
This warning is to warn the driver the
road may be icy.
When the following condition occurs, the
warning light (including outside tem
-
perature gauge) blinks 5 times and then
remains illuminated. The warning chime
sounds once:
僅 The temperature on the outside tem
-
perature gauge is below approxi
-
mately 40 °F (4 °C).
NOTICE
If the icy road warning appears while
driving, you should drive more atten
-
tively and safely refraining from speed
-
ing, rapidly accelerating, sudden braking
or sharp turning, etc.
Engine overheated
A:
Engine Overheated
僅 This warning message appears when
the engine coolant temperature is
above 248 °F (120 °C). This mean that
OMQ4A033118
OMQ4A033117
OMQ4033486L
OMQ4033487L
OMQ4033133L
93
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
the engine is overheated and may be
damaged.
* If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "If
the engine overheats" on page 8-6.
Low key battery
僅 This warning message appears if the
battery of the smart key is discharged
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton changes to the OFF position.
Press START button while turn
-
ing wheel
僅 This warning message appears if the
steering wheel does not unlock nor
-
mally when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is pressed.
僅 It means that you should press the
ENGINE START/STOP button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left.
Steering wheel unlocked
僅 This warning message appears if the
steering wheel does not lock when the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
to the OFF position.
Check steering wheel lock system
僅 This warning message appears if the
steering wheel does not lock normally
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton changes to the OFF position.
Key not in vehicle
僅 This warning message appears if the
smart key is not in the vehicle when
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
Key not detected
僅 This warning message appears if the
smart key is not detected when you
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton.
Shift to P or N to start engine
僅 This warning message appears if you
try to start the engine with the gear
not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi
-
tion.
Press brake pedal to start engine
僅 This warning message appears if the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
to the ACC position twice by pressing
the button repeatedly without
depressing the brake pedal.
僅 Depress the brake pedal to start the
engine.
Battery discharging due to exter
-
nal electrical devices
The vehicle can detect self-discharge of
the battery due to over-current that is
generated by unauthorized electrical
devices such as dashboard camera
(dash cam).
If the warning continues even after
external electrical devices are removed,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Press start button again
僅 This warning message appears if you
cannot operate the ENGINE START/
STOP button when there is a problem
with the ENGINE START/STOP button
system.
Features of your vehicle
945
LCD displays
僅 Start the engine by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button once
more.
僅 If the warning appears each time you
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button with key
僅 This warning message appears if you
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while the warning message "Key
not detected" appears.
僅 The immobilizer indicator light blinks.
Coasting guide (if equipped)
A chime will sound and the coasting
guide indicator will be displayed to
inform the driver when to take the foot
off the accelerator by anticipating a
decelerating event* based on the analy
-
sis of driving routes and road conditions
stored in the navigation system. It
encourages the driver to remove the
foot from the pedal and allow coasting
down the road with EV motor only. This
helps to prevent unnecessary fuel con
-
sumption and increases fuel efficiency.
* Example of a deceleration event is
going down an extended hill, slowing
down approaching a toll booth, and
approaching reduced speed zones.
僅 User settings
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton and put the shift dial in P (Park). In
the User Settings Mode, select Driver
assistance, Coasting Guide, and then
On to turn on the system. Cancel the
selection of coasting guide to turn off
the system. For the explanation of the
system, press and hold the [OK] but
-
ton.
僅 Operating conditions
To activate the system, take the fol
-
lowing procedures. Enter your desti
-
nation information on the navigation
and select the driving route. Select the
ECO mode in the Integrated Driving
Control System. Then, satisfy the fol
-
lowing:
- The driving speed should be
between 19 mph (30 km/h) and 99
mph (160 km/h).
* The operating speed may vary due to
the difference between instrument
cluster and navigation affected by tire
inflation level.
Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when you
start the engine without unplugging the
charging cable.
Remaining Time (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
The message is displayed to notify the
remaining time to fully charge the bat
-
tery.
Shift to P to charge (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when the
charging connector is plugged with the
shift dial in R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D
(Drive). Move the shift dial to P (Park)
and re-start the charging process.
OMQ4PHQ014044N
95
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Electric mode/Automatic mode/
Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
A corresponding message is displayed
when a mode is selected by pressing the
HEV button.
Low battery. Maintaining Hybrid
mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when unable
to convert to EV mode even when press
-
ing the HEV button during HEV mode
driving due to insufficient high-voltage
(hybrid) battery level.
Low system temperature. Switch
-
ing to Hybrid mode/ High system
temperature. Switching to Hybrid
mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is too low or high.
This warning message is to protect the
battery and the hybrid system.
Low system temperature. Main
-
taining Hybrid mode/ High sys
-
tem temperature. Maintaining
Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is too low or too high. This warn
-
ing message is to protect the battery
and the hybrid system.
Wait until fuel door opens (Plug-
in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when you
attempt to open the fuel filler door with
the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until the
fuel tank is depressurized.
Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed when the fuel
filler door opens after the fuel tank is
depressurized. You can then refuel.
Charging stopped. Check the AC
charger (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when
charging fails because of any external
charger error.
This message lets you know the error
has occurred in the charger itself, not in
the vehicle.
Charging stopped. Check the
cable connection (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed when
charging is stopped because the
charging connector is not correctly con
-
nected to the charging inlet. If this
occurs, separate the charging connector,
re-connect it and check whether there is
any problem (external damage, foreign
substances, etc.) with the charging con
-
nector and charging inlet. If the problem
recurs even after replacing the charging
cable or genuine Kia portable charger,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Charging Door Open (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message indicates that the
charging door is open while in driving
ready state. Close the charging door.
Features of your vehicle
965
LCD displays
Driving with the charging door open
may result in moisture inflow or damage.
Switching to Hybrid mode to
allow heating or air conditioning
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
僅 When the outdoor temperature is
lower than 5 °F (-15 °C) and the cool
-
ant temperature is lower than 158 °F
(70 °C), turn the climate control On for
heating. The vehicle will automatically
switch to HEV mode and EV mode will
not be activated (although EV/HEV
button is pressed)
僅 When the outdoor temperature is
higher than 14 °F (-10 °C), or the cool
-
ant temperature is higher than 176 °F
(80 °C) or you turn the climate control
Off, the vehicle will automatically
return to EV mode.
Switching to Hybrid mode for
self-diagnosis (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed for self-diag
-
nosis of the hybrid mode system.
Low engine oil
僅 This warning message appears when
the engine oil level is insufficient.
僅 Refill the engine oil.
僅 It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.
* For more details, refer to"Engine oil" on
page 9-15.
WARNING
When the engine oil level warning light
occurs, it is necessary to check whether
maintenance schedule (Engine oil
replacement) in owner's manual has
been followed before replenishing the
oil, and if not followed, the engine oil
must be replaced first.
Engine oil change due soon.
Reset oil life after oil change
僅 This warning message appears when
the remaining engine oil life reaches
5% or below.
僅 Replace engine oil from an authorized
Kia dealer. After that, select
Vehicle
→
Cluster
→
Oil Change Reminder
from Settings menu on the infotain
-
ment system screen to reset the
remaining oil life.
* For more details, refer to"Engine oil" on
page 9-15.
Engine oil change due now. Reset
oil life after oil change
僅 This warning message appears when
the remaining engine oil life reaches
1% or below.
僅 Replace engine oil immediately from
an authorized Kia dealer. After that,
select
Vehicle
→
Cluster
→
Oil
Change Reminder
from Settings
menu on the infotainment system
screen to reset the remaining oil life.
* For more details, refer to"Engine oil" on
page 9-15.
97
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
Warning and indicator lights
The warning light and indicator light
indicate a situation where the driver
should be careful and whether the vari
-
ous functions are activated.
Warning lights
The warning light indicates situations
that require the driver to pay greater
attention.
NOTICE
Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the engine. If any light
re-main ON, the situation needs atten
-
tion.
Air bag warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 ~ 6
seconds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
SRS.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt warning light
This warning light informs the
driver that the seat belt is not fas
-
tened.
* For more details, refer to "Seat belts" on
page 4-21.
Parking brake & brake fluid
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds
- It remains on if the parking brake is
applied.
僅 When the parking brake is applied.
僅 When the brake fluid level in the res
-
ervoir is low.
- If the warning light appears with
the parking brake released, it indi
-
cates the brake fluid level in reser
-
voir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the res
-
ervoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to "Brake fluid" on page 9-21).
Then check all brake components for
fluid leaks. If any leak on the brake
system is still found, the warning light
remains on, or the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle.
Have your vehicle towed to an autho
-
rized Kia dealer and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diag
-
onal braking systems. This means you
still have braking on two wheels even if
one of the dual systems should fail.
Features of your vehicle
985
Warning and indicator lights
With only one of the dual systems work
-
ing, more than normal pedal travel and
greater pedal pressure are required to
stop the vehicle.
The vehicle will not stop in as short a dis
-
tance with only a portion of the brake
system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving,
shift to a lower gear for additional
engine braking and stop the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so.
NOTICE
Parking brake & brake fluid warning
light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
ON is dangerous. If the parking brake &
brake fluid warning light appears with
the parking brake released, it indicates
that the brake fluid level is low.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
warning light ABS
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
ABS (The normal braking system will
still be operational without the assis
-
tance of the anti-lock brake system).
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Electronic Brake Force Distribu
-
tion (EBD) system warning light
ABS
These two warning lights appear
at the same time while driving:
僅 When the ABS and regular brake sys
-
tem are not working, have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
EBD system warning light
When both ABS and parking brake &
brake fluid warning lights are on, the
brake system will not operate normally
and you may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
Avoid high speed driving and abrupt
braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as possi
-
ble.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
EPB.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
(3%
99
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
NOTICE
EPB warning light
The EPB warning light may appear when
the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light comes on to indicate that
the ESC is not working properly (This
does not indicate malfunction of the
EPB).
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning
light (if equipped)
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
AWD.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- This indicator light comes on after
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed to the ON position and
then goes out after approximately 3
seconds.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
EPS.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Charging System warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
僅 When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light appears:
僅 When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light
appears for about 3 seconds and
then goes off.
僅 Whenever there is a malfunction with
either the emission control system or
the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
僅 Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control systems which
Features of your vehicle
1005
Warning and indicator lights
could affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
僅 If the enhanced engine protection
system becomes activated due to lack
of engine oil, engine power will be lim
-
ited. If such condition continues
repeatedly, the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp will appear.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
appears, potential catalytic converter
damage is possible which could result in
loss of engine power. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Engine oil pressure warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
僅 When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
僅 Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
僅 Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details, refer
to "Engine oil and filter" on page 9-13).
If the level is low, add oil as required.
僅 If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. Continued driv
-
ing with the warning light on may
cause engine failure.
NOTICE
僅 When engine oil pressure decreases
due to insufficient engine oil, etc., the
Engine Oil Pressure warning light will
appear.
僅 The enhanced engine protection sys
-
tem which limits engine power will be
activated. When the engine oil pres
-
sure is restored, the warning light and
the enhanced engine protection sys
-
tem will turn off after the engine is
restarted.
CAUTION
Engine overheating
Do not continue driving with the engine
overheated. Otherwise, the engine may
be damaged.
CAUTION
Engine damage
If the engine is not stopped immediately
after the engine oil pressure warning
light appears and stays on while the
engine is running, serious engine dam
-
age may result.
Ready indicator READY
This indicator appears:
When the vehicle is ready to be driven.
僅 ON: Normal driving is possible.
僅 OFF: Normal driving is not possible, or
a problem has occurred.
101
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
Engine coolant temperature
warning light
The warning light appears:
When the temperature of the engine
coolant is extremely high. Do not con
-
tinue driving with an overheated engine.
If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the
engine overheats" on page 8-6
NOTICE
If the Engine Coolant Temperature
warning light appears, it indicates over
-
heating that may damage the engine.
EV mode indicator
This indicator appears:
When the vehicle is driven by the electric
motor.
僅 "EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven
using the electric motor or the gaso
-
line engine is stopped.
僅 "EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven
using the gasoline engine.
Service warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- The service warning light appears
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off when all checks have
been performed.
僅 When there is a problem with the
hybrid vehicle control system or hard
-
ware.
When the warning light appears while
driving, or does not go OFF after starting
the vehicle, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Regenerative brake warning light
(red color) (yellow color)
This warning light appears:
When the regenerative brake does not
operate and the brake does not perform
well. This causes the Brake Warning light
(red) and Regenerative Brake Warning
Light (yellow) to appear simultaneously.
If this occurs, drive safely and have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. The operation of the brake pedal
may be more difficult than normal and
the braking distance may increase.
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light appears:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Low fuel level
Driving with the low fuel level warning
light on or with the fuel level below "E"
can cause the engine to misfire and
damage the catalytic converter.
Features of your vehicle
1025
Warning and indicator lights
Master warning light
This indicator light appears:
僅 This warning light informs the driver
the following situations
- LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
To identify the details of the warning
look at the LCD display.
If the situation resolv, the master warn
-
ing light will turn off.
Low tire pressure warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When one or more of your tires are
significantly under inflated. (The loca
-
tion of the underinflated tires is dis
-
played on the LCD display).
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page
8-8.
This warning light remains on
after blinking for approximately
60 seconds or repeats blinking on
and off at the intervals of
approximately 3 seconds:
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page
8-8.
WARNING
Low tire pressure
僅 Significantly low tire pressure makes
the vehicle unstable and can contrib
-
ute to loss of vehicle control and
increased braking distances.
僅 Continued driving or low pressure
tires will cause the tires to overheat
and fail.
WARNING
Safe stopping
僅 The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
僅 If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
LED headlamp warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
LED headlamp.
Have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
This warning light blinks:
僅 When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
103
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
Have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
LED headlamp warning light
Continuous driving with the LED head
-
lamp warning light on or blinking can
reduce LED headlamp (low beam) life.
Forward Safety warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 Yellow: When Forward Safety of For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
deselected, disabled, or a malfunc
-
tion is detected.
If the yellow warning light remains on
after the sensor has been uncovered
or unblocked when Forward Safety is
set, have your vehicle be inspected by
an authorized KIA dealer.
This warning light blinks:
僅 Red: When Forward Safety or Forward
Cross-Traffic Safety function is oper
-
ating.
* For more details, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Icy road warning light (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
This warning light is to warn the driver
the road may be icy. When the tempera
-
ture on the outside temperature gauge
is approximately below 39 °F (4 °C), the
icy road warning light and outside tem
-
perature gauge blinks and then appears.
The warning chime sounds 1 time.
Door Ajar Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When a door is not closed securely.
Liftgate Open Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light appears:
When the liftgate is not closed securely.
Washer Fluid Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light appears:
僅 When the washer fluid level in the res
-
ervoir is nearly empty.
Refill the washer fluid.
Emergency Steering warning
light (if equipped)
The warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 Yellow: When Forward/Side Safety of
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
deselected, disabled, or a malfunc
-
tion is detected.
Features of your vehicle
1045
Warning and indicator lights
If the warning light remains on after
the sensor has been uncovered or
unblocked when Forward/Side Safety
is set, have your vehicle be inspected
by an authorized KIA dealer.
This warning light blinks:
僅 Red: When Forward/Side Safety func
-
tion is operating.
* For more details, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Driver Attention Warning light
(DAW)
This indicator light appears:
僅When the ENGINE START/STOP But
-
ton is in the ON position. It illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
僅 Yellow: When DAW is disabled or a
malfunction is detected. If the yellow
indicator light remains on after the
front view camera has been uncov
-
ered or unblocked, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
僅 Yellow: DAW recommends to take a
break.
* For more details, refer to "Driver Atten
-
tion Warning (DAW)" on page 7-54.
Indicator lights
Charging cable connection indi
-
cator light (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This indicator appears in red when the
charging cable is connected.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
ESC system.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB)" on page 6-26.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OFF indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When you deactivate the ESC system
by pressing the ESC OFF button.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system" on
page 6-33.
AUTO HOLD indicator light
(AUTO HOLD)
This indicator light appears:
僅
White
When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
105
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
僅
Green
When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with the auto hold system acti
-
vated.
僅
Yellow
When there is a malfunction
with the auto hold system. Have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "AUTO HOLD"
on page 6-30.
Immobilizer indicator light (with
smart key)
This indicator light appears for
up to 30 seconds:
僅 When the vehicle detects the smart
key in the vehicle properly while the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ACC
or ON.
- You can then start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a
few seconds:
僅 When the smart key is not in the vehi
-
cle.
- At this time, you cannot start the
engine.
This indicator light appears for 2
seconds and goes off:
僅 When the vehicle cannot detect the
smart key which is in the vehicle while
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
ON.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
僅 When the battery of the smart key is
weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. However, you can start the
engine if you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
"Immobilizer system" on page 5-10).
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks:
僅 When you turn the turn signal light on.
If any of the following occurs, there may
a malfunction with the turn signal sys
-
tem. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅 The indicator light does not blink but
appears.
僅 The indicator light blinks more rapidly.
僅 The indicator light does not appear at
all.
Low beam indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the headlamps are on.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the headlamps are on and in
the high beam position.
僅 When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Features of your vehicle
1065
Warning and indicator lights
High Beam Assist indicator light
(HBA) (if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the high beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
僅 If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, HBA will switch
the high beam to low beam automati
-
cally.
* For more details, refer to "High Beam
Assist (HBA)" on page 5-112.
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the taillamps or headlamps are
on.
Front fog indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the front fog lights are on.
Lane Safety indicator (if
equipped)
The Lane Safety indicator will appear
when you turn Lane Keeping Assist on
by pressing the Lane Safety button.
If there is a problem with Lane Keeping
Assist, the yellow Lane Safety indicator
will appear.
* For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)" on page 7-24.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When you activate the system by
pressing the DBC button.
This indicator light blinks:
僅 When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light illuminates
yellow:
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
DBC system.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Downhill
Brake Control (DBC)" on page 6-36.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
indicator light (if equipped)
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
僅 When you select AWD lock mode by
pressing the AWD LOCK button.
- The AWD lock mode is to increase
the drive power when driving on
wet pavement, snow covered roads
and/or off-road.
107
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
NOTICE
AWD lock mode
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry
paved roads or highway, it can cause
noise, vibration or damage to AWD
related parts.
Drive mode indicator light (ECO/
SPORT/SMART/SNOW) (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅 When you select each mode as drive
mode.
For more details, refer to "Integrated
Memory System (if equipped)" on page
5-32.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
indicator light (if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the ENGINE START/STOP But
-
ton is in the ON position. It illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
僅 Yellow: When Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist is off, disabled, or a malfunction
is detected.
僅 While the Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist system is in operation, indicates
the speed limit and shows the speed
limit in red when the vehicle is
exceeding the speed limit.
* For more details, refer to "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) (if equipped)"
on page 7-49.
Highway Lane Change Assist
indicator light (if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅 Green: When Highway Lane Change
Assist is ready for operation.
僅 Grey: When Highway Lane Change
Assist is in standby.
This indicator light blinks:
僅 Green: When Highway Lane Change
Assist is operating.
僅 White: When Highway Lane Change
Assist is canceled.
* For more details, refer to "Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) (if equipped)" on
page 7-82.
Lane Following Assist indicator
This indicator light appears:
Lane Following Assist indicator will
appear when you turn Lane Following
Assist on by pressing Lane Driving Assist
button.
If there is a problem with the function,
the yellow Lane Following Assist indica
-
tor will appear.
* For more details, refer to "Lane Follow
-
ing Assist (LFA)" on page 7-79.
Features of your vehicle
1085
Head-Up Display (HUD)
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if
equipped)
The Head-Up Display is a transparent
display that projects an image of certain
information from the instrument cluster
and navigation system on the windshield
glass.
僅 The head up display image on the
HUD screen may be invisible when:
- Sitting posture is bad.
- Wearing polarized sunglasses.
- There is an object on the cover of
the head up display.
- Driving on a wet road.
- An inadequate lighting is turned on
inside the vehicle.
- Any light comes from the outside.
- Wearing inadequate glasses for
your eyesight.
僅 If the head up display image is not
shown well, adjust the height, rotation
or illumination of the head up display
in the LCD display.
僅 When the Head-Up Display needs
inspection or repair, have your vehicle
inspected or repaired by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Head-Up Display
僅 Do not make the front windshield
glass have window tint or other types
of metallic coating. The Head-Up Dis
-
play image may be invisible.
僅 Do not place any accessories on the
instrument panel or attach any
objects on the windshield.
僅 As the Blind-Spot Collision Warning is
a supplemental device for your safe
driving, it may be dangerous to rely
on only the Blind-Spot Collision Warn
-
ing information of the Head-Up Dis
-
play image when changing the lane.
Always drive safely.
Head-Up Display Information
1
Turn By Turn navigation information
(if equipped)
2
Road signs
3
Speedometer
4
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) set speed
information (if equipped)
5
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) vehicle
distance information (if equipped)
6
Lane Following Assist information (if
equipped)
7
Lane Safety information (if equipped)
8
Blind-Spot Safety information (if
equipped)
9
Highway Auto Speed Change infor
-
mation (if equipped)
10
Highway Driving Assist information (if
equipped)
11
Surrounding vehicle information (if
equipped)
OMQ4PH034076N
OMQ4PH034163N
109
5
5
Features of your vehicle Lighting
NOTICE
Road Signs and Turn By Turn navigation
information are available depending on
your region.
Head-Up Display Setting
On the LCD display, you can change the
head up display settings as follows.
1. Display height
2. Rotation
3. Brightness
4. Content selection
* For more details, refer to "LCD display
modes" on page 5-85.
Lighting
This vehicle is equipped with a variety of
lights to appear the interior and exterior
of the vehicle.
CAUTION
To prevent the battery from discharging,
do not leave the headlights and interior
lights on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent
the battery from being discharged if the
lights are left in the ON position. The
system automatically shuts off the park
-
ing lights after the engine is off and the
driver's door is opened.
However, the position lamps stay ON
even when the driver-side door is
opened if the light switch is operated
after the engine is turned off.
To keep the lights on turn the position
lamps OFF and ON again using the
headlight switch on the steering column
after the engine is turned off.
Headlight delay function
If you place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or OFF position with
the headlights ON, the headlights (and/
or parking lights) remain on for about 5
minutes. With the engine off if the
driver's door is opened and closed, the
headlights (and/or parking lights) will
turn off after 15 seconds.
The headlights (and/or parking lights)
can be turned off by pressing the lock
button on the smart key twice or turning
the light switch to the OFF or AUTO
position. However, if you turn the light
switch to the AUTO position when it is
Features of your vehicle
1105
Lighting
dark outside, the headlamps will not be
turned off.
You can activate or deactivate the Head
-
lamp Delay function from the User Set
-
tings Mode in the LCD display. For more
details, refer to "LCD display modes" on
page 5-84. If your vehicle is equipped
with additional navigation, refer to the
infotainment system manual separately
supplied.
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
door other than the driver’s door, the
battery saver function will not operate
and the headlight delay function will not
turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to discharge.
To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the
headlights manually from the headlight
switch before exiting the vehicle.
Daytime Running Light (DRL) (if
equipped)
The DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of your vehicle during the
day.
The DRL can be helpful in many driving
conditions, and it is especially helpful
after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL will turn the dedicated lamp
OFF when:
僅 The headlamps are ON.
僅 The vehicle is off.
僅 The taillight is ON.
- It includes that the taillight is on in
the dark when the light switch is in
the auto light position.
僅 The parking brake is engaged.
Lighting control
The light switch has a headlight and a
position lamp position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
1. OFF position
2. Auto light position
3. Position Lamp & Taillight
4. Headlightlamp position
Position Lamp & Taillight
When the light switch is in the lamp posi
-
tion, the front position lamp, taillight,
and the license plate lamp will turn ON.
Headlight (Low Beam)
When the light switch is in the headlight
position, headlight (low beam), taillight
and license plate lamp will turn ON.
OMQ4A033027MX
OMQ4A033028MX
OMQ4A033029MX
111
5
5
Features of your vehicle Lighting
NOTICE
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position to turn on the
headlights.
Auto light
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and head
-
lights will turn ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of ambient
light.
CAUTION
僅 Never place anything over the sensor
(1) located on the instrument panel as
this will ensure better auto-light sys
-
tem control.
僅 Don't clean the sensor using a window
cleaner. The cleaner may leave a light
film which could interfere with sensor
operation.
僅 If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on the
front windshield, the Auto light system
may not work properly.
Operating high beam
To turn on the high beam headlights:
僅 Push the lever away from you.
The lever will return to its original
position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
WARNING
High beams
Do not use high beam when there are
other vehicles in front of or approaching
your vehicle. Using high beam could
obstruct other drivers vision.
To flash the headlights:
僅 Pull the lever towards you.
It will return to the normal (low beam)
position when released. The head
-
light switch does not need to be on to
use this flashing feature.
Operating turn signals and lane
change signals
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be on for the turn signals to function.
To turn on the turn signals:
僅 Move the lever up or down (A).
OMQ4A033040MX_2
OMQ4A033030
OMQ4A033018
OMQ4A033019
Features of your vehicle
1125
Lighting
The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which turn
signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is
completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change:
僅 Move the turn signal lever slightly and
hold it in position (B).
The lever will return to the OFF posi
-
tion when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned out
and will require replacement.
One-touch Lane change function
To activate a one-touch lane change
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One
Touch Turn Signal function or choose
the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) by
selecting "User Settings →Lights → One
Touch Turn Signal".
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick
or slow, a bulb may be burned out or
have a poor electrical connection in the
circuit. The bulb may require replace
-
ment.
Operating front fog lights (if
equipped)
Fog lights are designed to provide
improved visibility when visibility in fog,
rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the fog
light switch (1) is turned to the on posi
-
tion after the headlamp is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights:
僅 Turn the fog light switch (1) to the ON
position.
CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights con
-
sume large amounts of vehicle electrical
power. Only use the fog lights when visi
-
bility is poor.
High Beam Assist (HBA)
HBA is a function that automatically
adjusts the headlight range (switches
between high beam and low beam)
depending on the brightness of detected
vehicles and certain road conditions.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
OMQ4A033020
OMQ4A053018
OMQ4033098
113
5
5
Features of your vehicle Lighting
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving. Refer to
the picture above for the detailed loca
-
tion of the detecting sensor.
NOTICE
僅 Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of HBA.
僅 For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
HBA setting
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select
“Setup
→
Vehi
-
cle
→
Lights
→
High Beam Assist”
from the Settings menu to turn on HBA.
WARNING
For your safety, change the settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
HBA operation
僅 After selecting 'High Beam Assist' in
the Settings menu, HBA will operate
by following the procedure below.
- Place the headlight switch in the
AUTO position and push the head
-
lamp lever for ward. The HBA ( )
indicator light will appear on the
cluster and the function will be
enabled.
- When the function is enabled, the
high beam will turn on when vehi
-
cle speed is above 20 mph (30 km/
h). When vehicle speed is below 12
mph (20km/h), the high beam will
not turn on.
- The High Beam ( ) indicator
light will appear on the cluster
when high beam is on.
僅 When HBA is operating, if the head
-
light lever or switch is used, the func
-
tion operates as follows:
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
off, the high beam will turn on with
-
out HBA canceled. When you let go
of the headlight lever, the lever will
move to the middle and the high
beam will turn off.
- When you push the headlight lever
towards the instrument panel, the
daytime running lights will turn on,
and the high beam assist will turn
off.
- By pulling the headlight lever back
-
wards, the low beam will be turned
on and HBA will be deactivated
while the high beam is turned on by
HBA.
- When you push the headlight lever
forward, the high beam will be
turned on and HBA will be deacti
-
vated.
- If the headlight switch is placed
from AUTO to another position
(headlight/position/off), HBA will
turn off and the corresponding
lamp will turn on.
僅 When HBA is operating, high beam
switches to low beam if any of the fol
-
lowing conditions occur:
- When the headlight of an oncoming
vehicle is detected.
- When the taillight of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlight or taillight of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
Features of your vehicle
1145
Lighting
- When the surrounding ambient
light is bright enough that high
beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are
detected.
NOTICE
The images or colors may be displayed
differently depending on the specifica
-
tions of the instrument cluster or theme.
HBA Malfunction and limitations
HBA malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When HBA is not working properly, the
warning message will appear and warn
-
ing light ( ) will appear on the instru
-
ment cluster. Have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of HBA
HBA may not work properly in the fol
-
lowing situations:
僅 Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of lamp damage, or because
it is hidden from sight, etc.
僅 Headlights are covered with dust,
snow or water.
僅 Headlamps are off but the fog lamps
are on, etc.
僅 There is a lamp that has a similar
shape to a vehicle's lamp.
僅 Headlights have been damaged or
not repaired properly.
僅 Headlights are not aimed properly.
僅 Driving on a narrow curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
僅 Vehicle in front is partially visible on a
crossroad or curved road.
僅 There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
flashing sign or mirror ahead.
僅 There is a temporary reflector or flash
ahead (construction area).
僅 The road conditions are poor such as
being wet, iced or covered with snow.
僅 A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
僅 The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or
is being towed.
僅 Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog,
snow, etc.
WARNING
僅 At times, HBA may not work properly.
The function is for your convenience
only. It is the responsibility of the
driver for safe driving practices and to
always check the road conditions.
僅 When HBA does not operate normally,
change the headlight position manu
-
ally between high beam and low
beam.
僅 When starting the vehicle or resetting
the front camera (rebooting, etc.), the
function may not operate for approxi
-
mately 15 seconds.
OMQ4033184L
115
5
5
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers
Wipers and washers
The wipers and washers remove foreign
substances from the windshield and rear
window, helping to maintain visibility.
A: Wiper speed control
僅 MIST – Single wipe
僅OFF – Off
僅 INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
僅 LO – Low wiper speed
僅 HI – High wiper speed
B: Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment/Auto control wipe time
adjustment*
C: Wash with brief wipes (Pull lever
towards you)
D: Rear wiper/washer control
僅 HI - Continuous wipe
僅 LO - Intermittent wipe
僅OFF - Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (Rear/Push
lever away from you)
*: if equipped
Windshield wipers
Operate as follows when ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON.
僅 MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move
the lever to this position and release it.
The wipers will operate continuously if
the lever is held in this position.
僅 OFF: Wiper is not in operation
僅 INT: Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use this
mode in light rain or mist. To vary the
speed setting, turn the speed control
knob.
僅 LO: Normal wiper speed
僅HI: Fast wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, do not drive
and defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation. If you
do not remove the snow and/or ice
before using the wiper and washer, it
may damage the wiper and washer sys
-
tem.
INFORMATION
If you operate the wipers while driving
on snowy roads, the wipers may stop
due to snow buildup on your windshield.
This is normal and not a failure because
it is one of our safety features to prevent
vehicle accidents and wiper damage
from overloading the wiper motor. If the
wipers stop, remove snow accumulated
on the top or bottom of windshield
before using them.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing tem
-
peratures without first warming the
windshield with the defrosters; the
OMQ4033496
OMQ4033497
Features of your vehicle
1165
Wipers and washers
washer solution could freeze on the
windshield and obscure your vision.
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor (A) located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wip
-
ing cycle for the proper interval. The
more it rains, the faster the wiper oper
-
ates. When the rain stops, the wiper
stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (B).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON, the wiper will operate once to per
-
form a self-check of the system. Set the
wiper to OFF position when the wiper is
not in use.
WARNING
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON and the windshield wiper switch is
placed in the AUTO mode, use caution in
the following situations to avoid any
injury to the hands or other parts of the
body:
僅 Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain sen
-
sor.
僅 Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
僅 Do not put pressure on the windshield
glass.
CAUTION
僅 When washing your vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to
stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be dam
-
aged if the switch is set in the AUTO
mode while washing your vehicle.
僅 Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the pas
-
senger side windshield glass. Damage
to system parts could occur and may
not be covered by your vehicle war
-
ranty.
僅 When starting your vehicle in winter,
set the wiper switch in the OFF posi
-
tion. Otherwise, wipers may operate
and ice may damage the windshield
wiper blades. Always remove all snow
and ice and defrost the windshield
properly prior to operating the wind
-
shield wipers.
僅 When tinting the windshield, be care
-
ful of any fluid getting into the sensor
located in the top center of the front
windshield. It may damage related
parts.
Operating windshield washers
1. Move the wiper speed control switch
to the OFF position.
2. Pull the lever gently toward you to
spray washer fluid on the windshield
and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. Use
this function when the windshield is
dirty. The spray and wiper operation
OMQ4033498_2
OMQ4033499
117
5
5
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers
will continue until you release the
lever.
If the washer does not work, check the
washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not
sufficient, you will need to add appropri
-
ate non-abrasive windshield washer
fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is in the front of
the engine compartment on the passen
-
ger side.
CAUTION
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing tem
-
peratures without first warming the
windshield with the defrosters; the
washer solution could freeze on the
windshield and obscure your vision.
CAUTION
僅 To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is dry.
僅 To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
僅 To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
僅 To prevent possible damage to the
wipers and washer system, use anti-
freezing washer fluids in the winter or
cold weather.
Operating rear window wiper and
washer switch
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever.
僅 Turn the switch to the desired position
to operate the rear wiper and washer.
僅 HI - Normal wiper operation
僅 LO - Intermittent wiper operation
僅 OFF - Wiper is not in operation
僅 Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers several times.
The spray and wiper operation will con
-
tinue until you release the lever.
When the front wiper is activated and
the gear is switched to R (Reverse) posi
-
tion, the rear wiper will be activated once
to provide better visibility.
OMQ4A033023
OMQ4033500
Features of your vehicle
1185
Welcome system
Welcome system (if equipped)
The welcome system is a function that
displays the surroundings or the interior
when the driver approaches or exits the
vehicle.
Door handle lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and liftgate) are
closed and locked, the door handle lamp
will illuminate for about 15 seconds if
any of the following is performed:
僅 When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
僅 When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed.
僅 When you approach the vehicle with
the smart key in possession.
Headlight escort function
The Headlamps (and/or taillights)
remain on for approximately 5 minutes
after the ignition key is removed or
turned to the ACC or LOCK position. If
the driver's door is opened and closed,
the headlights will turn off after 15 sec
-
onds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on smart key
twice or turning off the light switch from
the headlamp or Auto light position.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and lift
-
gate) are locked and closed, the cabin
lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any
of the following occurs:
僅 With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
If you press the door lock button, the
lights will turn off immediately.
OMQ4033097
119
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior lights
Interior lights
This vehicle is equipped with lights
throughout the vehicle to illuminate the
interior.
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is not
running.
It may cause battery discharge.
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driv
-
ing in the dark. Accidents could happen
because the view may be obscured by
interior lights.
Automatic turn off function
The interior lights automatically turn off
approximately 20 minutes after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
off, if the lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the theft
alarm system, the interior lights auto
-
matically turn off approximately 5 sec
-
onds after the system is armed.
Map lamp
僅 Press the lens (1) to turn ON the map
lamp.
To turn the map lamp OFF press the
lens (1) again.
僅 (2): DOOR mode
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approxi
-
mately 30 seconds.
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30 sec
-
onds when doors are unlocked with
a smart key if the doors are not
opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 min
-
utes if a door is opened with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ACC or OFF position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
go out immediately if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is changed to
the ON position or all doors are
locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press
the DOOR button (2) once again
(not pressed).
僅 (3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps on and off.
NOTICE
The DOOR mode and ROOM mode can
-
not be selected at a time.
Room lamp (if equipped)
OMQ4033437
OMQ4033474
Features of your vehicle
1205
Interior lights
Personal lamp
Press the switch to turn the room lamp
on and off.
Luggage room lamp
僅 : The lamp will always turn on
when the liftgate is opened/closed.
僅 : The lamp is on when the liftgate
is opened, and off when the liftgate is
closed.
僅 : The lamp will always turn off
when the liftgate is opened/closed.
The luggage room lamp turns on when
the liftgate is opened.
CAUTION
The luggage room lamp turns on if the
liftgate is open. To prevent unnecessary
charging system drain, close the liftgate
securely after using the luggage com
-
partment.
Vanity mirror lamp
Push the switch to turn the light on or
off.
僅 : The lamp will turn on if this but
-
ton is pressed.
僅 : The lamp will turn off if this button
is pressed.
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
Always close the lid of the vanity mirror
in the off position when the vanity mirror
lamp is not in use. If the sun visor is
closed without the lamp off, it may dis
-
charge the battery or damage the sun
visor.
OMQ4033442
OMQ4033443
OMQ4033444
121
5
5
Features of your vehicle Climate control system
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp turns on when the
glove box is opened.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary charging sys
-
tem drain, close the glove box securely
after using the glove box.
Climate control system
The climate control system uses cooling
and heating to help maintain a pleasant
environment inside the vehicle.
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
僅 If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
Operation tips
僅 To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculated
air position. Be sure to return the con
-
trol to the fresh air position when the
irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
OMQ4033445
Features of your vehicle
1225
Climate control system
僅 Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn through the grilles just at the
base of the windshield. Care should
be taken that it is not blocked by
leaves, snow, ice or other obstruc
-
tions.
僅 To prevent fog from forming on the
inside of the windshield:
- Set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and the fan speed
to the desired position.
- Turn on the air conditioning system
and adjust the temperature control
to desired temperature.
Air conditioning (A/C)
Kia A/C systems are filled with R-1234yf
refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle. Press the A/C but
-
ton.
2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side-air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem
-
perature control to maintain maxi
-
mum comfort.
CAUTION
僅 The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified tech
-
nicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
僅 The refrigerant system should be ser
-
viced in a well-ventilated place.
僅 The air conditioning evaporator (cool
-
ing coil) should never be repaired or
replaced with one removed from a
used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement Mobile Air Conditioning
(MAC) evaporators should be certified
(and labeled) as meeting SAE Stan
-
dard J2842.
CAUTION
Excessive air conditioning use
When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the temperature gauge closely
while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures are high. A/
C system operation may cause vehicle
overheating. Continue to use the blower
fan but turn off the A/C system if the
temperature gauge indicates vehicle
overheating.
CAUTION
The A/C system should only be used
with the windows and sunroof closed to
prevent condensation inside the vehicle
that may cause damage to electrical
components.
Air conditioning system opera
-
tion tips
僅 If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time to
let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
僅 To help reduce moisture inside the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehi
-
cle by operating the air conditioning
system.
僅 During air conditioning system opera
-
tion, you may occasionally notice a
slight change in vehicle speed as the
air conditioning compressor cycles.
This is normal.
僅 To ensure maximum system perfor
-
mance, the air conditioning system
123
5
5
Features of your vehicle Climate control system
should be run for a few minutes each
month.
僅 When using the air conditioning sys
-
tem, you may notice clear water drip
-
ping (or even puddling) on the ground
under the passenger side of the vehi
-
cle. This is normal.
僅 Operating the A/C system in the recir
-
culated air position provides maxi
-
mum cooling; Continued operation in
this mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
僅 During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid
air intake. This is normal.
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that enter the vehicle
from the outside through the heating
and air conditioning system.
A: Outside air
B: Recirculated air
C: Climate control air filter
D: Blower
E: Evaporator core
F: Heater core
If dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over time, the air flow from the
air vents may decrease. This leads to
moisture accumulating on the inside of
the windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. Have the
climate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅 Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions
such as dusty or rough roads, more
frequent air conditioner filter inspec
-
tions and changes are required.
僅 When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
A/C refrigerant label (if
equipped)
* The A/C refrigerant label in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
Each symbol and specification on the A/
C refrigerant label is represented below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable Refrigerant
6. Requires a registered technician to
service A/C system
The refrigerant label is inside the engine
compartment.
Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page 10-
13 for more detail on the location of air
conditioning refrigerant label.
ONQ5EP041426L
OMQ4PH034073N
Features of your vehicle
1245
Climate control system
Checking the amount of air con
-
ditioner refrigerant and compres
-
sor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also has a nega
-
tive impact on the air conditioning sys
-
tem.
If abnormal operation occurs, have the
system inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's
A/C system are under very high pres
-
sure. If proper service procedures are
not followed, an explosion may result. To
reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY OR
DEATH, the A/C system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified Kia technicians.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is use. Oth
-
erwise damage to the vehicle may occur.
To prevent damage, the air conditioning
system in your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certified Kia
technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with
proper equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and the environment. Failure
to heed these warnings can lead to seri
-
ous injuries.
125
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system
The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a
pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
3rd row seat
1. Fan speed control button
2. Air intake control button
3. Mode selection button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Front windshield defroster button
6. Driver's temperature control button
7. Air conditioning (A/C) button
8. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF but
-
ton (if equipped)
9. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed
control knob (if equipped)
10.SYNC button
11.3rd row Air conditioning (A/C) button
12.Passenger's temperature control but
-
ton
13.AUTO (automatic control) button
14.Using the infotainment/climate
switchable controller
15.Driver only select button
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion could cause the battery to dis
-
charge. Operate the blower when the
engine is running.
OMQ4PH034311N
OMQ4033302
Features of your vehicle
1265
Automatic climate control system
Using the infotainment/climate
switchable controller
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to switch between infotainment
system or climate control panel.
Press and hold the button to select the
default mode for the control panel.
Switching between panels
Infotainment control panel
Climate control panel
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to select the desired control panel.
The selected control panel icon will illu
-
minat and the control panel will be
changed.
僅 The knob display will illuminat accord
-
ing to the selected control panel
mode.
僅 When the vehicle is in the ACC posi
-
tion, only the infotainment system will
be activated.
Setting the default display
Press and hold the button on switchable
controller switchable controller to select
the default mode for the control panel.
僅 After the setting, the control panel will
return to the default mode after a cer
-
tain period even if the control panel is
switched to the different mode.
僅 If the mode is set to 'OFF', the control
panel will display the mode used
recently.
Heating and air conditioning
automatically
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the tempera
-
ture.
OCV041315
OMQ4PH034312N
OMQ4PH034309N
Level Indicator LCD Display Air flow
High 2 ~ 8
OCV041559L
OGL3041303
127
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
2. Turn the temperature control knob to
the desired temperature.
NOTICE
僅 To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The AUTO sign
will appear on the information dis
-
play once again.)
- Fan speed control knob
The selected function will be con
-
trolled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
僅 To improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO button
and set the temperature to 72 °F (22
°C).
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating and
cooling system.
Medium 1 ~ 6
Low 1 ~ 4
Level Indicator LCD Display Air flow
OCV041305L
OMQ4PH034075N
Features of your vehicle
1285
Automatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning manually
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by touching buttons
other than the AUTO button.
The system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
僅Heating:
僅 Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the A/C system on.
Touch the AUTO button to convert to fully automatic control of the system.
OMQ4033301
129
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the ven
-
tilation system.
The air flow outlet ports are switched in
the following sequence:
Face-Level (B, D, H, G)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air dis
-
charged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, H, G)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F, H)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side air vents.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E, F,
H)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters and side air vents.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters
and side air vents.
Instrument panel vents
Front
Center
Rear
You can adjust the direction of air deliv
-
ered from these vents using the vent
control levers as shown.
OCV041301L
OMQ4033303
OMQ4033304
OMQ4033305_2
Features of your vehicle
1305
Automatic climate control system
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to
the right.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to the
left.
When set to the lowest temperature set
-
ting, the air conditioning will operate
continuously.
Adjusting the driver and passen
-
ger side temperature equally
1. Touch the "SYNC" button to adjust the
driver and passenger side tempera
-
ture equally.
The passenger side temperature will
be set to the same temperature as the
driver side temperature.
2. Turn the driver side temperature con
-
trol knob. The driver and passenger
side temperature will be adjusted
equally.
3. If you turn the passenger's tempera
-
ture control knob, the SYNC button
will turn off and the passenger side
temperature can be operated individ
-
ually.
Adjusting the driver and passen
-
ger side temperature individually
Touch the "SYNC" button again to adjust
the driver and passenger side tempera
-
ture individually. The button indicator
will turn off.
Changing temperature scale
You can switch the temperature mode
from Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol
-
lows:
僅 While pressing the OFF button, press
the AUTO button for 3 seconds or
more.
The display will change from Centigrade
to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade. If the battery has been dis
-
charged or disconnected, the tempera
-
ture mode display will reset to
Centigrade.
Controlling air intake
This is used to select the outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position:
僅 Touch the desired control button.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air posi
-
tion selected, air from the pas
-
senger compartment will be
drawn through the heating sys
-
tem and heated or cooled according to
the function selected.
OCV041305L
OCV041307L
OMQ4PH033304L
131
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air posi
-
tion selected, air enters the
vehicle from outside and is
heated or cooled according to
the function selected.
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by operating the fan speed con
-
trol button.
To change the fan speed:
僅 Touch right button for higher speed
or the left button for lower speed.
To turn the fan speed control off:
僅 Press the temperature control knob of
driver side.
Air conditioning (A/C)
僅 Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator light
will appear).
僅 Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
Turning off the front air climate
control
僅 Press the temperature control knob of
driver side to turn off the air climate
control system.
You can still operate the mode and air
intake buttons if the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the ON position.
Clean Air (if equipped)
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ON position, the clean air func
-
tion turns on automatically.
The clean air function turns off automat
-
ically, when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the OFF position.
3rd Row Air Conditioning (if
equipped)
To turn on the 3rd row air conditioning
control system:
1. You can operate the 3rd row air con
-
ditioning system from the front row
control panel. Changing the front
row's fan speed by touching the con
-
trol button will automatically change
the third row's fan speed as well.
When the front row air conditioning
has been turned off and you want to
stop the A/C in the third row, press
OCV041306L
OCV041303L
OCV041308L
OMQ4033307_2
Features of your vehicle
1325
Automatic climate control system
the 3rd row air conditioning select
button one more time. Then, the third
row's A/C will also turn off.
2. The 3rd row A/C system can be sepa
-
rately controlled by the control but
-
tons in the 3rd row. When the A/C is
ON or OFF, the 3rd row A/C control
button in the front row will turn ON or
OFF, informing the front occupants
about the third row’s A/C status.
3. The fan speed of the 3rd row air con
-
ditioning can also be separately con
-
trolled by turning the fan speed
control knob.
A/C Automatic Drying (if
equipped)
A/C Automatic Drying feature dries the
moisture in the air conditioner and
reduces air conditioner odor. The blower
motor automatically operates for 30
minutes after the vehicle is turned off.
Turning A/C Automatic Drying
On or Off
The A/C Automatic Drying feature can
be turned on and off by selecting
Setup
→
Climate
→
Climate Features
→
A/C
Automatic Drying
from the infotain
-
ment system.
If the operating condition is satisfied, a
message
Air Conditioning Automatic
Drying will start in 30 minutes
and be
displayed on the infotainment/climate
switchable controller screen. The blower
motor will automatically operate on
schedule.
When the A/C Automatic Drying feature
is activated, the air conditioner sets the
fan speed to the third level, selects Fresh
mode, and directs the air flow to the
vent.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Operating Conditions
The A/C Automatic Drying feature oper
-
ates under the following conditions:
僅 The vehicle is turned off after operat
-
ing the air conditioner for a certain
period
僅 The 12-volt battery level is sufficient
僅 The outside temperature is above a
certain level
Non-Operating Conditions
The A/C Automatic Drying feature stops
operating under the following condi
-
tions:
僅 The A/C Automatic Drying feature has
operated for 3 minutes
僅 The ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, or the vehicle is ON
僅 The climate control system is oper
-
ated remotely
NOTICE
僅 The A/C Automatic Drying feature
reduces air conditioner odors but may
not remove all odors.
僅 The A/C Automatic Drying feature
does not operate if the remaining bat
-
tery level is insufficient to prevent bat
-
tery discharge.
133
5
5
Features of your vehicle Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
Scheduled Ventilation Control
The Scheduled Ventilation Control
releases hot air in the vehicle to lower
cabin temperature before getting in the
vehicle.
Depending on the outside ambient tem
-
perature, the blower is operated for 5 to
15 minutes while the vehicle is parked.
Turning Schedule Ventilation
Control On or Off
The Schedule Ventilation Control can be
turned on and off by selecting
Setup
→
Vehicle Settings
→
Automatic Ventila
-
tion
→
Scheduled Ventilation
from the
infotainment system screen. Also, the
starting time can be set within 24 hours.
Schedule Ventilation Control operates
only once when the feature is set.
Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging
If the windshield is covered with frost or
moisture, visibility can be blurred.
Remove the frost and moisture.
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
the windshield could cause the outer
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. Set the mode
selection to the position and fan
speed control to the lower speed.
僅 For maximum defrosting, set the tem
-
perature control to the extreme right/
hot position and the fan speed control
to the highest speed.
僅 If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
僅 Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window,
outside rear-view mirrors, and all side
windows.
僅 Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grille to
improve heater and defroster effi
-
ciency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the wind
-
shield.
Features of your vehicle
1345
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
Defogging inside windshield with
automatic climate control
1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi
-
tion.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically, and the air
conditioning will turn on according to
the detected ambient temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automati
-
cally, adjust the corresponding button
manually. If the position is
selected, the lower fan speed is adjusted
to a higher fan speed.
Defrosting outside windshield
with automatic climate control
1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi
-
tion.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically, and the air
conditioning will turn on according to
the detected ambient temperature.
Auto Defogging System (ADS)
Auto defogging helps reduce the possi
-
bility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on the inside windshield.
The ADS operates when the heater
or air conditioning is on.
When the ADS is operating, the
indicator will appear.
If high humidity is detected in the vehi
-
cle, the ADS will be enabled.
OMQ4PH033305L_4
OMQ4PH033306L_4
OSG2H041461
135
5
5
Features of your vehicle Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
1. The A/C button will turn ON.
2. The air intake control will change to
Fresh mode under low outside tem
-
perature.
3. The mode will change to defrost to
direct airflow to the windshield.
4. The fan speed will be increased.
To cancel or reset the ADS:
Press the front windshield defroster but
-
ton for 3 seconds when ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the ON position.
When the ADS is canceled, the defrost
button indicator will blink 3 times.
When the auto defogging system is
reset, the defrost button indicator will
blink 6 times.
NOTICE
僅 If you try to turn off the air condition
-
ing when the ADS is on, the indicator
will blink 3 times and the air condi
-
tioning will not be turned off.
僅 To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the auto defogging sys
-
tem, do not select Recirculation mode
while the system is operating.
僅 When the ADS is operating, the fan
speed adjustment knob, temperature
adjustment knob and air intake con
-
trol button are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the upper end of the driver side wind
-
shield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your war
-
ranty.
Defroster
The vehicle is equipped with a defroster
for removing frost or fog from the rear
window.
CAUTION
Conductors
To prevent damage to the conductors
bonded to the inside surface of the rear
window, never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
To defrost and defog the front wind
-
shield, refer to "Windshield Defrosting
and Defogging" on page 5-133.
Operating Rear Window
Defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
rear window while the engine is on.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
To activate the rear window defroster:
僅 Press the rear window defroster but
-
ton located in the heater control
panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button appears when the
defroster is ON.
The rear window defroster automati
-
cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned off.
OCV041310L
Features of your vehicle
1365
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
To turn off the defroster:
僅 Press the rear window defroster but
-
ton again.
Outside Mirror Defroster (if
equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with outside
mirror defrosters, they will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear window
defroster.
Defogging Logic (if equipped)
To reduce the possibility of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning is controlled
automatically according to certain con
-
ditions such as or position.
To cancel automatic defogging logic or
return to the automatic defogging logic,
do the following.
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on automatic cli
-
mate control system
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the A/C button, press
the air intake control button at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times in 0.5 second intervals. It indi
-
cates that the defogging logic is can
-
celed or returned to the programmed
status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defogging
logic status.
OMQ4033526L
137
5
5
Features of your vehicle Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the driver
or passengers.
僅 To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compart
-
ment.
僅 Always keep the storage compart
-
ment covers closed while driving. Do
not attempt to place so many items in
the storage compartment that it can
-
not close securely.
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store propane cylinders or other
flammable/explosive materials in the
vehicle. These items may catch fire and/
or explode if the vehicle is exposed to
hot temperatures for extended periods.
Center Console Storage
To open the center console storage:
僅 Pull up the lever.
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open the glove box:
僅 Pull the handle and the glove box will
automatically open (2).
Close the glove box after use.
WARNING
Glove box
To reduce the risk of injury in an acci
-
dent or sudden stop, always keep the
glove box cover closed while driving.
CAUTION
Do not keep food in the glove box for a
long time.
NOTICE
If the temperature control switch is in
the warm or hot position, warm or hot air
will flow into the glove box.
OMQ4033415
OMQ4033416_2
Features of your vehicle
1385
Interior Features
Interior Features
There are various features inside the
vehicle for the convenience of the occu
-
pants.
Ambient light (if equipped)
The ambient lights are applied to the
front passenger's crash pad and front
door.
When the headlamp light is on, the
ambient light is on at the same time
could be set in the infotainment menu.
Refer to the infotainment manual for
details.
Cup Holder
Front
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
WARNING
Hot Liquids
Do not place uncovered cups with hot
liquid in the cup holders while the vehi
-
cle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. A burn to the
driver could lead to loss of control of the
vehicle.
OMQ4033438
OMQ4033439
OMQ4033440
OMQ4033441
OMQ4033418L
OMQ4033419
OMQ4033420
139
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior Features
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot vehi
-
cle. They could explode.
CAUTION
僅 Keep your drinks sealed while driving
to prevent spillage. If liquid spills, it
may get into the vehicle's electrical/
electronic system and damage electri
-
cal/electronic parts.
僅 When cleaning spilled liquids, do not
use heat to dry the cup holders. This
may damage the cup holder.
Seat Warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats in cold weather.
Front seat
Rear seat
With ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ON position:
僅 Push either of the levers/switch to
warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the levers/switch in
the "OFF" position.
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned on.
Temperature Control (Manual)
僅 Each time you press the levers/switch,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows:
-Front seat
-Rear seat
Temperature Control (Automatic)
The seat warmer automatically controls
the seat temperature in order to prevent
low-temperature burns after being man
-
ually turned ON.
You may manually press the button to
increase the seat temperature. However,
it will soon returns to automatic mode.
僅 When pressing the levers/switch for
more than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
NOTICE
When the seat warmer levers/switch are
in the ON position, the heating system in
OMQ4033431
OMQ4033432
Features of your vehicle
1405
Interior Features
the seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
CAUTION
僅 When cleaning the seats, do not use
an organic solvent such as paint thin
-
ner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline. It
may damage the surface of the
warmer or seats.
僅 To prevent overheating the seat
warmer, do not place anything on the
seats that insulate against heat, such
as blankets, cushions or seat covers
while the seat warmer is in operation.
僅 Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on seats equipped with seat warmers.
Damage to the seat warming compo
-
nents could occur.
僅 Do not change the seat cover. It may
damage the seat warmer or air venti
-
lation system.
WARNING
Seat Warmer Burns
Passengers should use extreme caution
when using seat warmers due to the
possibility of excess heating causing
burns. The seat warmer may cause
burns even at low temperatures, espe
-
cially if used for long periods of time.
The driver must exercise extreme care
for the following types of passengers:
1. Infants, children, elderly, disabled per
-
sons, or hospital outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin or those
that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness
(sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)
Air ventilation Seat (if equipped)
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the levers position.
僅 To ventilate your seat cushion, push
the levers.
Each time you push the levers, the air
-
flow will change as follows:
The seat warmer (with air ventilation)
defaults to the OFF position whenever
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned ON.
NOTICE
This function is designed to automati
-
cally change the temperature setting of
the seat (High → Low) to maintain maxi
-
mum comfort inside in case the engine
is stopped by ISG (Idle Stop and Go) sys
-
tem (if equipped).
CAUTION
Seat Damage
僅 When cleaning the seats, do not use
an organic solvent such as paint thin
-
ner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline. It
may damage the air ventilation seat.
僅 Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on the seat. Those things may dam
-
age the air ventilation seat.
僅 Be careful not to spill liquid on the
seat. If you spill liquid, wipe the seat
OMQ4033431
141
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior Features
with a dry towel completely before
using the air ventilation seat.
Sun Visor
Use the sun visor to block direct light
through the front or side windows.
僅 To use the sun visor, pull it downward.
僅 To use the sun visor for the side win
-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the side
(2). You can slide the sun visor if nec
-
essary (3).
僅 To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the visor and slide the mirror cover
(4).
Press the ON button ( ) to turn on
the lamp inside the sun visor when
using the mirror. Before returning the
sun visor to the original position, be
sure to press the OFF button ( ) to
turn it off.
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket.
WARNING
Do not block your view when using the
sun visor.
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket
holder at the same time. This could
cause damage to the ticket holder.
USB Charger (if equipped)
The USB charger recharges small electri
-
cal devices using a USB cable.
Instrumental Panel
Cargo (if equipped)
Plug the cable into the USB port, and
charging will begin.
The USB car charger is available with
either the ACC or the ignition on. We rec
-
ommend you connect the USB port and
digital devices with the engine running.
See the display screen of the device to
check its charging process completion.
Your smartphone or tablet could heat up
while charging. This doesn't impact life
or functions of the device. For safety,
charging can be stopped if the battery
gets heated up to a certain point of tem
-
perature that the devices can be nega
-
tively affected. Charging some digital
devices is not available or requires spe
-
cial dedicated adapters if their charging
methods don't fit the USB car charger.
Quick Charge 3.0 is available on a
smartphone or tablet equipped with fast
charging capabilities. The applicable is
as follows: (https://www.qualcomm.com/
documents/quick-charge-device-list)
OMQ4033422
OMQ4A033046MX
OMQ4033429
Features of your vehicle
1425
Interior Features
The smartphone or tablet without fast
charging is charged at a regular speed.
INFORMATION
僅 Power Delivery 3.0 is available on a
smartphone or the tablets equipped
with fast charging capabilities. It is
applicable to digital devices with USB
C-type. Charging speed is determined
according to the charging specifica
-
tion of the connected digital device.
僅 Rated output: 9.0V/Max 3.0A
CAUTION
僅 Use the USB car charger with the igni
-
tion on. The battery can discharg.
僅 Use the official USB cable of the man
-
ufacturer of the digital device to be
charged.
僅 Make sure that any foreign object or
liquid, do not contact the USB car
charger. Water or a foreign object can
damage the USB charger.
僅 Do not connect an electrical device
that generates excessive electromag
-
netic noise to the USB car port. Vehi
-
cle electronic devices can be
interrupted while audio or AV is on.
僅 If the charger is connected incorrectly,
it can cause serious damage on the
devices. Please note that damages
due to incorrect usage are not cov
-
ered by your warranty.
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile phones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems or other devices that
are compatible with the power outlet
and vehicle electrical system.
2nd row
3rd row
The devices should draw less than 15
amps with the vehicle ON.
NOTICE
僅 Use the power outlet only when the
vehicle is on and remove the acces
-
sory plug after use. Using the acces
-
sory plug for prolonged periods of
time with the vehicle off could cause
the battery to discharge.
僅 Only use 12 V electric accessories
which are less than 15 A in electric
capacity.
僅 Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to
the lowest level when using the power
outlet.
僅 Close the cover when not in use.
僅 Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle's power outlet. These
OMQ4033423
OMQ4033424
143
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior Features
devices may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in other elec
-
tronic systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
僅 Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat and the fuse may open.
僅 Plug in battery equipped electronic
devices with reverse current protec
-
tion. The current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electrical/elec
-
tronic system and cause system mal
-
function.
WARNING
Electric Shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign object
(pen, etc.) into a power outlet and do not
touch it with a wet hand. You may get an
electric shock.
CAUTION
Do not connect another vehicle's Tire
Mobility Kit (TMK) to the power outlet.
The unmatched power requirement
between the vehicle power outlet and
the TMK can cause fire or circuit dam
-
age within the vehicle and the TMK.
AC Inverter (if equipped)
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W
electric power to operate electric acces
-
sories or equipment.
僅 Rated Voltage: AC 115V
僅 Maximum electric power: 150W
僅 To avoid an electrical system failure,
electric shock, etc., be sure to read the
vehicle's owner manual before use.
僅 Be sure to close the cover except
when in use.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries:
僅 Do not use a heated electric device
such as a coffee pot, toaster, heater,
iron, etc.
僅 Do not insert foreign objects into the
outlet and do not touch the outlet to
avoid a shock.
NOTICE
僅 To prevent the battery from discharg
-
ing, do not use the AC inverter when
the engine is not running.
僅 After using an electric accessory or
equipment, pull out the plug. Leaving
the accessory or equipment plugged
in for a long time may cause battery
discharge.
僅Do not use an electric accessory or
equipment that has a power con
-
sumption that is greater than 150W
(115V).
僅 Some electric accessories or equip
-
ment can cause electronic interfer
-
ence. It may cause excessive noise
and malfunction of other electric sys
-
tems or devices.
僅 Do not use broken electric accessories
or equipment. They may damage the
AC inverter and electrical systems of
the vehicle.
僅 Do not use two or more electric acces
-
sories or pieces ofequipment at the
same time. This may cause damage to
the electrical systems.
OMQ4A033032
Features of your vehicle
1445
Interior Features
僅 When the input voltage is lower, outlet
LED will blink and the AC inverter will
turn off automatically. When the input
voltage returns to normal, the AC
inverter will turn on.
Wireless Smart Phone Charging
System (if equipped)
A wireless smart phone charging system
is in the front of the center console.
[A]: Indicator, [B]: Charging pad
Firmly close all doors, and make sure to
press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
To start wireless charging, place the
smart phone equipped with wireless
charging function on the wireless
charging pad.
For best wireless charging results, place
the smart phone on the center of the
charging pad.
The wireless charging system is
designed for one smartphone equipped
with QI ( ) only. Please refer to the
smartphone accessory cover or the
smartphone manufacturer’s homepage
to check whether your smart phone sup
-
ports QI ( ) function.
WARNING
If any metallic object, such as a coin, is
located between the wireless charging
system and the smart phone, the
charging may be disrupted. Metallic
objects may heat up.
Wireless Smart Phone Charging
1. Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a smart
phone, the wireless charging function
may not operate properly.
2. Place the smart-phone in the center
of the wireless charging pad.
3. The indicator light will change to
orange when the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is com
-
plete, the orange light will change to
green.
4. You can choose to turn the wireless
charging function ON or OFF through
the infotainment system.
If the wireless charging does not work,
gently move your smart phone around
the pad until the charging indicator light
turns yellow. Depending on the smart
phone, the charging indicator light may
not turn green even after the charging is
complete.
If the wireless charging is not function
-
ing properly, the orange light will blink
and flash for ten seconds and then turn
off. Remove the smart phone from the
pad and replace it on the pad or double
check the charging status.
If you leave the smart phone on the
charging pad when the vehicle ignition is
in OFF, the vehicle will alert you through
warning messages and sound (applica
-
ble for no voice guidance heard. Only
alert seen on Instrument cluster) after
the 'Good bye' function on the instru
-
ment cluster ends.
For some manufacturers' smart phones,
the system may not warn you even
though the smart phone is left on the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the
characteristic of the smart phone and is
OMQ4A033016
145
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior Features
not a malfunction of the wireless
charging system.
WARNING
Distracted Driving
Driving while distracted can result in a
loss of vehicle control that may lead to
an accident, severe bodily injury or
death. The driver's primary responsibility
is in the safe and legal operation of a
vehicle. Any use of handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems that
take the driver's eyes, attention, and
focus away from the safe operation of a
vehicle are not permissible by law. These
should never be used during the opera
-
tion of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Liquid in Wireless Charging System
To prevent liquid from damaging the
wireless smart phone charging system,
be sure not to spill liquid over the
charging system.
CAUTION
Metal in Wireless Charging System
If any metallic object such as a coin is
located between the wireless charging
system and the smartphone, charging
may be disrupted. The metallic object
may heat up and potentially damage the
charging system. If there is any metallic
object between the smart phone and the
charging pad, immediately remove the
smart phone. Remove the metallic object
after it has cooled.
CAUTION
僅 When the interior temperature of the
wireless charging system rises above
a pre-set temperature, the wireless
charging will cease to function. After
the interior temperature drops below
the threshold, the wireless charging
function will resume.
僅 Wireless charging may not function
properly when there is a heavy acces
-
sory cover on the smart phone.
僅 Wireless charging will stop when
using the wireless smart key search
function to prevent radio wave disrup
-
tion.
僅 Wireless charging will stop when the
smart key is moved out of the vehicle
with the vehicle engine ON.
僅 Wireless charging will stop when any
of the doors are opened (applicable
for vehicles equipped with smart
keys).
僅 Wireless charging will stop when the
vehicle is turned OFF.
僅 Wireless charging will stop when the
smart phone is not in complete con
-
tact with the wireless charging pad.
僅 Items equipped with magnetic com
-
ponents such as a credit card, tele
-
phone card, bankbook, transportation
ticket, etc. may become damaged
during wireless charging.
僅 Place the smart-phone in the center
of the charge pad for best results. The
smart phone may not charge when
placed near the rim of the charging
pad. When the smart-phone is
charged, it may heat up excessively.
僅 For smart-phone without built-in wire
-
less charging system, an appropriate
accessory must be used.
Features of your vehicle
1465
Interior Features
僅 Certain smart phones may display
messages on weak current. This is
due to the characteristics of that
smart-phone, and is not a malfunction
of the wireless charging system.
僅 The indicator light of some manufac
-
turers' smart phones may still be
orange after the smart phone is fully
charged. This is due to the character
-
istic of the smart phone and not a
malfunction of the wireless charging
system.
僅When any smart phone without a
wireless charging function or a metal
-
lic object is placed on the charging
pad, a noise may be heard. This noise
is due to the vehicle discerning com
-
patibility of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect your
vehicle or the smart phone in any
way.
僅 The wireless mobile phone charging
system may not support certain
mobile phones that, are not verified
for the Qi specification ( ).
僅 When placing your smart phone on
the charging pad, position the phone
in the middle of the pad for maximum
efficiency.
If your smart phone is off to the side,
the charging speed may decrease and
your smart-phone may heat up.
僅 When charging some smart phones
with a self-protection feature, the
wireless charging speed may
decrease, and the charging may stop.
僅 A smart phone that supports wireless
charging can only be charged wire
-
lessly.
僅 The wireless charging pad has an
internal cooling system which can cre
-
ate noise to keep your phone cool
while it charges.
This Device Complies with Part 15
of the FCC Rules
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Coat Hook
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab han
-
dle.
* This actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
CAUTION
Hanging Clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since they
may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such as hang
-
ers or hard objects. Do not put heavy,
sharp or breakable objects in clothing
pockets. In an accident or when the cur
-
tain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehi
-
cle damage or injury.
OMQ4033434
147
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior Features
Side Curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the knob (1).
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of the
hook.
NOTICE
僅 Always hang both sides of the curtain
on the hook. This could cause damage
to the side curtain if only one side of
the curtains is hooked.
僅 Do not let any foreign materials get
between the door trim and side cur
-
tain. The side curtain may not lift up.
Floor Mat Anchors (if equipped)
When using a floor mat on the front floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor
mat anchors in your vehicle. This keeps
the floor mat from sliding forward.
WARNING
僅 After market Floor Mat
- Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that cannot be securely
attached to the vehicle's floor mat
anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere
with pedal operation.
僅 Use floor mats that are designed to be
properly secured on the floor, and not
too thick, to avoid interference with
pedals. Make sure to remove the plas
-
tic film before installing the floor mats.
It may damage or break the floor mat
fixed rings, resulting in unsecured
mats.
For a driver, an unsecured mat may
cause unintended acceleration/brak
-
ing. Ensure to remove all the plastic
film on the carpets before installing
the mats.
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat in your vehicle.
僅 Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's floor
mat anchor(s) before driving the vehi
-
cle.
OMQ4033435
OMQ4033436
OMQ4033524L
Features of your vehicle
1485
Interior Features
僅 Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
僅 Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g., an all-weather rubber
mat on top of a carpeted floor mat).
Only a single floor mat should be
installed in each position.
Luggage Net Holder
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the 4 holders located
in the cargo area to attach the luggage
net (if equipped), or you can fold the
luggage net in half and attach it by using
the additional 2 holders located on each
side.
If necessary, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to cargo or the vehi
-
cle, be careful when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage compart
-
ment.
WARNING
DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net
and ALWAYS keep your face and body
out of the luggage net's recoil path. Fail
-
ure to comply with these instructions
may result in severe facial injuries. DO
NOT use the luggage net when the strap
has visible signs of wear or damage.
Luggage Board (cover)
The tools are located beneath the lug
-
gage board for easy access.
1. Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
2. Fold the rear part of luggage board
frontward.
3. Lift the luggage board upward.
Luggage Tray
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector
triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in the tray
for easy access.
Front Tray
OMQ4033449_2
OMQ4040476L
OMQ4033516L
149
5
5
Features of your vehicle Exterior Features
僅 Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
Luggage Side Tray
The luggage side tray can be used for
storing small items.
僅 To open the cover, pull up the handle
and lift the cover.
Exterior Features
Roof Rack (if equipped)
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
* The actual shape may differ from the
illustration.
Crossbars and attachment components
needed to install the roof rack on your
vehicle may be obtained from an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅 The crossbars (if equipped) should be
placed in the proper load carrying
positions prior to placing items onto
the roof rack.
僅 If the vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, be sure not to position cargo
onto the roof rack in such a way that it
could interfere with sunroof opera
-
tion.
僅 If wind noise is heard when the roof
rack is not being used to carry cargo,
the crossbars may need to be reposi
-
tioned.
CAUTION
僅 When carrying cargo on the roof rack,
en-sure the cargo does not damage
the roof of the vehicle.
僅 When carrying large objects on the
roof rack, make sure they do not
exceed the overall roof length or
width.
OMQ4033514L
OMQ4033450
Features of your vehicle
1505
Infotainment System
僅 When you are carrying cargo on the
roof rack, do not operate the sunroof.
(if equipped)
WARNING
僅 The following specification is the max
-
imum weight that can be loaded onto
the roof rack. Distribute the load as
evenly as possible across the cross
-
bars (if equipped) and roof rack and
secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage more than
the specified weight limit on the roof
rack may damage your vehicle.
僅 The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded onto
the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts,
braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneu
-
vers or high speeds that may result in
loss of control or rollover, resulting in
an accident.
僅 Always drive slowly and turn corners
carefully when carrying items on the
roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
caused by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden upward
pressure on items loaded on the roof
rack. This is especially true when car
-
rying large, flat items such as wood
panels or mattresses. This could
cause the items to fall off roof rack
and damage your vehicle or others
around you.
僅 To prevent damage or loss of cargo,
FREQUENTLY check to ensure the
cargo is securely fastened to the roof
rack.
Infotainment System
Using the infotainment/climate
switchable controller
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to switch between infotainment
system or climate control panel.
Press and hold the button to select the
default mode for the control panel.
Switching between panels
Infotainment control panel
Climate control panel
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to select the desired control panel.
The selected control panel icon will
appear and the control panel will be
changed.
僅 The knob display will be illuminated
according to the selected control
panel mode.
ROOF LOAD
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
OCV041315
OCV041316
OMQ4PH034309N
151
5
5
Features of your vehicle Infotainment System
僅 When the vehicle is in the ACC posi
-
tion, only the infotainment system will
be activated.
Setting the default display
Press and hold the button on switchable
controller to select the default mode for
the control panel.
僅 After the setting, the control panel will
return to the default mode after a cer
-
tain period even if the control panel is
switched to the different mode.
僅 If the mode is set to 'OFF', the control
panel will display the mode used
recently.
Over-The-Air (OTA) Software
Update (if equipped)
The OTA software update feature allows
you to wirelessly update software to the
latest version. Using this feature will,
keep your vehicle system up to date with
the latest software.
Downloading Software
The latest software can be downloaded
automatically while driving. After the lat
-
est software has been successfully
downloaded, you will receive a notifica
-
tion on your phone or the vehicle screen
that the software update is ready to
install.
Approving Software Update
1 Update Now
2 Later
After the vehicle is turned off, the vehicle
system will allow you to start the update.
僅 To start the update, press
Update
Now
(1).
僅 To postpone the update, press
Later
(2).
Preparing software update
1 Update Now
2 Cancel Update
If you press the Start button on the
screen, the vehicle will begin installing
the update automatically. The following
conditions must be satisfied:
僅 The vehicle must be off.
僅 The gear must be in P (Park).
僅 EPB must be applied.
僅 The exterior lights must be turned off.
僅 The hood must be closed.
僅 The battery must be sufficient.
僅 The systems to be updated must not
be running.
僅 To update immediately, press
Update
Now
.
OCV041559L
OMV033114N
OMV033115N
Features of your vehicle
1525
Infotainment System
僅 To cancel the update, press
Cancel
Update
.
INFORMATION
The battery and system status are auto
-
matically checked by the vehicle.
Updating Software
1 Details
2 Close
You can see the progress of the update
on the screen.
After the update is complete, you will
receive a notification on your phone or
the vehicle screen that the software
update is complete.
INFORMATION
僅 The screen turns off automatically
after 3 minutes to save battery life. If
the screen turns off automatically,
you can check the update progress by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
僅 After the update starts, you can exit
the vehicle.
僅 The OTA software update feature is
only available for Kia Connect service
users.
僅 The update details may vary depend
-
ing on the installed software version.
僅 Check for notice of the OTA software
update on the Kia website.
僅 If the update fails, the update recov
-
ery will automatically proceed. If you
want to retry the software update,
even after a successful recovery, con
-
tact an authorized Kia call center.
僅 If the update or recovery fails, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 After the update is complete, it may
provide new functions or improve
-
ments. For more information, see
"Over-The-Air Software Update" page
on the Kia webpage, scan the QR
code on the infotainment screen or
refer to the user manual in the
Cus
-
tomer Center
→
Download Center
.
NOTICE
僅 Observe the following restrictions
during the update.
- You cannot use the vehicle during
the update. Be sure to have enough
time for the update, and safely park
the vehicle before starting the
update process.
- You cannot use remote features,
including remote start.
- The vehicle cannot be charged.
Charge your vehicle after complet
-
ing the update.
- The Rear Occupant Alert may not
work. Visually check if there are any
occupant in the rear seat after the
update starts.
- If the digital key function is
included in the update history, the
door lock/unlock function through
digital key or fingerprint authenti
-
cation may not work. Check the
notice and use the smart key but
-
ton to lock or unlock the door if the
digital key function is updated.
僅 The update will automatically cancel if
any vehicle conditions required for
the update are changed before start
-
ing the update.
OMQ4A034120N
153
5
5
Features of your vehicle Infotainment System
僅 Once the update has started, you can
-
not cancel the update.
僅 You cannot use the OTA software
update feature if you modify or
replace any vehicle software.
僅 Do not open the hood or replace the
battery in the vehicle during the
update. The update may fail.
僅 Note that the high-voltage-related
module for charging the 12 V battery
may activate during the software
update.
僅 If a diagnostic tool of any kind is con
-
nected to the vehicle On-board Diag
-
nostic (OBD) terminal, the vehicle
cannot be updated. The vehicle can
be updated by removing the diagnos
-
tic tool connected to the OBD terminal
and then restarting the vehicle.
僅 If the update is not completed suc
-
cessfully, contact authorized call cen
-
ter.
僅 Reception must be identified to safely
install any downloaded software.
僅 Signal strength, must be strong
(above -82 dBm) to safely install any
downloaded software.
Audio System
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket High Inten
-
sity Discharge (HID) headlight, your
vehicle's audio and electronic device
may malfunction.
* If your vehicle is equipped with an Info
-
tainment system, refer to the sepa
-
rately supplied manual for detailed
information.
Shark-fin Antenna
The shark fin antenna transmits and
receives wireless signals such as AM/FM,
Sirius XM, Global Navigation Satellite
System (GNSS), etc.
* The signals for which antenna can
transmit and receive vary by the vehi
-
cle options.
USB Port
Use the USB port to plug in a USB.
CAUTION
Depending on the size, length, or shape
of the USB stick, if you forcibly close the
tray cover, the USB device may be dam
-
aged, deformed or the cover may not
reopen.
If the USB stick is stuck, forcibly opening
the cover can also cause damage to the
device.
If the USB stick does not fit, do not close
the cover. Try another USB stick with dif
-
ferent specifications.
OMQ4033452
OMQ4A033046MX
Features of your vehicle
1545
Infotainment System
How Vehicle Radio Works
FM Reception
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast
from transmitter towers located around
your city. They are intercepted by the
radio antenna on your vehicle. This sig
-
nal is then processed by the radio and
sent to your vehicle speakers.
In some cases, the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as the
distance from the radio station, close
-
ness of other strong radio stations or the
presence of buildings, bridges or other
large obstructions in the area.
AM Reception
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
This is because AM radio waves are
transmitted at low frequencies. These
long distances, low frequency radio
waves can follow the curvature of the
earth rather than traveling straight. In
addition, they curve around obstructions
resulting in better signal coverage.
FM Radio Station
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow
the earth's surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade
within short distances from the station.
FM signals are easily affected by build
-
ings, mountains, and obstructions. This
can lead to undesirable or unpleasant
listening conditions which might lead
you to believe a problem exists with your
radio.
The following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble:
僅 Fading - As your vehicle moves away
from the radio station, the signal will
weaken and sound will begin to fade.
When this occurs, select another sta
-
tion with a stronger signal.
OGL3061067L
OGL3061070L
OGL3061069L
155
5
5
Features of your vehicle Infotainment System
僅 Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the trans
-
mitter and your radio can disturb the
signal causing static or fluttering
noises to occur. Reducing the treble
level may lessen this effect until the
disturbance clears.
僅 Station Swapping - As an FM signal
weakens, a more powerful signal near
the same frequency may begin to
play. This is because your radio is
designed to lock onto the clearest sig
-
nal. If this occurs, select another sta
-
tion with a stronger signal.
僅 Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig
-
nals being received from several
directions can cause distortion or flut
-
tering. This can be caused by a direct
and reflected signal from the same
station, or by signals from two sta
-
tions with close frequencies. If this
occurs, select another station until the
condition has passed.
Using a mobile Phone or a Two
Way Radio
When a mobile phone is used inside the
vehicle, noise may be produced from the
audio system. This does not mean that
something is wrong with the audio
equipment. Operate mobile devices as
far from the audio equipment as possi
-
ble.
When using a communication system
such as a mobile phone or a radio set
inside the vehicle, a separate external
antenna must be affixed. When a mobile
phone or a radio set is used with only the
internal antenna, it may interfere with
the vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect the safe operation of
the vehicle.
WARNING
Mobile phone use
Do not use a mobile phone while driving.
Stop at a safe location to use a mobile
phone.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in a
loss of control that may lead to an acci
-
dent, severe bodily injury, or death. The
driver's primary responsibility is in the
safe and legal operation of a vehicle.
Any use of handheld devices, other
equipment, or vehicle systems that take
the driver's eyes, attention, and focus
away from the safe operation of a vehi
-
cle are not permissible by law. These
OGL3061071L
OGL3061068L
Features of your vehicle
1565
Declaration of Conformity
should never be used during the opera
-
tion of the vehicle.
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protec
-
tion against harmful interference in a
residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause
harmful interference to radio or televi
-
sion reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the fol
-
lowing measures:
僅 Reorient or relocate the receiving
antenna.
僅 Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
僅 Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
僅 Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
CAUTION
Any changes or modifications to this
device that is not explicitly approved by
the manufacturer could void your
authority to operate this equipment.
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
157
5
5
Features of your vehicle Declaration of Conformity
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with a minimum of 8 in (20
cm) between the radiator and your
body. This transmitter must not be collo
-
cated or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter unless
authorized to do so by the FCC.
6Driving your vehicle
Driv ing your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.................................6-3
Before driving ................................................................................6-3
ENGINE START/STOP button ......................................................6-5
僅 Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button............................................. 6-5
僅 ENGINE START/STOP button position ................................................... 6-5
僅 Starting the engine.......................................................................................... 6-7
Automatic transmission (Dial Shift By Wire) (SBW)) ................6-9
僅 Automatic transmission operation ........................................................... 6-9
僅 Transmission position ..................................................................................6-10
僅 Good driving practices ................................................................................ 6-14
僅 Paddle shifter................................................................................................... 6-15
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system .................................................. 6-16
僅 AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE) ........................................................................ 6-17
僅 For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) operation.......................................... 6-19
Brake system................................................................................6-24
僅 Power brakes ...................................................................................................6-24
僅 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)................................................................6-26
僅 AUTO HOLD .................................................................................................... 6-30
僅 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................................................................6-32
僅 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system............................................6-33
僅 Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ..................................................................6-36
僅 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ..................................................................6-38
僅 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system....................................6-38
僅 Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system.......................................................6-39
僅 Brake Assist System (BAS).........................................................................6-39
僅 Good braking practices...............................................................................6-39
Vehicle Auto Shut-off system.................................................... 6-41
僅 Requirements for activation...................................................................... 6-41
僅 Resetting the time.......................................................................................... 6-41
僅 Canceling the Vehicle Auto Shut-off system..................................... 6-41
6 Driving your vehicle
Drive mode integrated control system .................................... 6-42
僅 Drive mode .......................................................................................................6-42
Green Zone Drive Mode............................................................. 6-45
僅 Green Zone Drive Mode LCD display ...................................................6-45
僅 Green zone registration point ..................................................................6-45
Economical operation................................................................. 6-46
Special driving conditions ......................................................... 6-48
Winter driving ............................................................................. 6-52
Trailer towing .............................................................................. 6-55
僅 Hitches................................................................................................................6-56
僅 Safety chains....................................................................................................6-57
僅 Trailer brakes...................................................................................................6-57
僅 Driving with a trailer .....................................................................................6-57
僅 Maintenance when trailer towing .......................................................... 6-60
僅 If you decide to pull a trailer .................................................................... 6-60
Vehicle load limit ........................................................................ 6-62
僅 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit—......................................6-63
僅 Certification label ...........................................................................................6-65
Vehicle weight............................................................................. 6-66
僅 Base curb weight ...........................................................................................6-66
僅 Vehicle curb weight ......................................................................................6-66
僅 Cargo weight....................................................................................................6-66
僅 Gross axle weight (GAW)............................................................................6-66
僅 Gross axle weight rating (GAWR)...........................................................6-67
僅 Gross vehicle weight (GVW) .....................................................................6-67
僅 Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR).....................................................6-67
Overloading................................................................................. 6-67
3
6
6
Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked
whenever the vehicle is raised to change
the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the
exhaust or if you drive over something
that strikes the under side of the vehicle,
have the exhaust system checked as
soon as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Engine exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave
your engine running in an enclosed area
for a prolonged time. Exhaust fumes
contain carbon monoxide, a colorless
and odorless gas that can cause uncon
-
sciousness and death by asphyxiation.
WARNING
Open liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate open. Poi
-
sonous exhaust gases can enter the pas
-
senger compartment. If you must drive
with the liftgate open proceed as fol
-
lows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh",
the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face",
and the fan at the highest speed.
Before driving
Before getting into the vehicle, you
should examine the vehicle and its sur
-
roundings. After getting into the vehicle,
you should check a number of things
before driving.
Before entering vehicle
僅 Be sure that all windows, outside mir
-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean.
僅 Check the condition of the tires.
僅 Check under the vehicle for any sign
of leaks.
僅 Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid
should be checked on a regular basis, at
the exact interval depending on the
fluid. Further details are provided in
"Maintenance" on page 9-5.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Focus on the road while driving. The
driver's primary responsibility is in the
safe and legal operation of the vehicle.
Use of any hand-held devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems that dis
-
tract the driver should not be used
during vehicle operation.
Driving your vehicle
46
Before driving
Before starting
僅 Close and lock all doors.
僅 Position the seat so that all controls
are easily reached.
僅 Buckle your seat belt.
僅 Adjust the inside and outside rear
view mirrors.
僅Be sure that all lights work.
僅 Check all gauges.
僅 Check the operation of warning lights
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned to the ON position.
僅 Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light turns off.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its equip
-
ment.
WARNING
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be careful
not to depress the accelerator pedal for
a long period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system and cause
fire.
WARNING
Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, especially
children, before putting a vehicle into D
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
WARNING
Loose objects
Securely store items in your vehicle.
When you make a sudden stop or turn
the steering wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it could inter
-
fere with the operation of the foot ped
-
als, possibly causing an accident.
WARNING
Driving under the influence
Do not drive while under the influence of
alcohol, drugs, or other impairing sub
-
stances. Drinking and driving is danger
-
ous. Even a small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions and
judgment.
Driving while under the influence of
drugs or other impairing substances is
as dangerous as or more dangerous
than driving drunk.
WARNING
Proper footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes
(high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
5
6
6
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button
WARNING
California Proposition 65
Engine exhaust and a wide
variety of automobile com
-
ponents and parts, includ
-
ing components found in
the interior furnishings in a
vehicle, contain or emit
chemicals known to the
State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects
and reproductive harm. In
addition, certain fluid con
-
tained in vehicles and cer
-
tain products of component
wear contain or emit chemi
-
cals known to the State of
California to cause cancer
and birth defects or other
reproductive harm.
ENGINE START/STOP button
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
button
The light will go off after about 30 sec
-
onds when the door is closed. It will also
go off immediately when the theft-alarm
system is armed.
ENGINE START/STOP button
position
Your vehicle is equipped with four differ
-
ent ignition positions.
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi
-
tion) or vehicle power (ON position),
press the ENGINE START/STOP button
with the gear in the P (Park) position.
When you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button without the gear in the P
(Park) position, the ENGINE START/
STOP button will not change to the OFF
position but to the ACC position.
Anti-theft steering column lock
(if equipped)
The steering wheel locks when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
OFF position to protect you against
theft.
It locks when the door is opened.
If the steering wheel is not locked prop
-
erly when you open the driver's door, the
warning chime will sound. Try locking
the steering wheel again. If the problem
OMQ4043001
Driving your vehicle
66
ENGINE START/STOP button
is not solved, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
In addition, if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the OFF position after the
driver's door is opened, the steering
wheel will not lock and the warning
chime will sound. In such a situation,
close the door. Then the steering wheel
will lock and the warning chime will stop.
NOTICE
If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton will not work. Press the ENGINE
START/STOP button while turning the
steering wheel right and left to release
the tension.
NOTICE
You can turn off the engine (START/
RUN) or vehicle power (ON), only when
the vehicle is not in motion.
CAUTION
In an emergency while the vehicle is in
motion, you are able to turn the engine
off and to the ACC position by pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button for
more than 2 seconds or 3 times repeat
-
edly within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, to restart the
vehicle:
僅 Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton when vehicle speed is 3 mph (5
km/h) or over.
ACC (Accessory)
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while it is in the OFF position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The steering wheel unlocks and electri
-
cal accessories are operational.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC position for more than 1 hour,
the button is turned off automatically to
prevent battery discharge.
ON
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the ON position for a long time. The
battery may discharge, because the
engine is not running.
NOTICE
If you leave the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or ON position for a
long time, the battery will discharge.
START/RUN
To start the engine, depress the brake
pedal and press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the gear in the P
(Park) or the N (Neutral) position. For
your safety, start the engine with the
gear in the P (Park) position.
OMQ4033491L
7
6
6
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button
NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button without pressing the brake pedal,
the engine will not start and the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
WARNING
僅 Never press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the vehicle is in motion.
This would result in loss of directional
control and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
僅 Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the gear is shifted
to P (Park) position, set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these precau
-
tions are not taken.
僅 Never reach for the ENGINE START/
STOP button or any other controls
through the steering wheel while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence of
your hand or arm in the area could
cause loss of vehicle control, an acci
-
dent and serious bodily injury or
death.
僅 Do not place any movable objects
around the driver's seat as they may
move while driving, interfere with the
driver and lead to an accident.
Starting the engine
WARNING
僅 Do not start the vehicle with the accel
-
erator pedal engaged. The vehicle can
move and lead to an accident.
僅 Wait until the engine rpm is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if the
brake pedal is released when the rpm
is high.
Starting the engine with smart
key
At the time that the vehicle doors are
opened or when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is pressed the vehicle will
check for the smart key.
If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the
" " indicator and a message "Key is
not in the vehicle" will appear on the
instrument cluster and LCD window. And
if all doors are closed, the chime will
sound for 5 seconds. The indicator or
warning will turn off while the vehicle is
moving. Always have the smart key with
you.
WARNING
The engine will start only when the
smart key is in the vehicle. Never allow
children or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle touch the ENGINE
START/STOP button or related parts.
Pushing the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while the smart key is in the vehicle
may result in unintended engine activa
-
tion and/or unintended vehicle move
-
ment.
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in
motion, do not attempt to move the gear
to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and
road conditions permit, you may put the
gear in the N (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button to restart
the engine.
Driving your vehicle
86
ENGINE START/STOP button
NOTICE
僅 If the battery is weak or the smart key
does not work correctly, you can start
the engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the smart
key.
When you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button directly with the smart
key, the smart key should contact the
button at a right angle.
僅 When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If it
is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without pressing the
brake pedal. But for your safety
always press the brake pedal before
starting the engine.
CAUTION
僅 Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 sec
-
onds except when the stop light fuse
is blown.
僅 Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the engine running.
It may damage the starter.
CAUTION
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP
button for more than 10 seconds, except
when the stop light fuse is blown.
Starting the engine
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside
the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly
applied.
3. Make sure the gear is shifted to P
(Park) position. Depress the brake
pedal fully.
4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton.
It should be started without depress
-
ing the accelerator pedal.
5. Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
Starting and stopping the engine
for turbocharger intercooler
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine
immediately after starting.
If the engine is cold, idle for several
seconds before sufficient lubrication
is ensured in the turbocharger unit.
2. After high speed or extended driving,
requiring a heavy engine load, idle the
engine about 1 minute before turning
it off.
This idle time will allow the turbo
-
charger to cool prior to shutting the
engine off.
OMQ4043003
9
6
6
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Dial Shift By Wire) (SBW))
CAUTION
Do not turn the engine off immediately
after it has been subjected to a heavy
load. Doing so may cause severe dam
-
age to the engine or turbocharger unit.
Automatic transmission (Dial
Shift By Wire) (SBW))
The automatic transmission has 6 for
-
ward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected auto
-
matically, depending on the balance
between fuel economy and power
demands.
Automatic transmission opera
-
tion
Select transmission positions by turning
the shift dial SBW.
WARNING
Automatic transmission
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
僅 ALWAYS check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, espe
-
cially children, before shifting a vehi
-
cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
僅 Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the gear is in the P
(Park) position, then set the parking
brake, and place the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the OFF position.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these precau
-
tions are not followed.
Always depress the brake pedal while
shifting to another gear.
OMQ4043005
Driving your vehicle
106
Automatic transmission (Dial Shift By Wire) (SBW))
Transmission position
Type A
Type B
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the transmission position when
the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N
(Neutral) or D (Drive) to P (Park), press
the [P] button.
If you turn off the vehicle in D (Drive), N
(Neutral) or R (Reverse), the gear auto
-
matically shifts to P (Park).
With the vehicle on, the gear automati
-
cally shifts to P (Park) if you open the
driver's door when the gear is in N (Neu
-
tral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive) and the fol
-
lowing conditions are met:
僅 The brake/accelerator pedal is not
depressed.
僅 The seat belt is unfastened.
僅 The vehicle speed is below 1 mph (2
km/h).
When the vehicle speed is greater, the
gear does not shift to P (Park) when the
P (Park) button is pressed.
WARNING
僅 Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle
is in motion may cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
僅 After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the gear is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
vehicle off.
僅 Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
To shift to R (Reverse), turn the shift dial
SBW to the [R] position while depressing
the brake pedal.
CAUTION
Shifting
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
in motion, except when “Rocking the
vehicle” ("Rocking the vehicle" on page
6-49).
N (Neutral)
The wheels and gear are not engaged.
To shift to N (Neutral), turn the shift dial
SBW to the N (Neutral) position while
depressing the brake pedal.
Always depress the brake pedal when
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
OMQ4033117
OMQ4H033102
11
6
6
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Dial Shift By Wire) (SBW))
In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts to
turn off the vehicle, the vehicle is turned
OFF and shifted to the P (Park) position
automatically.
Stay in N (Neutral) position when
engine is Off
If you want to stay in the N (Neutral)
position after the engine is OFF, do the
following.
1. Deactivate the AUTO HOLD and
release the parking brake when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
2. Turn the shift dial SBW to the N (Neu
-
tral) position by depressing the brake
pedal. If the message ("Press and hold
OK button to stay in Neutral when
vehicle is Off") appears on the cluster
LCD display, press and hold the OK
button on the steering wheel for more
than 1 second. After the message is
disappeared, the vehicle will stay in
the N (Neutral) position when the
engine is off.
3. Turn off the engine after the message
("Vehicle will stay in (N). Change gear
to cancel") appears on the cluster LCD
display.
If you unfasten the driver's seat belt and
open the driver's door within 3 minutes,
the gear shifts to P (Park) position and
the ENGINE START/STOP button turns
off.
When the battery is discharged:
You cannot shift the shift dial SBW,
when the battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to
move the shift dial SBW to N (Neutral) on
a level ground.
1. Connect battery cables from another
vehicle or from an another battery to
the jump-starting terminals inside the
engine compartment. For more
details, refer to "Jump-starting" on
page 8-4.
2. Release the parking brake with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N (Neutral) posi
-
tion. If you want to stay in the N (Neu
-
tral) position after the engine is off,
disconnect the battery from vehicle or
refer to "Stay in N (Neutral) position
when engine is Off" on page 6-11.
CAUTION
僅 Always park the vehicle in "P"(Park)
for safety and engage the parking
brake. If left in N (Neutral), the vehicle
may move and cause serious damage
and injury.
僅 After the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton has been turned off, the Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB) cannot be disen
-
gaged.
僅 For EPB equipped vehicles with AUTO
HOLD function used while driving, if
the ENGINE START/STOP button has
been turned "OFF", the EPB will be
engaged automatically. Therefore,
AUTO HOLD function should be
OMQ4043006
OMQ4043007
Driving your vehicle
126
Automatic transmission (Dial Shift By Wire) (SBW))
turned off before the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned off.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
To shift to D (Drive), move the shift dial
SBW to the D (Drive) position while
depressing the brake pedal.
In D (Drive), if the driver attempts to turn
off the vehicle, the vehicle is turned OFF
and shifted to the P (Park) position auto
-
matically.
Shift-lock system
For your safety, your vehicle has a shift-
lock system which prevents shifting the
gear from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the brake
pedal is depressed.
To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into
R (Reverse) or D (Drive), from R
(Reverse) into D (Drive) or from D (Drive)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the vehicle or place the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the ON posi
-
tion.
3. Turn the shift dial SBW to the R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) position.
LCD display messages
If a message appears on the LCD dis
-
play, refer to the next section for the
appropriate steps to take.
Shifting conditions not met
A:
Shifting conditions not met
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play under the following conditions:
僅 When driving speed is too fast to shift
the gear. Decrease the vehicle speed
or slow down before shifting the gear.
Press brake pedal to change gear
A:
Press brake pedal to change gear
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play, when the brake pedal is not
depressed while shifting the gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift
the gear.
OMQ4033150L
OMQ4033186L
13
6
6
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Dial Shift By Wire) (SBW))
Shift to P after stopping
A:
Shift to P after stopping
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when the gear is shifted to P (Park)
while the vehicle is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
Shift to P after stopping
A:
Shift to P after stopping
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when the gear is shifted to P (Park)
while the vehicle is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
P (PARK) malfunction. Engage
parking brake when parking
vehicle
A:
PARK malfunction. Engage parking
brake when parking vehicle.
The message is displayed when there is
a problem with function engaging P
(Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Check P button
A:
Check P button
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when there is problem with the P
button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Check dial SBW
A:
Check shifter dial
OMQ4033187L
OMQ4033187L
OMQ4033157L
OMQ4033159L
OMQ4033158L
Driving your vehicle
146
Automatic transmission (Dial Shift By Wire) (SBW))
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when there is problem with the dial
SBW.
Immediately have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Rotary shifter stuck
A:
Rotary shifter stuck
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when the shift dial SBW is continu
-
ously stuck or there is problem with the
shift dial SBW.
Make sure that there is no object around
the shift dial SBW. If the problem per
-
sists, immediately have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
When the battery (12 V) is dis
-
charged
You cannot shift the gear when the bat
-
tery is discharged.
Jump start your vehicle (refer to "Jump-
starting" on page 8-4) or contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
Good driving practices
僅 Never move the shift dial SBW from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
僅 Never move the shift dial SBW into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
僅 Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
僅 Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always leave
the vehicle in gear when moving.
僅 Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunc
-
tion. Instead, when you are driving
down a long hill, slow down and shift
to a lower gear. When you do this,
engine braking will help slow down
the vehicle.
僅 Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged.
僅 Always use the parking brake. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in
P (Park) to keep the vehicle from
moving.
僅 Exercise extreme caution when driv
-
ing on a slippery surface. Be espe
-
cially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change in
vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and the vehicle
to go out of control.
僅 Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the acceler
-
ator pedal.
WARNING
僅 When driving uphill or downhill,
always shift to D (Drive) for driving
forward or shift to R (Reverse) for
driving backwards, and check the
gear position indicated on the instru
-
ment cluster before driving. Driving in
the opposite direction of the selected
gear can lead to a dangerous situation
by shutting off the engine and affect
-
ing the braking performance.
僅 Always wear your seatbelt. In a colli
-
sion, an unbelted occupant is signifi
-
OMQ4033160L
15
6
6
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Dial Shift By Wire) (SBW))
cantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly belted
occupant.
僅 Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
僅 Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
僅 The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
僅 Losing control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver oversteers to reenter
the roadway.
僅 In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
僅 Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it for
-
ward and backward. Do not attempt this
procedure if people or objects are any
-
where near the vehicle. During the rock
-
ing operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury or
damage to nearby people or objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a stand
-
ing start:
1. Depress the brake pedal, shift the
shift dial SBW to D (Drive).
2. Select the appropriate gear depend
-
ing on load weight and steepness of
the grade and release the parking
brake. Depress the accelerator gradu
-
ally after releasing the service brakes.
Paddle shifter
The paddle shift function is available
when the shift dial SBW is in the D
(Drive) position.
OMQ4043008_2
Driving your vehicle
166
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
With the shift dial SBW in the D
position
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to
shift up or down one gear and the sys
-
tem changes from automatic mode to
manual mode.
To change back to automatic shift mode
from manual shift mode, do one of the
followings:
僅 Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more
than one second.
The manual shift mode also changes
back to automatic shift mode in one of
following situations:
僅 When the accelerator pedal is gently
depressed for more than approxi
-
mately 6 seconds while driving
僅 When the vehicle speed is lower than
2 mph (3 km/h) (after driving more
than 7 mph (10 km/h)
NOTICE
If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shifters
at the same time, you cannot shift the
gear.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
(if equipped)
The AWD system delivers engine power
to front and rear wheels for maximum
traction.
AWD is useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving slippery,
muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
If the system determines there is a need
for four wheel drive (4WD), the engine's
driving power will be distributed to all
four wheels automatically.
WARNING
Offroad driving
This vehicle is designed primarily for on
road use although it can operate effec
-
tively offroad. However, it is was not
designed to drive in challenging off-road
conditions. Driving in conditions that
exceed the vehicle's intended design or
the driver's experience level may result
in severe injury or death.
NOTICE
If the AWD warning light ( ) remains on
the instrument cluster, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the AWD sys
-
tem. When the AWD warning light ( )
appears, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
僅 Do not drive in conditions that exceed
the vehicle's intended design such as
challenging off-road conditions.
僅 Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
17
6
6
Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
僅 Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
僅 The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
僅 Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
僅 In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before steering
back into the travel lanes.
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)
AWD helps the vehicle to maintain its
best driving performance by controlling
4 wheels, engine, transmission and brak
-
ing according to road conditions such as
snow, mud, sand, etc.
Advantages of AWD
僅 Enhance safety when driving straight.
僅 Improve performance when corner
-
ing.
僅 Ensure operability in tough driving
conditions such as snow, rain, sand,
etc.
Driving your vehicle
186
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
Switching from/to SNOW MODE
(if equipped)
You can switch from DRIVE MODE to
SNOW mode by turning the knob. If you
turn the DRIVE/SNOW mode button
again, the vehicle will go back to DRIVE
MODE.
NOTICE
僅 Even if you turn off the vehicle in
SNOW mode, DRIVE mode will be set
when you restart the vehicle.
僅When the AWD LOCK mode is deacti
-
vated, a shock may be felt as the drive
power is delivered entirely to the front
wheels. This shock is not a mechanical
failure.
AWD transfer mode selection
OMQ4PH044014N
Transfer
mode
Selection mode Description
DRIVE
MODE
-
僅 DRIVE MODE is used when driving on roads
in normal conditions, roads in urban areas,
and on highways.
僅 All wheels are in operation when a vehicle
travels at a constant speed. The traction
required on front and rear wheels vary
depending on road conditions and driving
conditions, which will be automatically con
-
trolled by the computing system.
僅 When the cluster's DRIVE MODE display
mode is selected, the cluster displays the sta
-
tus of how four wheels' traction forces are
distributed.
SNOW
SNOW mode is used to appropriately distribute
the vehicle's traction forces and prevent wheel
slippage when driving on snowy or slippery
road.
AWD
LOCK
(Indicator light will
appear)
The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a
driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under
extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-
road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
SNOW
19
6
6
Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
CAUTION
Normal road conditions
僅 Maintain DRIVE mode when driving
on roads in normal conditions.
僅 Driving in TERRAIN mode on normal
roads may damage the AWD system
and cause mechanical vibration or
noise.
僅 When driving under normal road con
-
ditions (especially when cornering) in
AWD Lock mode, a driver may find
minor mechanical vibration or noise,
which is extremely normal phenome
-
non, not a malfunction. When AWD
Lock mode is released, such noise or
vibration will be immediately gone.
僅 When you turn off AWD Lock mode, it
can lead to small shocks. This is a nor
-
mal phenomenon that lasts until the
traction forces on the front and rear
wheels of the vehicle are released.
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD)
operation
NOTICE
AWD
The conditions of on-road or off-road
that demand AWD mean all functions of
your vehicle are exposed to extreme
stress than under normal road condi
-
tions. Slow down and be ready for
changes in the composition and traction
of the surface under your tires. If you
have any doubt about the safety of the
conditions you are facing, stop and con
-
sider the best way to proceed.
僅 Do not try to drive in deep standing
water or mud since such conditions
can stall your engine and clog your
exhaust pipes. Do not drive down
steep hills since it requires extreme
skill to maintain control of the vehicle.
僅 When you are driving up or down hills
drive as straight as possible. Use
extreme caution in driving up or down
steep hills. You may flip over your
vehicle depending on the grade, ter
-
rain and water/mud conditions.
WARNING
Hills
Driving across the contour of steep hills
can be extremely dangerous. This dan
-
ger can come from slight changes in the
wheel angle which can destabilize the
vehicle or, even if the vehicle is main
-
taining stability under power, it can lose
that stability if the vehicle stops its for
-
ward motion. Your vehicle may roll over
without warning and without time for
OMV063026N
OMV063027N
Driving your vehicle
206
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
you to correct a mistake that could
cause serious injury or death.
僅 You must learn how to corner in an
AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your
experience in conventional Front
Wheel Drive (FWD) vehicles when cor
-
nering the vehicle in AWD mode. You
must drive slower in AWD.
WARNING
AWD
Reduce speed when you turn corners.
The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is
higher than conventional FWD vehicles,
making them more likely to roll over
when you turn corners too fast.
WARNING
Steering wheel
Do not grab the inside of the steering
wheel when you are driving on unpaved
roads. You may hurt your arm by a sud
-
den steering maneuver or from steering
wheel rebound due to impact with
objects on the ground. You could lose
control of the steering wheel.
僅 Always hold the steering wheel firmly
when you are driving on unpaved
roads.
僅 Make sure all passengers are wearing
seat belts.
WARNING
Wind danger
If you are driving in heavy wind, the
vehicle's higher center of gravity
decreases your steering control capacity
and requires you to drive more slowly.
WARNING
Driving through water
Drive slowly. If you are driving too fast in
water, the water can get into the engine
compartment and wet the ignition sys
-
tem, causing your vehicle to suddenly
stop. If this happens and your vehicle is
in a tilted position, your vehicle may roll
over.
NOTICE
僅 Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
僅Check your brake condition once you
are out of mud or water. Press the
brake pedal several times as you
move slowly until you feel normal
braking forces return.
僅 Shorten your scheduled maintenance
interval if you drive in offroad condi
-
tions such as sand, mud or water
(refer to "Maintenance under severe
usage conditions" on page 9-12).
Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
after off-road use, especially cleaning
the bottom of the vehicle.
僅 Since the driving torque is always
applied to the 4 wheels the perfor
-
mance of the AWD vehicle is greatly
affected by the condition of the tires.
Be sure to equip the vehicle with four
tires of the same size and type.
僅 A full time AWD vehicle cannot be
towed by an ordinary tow truck. Make
OMQ4043065L
21
6
6
Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
sure that the vehicle is placed on a
flatbed truck for moving.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD) driving
僅 Avoid high cornering speed.
僅 Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
僅 The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at high speed.
僅 In a collision, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die com
-
pared to a person wearing a seat belt.
僅 Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over-steers to re-enter
the roadway. In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down before
steering back into the travel lanes.
CAUTION
Mud or snow
If one of the front or rear wheels begins
to spin in mud, snow, etc. the vehicle can
sometimes be driven out by engaging
the accelerator pedal further. Avoid run
-
ning the engine continuously at high
rpm because doing so could damage the
AWD system.
Driving in sand or mud
僅 Maintain slow and constant speed.
Operate the accelerator pedal slowly
to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip pre
-
vention).
僅 Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and a vehicle in front of you.
僅 Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
僅 Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent getting stuck.
僅 When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, the tires may not oper
-
ate.
僅 This is to protect the transmission and
is not a malfunction.
NOTICE
Moving the vehicle forcibly to get out of
mud or sand can cause damage/over
-
heat of the engine or damage/break
-
down of the transmission, differential or
4WD system as well as damage to tires.
If excessive wheel slip occurs after
entering a sandy/muddy road, the vehi
-
cle may fall into the sand/mud. Put a
stone or a tree branch under the tire,
and then try to pull out the vehicle, or try
to get it unstuck by repeatedly moving
forwards and backward.
Transmission overheated
A:
Transmission Hot! Park with engine
on
OMQ4033146L
OMQ4033148L
Driving your vehicle
226
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
A:
Trans cooled. Resume driving.
僅 When driving on muddy and sandy
roads under the severe condition, the
transmission could overheat.
僅 If the transmission overheats, the safe
protection mode engages and the
"Transmission Hot! Park with engine
on" warning message will appear on
the LCD display with a chime.
僅 Pull over to a safe location, stop the
vehicle with the engine running, apply
the brakes and shift the vehicle to P
(Park), and allow the transmission to
cool.
僅 If you ignore this warning, the driving
condition may worsen. You may expe
-
rience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or
jerkiness. To return to normal driving
condition, stop the vehicle and apply
the foot brake or shift into P (Park).
Then allow the transmission to cool
for a few minutes with engine on,
before driving again.
僅 When the message "Trans cooled.
Resume driving" appears you can
continue to drive your vehicle.
If the warning messages in the LCD dis
-
play continue to blink, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Tire precautions
Always pay greater attention to tires for
AWD vehicles.
When driving in AWD, driving force is
applied to all tires, and the driving per
-
formance of the vehicle is greatly
affected by the degree of tire wear:
僅 When replacing tires, be sure to equip
all four tires with the same size, type,
tread, brand and load-carrying capac
-
ity. Do not mount tires and wheels of
different sizes and types from the
ones originally installed on your vehi
-
cle. It can affect the safety and perfor
-
mance of your vehicle, which could
lead to steering failure or rollover
causing serious injury.
僅 Replace the front and rear tire posi
-
tions every 6,000 miles (10,000 km).
僅 Each tire should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to inflation
pressure recommended by the vehi
-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac
-
ard or tire inflation pressure label.
僅 For AWD vehicles, install the chains on
the front wheels. However, this may
damage the AWD system, so keep the
travel distance as short as possible.
* Refer to "Tire chains" on page 6-52.
Towing precautions
AWD vehicle
FWD vehicle
The AWD vehicle should never be towed
with the wheels on the ground. Your
vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift
and dollies or a flatbed with all the
wheels off the ground.
* Refer to "Trailer towing (if equipped)"
on page 6-55.
OMQ4063019
OMQ4063019
23
6
6
Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
CAUTION
The AWD vehicle cannot be towed with
sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or a
flatbed.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and han
-
dling capability. Do not use tires and
wheels that are different in size and type
from the originally installed ones. It can
affect the safety and performance of
your vehicle, which could lead to steer
-
ing failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
WARNING
Jacked vehicle
While the full-time AWD vehicle is being
raised on a jack, never start the engine
or cause the tires to rotate.
There is a danger that rotating tires
touching the ground could cause the
vehicle to move off the jack and to jump
forward.
僅 Full-time AWD vehicles must be
tested on a special four-wheel chassis
dynamometer.
NOTICE
Never engage the parking brake while
performing these tests.
僅 A full-time AWD vehicle should not be
tested on a FWD roll tester. If a FWD
roll tester must be used, perform the
following:
[A]: Roll tester
[B]: Temporary free roller
1. Check the tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle.
2. Place the front wheels on the roll tes
-
ter (A) for a speedometer test.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the rear wheels on the tempo
-
rary free roller (B).
WARNING
Dynamometer testing
Keep away from the front of the vehicle
while the vehicle is in gear on the dyna
-
mometer. This is very dangerous as the
vehicle can jump forward and cause
serious injury or death.
CAUTION
僅 When lifting the vehicle, do not oper
-
ate the front and rear wheel sepa
-
rately. All four wheels should be
operated.
僅 If you need to operate the front wheel
and rear wheel when lifting the vehi
-
cle, you should release the parking
brake.
OMQ4A043005
Driving your vehicle
246
Brake system
Brake system
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes,
parking brakes, and various braking sys
-
tems for safe driving.
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through nor
-
mal usage.
If the power-assisted brakes lose power
because of a stalled engine or some
other reason, you can still stop your
vehicle by applying greater force to the
brake pedal than you normally would.
The stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
NOTICE
僅 When depressing the brake pedal
under a certain driving or weather
condition. you may hear a squealing
sound or some other noises. This is
not a brake malfunction but a normal
phenomenon.
僅 When driving on a road to which deic
-
ing chemicals are applied, you may
hear noises from the brake or abnor
-
mal abrasion of tires because of the
deicing chemicals. Under safe driving
conditions, you should depress the
brake several times to remove the
deicing chemicals on the brake discs
and pads.
CAUTION
Brake pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. This will create abnor
-
mally high brake temperatures which
can cause excessive brake lining and
pad wear.
WARNING
Steep hill braking
Avoid continuous application of the
brakes when descending a long or steep
hill by shifting to a lower gear. Continu
-
ous brake application will cause the
brakes to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
WARNING
HEV driving down hill
Do not turn off the vehicle while going
down a hill. The brake booster may not
work properly and the braking distance
may be longer.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's abil
-
ity to safely slow down. The vehicle may
pull to one side when the brakes are
applied. Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test your
brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the brakes,
apply them lightly while maintaining a
safe forward speed until brake perfor
-
mance returns to normal.
In the event of brake failure
If the service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can make
an emergency stop with the parking
brake. The stopping distance, however,
will be much greater than normal.
25
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
WARNING
Parking brake
Avoid applying the parking brake to stop
the vehicle while it is moving except in
an emergency. Applying the parking
brake while the vehicle is moving at nor
-
mal speeds can cause a sudden loss of
control of the vehicle. If you must use
the parking brake to stop the vehicle,
use great caution in applying the brake.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply
steady and firm pressure to the brake
pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce
engine power.
If you experience this condition, take the
following steps:
1. Apply the brakes and take your vehi
-
cle to a safe stop.
2. Move the transmission to P (Park),
switch the engine off and apply the
parking brake.
3. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interference.
If none is found and the condition per
-
sists, have your vehicle towed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear a
high-pitched warning sound from your
front brakes or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it may
occur whenever you press the brake
pedal.
Always replace the front or rear brake
pads as pairs.
CAUTION
Replace brake pads
Do not continue to drive with worn brake
pads. Continuing to drive with worn
brake pads can damage the braking sys
-
tem and result in costly brake repairs.
WARNING
Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear sounds
from your brakes. If you ignore this audi
-
ble warning, you will eventually lose
braking performance, which could lead
to a serious accident.
NOTICE
Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving con
-
ditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and contribute to brake
noise.
Driving your vehicle
266
Brake system
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
After parking the vehicle, apply the Elec
-
tronic Parking Brake (EPB) to prevent
the vehicle from being moved by the
external force.
Applying the parking brake
Applying the parking brake man
-
ually
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the warning light comes on.
Also, the EPB is applied automatically if
the AUTO HOLD button is on when the
vehicle is turned off. If you pull up the
EPB switch after the vehicle is turned off,
the EPB will be applied.
NOTICE
On a steep incline or when pulling a
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain at a
standstill, do as follows:
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more than 3
seconds.
Do not operate the EPB while the vehicle
is moving except in an emergency.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating or
releasing the EPB. These conditions are
normal and indicate that the EPB is func
-
tioning properly.
Applying the parking brake auto
-
matically
The EPB is applied automatically under
following conditions.
僅 The EPB is overheated
僅 The driver turns the vehicle OFF while
AUTO HOLD is operating
僅 Requested by other systems
NOTICE
For EPB equipped vehicles with AUTO
HOLD function used while driving, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button has been
turned OFF, the EPB will be engaged
automatically. Therefore,
AUTO HOLD function should be turned
off before the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned off.
NOTICE
For EPB equipped vehicles with AUTO
HOLD function used while driving, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button has been
turned OFF, the EPB will be engaged
automatically. Therefore, AUTO HOLD
function should be turned off before the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
off.
OMQ4PH054023N_2
27
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking
is possible by pulling up and holding the
EPB switch. Braking is possible only
while you are holding the EPB switch.
Braking distance will be longer than nor
-
mal.
WARNING
Do not operate the EPB while the vehicle
is moving except in an emergency.
Applying the EPB while the vehicle is
moving at normal speeds can cause a
sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If
you must use the EPB to stop the vehi
-
cle, use greater caution in applying the
brake.
NOTICE
During emergency braking by the EPB,
the parking brake warning light will
appear to indicate that the system is
operating.
NOTICE
If you notice a continuous noise or burn
-
ing smell when the EPB is used for emer
-
gency braking, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Releasing the parking brake
Releasing the parking brake man
-
ually
1. Have the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position.
2. Press the brake pedal.
3. Make sure the gear is shifted to P
(Park) position.
4. Press the EPB switch.
5. Make sure the brake warning light
turn off.
Releasing the parking brake
automatically
僅 Under the following conditions, the
EPB is released automatically after
slowly depressing the accelerator
pedal. Check if the brake warning
light is turned off:
- The vehicle engine is running
- The driver's seat belt is fastened
- The driver's door, hood or trunk is
closed
- The gear is in R (Reverse) or D
(Drive)
NOTICE
僅 For your safety, you can engage the
EPB even though the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the OFF position,
but you cannot release it.
OMQ4043023
Driving your vehicle
286
Brake system
僅 Depress the brake pedal and release
the parking brake manually with the
EPB switch when you drive downhill
or when backing up the vehicle.
NOTICE
僅 If the parking brake warning light is
still on even though the EPB has been
released, have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB
applied. It may cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
EPB warning messages
A:
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt and
close door, hood, and trunk/liftgate
僅 If you try to drive off while engaging
the accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't release
automatically, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
僅 If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
and the vehicle hood, driver's door or
trunk is opened, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
僅 If there is a problem with the vehicle, a
warning may sound and a message
may appear.
If these situations occur, press the brake
pedal and release EPB by pressing the
EPB switch.
WARNING
僅 Whenever exiting the vehicle or park
-
ing, always come to a complete stop
and continue to depress the brake
pedal.
Shift the gear into P (Park), pull the
EPB switch, and press the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF posi
-
tion. Take the key with you when exit
-
ing the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park)
with the parking brake set are at risk
for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
僅 Never allow a passenger to touch the
parking brake. If the parking brake is
released unintentionally, serious
injury may occur.
僅 Only release EPB when you are
seated inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
僅 Do not apply the accelerator pedal
while the parking brake is engaged. If
you depress the accelerator pedal
with EPB engaged, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake may
occur.
僅 Driving with the parking brake on can
overheat the braking system and
cause premature wear or damage to
brake parts. Make sure EPB is
released and the Parking Brake warn
-
ing light is off before driving.
NOTICE
僅 A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating
or releasing the EPB. These conditions
OMQ4A053001
29
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
are normal and indicate that the EPB
is functioning properly.
僅 When leaving your keys with a park
-
ing lot attendant or valet, make sure
to inform him/her how to operate the
EPB.
When conversion from AUTO HOLD to
EPB is not working properly, a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
A:
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
When EPB is applied while AUTO HOLD
is activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
A:
Parking brake automatically
engaged
EPB malfunction
This warning light appears if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is changed to the
ON position and turns off in approxi
-
mately 3 seconds if the system is operat
-
ing normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains
on, turns on while driving, or does not
turn on when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is changed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
Have your vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
appear when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not work
-
ing properly, but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the EPB.
NOTICE
僅 If the EPB warning light remains on,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅 If the parking brake warning light
does not appear or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled up,
the EPB is not activated.
僅 If the parking brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light is
on, press the EPB switch and, pull it
up. Press it back to its original position
and pull it back up. If the EPB warning
does not turn off, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
When the EPB is not released
If the EPB does not release normally,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer by loading the vehicle on a flat
-
bed tow truck and have the system
checked.
OMQ4033164L
OMQ4033161L
OMV043026
Driving your vehicle
306
Brake system
AUTO HOLD
The Auto Hold is designed to maintain
the vehicle in a standstill even though
the brake pedal is not pressed after the
driver brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by pressing the brake pedal.
Applying Auto Hold function
1. Press the brake pedal and start the
vehicle.
2. Press the Auto Hold button. The white
AUTO HOLD indicator will illuminate
indicating the system is in standby.
Before the Auto Hold will engage, the
driver's door, liftgate and engine hood
must be closed.
When coming to a complete stop by
pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from white to
green indicating the AUTO HOLD is
engaged. The vehicle will remain at a
standstill even if you release the brake
pedal.
If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
If you press the accelerator pedal with
the gear in D (Drive), R (Reverse) or
Manual mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehicle
will start to move. The indicator changes
from green to white indicating the Auto
Hold is in standby and the EPB is
released.
When driving from Auto Hold by press
-
ing the accelerator pedal, always check
your surroundings.
Slowly press the accelerator pedal for a
smooth launch.
Canceling Auto Hold function
僅 To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold switch. The AUTO
HOLD indicator will turn off.
僅 To cancel the Auto Hold operation
when the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold switch while
pressing the brake pedal.
NOTICE
僅 The following are conditions when the
Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold
light will not turn green and the Auto
Hold system remains in stand by):
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
OMQ4043025_2
OMQ4043026_2
OMQ4043027
31
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
- The liftgate is opened
- The gear is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
僅 The Auto Hold automatically switches
to EPB under any of the following
conditions (Auto Hold light remains
white and the EPB automatically
applies):
- The driver's door is opened.
- The engine hood is opened.
- The liftgate is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes.
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope.
- The vehicle moved for a few sec
-
onds.
In these cases, the brake warning
light turns on, the AUTO HOLD indi
-
cator changes from green to white
a warning sounds and a message
will appear to inform you that EPB
has been automatically engaged.
Before driving again, press the
brake pedal, check your surround
-
ings and release parking brake
manually with the EPB switch.
僅 If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up
yellow, the Auto Hold is not working
properly. Have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident, do not
activate Auto Hold while driving down
-
hill, backing up or parking your vehicle.
If there is a malfunction with the driver's
door, liftgate or engine hood open
detection system, the Auto Hold may not
work properly.
Have the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
may be heard while operating or releas
-
ing the EPB. These conditions are nor
-
mal and indicate that the EPB is
functioning properly.
Warning messages
The Auto Hold function will display a
warning message with sound under cer
-
tain conditions:
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold,
a warning will sound and a message will
appear.
A:
Parking brake automatically
engaged
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
A:
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press
brake pedal
NOTICE
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
Press the brake pedal.
OMQ4033161L
OMQ4033163L
Driving your vehicle
326
Brake system
If you do not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message will
appear.
A:
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door, liftgate and
engine hood are not closed, a warning
will sound and a message will appear on
the LCD display.
A:
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door and hood.
Press the AUTO HOLD button after clos
-
ing the driver’s door and engine hood.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
ABS prevents the wheels from locking so
the vehicle remains stable and can still
be steered.
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control
is improved during emergency braking,
always maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead. Vehicle
speeds should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. Your vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds in
the following circumstances:
僅 When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
僅 When driving with tire chains installed.
僅 When driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has different sur
-
face heights.
Driving in these conditions increases the
stopping distance for your vehicle.
The ABS continuously senses the speed
of the wheels. If the wheels are going to
lock, the ABS repeatedly modulates the
hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under con
-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a "tik-tik'' sound from the
brakes or feel a corresponding sensation
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ABS is active.
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency do not modu
-
late your brake pressure and do not
pump your brakes. Press your brake
pedal as hard as possible to allow the
ABS to control the force being delivered
to the brakes.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the vehi
-
cle compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the vehicle is
started. This is normal and indicates that
the ABS is functioning properly.
Even with the ABS, your vehicle still
requires sufficient stopping distance.
Always maintain a safe distance from a
vehicle in front of you.
Always slow down when cornering. The
ABS cannot prevent accidents resulting
from excessive speeds.
OMQ4033164L
OMQ4A053047
33
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
On loose or uneven road surfaces, oper
-
ation of the ABS may result in a longer
stopping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional brake sys
-
tem.
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
The ABS will perform a self-diagnosis
and the light will turn off if everything is
normal. If the light stays on, you may
have a problem with your ABS. Visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
When you drive on a road with poor
traction, such as an icy road, and have
operated your brakes continuously, the
ABS will be active continuously and the
ABS warning light may appear. Pull your
vehicle over to a safe place and stop the
vehicle.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light turns off, your ABS is normal. Oth
-
erwise, you may have a problem with
the ABS. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the vehicle
may not run as smoothly and the ABS
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of low bat
-
tery voltage. It does not mean your ABS
has malfunctioned.
僅Do not pump your brakes!
僅 Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system
ESC is designed to reduce the risk of
spinning or plowing in certain condi
-
tions.
ESC applies the brakes on individual
wheels and intervenes with the vehicle
management system to stabilize the
vehicle.
ESC will not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and
hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still
result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can pre
-
vent accidents by avoiding maneuvers
that cause the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESC installed, always follow all
the normal precautions for driving -
including driving at safe speeds for the
conditions.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always wear
your seat belt. No system, no matter
how advanced, can compensate for all
driver error and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
The ESC system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse condi
-
tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv
-
ing practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering input
can all affect whether ESC will be effec
-
tive in preventing a loss of control. It is
still your responsibility to drive and cor
-
OMQ4043028
Driving your vehicle
346
Brake system
ner at reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under con
-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a "tik-tik'' sound from the
brakes or feel a corresponding sensation
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the occu
-
pant compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the vehicle is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the ESC system is func
-
tioning properly.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
僅 When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights appear for approxi
-
mately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned
on.
僅 Press the ESC OFF button for at least
half a second after turning the vehicle
ON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indica
-
tor will appear). To turn the ESC on,
press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
僅 When starting the vehicle, you may
hear a slight ticking sound. This is the
ESC performing an automatic system
self-check and does not indicate a
problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the
ESC indicator light blinks.
When the Electronic Stability
Control is operating properly, you may
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. This
is only an effect of brake control and
indicates nothing unusual.
When moving out of the mud or driving
on a slippery road, pressing the acceler
-
ator pedal may not cause the vehicle
rpm (revolutions per minute) to increase.
ESC operation off
This vehicle has 2 kinds of ESC off
states.
If the vehicle stops when ESC is
off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the
vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
35
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
ESC off state 1
To turn off the traction control function
and only operate the brake control func
-
tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF but
-
ton (ESC OFF ) for less than 3
seconds and the ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF ) will appear.
A:
Traction and Stability Control dis
-
abled
ESC off state 2
To turn off the traction control function
and the brake control function of the
ESC, press the ESC OFF button (ESC
OFF ) for more than 3 seconds. ESC
OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will
appear and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound. In this state, the vehicle stability
control function does not operate any
-
more.
Indicator light
ESC indicator light
ESC OFF indicator light
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is turned ON, the indicator light appears,
then turns off if the ESC system is oper
-
ating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating or appears when ESC
fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when the ESC is turned off with the but
-
ton.
WARNING
Electronic Stability Control
Drive carefully even though your vehicle
has Electronic Stability Control. It can
only assist you in maintaining control
under certain circumstances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
僅 ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
僅 To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on a
flat road surface.
WARNING
Operating ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while
ESC is operating (ESC indicator light
blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat
-
ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.
NOTICE
僅 When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is
turned off (ESC OFF light appear). If
the ESC is left on, it may prevent the
vehicle speed from increasing, and
result in false diagnosis.
OMQ4033493L
Driving your vehicle
366
Brake system
僅 Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) fea
-
ture assists the driver to descend a steep
hill without having to depress the brake
pedal.
The system automatically applies the
brakes to maintain the vehicle speed 2.5
mph (4 km/h) ~ 25 mph (40 km/h) and
allows the driver to concentrate on
steering the vehicle downhill.
Always turn off the DBC on flat roads.
The DBC might activate inadvertently
from the standby mode when driving
through speed bumps or making sharp
curves.
NOTICE
The DBC defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is placed in the ON position.
Noise or vibration may occur from the
brakes when the DBC is activated.
The rear stop light comes on when DBC
is activated.
OMQ4043029
37
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
DBC operation
NOTICE
If the DBC yellow indicator light appears,
the system may have overheated or
have malfunctioned. When the warning
light appears even though the DBC sys
-
tem has cooled off, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
僅 The DBC may not deactivate on steep
inclines even though the brake or
accelerator pedal is depressed.
僅 The DBC does not operate when:
-The gear is in P (Park).
- ESC is activated.
Mode Indicator light Description
Standby
appear
Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under 38 mph (60
km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and enter the standby
mode.
The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60
km/h).
Activated
blinks
In the standby mode, It enters the operating mode when the fol
-
lowing conditions are met.
僅 The road surface should be more than a certain angle of incli
-
nation
僅 The accelerator pedal must not be depressed.
僅 The vehicle speed should be within 0 mph (0 km/h)–25 mph
(40 km/h)
Within operating vehicle speed 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 25 mph (40
km/h), the driver can lower or raise the vehicle speed by stepping
on the brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
Temporarily
deactivated
appear
In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deactivate under
the following conditions:
僅 The hill is not steep enough.
僅 The accelerator pedal is depressed.
僅 When the vehicle speed is in the range of 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
38 mph (60 km/h)
If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will automatically
activate again.
OFF
not appear
The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:
僅 The DBC button is pressed again.
僅 When the accelerator pedal is depressed and the vehicle
speed exceeds 38 mph (60 km/h)
Driving your vehicle
386
Brake system
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll back
on a steep hill when it starts to go after
stopping. The Hill-start Assist Control
(HAC) prevents the vehicle from rolling
back by applying the brakes automati
-
cally for about 2 seconds.
The brakes are released when the accel
-
erator pedal is engaged or after about 2
seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is starting
off always engaged the accelerator
pedal.
WARNING
Maintaining brake pressure on incline
HAC does not replace the need to apply
brakes while stopped on an incline.
While stopped, make sure you maintain
brake pressure sufficient to prevent your
vehicle from rolling backward and caus
-
ing an accident. Don't release the brake
pedal until you are ready to accelerate
forward.
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) system
VSM provides further enhancements to
vehicle stability and steering responses
under the following condition:
僅 when driving on a slippery road or
僅 when a change in the coefficient of
friction between left and right wheels
is detected.
WARNING
Tire/wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels, make
sure they are the same size as the origi
-
nal installed tires and wheels. Driving
with different tire or wheel sizes may
diminish any supplemental safety bene
-
fits of the VSM system.
VSM operation
When the VSM is operating properly,
you may feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle and/or abnormal steering
responses from EPS. This is only the
effect of brake and EPS control and indi
-
cates nothing unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
僅 Driving on a slope such as a gradient
or incline
僅 Driving in reverse
僅 ESC OFF indicator light ( ) remains
on the instrument cluster
僅 EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to turn
off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel and
the ESC OFF indicator light ( )
appears.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes
out.
WARNING
Vehicle Stability Management
Drive carefully even though your vehicle
has Vehicle Stability Management. It can
only assist you in maintaining control of
the vehicle under certain circumstances.
39
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if you
don't cancel the VSM operation by
pressing the ESC OFF button. It indicates
that a malfunction has been detected
somewhere in the Electric Power Steer
-
ing system or VSM system. If the ESC
indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The VSM is not a substitute for safe driv
-
ing practices but a supplementary func
-
tion only. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the speed and the
distance to a vehicle ahead. Always hold
the steering wheel firmly while driving.
Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver's intention, even
with installed VSM. Always follow all the
normal precautions for driving at safe
speeds for the conditions – including
driving inclement weather or on a slip
-
pery road.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always wear
your seat belt. No system, no matter
how advanced, can compensate for all
driver errors and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) sys
-
tem
The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is oper
-
ated as a vehicle stability control system.
The TSA is designed to stabilize the vehi
-
cle and trailer when the trailer sways or
oscillates. There are various factors that
make the vehicle sway or oscillate.
Such incidents mostly happen at high
speed, but, there is also a risk of swaying
when the trailer is affected by cross
-
winds, buffeting or improper overload
-
ing.
Factors of swaying include:
僅 High speed
僅 Strong crosswinds
僅 Improper overloading
僅 Sudden controlling of steering wheel
僅 Uneven road
The TSA continuously analyzes vehicle
and trailer instability. When the TSA
detects some sway, the brakes are
applied automatically to stabilize the
vehicle. When the vehicle becomes sta
-
ble, the TSA will not operate.
Brake Assist System (BAS)
The Brake Assistant System provides
additional pressure when the brake
pedal is momentarily and strongly
depressed when sudden braking is
required while driving.
The Brake Assistant System reduces the
time for ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System)
control to enter and consequently
reduces the braking distance, by provid
-
ing additional pressure up to the point of
ABS intervention.
WARNING
The system may not operate depending
on driver's driving habit, vehicle speed
and the degree to which the brake pedal
is depressed and the road surface condi
-
tion.
Good braking practices
Good braking practices help keep occu
-
pants safe and extend brake life.
僅 Check to be sure the parking brake is
not engaged and the parking brake
indicator light is out before driving.
僅 Driving through water may wet the
brakes. They can also get wet when
Driving your vehicle
406
Brake system
the vehicle is washed. Wet brakes can
be dangerous! Your vehicle will not
stop as quickly if the brakes are wet.
Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to
pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to always keep
the vehicle under control. If the brak
-
ing action does not return to normal,
stop as soon as it is safe to do so and
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Don't coast down hills with the vehicle
out of gear. This is extremely hazard
-
ous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all
times, use the brakes to slow down,
then shift to a lower gear so that vehi
-
cle braking will help you maintain a
safe speed.
僅 Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting
your foot on the brake pedal while
driving can be dangerous because the
brakes might overheat and lose their
effectiveness. It also increases the
wear of the brake components.
僅 If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while
you slow down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to do
so, pull off the road and stop in a safe
place.
僅 Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake and
place the shift dial SBW in P (Park). If
your vehicle is facing downhill, turn
the front wheels into the curb to help
keep the vehicle from rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn the
front wheels away from the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If
there is no curb or if it is required by
other conditions to keep the vehicle
from rolling, block the wheels.
僅 Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi
-
tion. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you put
the shift dial SBW in P (Park) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
僅 Do not hold the vehicle on an incline
with the accelerator pedal. This can
cause the transmission to overheat.
Always use the brake pedal or parking
brake.
41
6
6
Driving your vehicle Vehicle Auto Shut-off system
Vehicle Auto Shut-off system
(if equipped)
The vehicle auto shut-off system is
designed to automatically shut off the
vehicle after a certain time the driver
sets to reduce fuel consumption and
energy consumption of the vehicle and
to prevent carbon monoxide (CO) poi
-
soning.
A:
Vehicle will be turned off automati
-
cally in:
Requirements for activation
This system can be activated when the
following all requirements are satisfied:
僅 The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
ON position.
僅 The vehicle is in P (Park) position.
僅 The vehicle stops.
僅 The vehicle speed is under 2 mph (3
km/h).
僅 The driver's seat belt is unfastened.
僅 The door is opened.
僅 The passenger's seat is not occupied.
僅 When all the conditions are satisfied,
the Vehicle Auto Shut-off operates
and turns the engine off automatically
after 60 minutes.
Resetting the time
The system can be initialized and
restarted under the following conditions:
僅 When pressing and releasing the
brake pedal.
僅 When the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
僅 When you manually resets the timer.
僅 When you manually press the OK but
-
ton on the steering wheel.
Canceling the Vehicle Auto Shut-
off system
The system will be canceled automati
-
cally when:
僅 The vehicle speed is over 2 mph (3
km/h).
僅 The vehicle is shifted to D (Drive), R
(Reverse) or N (Neutral).
僅 The driver's seat belt is fastened.
OMQ4A043023
Driving your vehicle
426
Drive mode integrated control system
Drive mode integrated control
system
Drive mode
The drive mode may be selected accord
-
ing to your preference or road condition.
The mode changes when you toggle the
DRIVE MODE button.
僅ECO mode:
ECO mode helps improve fuel effi
-
ciency for eco-friendly driving.
僅SPORT mode:
SPORT mode provides sporty but firm
riding.
僅SMART mode :
SMART mode automatically adjusts
the driving mode in accordance with
the driver's driving habits.
僅SNOW mode :
SNOW mode provides appropriately
distribute your Kia's traction forces
and prevent wheel slippage when
driving on snowy or slippery road.
The drive mode will change to ECO
mode when the engine is restarted.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set to
ECO mode, the engine and
transmission control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficiency.
僅 When the ECO mode is selected by
using the DRIVE MODE button, the
ECO indicator will appear.
僅 Whenever the engine is restarted, the
drive mode remains in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated:
僅 The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
僅 The air conditioner performance may
be limited.
僅 The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
僅 The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal condi
-
tions when ECO mode is activated to
improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode opera
-
tion:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though there is
no change in ECO indicator.
僅 When the coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine
performance becomes normal.
僅 When driving up a hill:
OMQ4PH044014N
OMQ4PH044010N
43
6
6
Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
僅 When the accelerator pedal is deeply
depressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited, determin
-
ing that the driver wants to speed up.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by auto
-
matically adjusting the steering effort,
the engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver performance.
僅 When SPORT mode is selected by
using the DRIVE MODE button, the
SPORT indicator will appear.
僅 Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert to ECO mode. If
SPORT mode is desired, re-select
SPORT mode from the DRIVE MODE
button.
僅 When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when acceler
-
ating
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, fuel efficiency may
decrease.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO and SPORT by determining
your driving habits (i.e. Economic or
Aggressive (Sportive)) from the brake
pedal depression or the steering wheel
operation.
僅 Toggle the DRIVE MODE button to
select SMART mode. When SMART
mode is selected, the indicator
appears on the instrument cluster.
僅 SMART mode automatically controls
the vehicle driving, such as gear shift
-
ing patterns and engine torque,
according to your driving habits.
僅 Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert to ECO mode. If
SMART mode is desired, reselect
SMART mode from the DRIVE MODE
button.
NOTICE
僅 When you mildly drive the vehicle in
SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve fuel
efficiency. However, the actual fuel
efficiency may differ in accordance
with your driving situations (i.e.
upward/downward slope, vehicle
deceleration/acceleration).
僅 When you dynamically drive the vehi
-
cle in SMART mode by abruptly decel
-
erating or sharply turning the driving
mode changes to SPORT mode. It
may adversely affect fuel economy.
Driving your vehicle
446
Drive mode integrated control system
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a certain
period, when you gently depress the
accelerator pedal. (Your driving is cat
-
egorized to be economic.)
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART ECO mode after a
certain period, when you sharply or
repetitively depress the accelerator
pedal.
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART ECO mode with
the same driving patterns, when the
vehicle starts to drive on an upward
slope of a certain angle. The driving
mode automatically returns to SMART
ECO mode, when the vehicle enters a
leveled road.
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when you
abruptly accelerate or repetitively
operate the steering wheel. (Your
driving is categorized to be sporty.) In
this mode, your vehicle drives in a
lower gear for abrupt accelerating/
decelerating and increases the engine
brake performance.
僅 You may still sense the engine brak
-
ing performance, even when you
release the accelerator pedal in
SMART SPORT mode. It is because
your vehicle remains in lower gear
over a certain period until the next
acceleration. Thus, it is a normal driv
-
ing situation, not indicating any mal
-
function.
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode only
in harsh driving situations. In most of
the normal driving situations, the driv
-
ing mode sets to be in SMART ECO
mode.
Active Snow Mode (ASM)
When the vehicle recognizes frequent
wheel slips on low friction roads, ASM
improves driving stability by minimizing
these wheel slips.
Operating conditions
ASM is activated when all the following
conditions are met:
僅 Low outside ambient temperature
僅 Frequent Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) activation due to wheel slip
When operating
The vehicle's acceleration response is
reduced, which is like depressing the
accelerator pedal slowly.
Non-operating conditions
ASM is deactivated when one of the fol
-
lowing conditions or more are met:
僅 Increase of outside ambient tempera
-
ture
僅 The accelerator pedal is barely
depressed
僅 Driving in high speed (e.g. highway
driving)
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in fol
-
lowing situations. (The OFF indicator
appears in those situations.)
僅 Cruise Control or Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is activated:
Cruise Control or Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may deactivate the SMART mode
when the vehicle is controlled by the
set speed of Cruise Control or Smart
45
6
6
Driving your vehicle Green Zone Drive Mode
Cruise Control. (SMART mode is not
deactivated just by activating Cruise
Control or Smart Cruise Control.)
僅 The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high:
The SMART mode can be active in
most of the normal driving situations.
However, an extremely high/low
transmission oil temperature may
temporarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission con
-
dition is out of normal operation con
-
dition.
Green Zone Drive Mode
In order to protect the atmospheric envi
-
ronment in urban areas, EV mode is
expanded when entering the road inside
the green zone based on the navigation
information.
Also, EV mode is expanded based on the
driving history when departing from
home.
Operation
With the vehicle on,
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
ECO Vehicle
→
Green Zone EV Drive
on the infotainment system.
Green Zone Drive Mode LCD dis
-
play
Enable Green Zone Drive Mode when
entering green zone in ECO mode.
Green zone registration point
Based on navigation information and
driving history.
1. School
2. Large hospitals
3. Registered favorites (Home/Office)
INFORMATION
A change may occur through regular
navigation updates.
CAUTION
Even in the Green Zone, the EV mode
driving ability may be reduced or the
OMQ4PH033131
Driving your vehicle
466
Economical operation
engine may start in the following situa
-
tions:
僅 If the battery charge is low.
僅 If the engine power is required (accel
-
eration/climbing/heating/cooling) or
engine start is required for driving
system operation.
僅 If Green Zone recognition is not possi
-
ble due to navigation problems.
Economical operation
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how many
miles (kilometers) you can get from a
gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate your
vehicle as economically as possible, use
the following driving suggestions to help
save money in both fuel and repairs:
僅 Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod
-
erate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit"
starts or full-throttle shifts and main
-
tain a steady cruising speed. Don't
race between stoplights. Adjust your
speed to the traffic so you don't have
to change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possi
-
ble.
Always maintain a safe distance from
other vehicles so you can avoid
unnecessary braking. This also
reduces brake wear.
僅 Drive at a moderate speed. The faster
you drive, the more fuel your vehicle
uses. Driving at a moderate speed,
especially on the highway, is one of
the most effective ways to reduce fuel
consumption.
僅 Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pres
-
sure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unneces
-
sary tire wear. Check the tire pres
-
sures at least once a month.
僅 Be sure that the wheels are aligned
correctly. Improper alignment can
result from hitting curbs or driving too
fast over irregular surfaces. Poor
alignment causes faster tire wear and
may also result in other problems as
well as greater fuel consumption.
47
6
6
Driving your vehicle Economical operation
僅 Keep your vehicle in good condition.
For better fuel economy and reduced
maintenance costs, maintain your
vehicle in accordance with the main
-
tenance schedule in "Scheduled main
-
tenance service" on page 9-9. If you
drive your vehicle in severe condi
-
tions, more frequent maintenance is
required (Refer to "Maintenance
under severe usage conditions" on
page 9-12).
僅 Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary
weight in your vehicle. Weight
reduces fuel economy.
僅 Don't let the engine idle longer than
necessary. If you are waiting (and not
in traffic), turn off your engine and
restart only when you're ready to go.
僅 Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in too
high a gear resulting in the engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing the
engine beyond its safe limit. This can
be avoided by shifting at the recom
-
mended speeds.
僅 Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
僅 Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset some
of this loss, slow down when driving in
these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy
and safety.
Have the function checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Engine off during motion
Never turn the engine off to coast down
hills or anytime the vehicle is in motion.
The power steering and power brakes
will not function properly without the
engine running. Turning off your vehicle
while driving could engage the steering
wheel lock resulting in loss of vehicle
steering. Keep the engine on and down
-
shift to an appropriate gear for engine
braking effect.
Driving your vehicle
486
Special driving conditions
Special driving conditions
If driving conditions deteriorate due to
poor weather or road conditions, you
should pay even more attention to your
driving than usual.
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow
these suggestions:
僅 Drive cautiously and allow extra dis
-
tance for braking.
僅 Avoid sudden braking or steering.
僅 Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
僅 If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
the second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
僅 Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip
material under the drive wheels to
provide traction when stalled in ice,
snow, or mud.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types of
vehicles. SUVs have higher ground
clearance and a narrower track to make
them capable of performing in a wide
variety of offroad applications.
Specific design characteristics give them
a higher center of gravity than ordinary
vehicles. An advantage of the higher
ground clearance is a better view of the
road, which allows you to anticipate
problems.
They are not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional pas
-
senger vehicles, any more than low-
slung sports vehicles are designed to
perform satisfactorily in off-road condi
-
tions. Due to this risk, you and passen
-
gers are strongly recommended to
buckle their seat belts.
In a rollover, an unbelted person is sig
-
nificantly more likely to die than a per
-
son wearing a seat belt. There are steps
that a driver can make to reduce the risk
of a rollover.
If possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers, do not load your roof rack
with heavy cargo, and never modify
your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Rollover
As with other SUV, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of
control, an accident or vehicle rollover.
僅 Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types
of vehicles.
僅 Specific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, narrower track,
etc.) give this vehicle a higher center
of gravity than ordinary vehicles.
僅 An SUV is not designed for cornering
at the same speeds as conventional
vehicles.
僅 Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu
-
vers.
僅 In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than
a person wearing a seat belt. Make
sure everyone in the vehicle is prop
-
erly buckled up.
49
6
6
Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and han
-
dling capability. Do not use tires and
wheels that are different in size and type
from the originally installed ones. It can
affect the safety and performance of
your vehicle, which could lead to steer
-
ing failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first
turn the steering wheel right and left to
clear the area around your front wheels.
Then, shift back and forth between R
(Reverse) and any forward gear.
Do not race the engine and spin the
wheels as little as possible. If you are still
stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating and possible dam
-
age to the transmission.
WARNING
Sudden vehicle movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if
people or objects are nearby. The vehi
-
cle may suddenly move forward or
backwards as it becomes unstuck.
CAUTION
Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle
overheating, transmission damage or
failure, and tire damage.
CAUTION
Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at
speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h).
Spinning the wheels at high speeds
when the vehicle is stationary could
overheat and damage tires, and the
rotating wheels may fly away and injure
bystanders.
NOTICE
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
should be turned OFF prior to rocking
the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in cor
-
ners, especially when roads are wet. Ide
-
ally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration. If you follow
these suggestions, tire wear will be mini
-
mized.
OMQ4043036L
Driving your vehicle
506
Special driving conditions
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to remem
-
ber:
僅 Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any streetlights.
僅 Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlamps.
僅 Keep your headlamps clean and prop
-
erly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped
with the automatic headlamp aiming
feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed
headlamps will make it much more
difficult to see at night.
僅 Avoid staring directly at the head
-
lamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your eyes
to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you're not pre
-
pared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider when
driving in the rain:
僅 A heavy rainfall will make it harder to
see and will increase the distance
needed to stop your vehicle, so slow
down.
僅 Keep your windshield wiping equip
-
ment in good shape. Replace your
windshield wiper blades when they
show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield.
僅 If your tires are not in good condition,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. Be sure your tires are in
good shape.
僅 Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
僅 Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
僅 If you believe your brakes wet, gently
apply them several times while driving
until normal braking operation
returns.
OMQ4043037
OMQ4043061L
51
6
6
Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
driving fast, your vehicle may have little
or no contact with the road surface and
actually ride on the water. The best
advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is
wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as
the depth of tire tread decreases,
refer to
"Tires and wheels" on page 9-31.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the underside of the wheel.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because
brake performance may be affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire pressures to specification.
Low tire inflation pressures will result in
overheating and possible failure of the
tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction or
tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation
pressure shown on the tires.
WARNING
Under/over inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper infla
-
tion before driving. Underinflated or
overinflated tires can cause poor han
-
dling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden
tire failure, leading to accidents, injuries,
and even death. For proper tire pres
-
sures, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 9-31.
WARNING
Tire tread
Always check the tire tread before driv
-
ing your vehicle. Worn-out tires can
result in loss of vehicle control. Worn-out
tires should be replaced as soon as pos
-
sible. For further information and tread
limits, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 9-31.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more fuel
than urban motoring. Do not forget to
check both the engine coolant and
engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
OMQ4043038
Driving your vehicle
526
Winter driving
Winter driving
Severe weather conditions in the winter
result in greater wear and other prob
-
lems.
To minimize the problems of winter driv
-
ing, you should follow these sugges
-
tions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary
to select tires equivalent in size and type
of the original equipment tires. Failure to
do so may adversely affect the safety
and handling of your vehicle. Speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli
-
cations, and sharp turns are potentially
very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use vehicle braking
to the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli
-
cations on snowy or icy roads may cause
skids to occur. You need to keep suffi
-
cient distance between a vehicle in oper
-
ation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply
the brake gently. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tire will pro
-
vide a greater driving force but will not
prevent side skids.
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before attaching tire
chains.
Tire chains
Wire type
Fabric type
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by attach
-
ing some types of snow chains to them.
Use of snow tires is recommended
instead of snow chains. Do not attach
tire chains to vehicles equipped with alu
-
minum wheels; snow chains may cause
damage to the wheels. If snow chains
must be used, use fabric-type chains for
19 inch tires or wire-type chains for 17
inch tires with a thickness of less than
0.47 in (12 mm).
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper snow chain use is not covered
by your warranty.
When using tire chains, attach them to
the drive wheels as follows.
僅 FWD vehicles move the front wheel as
a power source. Snow chains must be
attached to front tires.
僅 After attaching snow chains, drive
slowly. If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the vehicle, slow
down until the noise stops and
remove the chain as soon as you
OMQ4043041
OMQ4A043012
53
6
6
Driving your vehicle Winter driving
begin driving on cleared roads to pre
-
vent damage.
僅 Wrong sized chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels. When attaching
snow chain, follow the manufacturer's
instructions and mount them as
tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than
20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed.
CAUTION
僅 Make sure the snow chains are the
correct size and type for your tires.
Incorrect snow chains can cause dam
-
age to the vehicle body and suspen
-
sion and may not be covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty. Also,
the snow chain connecting hooks may
be damaged from contacting vehicle
components causing the snow chains
to come loose from the tire. Make sure
the snow chains are SAE class "S" cer
-
tified.
僅 Always check chain installation for
proper attachmenting after driving
approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to
1 km) to ensure safe attaching.
Retighten or reattach the chains if
they are loose.
僅 Fabric-type chains must be used on
the vehicle with 19 inch (235/55R19)
tires.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure they are radial tires of the
same size and load range as the original
tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle's handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind that
the traction provided by snow tires on
dry roads may not be as high as your
vehicle's original equipment tires. You
should drive cautiously even when the
roads are clear. Check with the tire
dealer for maximum speed recommen
-
dations.
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local, state and municipal reg
-
ulations for possible restrictions against
their use.
WARNING
Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in size
and type to the vehicle's standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of
your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle was delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because it
helps prevent corrosion in the cooling
system, lubricates the water pump and
prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or
replenish your coolant in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in sec
-
tion 8.
Before winter, have your coolant tested
to assure that its freezing point is suffi
-
cient for the temperatures anticipated
during the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the bat
-
tery and cables as described in section
8. Have the level of charge in your bat
-
tery checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Driving your vehicle
546
Winter driving
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended that
a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
used during cold weather. See "Recom
-
mended lubricants and capacities" on
page 10-9. If you aren't sure what weight
oil you should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
"Scheduled maintenance service" on
page 9-9 and replace them if necessary.
Also check all ignition wiring and compo
-
nents to be sure they are not cracked,
worn or damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt
an approved deicer fluid or glycerin into
the key opening. If a lock is covered with
ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing
fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is fro
-
zen internally, you may be able to thaw it
out by using a heated key. Handle the
heated key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the con
-
tainer. Window washer anti-freeze is
available from an authorized Kia dealer
and most auto parts outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of anti-
freeze as these may damage the paint
finish.
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze while in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of snow
or ice around or near the rear brakes or
if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze, tem
-
porarily apply it with the gear in P (Park).
and also, block the rear wheels in
advance, so the vehicle may not roll.
Then release the parking brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumu
-
late underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. When driving
in severe winter conditions where this
may happen, you should periodically
check underneath the vehicle to be sure
the movement of the front wheels and
the steering components is not
obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate
emergency equipment. Some items you
may want to carry include tire chains,
tow straps or chains, flashlight, emer
-
gency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Do not place objects or materials
in the engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the
engine compartment may cause an
engine failure or combustion, because
they may block the engine cooling. Such
55
6
6
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
damage will not be covered by the man
-
ufacturer's warranty.
Drive your vehicle when water
vapor condenses and accumu
-
lates inside the exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter while the engine is run
-
ning, water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
Trailer towing (if equipped)
If you are considering towing with your
vehicle, you should first check with your
state Department of Motor Vehicles to
determine their legal requirements.
Laws vary for towing trailers, cars, or
other types of vehicles or apparatus may
differ by state. Ask an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Towing a trailer
If you don't use the correct equipment
and drive improperly, you can lose con
-
trol when you pull a trailer. For example,
if the trailer is too heavy, the brakes may
not perform well - or even at all. You and
your passengers could be seriously or
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you
have followed all the steps in this sec
-
tion.
WARNING
Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the total trailer
weight, gross combination weight, gross
vehicle weight, gross axle weight and
trailer tongue load are all within the lim
-
its.
NOTICE
僅 The technically permissible maximum
load on the rear axle(s) may be
exceeded by not more than 15 % and
the technically permissible maximum
laden mass of the vehicle may be
exceeded by not more than 10 % or
220.4 lbs (100 kg), whichever value is
lower. In this case, do not exceed 60
mph (100 km/h) for vehicle of cate
-
gory M1 or 50 mph (80 km/h) for
vehicle of category N1.
Driving your vehicle
566
Trailer towing
僅 When towing a trailer, the additional
load imposed at the trailer coupling
device may cause the rear tire maxi
-
mum load ratings to be exceeded, but
not by more than 15%. In such a case,
do not exceed 60 miles (100km/h),
and the rear tire pressure should be at
least 0.2 bar (20 kPa) above the tire
pressure(s) as recommended for nor
-
mal use (i.e. without a trailer
attached).
CAUTION
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage
your vehicle and result in costly repairs
not covered by your warranty. To pull a
trailer correctly, follow the advice in this
section.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify
what the vehicle trailering capacity is for
your vehicle, refer to "Weight of the
trailer" on page 6-61 that appears later in
this section.
Remember that trailering is different
from just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling,
durability, and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering requires correct equip
-
ment, and it must be used properly.
This section contains many time tested,
important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your
safety and that of your passengers.
Please read this section carefully before
you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the
engine, transmission, wheel assemblies,
and tires are forced to work harder
against the load of the added weight.
The engine is required to operate at rela
-
tively higher speeds and under greater
loads. This additional burden generates
extra heat. The trailer also adds consid
-
erable wind resistance, increasing pull
-
ing requirements.
NOTICE
Location of trailer mounting
The mounting hole for hitches are
located on both sides of the underbody
behind the rear tires.
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are examples
of why the correct hitch is needed. Rules
to follow:
僅 Do you have to make any holes in the
body of your vehicle when you install
a trailer hitch, be sure to seal the holes
later when you remove the hitch.
If you don't seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust,
water and dirt can enter your vehicle.
僅 The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches. Use only a frame-mounted
hitch that does not attach to the
bumper.
僅 Any part of the rear license plate or
lighting devices of the vehicle must
not be obscured by the mechanical
coupling device.
If the rear license plate and/or lighting
devices can be partially obscured by
the mechanical coupling device, and
OMQ4043069L
57
6
6
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
the, device cannot be easily removed
or repositioned without use of any
tools, except an easily operated (i.e.
an effort not exceeding 20Nm)
release key which is supplied by the
manufacturer of the coupling device,
are not permitted for use.
Please note that the mechanical cou
-
pling device that is fitted and not in
use must always be removed or repo
-
sitioned if the rear number plate and/
or rear lighting devices are obscured
by any part of the mechanical cou
-
pling device.
僅 Kia trailer hitch accessories are avail
-
able at an authorized Kia dealer.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer so that the tongue
will not drop to the road if it becomes
separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or
by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer's recommendation for
attaching safety chains. Always leave
just enough slack so you can turn with
your trailer. Never allow safety chains to
drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to your
state’s regulations and that it is properly
installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the max
-
imum trailer weight without trailer
brakes loaded, it needs its own adequate
brakes. Read and follow the instructions
for the trailer brakes so you'll be able to
install, adjust and maintain them prop
-
erly.
僅 Don't tap into your vehicle's brake
system.
WARNING
Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes
unless you are certain that you have
properly set up the brake system. This is
not a task for amateurs. Use an experi
-
enced, competent trailer shop for the
setup.
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before driving on
the open road, you must get to know
your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the
feel of handling and braking with the
added weight of the trailer. Keep in mind
that your vehicle you are driving is lon
-
ger and not nearly so responsive as your
vehicle is qithout one.
Before you drive, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector(s), lights, tires and mirror
adjustment. If the trailer has electric
brakes, start your vehicle and trailer
moving and then apply the trailer brake
controller by hand to be sure the brakes
are working. This also checks the electri
-
cal connection at the same time.
During your trip, check to en sure that
the load is secure, and that the lights
and trailer brakes are still working.
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when driv
-
ing your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that
require heavy braking and sudden turns.
Driving your vehicle
586
Trailer towing
Passing
You'll need more passing distance up
ahead when you're towing a trailer. And,
because of the increased vehicle length,
drive much farther beyond the passed
vehicle before you can return to your
lane.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, just move your hand to the
left. To move the trailer to the right,
move your hand to the right. Always
back up slowly and have someone guide
you.
Making turns
When you're turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
in advance.
Turn signals when towing a
trailer
When towing a trailer, your vehicle has
different turn signal flasher and extra
wiring. The green arrows on your instru
-
ment panel will flash whenever you sig
-
nal a turn or lane change. Properly
connected, the trailer lights will also
flash to alert other drivers you're about
to turn, change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. You may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signals
when, in fact, they are not. It's important
to check occasionally to be sure the
trailer bulbs are still working. Check the
lights every time you disconnect and
then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting system
directly to your vehicle's lighting system.
Use only an approved trailer wiring har
-
ness.
Have an authorized Kia dealer install the
wiring harness.
WARNING
Failure to use an approved trailer wiring
harness could result in damage to your
vehicle’s electrical system and/or cause
personal injury.
Detection of trailer light connec
-
tion
This functionality is only given with gen
-
uine accessories (tow-bar and wiring
harness) that recognize when a trailer is
connected and consequently inform the
vehicle systems. Trailer recognition
works as follows: when a trailer socket is
plugged in, either the brake pedal shall
be pushed or turn signal lamps acti
-
vated; the electronic control unit will
then detect the trailer because of the
power consumption by the trailer light
-
ing and inform the vehicle systems.
When the trailer is disconnected, the
brake pedal shall be pushed again or
turn signal lamps activated for the con
-
trol unit to be able to detect that there is
no power consumption any more by
trailer lighting; the assistance systems
that were turned off will automatically
turn on again.
It is your responsibility to ensure that all
electrical connections are working and
all trailer lights are operating before and
during towing. You must perform man
-
ual checks.
59
6
6
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
CAUTION
Use only genuine Kia electrical connec
-
tions. Do not attempt to arbitrarily splice
or directly connect the trailer wiring
using any other methods. This may
damage the vehicle's electrical system,
resulting in malfunctions.
Driving on grades
Reduce the speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long or
steep downgrade. If you don't downshift,
you might have to use your brakes so
much that they will get hot and no lon
-
ger operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
reduce your speed to around 45 mph
(70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of
engine and transmission overheating.
CAUTION
僅 When towing a trailer on steep grades
(in excess of 6 %) pay close attention
to the engine coolant temperature
gauge to ensure the engine does not
overheat. If the needle of the coolant
temperature gauge moves across the
dial towards "H (HOT) (or 260 °F/130
°C)", pull over and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so, and allow the engine to
idle until it cools down. You may pro
-
ceed once the engine has cooled suf
-
ficiently.
僅 Drive at a speed depending on trailer
weight and uphill grade to reduce the
possibility of engine and transmission
overheating.
Parking on hills
If a trailer is attached to your vehicle,do
not park your vehicle on a hill. People
can be seriously or fatally injured, and
both your vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged if unexpectedly roll downhill.
WARNING
Parking on a hill
Parking your vehicle on a hill with a
trailer attached could cause serious
injury or death, if the trailer breaks loose.
If you must park your trailer on a hill, fol
-
low these procedures:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
Turn the steering wheel in the direc
-
tion of the curb (right if headed down
hill, left if headed up hill).
2. Set the parking brake and shut off the
vehicle.
3. Place chocks under the trailer wheels
on the down hill side of the wheels.
4. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
to neutral, release the parking brake
and slowly release the brakes until the
trailer chocks absorb the load.
5. Reapply the brakes and, parking
brake.
6. Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.
WARNING
Parking brake
It can be dangerous to exit your vehicle
if the parking brake is not firmly set.
If you have left the engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly. You or oth
-
ers could be seriously or fatally injured.
Driving your vehicle
606
Trailer towing
When you are ready to exit after
parking on a hill
1. Apply your brakes and hold the brake
pedal down while you:
僅Start your engine;
僅Shift into gear; and
僅 Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular atten
-
tion to include engine oil, axle lubricant
and cooling system fluid. Brake condi
-
tion is another important item to fre
-
quently check. Each item is covered in
this manual, and the Index will help you
find them quickly. If you're trailering, it's
a good idea to review these sections
before you start your trip.
Don't forget to also maintain your trailer
and hitch. Follow the maintenance
schedule that accompanied your trailer
and check it periodically. Preferably,
conduct the check at the start of each
day's driving. Most importantly, all hitch
nuts and bolts should be tight.
CAUTION
僅 Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur in hot
days or during uphill driving. If the
coolant gauge indicates overheating,
switch off the A/C and stop the vehi
-
cle in a safe area to cool down the
engine.
僅 When towing, check the transmission
fluid more frequently.
僅 If your vehicle is not equipped with an
air conditioner, you should install a
condenser fan to improve engine per
-
formance when towing a trailer.
If you decide to pull a trailer
Important points if you decide to pull a
trailer:
僅 Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway
control.
僅 Do not tow with your vehicle during its
first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order
to allow the engine to properly break
in. Failure to heed this caution may
result in serious engine or transmis
-
sion damage.
僅 When towing a trailer, consult an
authorized Kia dealer for additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
僅 Always drive your vehicle at a moder
-
ate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/
h)).
僅 On a long uphill grade, do not exceed
45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted tow
-
ing speed limit, whichever is lower.
61
6
6
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
僅 The chart contains important considerations that have to do with weight:
Weight of the trailer
A: Tongue Load
B: Total Trailer Weight
What is the maximum safe weight of a
trailer? It should never weigh more than
the maximum trailer weight with trailer
brakes. But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your
trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and how
often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special equip
-
ment that you have on your vehicle.
Weight of the trailer tongue
A: Gross Axle Weight
B: Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight because it affects the
total gross vehicle weight (GVW) of your
vehicle. This weight includes the curb
weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may
carry in it, and the people who will be
riding in the vehicle. If you tow a trailer,
you must add the tongue load to the
GVW because your vehicle will also be
carrying that weight.
The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi
-
mum of 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight, within the limits of the maximum
trailer tongue load permissible.
After loading your trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue, separately,
to see if the weights are proper. If they
aren't, you may be able to correct them
simply by moving some items around in
the trailer.
Item
Gasoline Engine
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
Maximum trailer weight
Without brake System 1,653 lbs. (750 kg)
With brake System 2,000 lbs. (907 kg)
Maximum tongue weight 351 lbs. (159 kg)
OMQ4063029L
OMQ4063030L
Driving your vehicle
626
Vehicle load limit
WARNING
Trailer
僅 Never load a trailer with more weight
in the rear than in the front. The front
should be loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load; the rear
should be loaded with approximately
40% of the total trailer load.
僅 Never exceed the maximum weight
limits of the trailer or trailer towing
equipment. Improper loading can
result in damage to your vehicle and/
or personal injury. Check weights and
loading at a commercial scale or high
-
way patrol office equipped with
scales.
僅 An improperly loaded trailer can
cause loss of vehicle control.
Vehicle load limit
The vehicle load limit is displayed
on the tire and loading informa
-
tion label on the driver's door.
Tire and loading information
label
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire
size, cold tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle, the
number of people that can be in
your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
Example for spare tire
OMQ4PH044013N
63
6
6
Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit
Vehicle capacity weight:
1032 lbs. (468 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the
maximum combined weight of
occupants and cargo. If your
vehicle is equipped with a trailer,
the combined weight includes
the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total: 6 persons (Front seat: 2
persons, Rear seat: 4 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants, including
the driver, that your vehicle may
carry.
The seating capacity may be
reduced based upon the com
-
bined weight of all of the occu
-
pants, and the weight of the
cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total weight
that the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
僅Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
- Without trailer brakes: 1,653
lbs. (750 kg)
- With trailer brakes: 2,000
lbs. (907 kg)
僅 Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
- Without trailer brakes: 1,653
lbs. (750 kg)
- With trailer brakes: 2,000
lbs. (907 kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight your vehicle can tow.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehi
-
cle will increase or decrease
depending on the weight and the
number of occupants.
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit—
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX lbs. or XXX kg'' on your
vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and pas
-
sengers that will be riding in
your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX lbs or XXX kg.
4.The result equals the available
amount of cargo and luggage
load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150
lbs. passengers in your vehi
-
cle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capac
-
ity is 650 lbs. (1400-750
(5x150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
646
Vehicle load limit
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calcu
-
lated in Step
4
.
6.If your vehicle is towing a
trailer, the load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this man
-
ual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
WARNING
Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g., suitcases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike an occupant during a sud
-
den stop or collision.
Example 1
Example 2
Example 3
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
OMQ4PH074014N
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg)×2
300 lbs.
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
549 lbs.
(249 kg)
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg)×5
750 lbs.
(340 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
99 lbs.
(45 kg)
Item Description Total
OMQ4PH074015N
OMQ4PH074022N
65
6
6
Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit
Refer to your vehicle's tire and
loading information label for spe
-
cific information about your vehi
-
cle's capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined weight
of the driver, passengers and
cargo should never exceed your
vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification label
The certification label is located
on the driver's door sill at the
center pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle. This is called the
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating). The GVWR includes the
weight of the vehicle, all occu
-
pants and cargo.
This label also shows the maxi
-
mum weight that can be sup
-
ported by the front and rear
axles, called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR).
To determine the actual loads on
your front and rear axles, you
need to go to a weigh station and
weigh your vehicle. Your dealer
can help you with this. Be sure to
spread out your load equally on
both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding these
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
161 lbs. (73 kg)×5
805 lbs.
(365 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
44 lbs.
(20 kg)
ODL3084010N
Driving your vehicle
666
Vehicle weight
ratings can affect your vehicle's
handling and braking ability.
The label will help you determin
how much cargo and installed
equipment your vehicle can
carry.
If you carry items inside your
vehicle - like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else - they
move as fast as the vehicle. If you
must stop or turn quickly, or if
there is a collision, the items will
keep moving and can cause an
injury if they strike the driver or a
passenger.
WARNING
Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehi
-
cle's tires and possible tire fail
-
ure, increased stopping
distances and poor vehicle han
-
dling--all of which may result in
an accident.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by your warranty.
Do not overload your vehicle.
Vehicle weight
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle, to
keep your loaded vehicle weight
within its design rating capability.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum vehicle perfor
-
mance. Before loading your vehi
-
cle, familiarize yourself with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings,
from the vehicle's specifications
and the certification label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and
all standard equipment. It does
not include passengers, cargo, or
optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new
vehicle when purchased plus any
installed aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight
added to the Base Curb Weight,
including cargo and optional
equipment.
Gross axle weight (GAW)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) -
including vehicle curb weight
and all payloads.
67
6
6
Driving your vehicle Overloading
Gross axle weight rating
(GAWR)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a
single axle (front or rear). These
numbers are shown on the certi
-
fication label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
Gross vehicle weight (GVW)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus pas
-
sengers.
Gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The
GVWR is shown on the certifica
-
tion label located on the driver's
(or front passenger's) door sill.
Overloading
WARNING
The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR) for your vehicle are on the Cer
-
tification Label attached to the driver's
(or front passenger's) door. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident or
vehicle damage. You can calculate the
weight of your load by weighing the
items (and people) before putting them
in the vehicle. Be careful not to overload
your vehicle
7Driver assistance guide
Driver assistance guide
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)....7-4
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ........................................7-7
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ................................... 7-9
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and
limitations............................................................................................................7-17
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA).........................................................7-24
僅 Lane Keeping Assist settings ....................................................................7-24
僅 Lane Keeping Assist operation.................................................................7-25
僅 Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations............................ 7-27
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ..........................7-29
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist settings................................ 7-30
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation............................. 7-32
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and
limitations...........................................................................................................7-34
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ............................................................7-38
僅 Safe Exit Warning settings.........................................................................7-38
僅 Safe Exit Warning operation .....................................................................7-39
僅 Safe Exit Warning malfunction and limitations ............................... 7-40
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)..................................................................7-42
僅 Safe Exit Assist settings...............................................................................7-42
僅 Safe Exit Assist operation ...........................................................................7-43
僅 Safe Exit Assist malfunction and limitations ......................................7-45
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) ...........................................7-47
僅 Manual Speed Limit Assist operation....................................................7-47
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA).........................................7-49
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist settings...................................................7-49
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation.............................................. 7-50
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist malfunction and limitations..........7-52
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ..............................................7-54
僅 Driver Attention Warning settings ..........................................................7-54
7 Driver assistance guide
僅 Driver Attention Warning operation ......................................................7-54
僅 Driver Attention Warning malfunction and limitations .................7-56
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ............................................... 7-58
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor settings ...........................................................7-58
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor operation........................................................7-59
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction...................................................7-59
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ....................................................... 7-60
僅 Smart Cruise Control settings ................................................................. 7-60
僅 Smart Cruise Control operation............................................................... 7-62
僅 Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations..........................7-69
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC).....................7-74
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control settings............................7-74
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation ........................7-74
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control limitations....................... 7-76
僅 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules........................7-78
僅 Radio frequency radiation exposure information: ..........................7-78
Lane Following Assist (LFA).......................................................7-79
僅 Lane Following Assist settings .................................................................7-79
僅 Lane Following Assist operation............................................................. 7-80
僅 Lane Following Assist malfunction and limitations......................... 7-81
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)...................................................7-82
僅 Highway Driving Assist settings..............................................................7-83
僅 Highway Driving Assist operation ..........................................................7-84
僅 Highway Driving Assist malfunction and limitations......................7-89
僅 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.........................7-91
僅 Radio frequency radiation exposure information: ...........................7-91
Rear View Monitor (RVM)...........................................................7-92
僅 Rear View Monitor settings .......................................................................7-92
僅 Rear View Monitor operation....................................................................7-93
僅 Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations...............................7-94
Surround View Monitor (SVM).................................................. 7-95
7Driver assistance guide
僅 Surround View Monitor settings..............................................................7-95
僅 Surround View Monitor operation..........................................................7-97
僅 Surround View Monitor malfunction and limitations .....................7-99
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)........7-100
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist settings............... 7-101
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operation...........7-102
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and lim-
itations .............................................................................................................. 7-104
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ...........7-108
僅 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings................ 7-108
僅 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation............7-109
僅 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and pre-
cautions.............................................................................................................. 7-111
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ...7-113
僅 Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings.......7-113
僅 Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation .. 7-114
僅 Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and
precautions.......................................................................................................7-116
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA).............. 7-118
僅 Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist settings .................. 7-118
僅 Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operation................7-119
僅 Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and lim-
itations ...............................................................................................................7-120
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)..................................... 7-124
僅 Remote Smart Parking Assist settings ............................................... 7-125
僅 Remote Smart Parking Assist operation............................................ 7-127
僅 Remote Smart Parking Assist malfunction and limitations........7-131
Declaration of conformity ........................................................ 7-135
Driver assistance guide
47
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Driver assistance guide
INFORMATION
Due to the infotainment software ver
-
sion, the description of each function of
the driver assistance system may differ
from the owner's manual.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Basic function
FCA attempts to detect vehicles, pow
-
ered two-wheelers, pedestrians, and
cyclists ahead on the road and may
warn you of a possible collision with a
warning message on the instrument
cluster and a warning sound. Also, FCA
may assist with braking your vehicle to
attempt to reduce collision speed or
avoid a collision.
FCA can detect vehicles ahead and adja
-
cent lanes even at high speeds. If the
driver makes a lane change at those
speeds, your vehicle can apply emer
-
gency braking to mitigate or avoid a col
-
lision. (if equipped)
Junction Turning function
The Junction Turning function can help
avoid a collision with an oncoming vehi
-
cle, powered two-wheeler and cyclist in
an oncoming lane when turning left at a
crossroad with the turn signal on by
applying emergency braking.
Direct Oncoming Vehicle function
[A]: Oncoming vehicle
The Direct Oncoming Vehicle function
can help reduce the speed at the colli
-
sion when with a vehicle or powered
two-wheeler approaching from the
opposite direction is detected.
Junction Crossing function (if
equipped)
The Junction Crossing function can help
mitigate or avoid a collision with oncom
-
ing vehicles on the left or right side when
OMQ4053004
OMQ4053005
OMV053004
OMV053003
5
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
crossing an intersection by applying
emergency braking.
Lane-Change Oncoming function
(if equipped)
[A]: Oncoming vehicle
Lane-Change Oncoming function can
help mitigate or avoid a collision with
oncoming vehicles or powered two-
wheelers when changing lanes by assist
-
ing the driver's steering.
Lane-Change Side function (if
equipped)
[A]: Approaching car from side
Lane-Change Side function can help
mitigate or avoid a collision with vehicles
or powered two-wheelers in the next
lane when changing lanes by assisting
the driver's steering.
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
僅 Driver steering assist
If a possible collision with a vehicle
ahead, pedestrian, cyclist, etc. is
detected and you steer to avoid the
collision, Evasive Steering Assist can
assist the driver in steering.
僅 Evasive steering assist
The Evasive Steering Assist function
can help mitigate or avoid a collision
with a vehicle, pedestrian cyclist, etc.
in the same lane in front of you. When
a risk of collision is detected, Evasive
Steering Assist function can warn you
and assist your steering if you move
the steering wheel.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
OMV053005
OMV053006
OMV053007
OMQ4A053038
OMQ4053002
Driver assistance guide
67
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Front radar
Front corner radar (if equipped)
Rear corner radar (if equipped)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
僅 Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor or sensor assembly, or cause any
damage to it.
僅If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
inspected by a professional workshop.
Have your Kia inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 If the radar or around the radar expe
-
riences an impact, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
properly even if a warning message is
not displayed on the cluster. Visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Never install any accessories or stick
-
ers on the front windshield, or tint the
front windshield.
僅 Pay extreme caution to keep the front
view camera dry.
僅 Never place any reflective objects (for
example, white paper, mirror) over the
instrument panel.
僅 Do not place any objects near the
front windshield or install any acces
-
sories on the front windshield. It can
affect the performance of the defog
-
ging and defrosting function of the cli
-
mate control system, which may
prevent the Driver Assistance systems
from operating.
僅 Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard, near the front
radar cover.
僅 Always keep the front radar and cover
clean and free of dirt and debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehi
-
cle. Do not spray pressurized water
directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
僅 The genuine Kia front/front corner/
rear corner radar sensor covers are
parts with quality and performance
ensured. If arbitrarily applying paint
on or changing the cover, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
function properly.
Use only Kia Genuine Parts or those
of an equivalent standard with proven
quality and performance to repair or
replace the radar sensor covers.
僅 The function may not work properly
when the bumper has been replaced,
or the surroundings of the front cor
-
ner radar or rear corner radar has
been damaged or paint has been
applied.
OMQ4053006
OMQ4PH054025N
OMQ4A053034
7
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Forward Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Forward Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
on the infotainment system. The
initial warning activation timing of For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist can be
changed.
僅
Forward safety
: Collision warning or
emergency braking may operate in a
collision-imminent situation. If you
deselect the setting, Forward safety
will turn off and the Forward Safety
warning light ( ) will appear on the
cluster.
Forward Cross-Traffic Safety (if
equipped)
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Forward Cross-Traffic Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Forward Cross-Traffic
Safety
from the infotainment system
screen to turn on Junction Crossing
function and deselect to turn off the
function.
Forward/Side Safety (if
equipped)
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Forward/Side Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Forward/Side Safety
on the
infotainment system.
僅
Forward/Side Safety
: Collision warn
-
ing or emergency steering may assist
the driver in a collision-imminent situ
-
ation. If you deselect the setting, For
-
ward safety will turn off and the
Emergency steering warning light
( ) will appear on the cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist On/Off status
from the Settings menu. If the Forward
Safety warning light ( ) or Emergency
steering warning light ( ) remains ON
when Forward safety or Forward/side
safety is selected, have the vehicle
inspected by a professional workshop.
Have your Kia inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
OMV033120N
OMV033121N
OMV033122N
Driver assistance guide
87
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
WARNING
When the vehicle is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if
Forward safety
is
deselected, the driver should always be
aware of the surroundings and drive
safely.
CAUTION
僅 Steering wheel vibration can be
turned on or off.
僅 Forward safety settings include 'Basic
function', 'Junction Turning function',
and 'Direct On coming function'. For
-
ward Cross-Traffic Safety include
'Junction Crossing function', Forward/
Side Cross-Traffic Safety includes
'Lane change oncoming function',
'Lane change side function' and 'Eva
-
sive Steering Assist function'. (if
equipped)
僅 If Forward safety is set to Off 'Junction
Crossing function' will not operate
even if Forward Cross Traffic Safety
and Forward/Side Cross Traffic Safety
are selected. (if equipped)
僅 When the trailer is connected, For
-
ward/Side Safety function of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist automati
-
cally turns off. In this case, you cannot
get help from Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Always drive with
care. (if KIA genuine part equipped)
Forward Safety Warning Timing
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Forward Safety Warning Timing
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Forward Safety Warning
Timing
on the infotainment system to
change the initial warning activation tim
-
ing of Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
僅Use
Standard
in normal driving con
-
ditions. If the Warning Timing seems
sensitive, change it to
Late
.
僅If
Late
is selected, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist, warns the driver
more slowly.
CAUTION
僅Even though
Standard
is selected for
Warning Timing, if the front vehicle
suddenly stops, the warning may
seem delayed.
僅 Select
Later
for Warning Timing when
traffic is light and when driving speed
is slow.
INFORMATION
僅 Forward/side safety does not provide
the warning timing setting.
僅 The warning timing you have set will
be maintained even if the vehicle is
restarted
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
OMV033123N
OMV033124N
9
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
2 Warning Methods
our vehicle may allow you to change the
Warning Methods
setting. To do so,
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Warning Methods
in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
The Warning Methods
will maintain
their last settings when the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅 The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning
is turned off the other is activated.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Basic function
Warning and control
The basic function for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is warned and con
-
trolled in the following way.
僅 Collision warning
僅Emergency braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision Warning can alert the driver
with the Forward Safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
The collision warning operates under the
following vehicle speed conditions,
depending on the vehicle in front.
僅 Vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
6~124 mph (10~200 km/h)
僅 Pedestrian or cyclist: 6~53 mph
(10~85 km/h)
Emergency Braking
A:
Emergency Braking
If Emergency braking recognizes a haz
-
ard, it will alert the driver with the For
-
ward Safety warning light blinking ( ),
warning message, an audible warning
and steering wheel vibration.
Emergency braking will be activated
according to oncoming objects and dan
-
ger levels in the following conditions.
OMQ4053078L
OMQ4053077L
Driver assistance guide
107
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 Vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
*: If Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist judges that avoiding a collision
is difficult even by changing the driv
-
ing lane. The function operate range
may decrease due to surroundings of
the vehicle. (if equipped)
僅 Pedestrian or cyclist: 6~40 mph
(10~65 km/h)
CAUTION
僅 The function operation range may
decrease due to the front traffic con
-
dition or the surroundings of the vehi
-
cle.
僅 When driving at night, the perfor
-
mance of powered two-wheeler rec
-
ognition is decreased, so the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be temporarily limited or may not
work.
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Junction Turning function
Warning and control
The Junction turning function is warned
and controlled in the following way.
僅 Collision Warning
僅Emergency Braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision Warning can alert the driver
with the Forward Safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Collision warning will be activated in the
following conditions:
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately 6-
19 mph (10-30 km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 19-44 mph (30-70 km/h)
僅 Powered two-wheeler and cyclist
speed: Approximately 9-44 mph (15-
70 km/h)
- Driving target Stopped target
Weak braking
power
6~124 mph (10~200 km/h)
Strong brak
-
ing power
6~80 mph
(10~130 km/h)
6~47 mph
(10~75 km/h)
(6~62 mph
(10~100 km/h))*
OMQ4053079L
OMQ4053080L
11
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency Braking
A:
Emergency Braking
Emergency braking can alert the driver
with the Forward Safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion. The brake assist can be activated
and to help avoid a collision with an
oncoming vehicle.
Emergency braking will be activated in
the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: 6~19 mph (10~30
km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 19-44 mph (30-70 km/h)
僅 Powered two-wheeler and cyclist
speed: Approximately 9-44 mph (15-
70 km/h)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Direct Oncoming function
Warning and control
The Direct Oncoming function is warned
and controlled in the following way.
僅 Collision Warning
僅Emergency Braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision warning can alert the driver
with a forward safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Collision Warning will be activated in fol
-
lowing conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
19~80 mph (30~130 km/h) (*if
equipped: 6~80 mph (10~130 km/h))
僅 Crossing vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
Emergency braking
A:
Emergency Braking
OMQ4053081L
OMQ4053079L
OMQ4053078L
OMQ4053077L
Driver assistance guide
127
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency braking can alert the driver
with a forward safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Emergency braking will be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately 19-
80 mph (30~130 km/h)
僅 Crossing vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds
CAUTION
僅 If your vehicle or the oncoming vehi
-
cle is not driving straight, Front
Oncoming function warning and con
-
trol may be delayed or may not oper
-
ate.
僅 When driving at night, the perfor
-
mance of t powered two-wheeler rec
-
ognition is decreased, so the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be temporarily limited or may not
work.
Junction Crossing function (if
equipped)
Warning and control
The Junction Crossing function is
warned and controlled by the following
level.
僅 Collision Warning
僅Emergency Braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision Warning can alert the driver
with the Forward Safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Forward collision warning will be acti
-
vated in the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately 6-
34 mph (10-55 km/h)
僅 Crossing vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 6-37 mph (10-60 km/h)
Emergency Braking
OMQ4053079L
OMQ4053211L
OMQ4053212L
13
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
A:
Emergency Braking
The Forward Safety warning light blink
-
ing ( ), warning message, an audible
warning and the steering wheel vibration
that emergency braking will be assisted.
The brake assist can be activated and
help mitigate or avoid a collision with a
vehicle, pedestrian cyclist, or powered
two-wheeler.
Emergency braking will be activated in
the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately 6-
34 mph (10-55 km/h)
僅 Crossing vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 6-25 mph (10-40 km/h)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
CAUTION
If the collision angle with the crossing
vehicle is beyond a certain range, Junc
-
tion Crossing Warning and control may
be delayed or may not operate.
Lane-Change Oncoming function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
The Lane-change oncoming function is
warned and controlled in the following
way.
僅 Collision Warning
僅 Emergency Steering
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision warning can alert the driver
with the emergency steering warning
light blinking ( ), warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration.
Collision warning will be activated in the
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle or powered two-
wheeler speed: Approximately above
6 mph (10 km/h)
僅 Relative speed: Approximately below
124 mph (200 km/h)
Emergency Steering
A:
Emergency Steering
OMQ4053079L
OMQ4053080L
OMQ4053220L
Driver assistance guide
147
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency steering can alert the driver
with the emergency steering warning
light blinking ( ), warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration. The steering assist will be acti
-
vated to help mitigate or avoid a collision
with an oncoming vehicle or powered
two-wheelers.
Emergency steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle or powered two-
wheeler speed: Approximately above
6 mph (10 km/h)
僅 Relative speed: Approximately below
124 mph (200 km/h)
Lane-Change Side function (if
equipped)
Warning and control
Lane-change side function is warned
and controlled in the following way.
僅 Collision Warning
僅Emergency Steering
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
If Collision warning recognizes a hazard,
it will alert the driver with the emergency
steering warning light blinking ( ),
warning message, an audible warning
and steering wheel vibration. The warn
-
ing light will appear on the outside rear-
view mirror (side-view mirror) when the
vehicle either on a right or left lane is
detected from the rear.
Collision warning will be activated in fol
-
lowing conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
Emergency Steering
A:
Emergency Steering
To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the emergency
steering warning light blinking ( ),
warning message will appear on the
cluster, an audible warning will sound
and the steering wheel will vibrate.
The warning light on the outside rear-
view mirror (side-view mirror) will
appear when the vehicle on both lanes is
detected from the rear. Steering will be
assisted to avoid collision.
Emergency steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
CAUTION
僅 Lane-Change Side function does not
operate if the oncoming vehicle from
the front side is stopped.
僅 These functions do not work when a
flanking car or two-wheeled vehicle is
stationary.
OMQ4053080L
OMQ4053090
OMQ4053220L
15
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 The detection range of the front-side
and rear-side radars is based on the
standard road width of ordinary
roads. On narrow roads, warnings
may be triggered by a vehicle or pow
-
ered two-wheeler driving in the next
lane. Conversely, on wide roads,
radars may fail to recognize a vehicle
or powered two-wheeler driving in the
next lane and not issue warnings.
僅 The lateral approaching vehicle
response function is deactivated in
the following situations:
- If you drive more than a certain dis
-
tance into the next lane
- If you move away from the direc
-
tion where there is a risk of collision
- If the steering wheel is rotated rap
-
idly
-If you step on the brake pedal
-If FCA is activated
僅 After the lateral approaching vehicle
response function has been triggered
or after changing lanes, be sure to
move into the center of the lane. If
you continue to drive along the edge
of the lane without moving to the
lane's center, the lateral approaching
vehicle response function will be
deactivated.
NOTICE
僅 If an additional accident is expected
due to emergency steering, only a col
-
lision warning will be issued to notify
of the danger.
僅 If the driver's seat is on the left, a colli
-
sion warning may be issued when
turning left; if the driver's seat is on
the right, a collision warning may be
issued when turning right.
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
The Evasive Steering Assist function is
warned and controlled in the following
way.
僅 Emergency Steering
Emergency Steering (Driver
steering assist)
A:
Emergency Steering
If Emergency steering recognizes a haz
-
ard, it will alert the driver with the emer
-
gency steering warning light blinking
( ), warning message, an audible
warning and steering wheel vibration.
If there is a risk of collision with a vehicle,
a pedestrian, a cyclist, or a powered two-
wheeler in front, the steering will be
assisted to help prevent collision when
the driver steers the vehicle to avoid col
-
lision.
Emergency Steering can be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~53 mph (40~85 km/h)
Emergency Steering (Evasive
steering assist)
OMQ4053220L
OMQ4053220L
Driver assistance guide
167
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
A:
Emergency Steering
If Emergency steering recognizes a haz
-
ard, it will alert the driver with the emer
-
gency steering warning light blinking
( ), warning message, an audible
warning and steering wheel vibration.
If there is a risk of collision with a pedes
-
trian, a cyclist, or a powered two-wheeler
in front and your vehicle already
exceeded the emergency braking speed
limit, the steering will be assisted to help
prevent collision when the driver steers
the vehicle to avoid collision.
Emergency Steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
40~47 mph (65~75 km/h)
CAUTION
僅 The steering wheel may turn auto
-
matically when emergency steering is
operating.
僅 Emergency steering will automati
-
cally cancel when risk factors disap
-
pear. If necessary, the driver must
steer the vehicle.
僅 Emergency steering may not operate
or may cancel during operation if the
steering wheel is held tight or steered
in the opposite direction.
僅 When steering is assisted to avoid col
-
lision with a vehicle, pedestrian and
cyclist, Evasive steering assist will be
canceled if collisions with other
objects (vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrians, or cyclists) are
expected.
僅 Evasive steering assist may not oper
-
ate if space to avoid collision in the
driving lane is insufficient.
僅 When driving at night, the perfor
-
mance of powered two-wheeler rec
-
ognition is decreased, so the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be temporarily limited or may not
work.
NOTICE
For more details on warning messages,
refer to "Collision Warning" on page 7-9.
WARNING
僅 For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
僅 The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to control the vehicle. Do not
solely depend on Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
僅 Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
objects, etc. It may cause serious
injury or death.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver
depresses the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
僅 Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be unable to timely
warn the driver.
僅 During Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
17
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
if the environment is noisy.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may turn off or may not operate prop
-
erly or may operate unnecessarily
depending on the road conditions and
the surroundings.
僅 During emergency braking, braking
control by Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively depresses
the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
CAUTION
僅 The surroundings and pedestrians,
cyclists and powered two-wheeler or
other vehicles in front of you may
affect the speed or detection range to
operate Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist, resulting in Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist temporarily limited
or disabled.
僅 Forward collision avoidance assis
-
tance operates under specific condi
-
tions, taking into account the status of
the oncoming vehicle, powered two-
wheeler and cyclist, driving direction,
speed, and surrounding environment
to judges the level of risk.
僅 The function may be limited or deacti
-
vated in cases where the driving
speed is excessively high or there is a
significant speed difference between
the vehicle and the oncoming pow
-
ered two-wheelers or cyclists.
僅 When a collision with a surrounding
vehicle is expected, Lane-change
oncoming, Lane-change side and Eva
-
sive steering assist functions will only
warn the driver.
NOTICE
僅 When a collision is imminent, the For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
assist the driver with brakes if the
driver fails to brake enough.
僅 The images or colors on the instru
-
ment cluster may be different from
those in this manual.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, a warning
message will appear, and the yellow
( ), ( ) and ( ) warning lights will
appear on the cluster. Visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053139L
Driver assistance guide
187
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
When the front windshield where the
front-view camera is located, front radar
cover, bumper or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, it
can reduce the detecting performance
and temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs a warning message, and
the yellow ( ), ( ) and ( ) warning
lights will appear on the cluster.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate normally when snow, rain or for
-
eign material is removed.
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after obstruc
-
tion (snow, rain, or foreign material) is
removed (including trailer, carrier, etc.
from the rear bumper), have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Even though a warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate normally, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅 A sensor or its surroundings are con
-
taminated or damaged
僅 The temperature around the front
view camera is extremely high or low
僅 The camera lens is obscured by a
tinted, filmed or coated windshield, by
damaged glass, or by foreign material
(sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
僅 There is moisture or ice on the wind
-
shield
僅 Heavy rain, snow, or fog obscure the
camera’s view
僅 The field of view of the front-view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅 Light is reflected off a wet road sur
-
face, such as a puddle in the road
僅 An object is placed on the instrument
panel
僅 The surroundings are very bright (e.g.,
glare) or very dark (e.g., in a tunnel).
僅 The light changes suddenly, (e.g.,
when entering or exiting a tunnel)
僅 Dark conditions, when the headlamps
are not on or are obscured, or the
other vehicle has no taillights
僅 Only part of the vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist is
detected
僅 The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with an unusually shaped
cargo, trailer, etc.
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front has no taillights or its, taillights
are in unusual positions
OMQ4053140L
19
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 The rear of the front vehicle is small or
the vehicle does not look normal, such
as when the vehicle is tilted or over
-
turned Clarify
僅 The other vehicle's ground clearance
is extremely low or high
僅 A vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
pedestrian or cyclist suddenly cuts in
front
僅 The front radar or its surroundings are
is impacted, damaged, or out of posi
-
tion
僅 The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
僅 The temperature of the front radar is
extremely high or low
僅 Driving in areas where there are few
vehicles or structures (for example,
desert, meadow, etc.)
僅 Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, metal plates on the
road.
僅 A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle.
僅 The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not reflect
on the front radar's signal
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
appears suddenly
僅 The view of the vehicle or powered
two-wheeler is suddenly blocked
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front suddenly changes a lane or
suddenly reduces speed
僅 The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
僅 You are departing or returning to the
lane
僅 Unstable driving
僅 You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front is not detected
僅 You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front has an unusual shape
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front is on a steep hill, out of range
of the camera and radar
僅
The illustration above shows the kinds
of images that the front-view camera
and front radar are capable of detect
-
ing as a vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrian and cyclist. The
system may not detect a pedestrian
or cyclist that is:
僅 leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
short or is posing a low posture
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
impaired mobility or moving inter
-
sected with the driving direction
僅 There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
OMV053105
Driver assistance guide
207
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similarly shaped
structure in the surroundings
僅 You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic signs, structures, etc.,
near the intersection
僅 When driving in the following places
- Driving through steam, smoke, or
shadow
- Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
- Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (i.e.,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
- Driving in a car park
- Driving through tollgate, construc
-
tion areas, partially paved roads,
bumpy roads, speed bumps, etc.
- Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
- Driving on an inclined road, curved
road, etc.
- Driving through a roadside with
trees or street lights
- Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are overgrown
- There is interference by electro
-
magnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
Junction Crossing, Lane-Change
Oncoming, Lane-Change Side,
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
僅 The temperature around the front
corner radar or rear corner radar is
high or low
僅 A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
僅 The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is covered with snow, rain, dirt,
etc.
僅 The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is covered
with objects, such as a bumper
sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
僅 The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is impacted,
damaged or the radar is out of posi
-
tion
僅 The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is blocked by other vehicles,
walls or pillars
僅 Driving on a highway (or motorway)
ramp
僅 Driving on a road where the guardrail
or wall is in double structure
僅 The other vehicle or powered two-
wheeler drives very close behind your
vehicle, or the other vehicle passes by
your vehicle in close proximity
僅 The speed of the other vehicle or
powered two-wheeler is very fast that
it passes by your vehicle in a short
time
僅 Your vehicle passes by the other vehi
-
cle or powered two-wheeler
僅 Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle or powered two-
wheeler next to you and has acceler
-
ated
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in the next lane moves two lanes
away from you, or when the vehicle
two lanes away moves to the next
lane from you
僅 A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
僅 A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
僅 A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
21
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 A small moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby pushchair is detected
僅 A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
僅 The lane is difficult to see due to for
-
eign material, such as rain, snow,
dust, sand, oil and water puddles
僅 The color of the lane marking is not
distinguishable from the road
僅 There are markings on the road near
the lane or the markings on the road
looks similar to the lane markings
僅 The shadow is on the lane marking by
a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise
barriers, etc.
僅 The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing
僅 There are more than two-lane mark
-
ings on the road
僅 The lane markings are complicated or
a structure substitutes for the lines,
such as a construction area
僅 There are road markings, such as zig
-
zag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
僅 The lane suddenly disappears, such
as at the intersection
僅 The lane is very wide or narrow
僅 There is a curb or road edges without
a lane
僅 The vehicle in front is driving with one
side on the lane marking
僅 The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of
detecting rear corner vehicles and cau
-
tions regarding the rear corner sensor,
please refer to the "Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if equipped)" on
page 7-29.
WARNING
僅 Driving on a curved road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pow
-
ered two-wheelers, pedestrians or
cyclists in front of you when driving
on curved roads. This may result in no
warning, braking assist or steering
assist when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, steer the vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect a vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist in the
next lane or outside the lane when
driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may unnecessarily warn
the driver and control the brake or
steering. Always check the traffic con
-
ditions around the vehicle.
僅 Driving on an inclined road
OMV053011_4
OMV053012_4
Driver assistance guide
227
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pow
-
ered two-wheelers, pedestrians or
cyclists in front of you while driving
uphill or downhill, adversely affecting
the performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warn
-
ing, braking assist, steering assist or
no warning, braking assist, steering
assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle, powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist
ahead is suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
僅 Changing lanes
1. Your vehicle
2. Lane changing vehicle
3. Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle (2) moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot
be detected by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not immediately detect the vehi
-
cle when the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must main
-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
When a vehicle (2) in front of you
merges out of the lane, Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist may not imme
-
diately detect the vehicle (3) that is
now in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, steer your
vehicle and depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
僅 Detecting a vehicle
OMV053013_4
OMV053014
OMV053015
23
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending
from the vehicle. In these instances,
you must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain distance.
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
turned off due to safety reasons.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are similar
in shape or characteristics to vehicles,
powered two-wheelers, pedestrians
and cyclists are detected.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate on bicycles, motor
-
cycles, or smaller wheeled objects,
such as luggage bags, shopping carts,
or strollers.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the front view
camera is initialized.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of
detecting rear corner vehicles and cau
-
tions regarding the rear corner sensor,
please refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if equipped)" on
page 7-29.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
OMQ4053007_2
Driver assistance guide
247
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
While driving over a certain speed, Lane
Keeping Assist can detect lane markings
(or road edges) and may warn you if
your vehicle leaves the lane without
using the turn signal and may assist with
steering to prevent your vehicle depart
-
ing from its travel lane.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
The front-view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
(or road edges).
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Lane Keeping Assist settings
Lane Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Lane Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
on the infotainment system.
僅
Lane Safety
: When lane departure is
detected, the system assists with
steering to prevent leaving the lane,
and if lane departure occurs, it alerts
the driver with an audible sound and
steering wheel vibration. If Lane
safety is deselected, the indicator light
( ) will be turned off.
WARNING
僅 Lane Keeping Assist does not control
the steering wheel when the vehicle is
driven in the middle of the lane.
僅 The driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and steer the vehi
-
cle if
Lane safety
is deselected.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Lane Keeping Assist
automatically turns off. In this case, you
cannot get help from Lane Keeping
Assist. Always drive with care. (if KIA
genuine part equipped)
NOTICE
By pressing the Lane Driving Assist but
-
ton ( ), the Lane Keeping Assist will be
turned off, and it will also deactivate the
Lane Safety.
Warning Methods
OMQ4053002
OMV033128N
OMV033124N
25
7
7
Driver assistance guide Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Warning Methods
can be scan be set
with the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
from the settings menu in
the infotainment system to change the
following settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
僅
Lane Safety Audible Warning Off
:
Turns off the Lane Safety Audible
Warning, even when both warning
volume and haptic warning are on.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅 The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning
is turned off the other is activated.
僅 The
Lane Safety Audible Warning
Off
can be set when both the Warn
-
ing Volume and the Haptic Warning
are on
Lane Keeping Assist operation
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/
Off
With the vehicle on, press and hold the
Lane Driving Assist ( ) button located
on the steering wheel to turn on and off
Lane Keeping Assist.
The gray or green indicator ( ) on
the cluster will light up if you turn on
Lane Keeping Assist.
NOTICE
僅 If Lane Keeping Assist is standby, the
gray indicator ( ) will appear on
the cluster.
僅 If Lane Keeping Assist is ready to
operate, the green indicator ( )
will appear on the cluster.
Warning and control
The Lane Keeping Assist function is
warned and controlled in the following
way.
僅 Lane Departure Warning
僅 Lane Keeping Assist
OMQ4053008
OMQ4053084
Driver assistance guide
267
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Departure Warning
Lane departure warning is issued
through a green indicator light on the
cluster, a blinking indicator in the direc
-
tion you departed from, a warning
sound, and the steering wheel will
vibrate.
Lane Departure Warning will be acti
-
vated in the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
40~120 mph (60~200 km/h)
Lane Keeping Assist
The green ( ) indicator light will blink
on the cluster, and the steering wheel
makes adjustments to keep vehicle
inside the lane.
Lane Keeping Assist will be activated in
the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
40~120 mph (60~200 km/h)
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, a
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound in stages.
WARNING
僅 The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is held
very tight or the steering wheel is
steered over a certain degree.
僅 Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of
the driver to safely steer the vehicle
and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
僅 The hands-off warning message may
appear delayed depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands
on the steering wheel while driving.
僅 If the steering wheel is held very
lightly, the hands-off warning mes
-
sage may appear because Lane Keep
-
ing Assist may not recognize that the
driver has their hands on the steering
wheel.
僅 If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
NOTICE
僅 Even when Lane Keeping Assist is
active, the driver can still control the
steering wheel.
僅 The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
僅 If the vehicle detects the lane mark
-
ings, the gray-colored lane lines on
the cluster turns into white.
OMQ4053085
OMQ4053086L
OMQ4A053020
27
7
7
Driver assistance guide Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
僅 If you select Highway Lane Change
Assist, the green lane will appear on
the cluster. (if equipped)
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
僅 For more details on the instrument
cluster, refer to "Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
and limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
When Lane Keeping Assist is not work
-
ing properly, a warning message will
appear and the yellow ( ) indicator
light will appear on the instrument clus
-
ter.
If this occurs, have the function
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
If foreign materials such as snow or rain
block the sensors or the windshield
where the front-view camera is located,
the detecting performance may be
reduced, resulting in Lane Keeping
Assist temporarily limited or disabled.
In this case, a warning message is dis
-
played with the master warning light ( )
and the yellow Lane safety warning
lights ( ) on the cluster. This is nor
-
mal operation.
Lane Keeping Assist will operate nor
-
mally after cleaning snow, rain or foreign
materials. Always keep it clean.
If Lane Keeping Assist still does not
operate normally after cleaning foreign
materials (snow, rain, etc.) or removing
obstructions (including trailer, carrier,
etc. from the rear bumper), have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Lane Keeping Assist may not
operate normally.
僅 Even after starting the vehicle again,
Lane Keeping Assist may not function
normally when the obstruction or mal
-
function condition persists.
OMQ4A053021
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053139L
Driver assistance guide
287
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Lane Keeping
Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
normally or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
僅 The lane is contaminated or difficult
to detect because:
- The lane markings (or road edges)
are covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil,
etc.
- The color of the lane marking (or
road edges) is not distinguishable
from the road
- There are markings (or road edges)
on the road near the lane or the
markings (or road edges) on the
road look similar to the lane mark
-
ings (or road edges)
- The lane marking (or road edges) is
indistinct or damaged
- When the shadow of objects
around the road (central reserva
-
tion, crash barrier, noise barrier,
surrounding bushes, etc.) or the
shadow of a vehicle covers the
lane.
僅 The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings (or
road edges) are crossing
僅 There are more than two lane mark
-
ings (or road edges) on the road
僅 The lane markings (or road edges) are
complicated or a structure is substi
-
tuted for the lines, such as in a con
-
struction area
僅 There are road markings, such as zig
-
zag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
僅 The lane suddenly disappears, such
as at the intersection
僅 The lane (or road width) is very wide
or narrow
僅 There is a road edge without a lane
僅 There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
curb, etc.
僅 The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front
is covering the lane marking (or road
edge)
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
WARNING
僅 The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to safely drive and control the
vehicle. Do not solely rely on Lane
Keeping Assist and drive dangerously.
僅 The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
can be canceled or not work normally
depending on road conditions and
surroundings. Always be cautious
while driving.
僅 Refer to "Lane Keeping Assist mal
-
function and limitations" on page 7-
27. If the lane is not detected properly.
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Lane Keeping
Assist for safety reasons.
僅 If the vehicle is driven at high speed,
the steering wheel will not be con
-
trolled. The driver must always follow
29
7
7
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
the speed limit when using Lane
Keeping Assist.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Lane Keeping Assist
warning message may not be dis
-
played and audible warning may not
be generated.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Lane Keeping Assist if the environ
-
ment is noisy. Adjust the vehicle vol
-
ume moderately and always pay
attention to the surrounding.
僅 If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
normally.
僅 Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
for approximately 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the front-view
camera is initialized.
僅 Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
- The turn signal or hazard warning
flasher is turned on.
- The vehicle is not driven in the cen
-
ter of the lane when Lane Keeping
Assist is turned on or right after
changing a lane.
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Manage
-
ment) is activated.
- The vehicle is turning quickly on a
curved road.
- Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55
km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/
h).
- The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
- The vehicle brakes suddenly.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
can detect approaching vehicles in the
driver’s blind spot areas and warn you of
a possible collision with a warning light
and a warning sound. If there is a colli
-
sion risk when exiting a parallel space,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to
help avoid a collision.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
can help detect and informs the driver
that a vehicle is approaching at high
speed from the blind spot area.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
can help detect and informs the driver
that a vehicle is in the blind spot.
When you are driving forward out of a
parking space, if Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist determines that there
is a collision risk with an approaching
OMQ4053009
OMQ4053010
OMQ4053012
Driver assistance guide
307
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
vehicle in the blind spot, it can help
avoid collision by applying the brake.
CAUTION
僅 The detecting range may vary
depending on the speed of your vehi
-
cle. Even if there is a vehicle in the
blind spot area, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not warn you
when you pass by at high speeds.
僅 Warning timing may vary depending
on the speed of the vehicle approach
-
ing at high speed.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
CAUTION
僅 Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor assembly, or cause any damage to
it.
僅 If the detecting sensor or near the
sensor has been damaged or
impacted in any way, even though a
warning message does not appear on
the cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly.
Have the function inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. Visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 The genuine Kia rear bumpers which
the Rear corner radar sensors are
mounted are parts with quality and
performance ensured. If arbitrarily
applying paint on or changing the
bumper, the Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not function
properly. Use only Kia Genuine Parts
or those of an equivalent standard
with proven quality and performance
to repair or replace the bumper.
僅 Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard near the rear cor
-
ner radar.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not work properly if the bumper
has been replaced, or the surround
-
ings of the rear corner radar has been
damaged or paint has been applied.
僅 If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance
of the rear corner radar or Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Blind-Spot Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Blind-Spot Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Blind-
Spot Safety
on the infotainment system.
僅
Blind-Spot Safety
: Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will warn and
OMQ4A053034
OMV033129N
31
7
7
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
braking assist will be applied depend
-
ing on the collision risk levels.
A:
Blind-Spot Safety System is Off
When activating Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist or restarting the vehi
-
cle with this function activated, the
warning light on the side mirrors will
appear for approximately 3 seconds.
When the vehicle is restarted with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist inacti
-
vated, a warning message will appear on
the cluster.
WARNING
If
Blind-Spot Safety
is deselected, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist automatically turns off.
In this case, you cannot get help from
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Always drive with care. (if KIA genuine
part equipped)
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Blind-Spot Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist will maintain the
last setting.
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Warning Methods
can be scan be set
with the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
from the settings menu in
the infotainment system to change the
following settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off the other is activated.
OJAPE073081L
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
327
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will warn and control as following opera
-
tion.
僅 Collision warning
僅 Collision-avoidance assist (while
departing)
Collision warning (while driving)
Type A
The warning light on the cluster, outside
rear-view mirror (side-view mirror) and
head-up display (if equipped) will
appear when the vehicle on both lanes is
detected from the rear.
A vehicle is detected in the following
conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Above 12 mph (20
km/h)
僅 The speed of the vehicle in your blind
spot area: Above 7 mph (10 km/h)
With the vehicle detection in use, Colli
-
sion warning will alert the driver when
the turn signal is activated to make a
lane change with an adjacent car in the
blind spot area.
僅 Collision warning will alert the driver
with the warning light on the cluster,
outside rear-view mirrors (side-view
mirrors) and head-up display (if
equipped), audible warning and steer
-
ing wheel vibration.
僅 When the turn signal is turned off or
you move away from the lane, the col
-
lision warning will be canceled and
the function will return to Vehicle
detection state.
Collision Warning operate in the follow
-
ing conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Above 25 mph
(40 km/h)
僅 The speed of the vehicle in your blind
spot area: Above 7 mph (10 km/h)
WARNING
僅 The detecting range of the front cor
-
ner radar or rear corner radar is deter
-
mined by a standard road width,
therefore, on a narrow road, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may
detect other vehicles two lanes over
and warn you. In contrast, on a wide
road, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not be able to detect a
vehicle driving in the next lane and
may not warn you.
僅When the hazard warning flasher is
on, the collision warning by the turn
signal will not operate.
NOTICE
僅 If the driver's seat is on the left side,
the collision warning may occur when
you turn left. If the driver's seat is on
the right side, the collision warning
may occur when you turn right.
Maintain a proper distance with the
vehicles in the lane.
僅 Images or colors may be displayed
differently depending on the instru
-
ment cluster specifications or theme.
OMQ4053014_4
33
7
7
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while
departing)
The warning light on the outside rear-
view mirror (side-view mirror), head-up
display (if equipped), an audible warning
and the steering wheel vibration will
warn the driver of a collision. It assists in
braking control to prevent a collision
with a vehicle approaching from the
blind spot area.
Collision-Avoidance Assist will be acti
-
vated in the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Below 2 mph (3
km/h)
僅 Speed of the vehicle in your blind spot
area: Above 3 mph (5 km/h)
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the instrument cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
僅 For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, BCA warning message
may not be displayed and audible
warning may not be generated.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the environment is noisy.
Always pay attention and keep the
vehicle volume at a moderate level.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver applies
the brake pedal to avoid collision.
僅 When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is operating, braking control by
the function will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively depresses
the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
僅 During Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
僅 Even if there is a problem with Blind
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic braking performance
will operate properly.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate in all situations, and
even if it works, it may not be able to
avoid collisions.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not warn the driver depending
on the road and driving conditions.
僅 The responsibility for safe operation
lies with the driver. Do not rely solely
OMQ4A053022
OMQ4A053023
Driver assistance guide
347
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
on Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist for driving and always check
the surrounding conditions directly
and drive safely.
僅 Never operate Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist on people, animal,
objects, etc. It may cause serious
injury or death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
僅 The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
僅 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, a warning
message will appear on the cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light will appear on the cluster.
Avoidance Assist inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
A:
Check side-view mirror warning
light
When the outside rear-view mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, a warn
-
ing message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light will appear on the cluster.
If this occurs, have Blind Spot Collision
Avoidance Assist inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
Covering the rear bumper around the
rear corner radar or sensor with foreign
materials, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier can reduce
the detecting performance, resulting in
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
temporarily limited or disabled.
A warning message and master warning
light ( ) are displayed on the cluster dis
-
play, but it does not indicate a malfunc
-
tion of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate normally when such foreign
OJAPE073102L
OJAPE073083L
OMQ4053140L
35
7
7
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
material or trailer, etc., is removed, and
then the vehicle is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate normally after it is
removed, have Blind Spot Collision
Avoidance Assist inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message does
not appear on the cluster, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
properly operate.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area
(for example, open terrain) where any
objects are not detected right after
the vehicle is turned on, or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with for
-
eign material right after the vehicle is
turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist to install or remove a trailer, car
-
rier, or another attachment. Turn on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
when finished.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the follow
-
ing circumstances:
僅 There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow and rain.
僅 The detecting sensor is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
僅 The ambient temperature around the
detecting sensor is high or low.
僅 The detecting sensor is blocked while
driving near a vehicle, pillar, or wall.
僅 Driving on a highway ramp or through
a tollgate.
僅 The pavement abnormally contains
metallic components (such as subway
construction).
僅 There are fixed objects near the vehi
-
cle, such as sound barriers, guardrails,
central dividers, entry barriers, street
lights, signs, tunnels, walls, etc.
僅 Driving on a narrow road with over
-
grown foliage.
僅 Driving in wide open areas where
there are few vehicles or structures
僅 Driving on a wet road surface.
僅 Other vehicles are moving very close
behind you, or are passing.
僅 Other vehicles are moving is very fast
when passing.
僅 You pass another vehicle.
僅 You change lane.
僅 Your accelerate at the same time as a
vehicle next to you.
僅 A vehicle in the next lane moves two
lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
僅 A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
僅 The bumper around the rear corner
radar is covered with objects, such as
a bumper sticker, bike rack, etc.
僅 The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
Driver assistance guide
367
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
僅 Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
僅 When the following objects are
detected:
- A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
- A vehicle such as a flat-bed trailer is
detected
- A large vehicle such as a bus or
truck is detected
- A moving obstacle such as a pedes
-
trian, animal, shopping cart or baby
carriage is detected
- A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Pay extra attention. Braking control may
not operate under the following condi
-
tions:
僅 The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road or pothole.
僅 Driving on a slippery surface such as
snow, water, ice, etc.
僅 Tire pressure is low or is damaged
僅 The braking system has been modi
-
fied
僅 When steering abruptly
WARNING
僅 Driving on a curved road
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly on a curved
road. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not detect the vehicle in
the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing on a curved road.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅 Driving on an inclined road
Driving where the road is merging/
dividing
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing on a slope. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane or
may incorrectly detect the ground or
structure.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
OMQ4053015
OMQ4053016
OMQ4053018_2
OMQ4053017
37
7
7
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing where the road merges or divides.
The function may not detect the vehi
-
cle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅 Driving where the heights of the lanes
are different
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing where the heights of the lanes are
different. The function may not detect
the vehicle on a road with different
lane heights (underpass joining sec
-
tion, grade separated intersections,
etc.).
WARNING
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that you
turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for approximately 3
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the front view camera or rear corner
radars are initialized.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
OMQ4053019
Driver assistance guide
387
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) (if
equipped)
While your vehicle is stopped, and if Safe
Exit Warning detects a vehicle
approaching the rear corner of your
vehicle and a passenger opens a door,
Safe Exit Warning may warn you with a
warning message and a warning sound
to help avoid a collision.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 7-29.
Safe Exit Warning settings
Safe Exit
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Safe Exit
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Safe Exit
on the infotainment
system.
WARNING
If
Safe Exit
is deselected, Safe Exit
Warning cannot warn you. The driver
should always be aware of unexpected
and sudden situations that may occur.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Safe Exit Warning
automatically turns off. In this case, you
cannot get help from Safe Exit Warning.
Always drive with care. (if KIA genuine
part equipped)
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Safe Exit Warn
-
ing will maintain the last setting.
OMQ4053020
OMQ4A053034
OMQ4053192L
39
7
7
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Warning Methods
can be set with the
vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Methods
from the settings menu in the infotain
-
ment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
Safe Exit Warning operation
Warning and control
Safe Exit Warning warns the following
actions.
僅 Collision warning when exiting vehicle
Collision warning when exiting
vehicle
A:
Collision Warning
The warning light on the side-view mir
-
ror will blink and a warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
僅 Safe Exit Warning will warn under the following circumstances:
- Your driving speed: below 2 mph (3
km/h)
- The speed of the approaching vehi
-
cle from the rear: above 4 mph (6
km/h)
WARNING
僅 For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
OMQ4053189L
OMQ4053014_4
OMQ4053184L
Driver assistance guide
407
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
is generated, Safe Exit Warning mes
-
sage may not be displayed and audi
-
ble warning may not be generated.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Safe Exit Warning if the surround
-
ings are noisy.
僅 Safe Exit Warning does not operate in
all situations or cannot prevent all col
-
lisions.
僅 Safe Exit Warning may not warn the
driver depending on the vehicle and
driving conditions. Always check vehi
-
cle surroundings.
僅 You and your passengers are respon
-
sible for accidents that occur while
exiting the vehicle. Always check the
surroundings before you exit the vehi
-
cle.
NOTICE
僅 After the vehicle is turned off, Safe
Exit Warning operates for approxi
-
mately 3 minutes, but turns off imme
-
diately if the doors are locked.
僅 Images or colors may be displayed
differently depending on the instru
-
ment cluster specifications or theme.
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
and limitations
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, a warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster for several
seconds, and the master ( ) warning
light will appear on the cluster. If there is
a malfunction in Safe Exit Assist, a warn
-
ing message will be displayed on the
instrument cluster display for a certain
period, and the master warning light ( )
will turn on. If it does not work properly,
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
A:
Check side-view mirror warning
light
When the outside rear-view mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, a warn
-
ing message will appear on the
instrument cluster for several seconds,
and the master ( ) warning light will
appear on the instrument cluster.
Have Safe Exit Assist be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Safe Exit Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow, rain, a
trailer or carrier, it can reduce the
detecting performance and temporarily
limit or disable Safe Exit Assist.
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
OJAPE073102L
OJAPE073083L
OMQ4053140L
41
7
7
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
A warning message and master warning
light ( ) are displayed on the instrument
cluster, but it does not indicate a mal
-
function of Safe Exit Assist.
Safe Exit Assist will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc., is removed, and then the vehicle is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate prop
-
erly after it is removed, have your Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message does
not appear on the instrument cluster,
Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate.
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate in an open terrain where any
objects are not detected or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with for
-
eign material immediately after the
vehicle is turned on, or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with for
-
eign material.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or another
attachment. Turn on Safe Exit Assist
when finished.
Limitations of Safe Exit Warning
Safe Exit Warning may not operate nor
-
mally, or Safe Exit Warning may operate
unexpectedly under the following condi
-
tions:
僅 Exiting the vehicle where there is
overgrown foliage
僅 Exiting the vehicle where the road is
wet
僅 An approaching vehicle is moving
very fast or very slow
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 7-29.
WARNING
僅 Safe Exit Warning may not operate
normally if interfered with by strong
electromagnetic waves.
僅 Safe Exit Warning may not operate for
approximately 3 seconds after the
vehicle is restarted, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.
僅 Even after starting the vehicle again,
Safe Exit Warning not function prop
-
erly if the obstruction or malfunction
condition persists.
Driver assistance guide
427
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) (if
equipped)
While your vehicle is stopped, and if Safe
Exit Warning detects a vehicle
approaching the rear corner of your
vehicle and a passenger opens a door,
Safe Exit Warning may warn you with a
warning message and a warning sound
to help avoid a collision.
When the electronic child safety lock
button is in the LOCK position and an
approaching vehicle from the rear is
detected, the electronic child safety lock
( ) button will not unlock even if the
driver presses the button to unlock the
rear doors.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 7-29.
Safe Exit Assist settings
Safe Exit
1 Driver Assistance
2 Safe Exit
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Safe Exit
on the infotainment
system.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of his
or her surroundings. If
Exit Safety
is
deselected, Safe Exit Assist cannot assist
you.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Safe Exit Assist auto
-
matically turns off. In this case, you
OMQ4053021
OMQ4053022
OMQ4A053034
OMV033130N
43
7
7
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
cannot get help from Safe Exit Assist.
Always drive with care. (if KIA genuine
part equipped)
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Safe Exit Assist
will maintain the last setting.
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Warning Methods
can be scan be set
with the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
from the settings menu in
the infotainment system to change the
following settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, the function
may warn you with a low volume.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able depending on the vehicle fea
-
tures and specifications.
Safe Exit Assist operation
Warning and control
Safe Exit Assist warns under the follow
-
ing actions.
僅 Collision warning when exiting vehicle
僅 Safe Exit Assist linked to Electronic
child safety lock
Collision warning when exiting
vehicle
1 Collision Warning
The warning light on the side-view mir
-
ror will blink and a warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster, and an
audible warning will sound.
僅 Collision warning when exiting vehicle
will warn under the following circum
-
stances:
- Your driving speed: below 2 mph (3
km/h)
OMV033124N
OMQ4053014_4
OMQ4053184L
Driver assistance guide
447
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
- The speed of an approaching vehi
-
cle from the rear is above 4 mph (6
km/h)
Safe Exit Assist linked to Elec
-
tronic child safety lock
A:
Check traffic in the blind spot, then
try again
The warning light on the outside rear-
view mirror will blink and a warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster.
僅 Safe Exit Assist linked to Electronic
child safety lock will operate in the fol
-
lowing conditions:
- Your driving speed is below 2 mph
(3 km/h)
- The speed of an approaching vehi
-
cle from the rear: above 4 mph (6
km/h)
NOTICE
For more details on Electronic child
safety lock button, refer to "Electronic
child safety lock system (if equipped)"
on page 5-18.
WARNING
If the driver presses the Electronic child
safety lock button again within 10 sec
-
onds after a warning message appears,
Safe Exit Assist determines that the
driver has unlocked the doors acknowl
-
edging the rear status. The electronic
child safety lock will turn off (button indi
-
cator OFF) and the rear doors will
unlock. Always check the surroundings
before turning off the Electronic child
safety lock button.
NOTICE
If a rear door is open from the outside, it
will open regardless of Safe Exit Assist
operation.
WARNING
僅 Change the Settings after parking at a
safe location.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Safe Exit Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be heared.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
in surroundings.
僅 Safe Exit Assist does not operate in all
situations or cannot prevent all colli
-
sions.
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not warn the
driver depending on the road and
driving conditions. Always check vehi
-
cle surroundings.
僅 You and your passengers are respon
-
sible for accidents that occur while
exiting the vehicle. Always check the
surroundings before you exit the vehi
-
cle.
僅 Never deliberately operate Safe Exit
Assist. Doing so may lead to serious
injury or death.
NOTICE
僅 After the vehicle is turned off, Safe
Exit Assist operates approximately for
3 minutes, but turns off immediately if
the doors are locked.
OMQ4033495L
45
7
7
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Safe Exit Assist malfunction and
limitations
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, a warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster for several
seconds, and the master ( ) warning
light will appear. If there is a malfunction
in Safe Exit Assist, a warning message
will be displayed on the instrument clus
-
ter for a certain period, and the master
warning light ( ) will turn on. If it does
not work properly, Have Safe Exit Assist
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
A:
Check side-view mirror warning
light
When the outside rear-view mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, a warn
-
ing message will appear on the
instrument cluster for several seconds,
and the master ( ) warning light will
appear on the cluster.
Have Safe Exit Assist inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Safe Exit Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow, a trailer
or carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Safe Exit Assist.
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
A warning message and master warning
light ( ) are displayed on the instrument
cluster, but does not indicate a malfunc
-
tion of Safe Exit Assist.
Safe Exit Assist will operate properly
when such foreign material is removed
and the vehicle is restarted.
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate prop
-
erly after it is removed, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message does
not appear on the instrument cluster,
Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate.
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate in an open area where objects
are not detected or when the detect
-
ing sensor is blocked with foreign
material immediately after the vehicle
is turned on.
OJAPE073102L
OJAPE073083L
OMQ4053140L
Driver assistance guide
467
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or other attach
-
ment. Turn on Safe Exit Assist when fin
-
ished.
Limitations of Safe Exit Assist
Safe Exit Assist may not operate prop
-
erly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
僅 Existing the vehicle where there is
overgrown foliage
僅 Exiting the vehicle where the road is
wet
僅 An approaching vehicle is moving
very fast or very slow
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 7-29.
WARNING
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not operate prop
-
erly if interfered with by strong elec
-
tromagnetic waves.
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not operate for
approximately 3 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.
僅 Even after starting the engine again,
Safe Exit Warning not function prop
-
erly when the obstruction or malfunc
-
tion condition persists.
僅 Even after starting the vehicle again,
Safe Exit Assist may not function
properly when the obstruction or mal
-
function condition persists.
47
7
7
Driver assistance guide Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
Manual Speed Limit Assist
(MSLA)
1
Speed Limit indicator
2
Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit,
Manual Speed Limit Assist operates (set
speed limit will blink and chime will
sound) until the vehicle speed returns
within the speed limit.
Manual Speed Limit Assist opera
-
tion
Setting speed limit
1. Press and hold Driving Assist ( ) but
-
ton at the desired speed. The Speed
Limit ( ) indicator will appear
on the cluster.
2. Push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down and release it at the desired
speed.
Push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down and hold it. The speed will
increase or decrease to the nearest
multiple of 5 mph (10 in km/h) at first,
and then increase or decrease by 5
mph (10 km/h).
3. The set speed limit will be displayed
on the instrument cluster.
If you would like to drive over the pre
-
set speed limit, depress the accelera
-
tor pedal.
The set speed limit will blink and
chime will sound until you return the
vehicle speed to the set limit.
NOTICE
When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain the set
speed.
OMQ4A053003
OMQ4053206
OMQ4053032
OMQ4053033
OMQ4A053004
Driver assistance guide
487
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
Temporarily pausing Manual
Speed Limit Assist
Press the ( ) switch to temporarily
pause the set speed limit. The set speed
limit will turn off but the Speed Limit
( ) indicator will stay on.
Resuming Manual Speed Limit
Assist
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the function was paused, operate
the (+), (-), ( ) switch.
If you push the (+) switch up or (–)
switch down, vehicle speed will be set to
the current speed on the instrument
cluster.
If you press the ( ) switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
Turning off Manual Speed Limit
Assist
Press the Driving Assist ( ) button to
turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The
Speed Limit ( ) indicator will go
off.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
僅 Always set the vehicle speed under
the posted speed limit.
僅 Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
when the function is not in use, to
avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
Check that the Speed Limit ( )
indicator is off.
僅 Manual Speed Limit Assist does not
substitute for proper and safe driving.
It is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and to be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations.
Pay attention to the road conditions at
all times.
OMQ4053152
OMQ4053035_3
OMQ4053206
49
7
7
Driver assistance guide Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
(ISLA) (if equipped)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses infor
-
mation from the detected road signs and
uses the navigation system data to
inform you of the posted speed limit and
to help you maintain it.
CAUTION
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly if the function is
used in other countries.
僅If a navigation is applied to your vehi
-
cle, the navigation needs to be regu
-
larly updated for Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist to operate properly.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist set
-
tings
Speed Limit
1 Driver Assistance
2 Speed Limit
3 Speed Limit Assist
4 Speed Limit Warning
5 Speed Limit Information
6 Off
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Speed
Limit
on the infotainment system.
僅
Country Selection
: If navigation is
not enabled, you can manually select
the country from the menu. Please
select the country you are currently
driving in for proper functionality.
僅
Speed Limit Assist
: Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will inform the driver of
speed limit and additional road signs
and warn the driver when the vehicle
is driven faster than the speed limit.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will also
inform the driver to change set speed
of Manual Speed Limit Assist or Smart
Cruise Control to help the driver stay
within the speed limit.
僅
Speed Limit Warning
: Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist will inform the
driver of speed limit and additional
road signs. Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist will also warn the driver when
the vehicle is driven faster than the
posted speed limit.
OMQ4053002
OMQ4A053024
Driver assistance guide
507
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
僅
Speed Limit information
: Provides
information on speed limits and addi
-
tional signs.
僅
Off
: Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
turn off.
WARNING
Be sure to park in a safe place before
setting Intelligent Speed Limit Assist.
NOTICE
僅 Speed limit and Speed warning func
-
tion operates based on an offset value
added to the speed limit. Set the off
-
set value to '0' to change or warn the
speed according to the posted speed
limit.
僅 The setting of Speed limit offset is not
reflected in Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
operation
Warning and control
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is warned
and controlled by the following level.
僅 Displaying speed limit
僅 Speeding warning
僅 Changing set speed
僅 Auto set speed change
NOTICE
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist warning
and control are described based on
the Offset adjust to '0'. For details on
Offset setting, refer to "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) (if
equipped)" on page 7-49.
Displaying speed limit
Speed limit information is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
NOTICE
僅 If speed limit information of the road
cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be
displayed. Please refer to "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist malfunction and
limitations" on page 7-52 if the road
signs are difficult to recognize.
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist provides
additional road sign information in
addition to speed limit. Additional
road sign information provided may
vary according to your region.
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the instrument cluster type or theme
selected from the settings menu.
Speeding warning
When driving at a speed higher than the
displayed speed limit, the red speed limit
indicator will appear.
OMQ4A053008
OMQ4A053009
51
7
7
Driver assistance guide Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Changing set speed
If the speed limit of the road changes
during the operation of Manual Speed
Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
arrow in the direction of up or down is
displayed to inform the driver that the
set speed needs to be changed. The
driver can change the set speed accord
-
ing to the speed limit by using the (+) or
(–) switch on the steering wheel.
Auto set speed change (if
equipped with the navigation)
When operating Manual Speed Limit
Assist or Smart Cruise Control, if the
speed set by the driver is the same as
the speed limit on the road, the set
speed is automatically adjusted accord
-
ingly the speed limit afterwards. The
auto set speed change function operates
on roads with a speed limit of above 45
mph (70 km/h). When the function is
activated, the set speed on the instru
-
ment cluster is displayed in green.
WARNING
僅 When driving at a speed lower than
the speed limit, set the offset under
'0', or press (-) switch to decrease
your set speed.
僅 Even after changing the set speed
according to the speed limit of the
road, the vehicle can still be driven
over the speed limit. If necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your speed.
僅 If the posted speed limit is under 20
mph (30 km/h), the set speed change
and auto set speed change function
will not work.
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist oper
-
ates using the speed unit in the instru
-
ment cluster set by the driver. If the
speed unit is set to a unit other than
the speed unit used in your country,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly. (Except Australia/
Russia)
NOTICE
僅 For more details on Manual Speed
Limit Assist operation, refer to "Man
-
ual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)" on
page 7-47.
僅 For more details on Smart Cruise Con
-
trol operation, refer to "Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)" on page 7-60.
OMQ4A053006
OMQ4A053007
OMQ4A053010
Driver assistance guide
527
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction and limitations
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
working properly, a warning message
will appear on the cluster for several sec
-
onds, and the master ( ) speed limit ( )
warning light will appear on the cluster.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist dis
-
abled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
When the front windshield where the
front-view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting perfor
-
mance and temporarily limit or disable
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist. If this
occurs, a warning message and speed
limit indicator ( ) will appear on the
cluster.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed. Always keep it
clean.
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
operate properly after it is removed,
have your vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Even though a warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
may not operate properly.
僅 Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioned,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
properly operate as the function
maintains the broken/covered state.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅 The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
- The road sign is difficult to see due
to bad weather, such as rain, snow,
fog.
- The road sign is partially obscured
by surrounding objects or shadow
僅 The road signs do not conform to the
standard
- The text or picture on the road sign
is different from the standard
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053139L
53
7
7
Driver assistance guide Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
- The road sign is installed between
the main line and the exit road or
between diverging roads
- A sign is attached to another vehi
-
cle
僅 The distance between the vehicle and
the road signs is far
僅 The vehicle encounters illuminating
road signs
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist incor
-
rectly recognizes numbers or pictures
in the street signs or other signs as
the speed limit
僅 A road sign near the road you are
driving is detected
僅 Multiple signs are installed close
together
僅 The minimum speed limit sign is mis
-
identified
僅 The minimum speed limit sign is on
the road
僅 The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
僅 Headlamps are not used or the bright
-
ness of the headlamps are weak at
night or in the tunnel
僅 The field of view of the front-view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅 Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight, street
lights, or oncoming vehicles
僅 The navigation information or GPS
information contains errors.
僅 The driver does not follow the guide
of the navigation.
僅 Driving on a road that is sharply
curved or continuously curved
僅 Driving through speed bumps, or driv
-
ing up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
僅 The vehicle is shaking heavily
僅 Driving on a new road
僅 When driving on a road under con
-
struction.
僅 When the navigation software
updates during driving
WARNING
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a sup
-
plemental function that can help the
driver to comply with the speed limit
on the road, and may not display the
correct speed limit or control the driv
-
ing speed properly.
僅 It is the responsibility of the driver to
follow the speed limit.
僅 It may not operate for 15 seconds
after the vehicle is started, or the
front-view camera is initialized or
restarted.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Driver assistance guide
547
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning
(DAW)
Inattentive Driving Warning func
-
tion
Driver Attention Warning monitors your
driving pattern while driving. When the
driver's attention level is below a certain
level, Driver Attention Warning recom
-
mends a break to help with safe driving.
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs from a stop.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
CAUTION
僅 Always keep the front-view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of DAW.
僅 For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Driver Attention Warning set
-
tings
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driver Attention Warning
3 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driver
Attention Warning
→
Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert
on the infotainment
system.
僅
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
:
Driver Attention Warning will inform
the driver when a detected vehicle in
front departs from a stop.
Driver Attention Warning opera
-
tion
Inattentive Driving Warning func
-
tion
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is as follows.
僅Taking a break
Taking a break
A:
Consider taking a break
The inattentive warning light ( ) blink
-
ing and warning message will appear on
OMQ4053002
OMV033132N
OJAPE073088L
55
7
7
Driver assistance guide Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
the instrument cluster and an audible
warning will sound to suggest that the
driver take a break, when the driver's
attention level is below a certain level.
僅 Driver Attention Warning will not sug
-
gest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 4 minutes or 4
minutes has not passed after the last
break was suggested.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
CAUTION
僅 Driver Attention Warning may suggest
a break depending on the driver's
driving pattern or habits, even if the
driver doesn't feel fatigue.
僅 Driver Attention Warning is a supple
-
mental function and may not be able
to determine whether the driver is
inattentive.
僅 If you feel fatigued, you should take a
break at a safe location, even though
there is no break suggestion by Driver
Attention Warning.
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function
A:
Leading vehicle is driving away
When a detected vehicle in front departs
from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert will inform the driver by displaying
a warning message on the cluster and
an audible warning will sound.
WARNING
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Leading Vehicle Depar
-
ture Alert's warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
僅 The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
CAUTION
僅 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
僅 Always check the front of the vehicle
and road conditions before departure.
NOTICE
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
cluster type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
OMQ4053096L
Driver assistance guide
567
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning mal
-
function and limitations
Driver Attention Warning mal
-
function
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, a warning message
will appear on the cluster for several sec
-
onds, and the master ( ) warning light
and the inattentive warning light ( )
will appear on the cluster.
If this occurs, have Driver Attention
Warning inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Driver Attention Warning dis
-
abled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
When the front windshield (where the
front-view camera is located), front
radar cover, bumper or sensor is cov
-
ered with foreign material, such as snow
or rain, it can reduce the detecting per
-
formance and temporarily limit or dis
-
able Driver Attention Warning.
A warning message, and the yellow ( )
and ( ) warning lights will appear on
the cluster.
Driver Attention Warning will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
If Driver Attention Warning does not
operate properly after obstruction
(snow, rain, or foreign material) is
removed (including trailer, carrier, etc.
from the rear bumper), have your Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Even though a warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
instrument cluster, Driver Attention
Warning may not properly operate.
僅 Driver Attention Warning may not
properly operate in an open area
where there is nothing to detect or the
detecting sensor is covered with for
-
eign material after turning ON the
vehicle.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
僅 The vehicle is driven violently
僅 The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
僅 The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053139L
57
7
7
Driver assistance guide Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
僅 When a vehicle cuts in
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of you, Lead
-
ing Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
僅 When the vehicle ahead sharply
steers
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If a vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
making a U-turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
僅 When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departs
If the vehicle in front abruptly departs,
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
僅 When a pedestrian or bicycle is
between you and the vehicle ahead
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s)
in between you and the vehicle in
front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
may not operate properly.
僅 When in a parking lot
If a vehicle parked in front drives
away from you, Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may alert you that the
parked vehicle is driving away.
僅 When driving at a tollgate or intersec
-
tion
OMQ4053023
OMQ4053024
OMQ4053025
OMQ4053026
OMQ4053027
OMQ4053028
OMQ4053029
Driver assistance guide
587
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
WARNING
Driver Attention Warning may not oper
-
ate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front-view camera is ini
-
tialized.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
(BVM) (if equipped)
Left
Right
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays rear
blind spots in the instrument cluster
when the turn signal is turned on to help
safely change lanes.
Detecting sensor
Wide-side-view camera/Outside mirror
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings
Blind-Spot View Monitor
OMQ4A053025
OMQ4053221L
OMQ4053030
OMV033133N
59
7
7
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Blind-Spot View Monitor
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Blind-Spot View Monitor
from the infotainment system screen to
turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and
deselect to turn off the function.
Blind-Spot View Monitor opera
-
tion
Turn signal lever
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and
off when the turn signal is turned on and
off.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
Operating conditions
僅 When the left or right turn signal turns
on, the image on the instrument clus
-
ter will turn on.
Off conditions
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn off
when one of the following conditions are
satisfied:
僅 When the turn signal is turned off.
僅When the hazard warning flasher is
on.
僅 When another important warning is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Blind-Spot View Monitor mal
-
function
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, the instrument cluster
display flickers, or the camera image
does not display normally, have Blind-
Spot View Monitor inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor may display
objects at a different distance from
what is shown on the screen due to
the correction of the wide-side-view
camera images. Make sure to visually
check the surroundings for safety.
僅 If the camera lens is covered with for
-
eign material, Blind-Spot View Moni
-
tor may not operate normally.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
However, do not use chemical sol
-
vents such as strong detergents con
-
taining high alkaline or volatile
organic solvents (gasoline, acetone
etc.). This may damage the camera
lens.
OMV033424
Driver assistance guide
607
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Basic function
Smart Cruise Control detects a vehicle
ahead and can help maintain the dis
-
tance from the vehicle ahead and the set
speed.
Overtake Acceleration Assist
function
When Smart Cruise Control judges you
are attempting to overtake a vehicle in
front, Smart Cruise Control helps with
accelerating.
Based On Driving Style function
(if equipped)
Smart Cruise Control will operate based
on the driver's driving style, such as
inter-vehicle distance, acceleration,
reaction speed.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
Front radar
Front corner radar (if equipped)
CAUTION
僅 Always keep the front-view camera
and front radar in good condition to
maintain optimal performance of
Smart Cruise Control.
僅 For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera and front
radar, refer to "Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Smart Cruise Control settings
Smart Cruise Control
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Smart
Cruise Control
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to set the distance, acceleration and
the reaction speed.
Based on driving style
1 Driver Assistance
2 Smart Cruise Control
3 Based on Driving Style
With the vehicle on, if
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Smart Cruise
Control
→
Based on Driving Style
is
selected from the infotainment system
OMQ4053002
OMQ4053006
OMQ4PH054025N
OMV033135N
61
7
7
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
screen, Smart Cruise Control will operate
based on the driver's driving style, such
as vehicle distance, acceleration, reac
-
tion speed.
The driving style can be adjusted manu
-
ally.
NOTICE
僅 If equipped with Based on Driving
Style, Based on driving mode and
Based on driving style can be selected
from the infotainment system screen
by selecting
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Smart Cruise
Control
.
僅 While Smart Cruise Control is operat
-
ing with Based on driving style
selected, if you press and hold the
Vehicle Distance ( ) button, based on
driving mode will be disabled. Press
and hold the Vehicle Distance ( )
button to change Smart Cruise Con
-
trol to Based on driving style mode.
僅 Smart Cruise Control learns your driv
-
ing styles only when drive the vehicle.
僅 When Based On Driving Style is dis
-
abled, your driving style (inter-vehicle
distance, acceleration, response
speed) remains at the same level as
the Based On Driving Style.
僅 When the Based On Driving Style is
enabled or disabled, the displayed
driving style (including inter-vehicle
distance, acceleration, and response
speed) may vary between different
controlled styles.
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
→
Warning Volume
from the set
-
tings menu in the infotainment system
to change the following settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
627
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off another is activated.
Smart Cruise Control operation
Operating conditions
Basic function
Smart Cruise Control operates when the
following conditions are satisfied.
僅 The gear is in D (Drive)
僅 Your driving speed is within the oper
-
ating speed range
- 5~110 mph (10~180 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
- 0~110 mph (0~180 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
僅 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS is on
Smart Cruise Control does not operate in
the following conditions.
僅 The driver's door is open
僅 Engine RPM is high
僅 EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is
applied
僅 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS is controlling the vehicle
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is operating
僅Remote Smart Parking Assist brake
control is operating (if equipped)
NOTICE
When stopped behind another vehicle,
you can turn on Smart Cruise Control
while the brake pedal is depressed.
Overtake Acceleration Assist
function
Overtaking Acceleration Assist will oper
-
ate when the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left (left-hand drive) or
turned on to the right (right-hand drive)
while Smart Cruise Control is operating,
and the following conditions are satis
-
fied:
僅 Your driving speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
僅 A vehicle is detected in front of you
Overtaking Acceleration Assist does not
operate in the following conditions.
僅 The hazard warning flasher is on
僅 Vehicle speed is reduced to maintain
distance with a vehicle in front
WARNING
僅 When the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left (left-hand drive)
or turned on to the right (right-hand
drive) while there is a vehicle ahead,
the vehicle may accelerate temporar
-
ily. Always pay attention to the road
conditions.
僅 Regardless of your country's driving
direction, Overtaking Acceleration
Assist will operate when the condi
-
tions are satisfied. When using the
function in countries with different
driving direction, always check the
road conditions.
63
7
7
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Turning on Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
on Smart Cruise Control. The speed will
be set to the current speed on the clus
-
ter.
僅 If there is no vehicle in front of you,
the set speed will be maintained.
僅 If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may be adjusted to maintain
the distance to the vehicle ahead. If
the vehicle ahead accelerates, your
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the set
speed.
NOTICE
僅 If your vehicle speed is between 0~20
mph (0~30 km/h) when you press the
Driving Assist button, the Smart
Cruise Control speed will be set to 20
mph (30 km/h).
僅 If the driver changes to the lower
gear, the driving speed may not reach
the set speed.
Setting vehicle distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
headway changes as follows:
For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90
km/h), the distance is maintained as fol
-
lows:
僅 Distance 4: approximately 172 ft. (52.5
m)
僅 Distance 3: approximately 130 ft. (40
m)
僅 Distance 2: approximately 106 ft. (32.5
m)
僅 Distance 1: approximately 82 ft. (25 m)
NOTICE
The distance is set to the last set dis
-
tance when the vehicle is restarted, or
when Smart Cruise Control was tempo
-
rarily canceled.
Increasing set speed
僅Push the (+) switch up and release it
immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
僅 Push the (+) switch up and hold it. The
set speed will increase by 5 mph (10
km/h) each time the switch is oper
-
ated in this manner.
You can increase the set speed to 110
mph (180 km/h).
OMQ4053206
OMQ4053036
OMQ4053032
Driver assistance guide
647
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the (+) switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase when you push up and
hold the (+) switch.
Decreasing set speed
僅 Push the (-) switch down and release
it immediately. The set speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
僅 Push the (-) switch down and hold it.
The set speed will decrease by 5 mph
(10 km/h) each time the switch is
operated in this manner.
You can decrease the set speed to 20
mph (30 km/h).
Temporarily canceling Smart
Cruise Control
Press the ( ) switch or depress the
brake pedal to temporarily cancel Smart
Cruise Control.
Resuming Smart Cruise Control
To resume Smart Cruise Control after
the function was canceled, operate the
(+), (-) or ( ) switch.
If you push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down, the set speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the ( ) switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the ( ) switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase or decrease when you
press the ( ) switch.
Turning off Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
Smart Cruise Control off.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist button to turn off Smart
Cruise Control. However, Manual Speed
Limit Assist will turn on.
OMQ4053033
OMQ4053034_2
OMQ4053035_3
OMQ4053206
65
7
7
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
WARNING
Do not use the switches and buttons at
the same time. Smart Cruise Control
may not operate properly.
Smart Cruise Control display and
control
You can see the status of the Smart
Cruise Control operation in the Driving
Assist view on the instrument cluster.
Refer to "LCD display" on page 5-84.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
僅When operating
1. Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level
2. Set speed
3. Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the target vehicle distance
僅 When temporarily canceled
1. Your vehicle (gray)
2. Previous set speed (gray)
3. Whether there is a vehicle ahead
(gray) (if equipped)
NOTICE
僅 The distance of the front vehicle on
the instrument cluster is displayed
according to the actual distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead.
僅 The target distance may vary accord
-
ing to the vehicle speed and the set
distance level. If vehicle speed is low,
even though the vehicle distance has
changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.
僅 The images or colors displayed on the
cluster may vary depending on the
instrument cluster specifications or
themes.
Accelerating temporarily
If you want to speed up temporarily
without altering the set speed while
Smart Cruise Control is operating,
depress the accelerator pedal. While the
accelerator pedal is depressed, the set
speed, distance level and target distance
will blink on the instrument cluster.
However, if the accelerator pedal is
depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may
decelerate.
WARNING
Be careful when accelerating temporar
-
ily as, because the speed and distance is
not controlled automatically even if
there is a vehicle in front of you.
OMQ4A053011
OMQ4PH044011N
Driver assistance guide
667
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Based on Driving Style operating
When the Based on Driving Style is
enabled, the instrument cluster will show
the set vehicle distance level and target
vehicle distance in white. It will also dis
-
play the distance level and target dis
-
tance based on your driving behavior.
Temporarily canceling Smart
Cruise Control
A:
Smart Cruise Control deactivated
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled automatically, a warning mes
-
sage will appear on the instrument clus
-
ter, and an audible warning will sound to
warn the driver.
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily
canceled automatically when:
僅 Your driving speed is above 120 mph
(190 km/h)
僅 The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period
僅 The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period
僅 The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate are not satisfied
NOTICE
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a stand
-
still with the function activated, EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) maybe
applied.
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is temporar
-
ily canceled, the distance to a vehicle in
front will not be maintained. Always
have your eyes on the road and, if nec
-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your speed to maintain a safe
distance.
Smart Cruise Control conditions
not satisfied
A:
Smart Cruise Ctrl. conditions not
met
If the Driving Assist button, (+) switch, (-)
switch or ( ) switch is operated when
Smart Cruise Control operating condi
-
tions are not satisfied, a warning mes
-
sage will appear on the instrument
cluster and an audible warning will
sound.
In traffic situation
A:
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. If the vehicle
OJAPE073092L
OJAPE073092L
OJAPE073093L
OMQ4053147L
67
7
7
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
ahead starts moving, your vehicle will
start as well.
After the vehicle has stopped and a cer
-
tain time has passed, a warning mes
-
sage will appear on the instrument
cluster. Depress the accelerator pedal or
operate the (+) switch, (-) switch or ( )
switch to start driving.
Warning road conditions ahead
A:
Watch for surrounding vehicles
In the following situation, a warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound to warn the driver of road condi
-
tions ahead.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or
objects that may suddenly appear in
front of you, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your speed to
maintain a safe distance.
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
when a collision risk with a vehicle ahead
is high, a warning message will appear
on the cluster, an audible warning will
sound and the steering wheel will vibrate
to warn the driver.
Always have your eyes on the road and,
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
WARNING
In the following situations, Smart Cruise
Control may not warn the driver of a col
-
lision.
Always pay attention to road conditions.
僅 The distance from a vehicle ahead is
near or the speed of the vehicle in
front is faster or similar to yours
僅 The speed of a vehicle in front is very
slow or is at a standstill
僅 The accelerator pedal is depressed
right after Smart Cruise Control is
turned on
WARNING
僅 Smart Cruise Control does not substi
-
tute for proper and safe driving. It is
your responsibility to always check
the speed and distance to a vehicle
ahead.
僅 Smart Cruise Control may not recog
-
nize unexpected, sudden or complex
situations, so always pay attention to
driving conditions and control your
vehicle speed.
僅 Keep Smart Cruise Control off when
the function is not in use to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
僅 Do not open the door or leave the
vehicle when Smart Cruise Control is
operating, even if the vehicle is
stopped.
僅 Always be aware of the selected
speed and distance ahead.
OMQ4053102L
OMQ4053078L
Driver assistance guide
687
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅 Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed. If
the distance is too close when driving
at high speed, a serious collision may
result.
僅 When maintaining distance with a
vehicle ahead, if that vehicle disap
-
pears from view, Smart Cruise Control
may suddenly accelerate to the set
speed. Always be aware of unex
-
pected and sudden situations.
僅 Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
僅 Always be aware of emergent situa
-
tions such as when a vehicle cuts in
suddenly.
僅 When towing a trailer or something
similar, your vehicle may experience
frequent shifting and high RPM and
the performance of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may be compromised. Always
drive with caution.
僅 Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
your vehicle is being towed.
僅 Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly if interfered with by strong
electromagnetic waves.
僅 Smart Cruise Control may not detect
an obstacle in front and lead to a colli
-
sion. Always look ahead to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
僅 Vehicles moving in front of you with
frequent lane changes may cause a
delay in Smart Cruise Control reaction
or may cause Smart Cruise Control to
react to a vehicle that is actually in an
adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
僅Always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely, even though a warn
-
ing message does not appear or an
audible warning does not sound.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or warning sound is
generated, Smart Cruise Control
warning message may not be dis
-
played and warning sound may not
be heard.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
if the environment is noisy.
僅 The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation or
accident caused by the driver.
僅 Always set the vehicle speed under
the posted speed limit.
僅 If your driving style changes, distance,
acceleration and reaction speed may
change.
CAUTION
僅Your vehicle must be driven suffi
-
ciently to analyze your actual driving
style, such as vehicle distance, accel
-
eration and reaction speed.
僅 Based on Driving Style may not reflect
the driver's driving style or driving
conditions which could affect driving
safety.
僅 If you are driving in special conditions,
such as snow, rain, fog or steep hills,
your vehicle may not be driven
according to your driving style.
NOTICE
僅 Smart Cruise Control may not operate
for a few seconds after the vehicle is
restarted or the front-view camera or
front radar is initialized.
僅 You may hear a sound when the
brake is controlled by Smart Cruise
Control.
69
7
7
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅 Based on Driving Style may not reflect
your driving style if it is not safe such
as rapid acceleration.
僅 Based on Driving Style does not
reflect any driving style other than
vehicle distance, acceleration and
reaction speed.
Smart Cruise Control malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If there is a malfunction in Smart Cruise
Control, a warning message will be dis
-
played on the instrument cluster (and
turned off after a certain period), and
the master warning light ( ) will turn on.
Have Smart Cruise Control inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Smart Cruise Control disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
When the front radar cover or sensor is
covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting per
-
formance and temporarily limit or dis
-
able Smart Cruise Control.
A warning messages and the master
warning light ( ) are displayed on the
instrument cluster (and turn off after a
certain period). This does not indicate a
malfunction of Smart Cruise Control.
Smart Cruise Control will operate prop
-
erly when snow, rain or foreign material
is removed. Always keep it clean.
WARNING
Even though a warning message does
not appear on the instrument cluster,
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate in an open area where there is
nothing to detect, or the detecting sen
-
sor is covered with foreign material after
turning ON your vehicle.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
Limitations of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
normally under the following circum
-
stances:
僅 The detecting sensor or the surround
-
ings are contaminated or damaged
僅 Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
僅 The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053140L
Driver assistance guide
707
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅 Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
僅 The field of view of the front-view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅 Streetlights or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on a wet road.
僅 The temperature around the front-
view camera is high or low
僅 An object is placed on the instrument
panel
僅 The surroundings are very bright
僅 The surroundings are very dark, such
as in a tunnel, etc.
僅 The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
僅 The brightness outside is low, and the
headlight are not on or are not bright
僅 Driving in heavy rain, snow or thick
fog
僅 Driving through steam, smoke or
shadows
僅 Only part of a vehicle is detected
僅 A vehicle in front has no taillights, tail
-
lights are atypically located, etc.
僅 The brightness outside is low, and the
taillights are not on or are not bright
僅 The rear of a front vehicle in front is
small or does not look normal (for
example, tilted, overturned, etc.)
僅 A front vehicle's ground clearance is
low or high
僅 A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
僅 Your vehicle is being towed
僅 An object reflects off the front radar
such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle,
etc.
僅 The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged, or the front
radar is out of position
僅 The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
僅 The vehicle in front is made of mate
-
rial that does not reflect on the front
radar
僅 Driving near a highway, interchange
or tollgate
僅 Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, rain, ice, etc.
僅 Driving on a curved road
僅 A vehicle in front is detected late
僅 A vehicle in front is suddenly blocked
by an obstacle
僅A vehicle in front suddenly changes a
lane or suddenly reduces speed
僅 A vehicle in front is bent out of shape
僅A vehicle in front's speed is fast or
slow
僅 With a vehicle in front, you change
lane suddenly
僅 A vehicle in front is covered with snow
僅 Unstable driving
僅 You are on a roundabout (rotary) and
a vehicle in front is not detected
僅 You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
僅 Adverse road conditions cause exces
-
sive vehicle vibration
僅 Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
僅 Driving in the following places
- Driving in a parking lot
- Driving through a construction
area, unpaved road, partially paved
road, uneven road, speed bumps,
etc.
- Driving on an inclined road, curved
road, etc.
- Driving through a roadside with
trees or streetlights
71
7
7
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
- Driving through a narrow road with
overgrown foliage
- There is interference from electro
-
magnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
- Driving on a curved road
僅 Driving through a tunnel or on an iron
bridge
僅 Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
僅 Driving in wide open areas where
there are few vehicles or structures
- Driving through steam, smoke, or
shadow
- Driving near a highway interchange
or tollgate
僅
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may
not detect a vehicle in the same lane
and may accelerate to the set speed.
Vehicle speed may rapidly decrease
when a vehicle ahead is detected sud
-
denly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
Your vehicle speed can reduce due to
a vehicle in an adjacent lane.
Check that the road conditions permit
safe operation of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed to maintain a safe distance
僅 Driving on an incline
During uphill or downhill driving, the
Smart Cruise Control may not detect a
moving vehicle in your lane and cause
your vehicle to accelerate to the set
speed. Vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when a vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
僅 Changing lanes
1. Your vehicle,
2. Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle (2) moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot
be detected by the sensor until it is in
OMV053045
OMV053046
OMQ4A053039
OMV053014
Driver assistance guide
727
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
the sensor's detection range. Smart
Cruise Control may not immediately
detect the vehicle when that vehicle
changes lanes abruptly. You must
maintain a safe braking distance and,
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
僅 Detecting a vehicle
In the following cases, some vehicles
in your lane cannot be detected by
the sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Vehicles with higher ground clear
-
ance or vehicles carrying loads that
stick out of the back of the vehicle
- Vehicles that have the front lifted
due to heavy loads
- Vehicles within approximately 6 ft.
(2m) from your vehicle
- Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile,
such as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as motorcy
-
cles or, bicycles
-Specialty vehicles
- Animals and pedestrians
In the following cases, the vehicle in
front cannot be detected by the sen
-
sor. Always pay attention to the road
and driving conditions and drive
safely. If necessary, adjust your vehi
-
cle speed.
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply
curved roads
僅 When a vehicle ahead disappears
from view at an intersection
When a vehicle ahead disappears
from view at an intersection, your
vehicle may accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅 When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane
OMQ4053037
OMQ4053007_2
OMQ4053038
73
7
7
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅 Always look out for pedestrians
Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
OMQ4053039
OMQ4053040
Driver assistance guide
747
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC) (if
equipped)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
can help maintain safe speed depending
on the road conditions by using informa
-
tion from the navigation system when
driving on highways while Smart Cruise
Control is operating.
NOTICE
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is available only on controlled
access road of certain highways.
* Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
controlled access roads.
僅 Additional highways may be added by
future navigation updates.
NOTICE
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operates on main roads and highways,
and does not operate on interchanges or
junctions.
WARNING
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
(NSCC) is a supplemental system and is
not a substitute for safe driving. It is your
responsibility to always check the speed
and distance to the vehicle ahead.
Always drive safely and use caution.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will tem
-
porarily decelerate your vehicle or limit
acceleration to help you drive safely on a
curve based on the curve information
from the navigation.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control settings
Auto Highway Speed Change
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Convenience
3 Auto Highway Speed Change
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Auto
Highway Speed Change
on the info
-
tainment system.
NOTICE
If there is a problem with Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control, the function
cannot be set from the Settings menu.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is ready to operate if all the following
conditions are satisfied:
僅 Smart Cruise Control is operating
僅 Driving on main roads of highways (or
motorways)
OMV033136N
75
7
7
Driver assistance guide Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
NOTICE
For more details on how to operate
Smart Cruise Control, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)" on page 7-60.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control display and control
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates, it will be displayed on
the instrument cluster as follows:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control standby
If all the operating conditions are satis
-
fied, the green ( ) indicator will
appear.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operating
During speed control, the green ( )
indicator will blink.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control pause/driver operation
If Smart Cruise Control cannot be oper
-
ated due to pause or rerouting, the gray
( ) indicator will appear on the
instrument cluster.
If the accelerator pedal is depressed, the
white ( ) indicator will blink on the
instrument cluster.
WARNING
A warning message will appear in the
following circumstances:
A: Drive carefully
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is not able to slow down your
vehicle to a safe speed
NOTICE
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
cluster type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down
Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway, the vehicle will decelerate, and
after passing the curve, the vehicle will
accelerate to Smart Cruise Control set
speed.
NOTICE
The starting point of deceleration
depends on the vehicle's driving speed
and the curvature of the road. The
higher the driving speed, the earlier the
deceleration start point.
OMQ4A053033
OMQ4053079L
Driver assistance guide
767
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control limitations
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate normally under the fol
-
lowing circumstances:
僅 The navigation is not working prop
-
erly
僅 Speed limit and road information in
the navigation is not updated
僅 Map information is not transmitted
due to infotainment system's abnor
-
mal operation
僅 The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
僅 The navigation searches for a route
while driving
僅 GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
僅 A road that divides into two or more
roads and rejoins
僅 The driver goes off course the route
set in the navigation
僅 The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting the
navigation
僅 The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
僅 Android Auto or CarPlay is operating
僅 The navigation cannot detect the cur
-
rent vehicle position (for example, ele
-
vated roads, including overpasses
adjacent to general roads or nearby
parallel roads)
僅 The navigation is updating while driv
-
ing
僅 The navigation is restarting while driv
-
ing
僅 The speed limit of some sections of
the road changes
僅 Driving on a road under construction
僅 Driving on a controlled road
僅 Driving in bad weather, such as heavy
rain or snow.
僅 Driving on a sharply curved road
1
Set route
2
Branch line
3
Driving route
4
Main road
5
Curved road section
僅 When there is a difference between
the navigation set route (branch line)
and the driving route (main road),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may not operate until the
driving route is recognized as the
main road.
僅 When the vehicle's driving route is
recognized as the main road by main
-
taining the main road instead of the
navigation set route, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
operate. Depending on the distance to
the curve and the current vehicle
speed, vehicle deceleration may be
insufficient or decelerate rapidly.
1
Main road
2
Branch line
3
Driving route
OSG2PH052007L
OSG2PH052008L
77
7
7
Driver assistance guide Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
4
Set route
5
Curved road section
僅 When there is a difference between
the navigation route (main road) and
the driving route (branch line), High
-
way Curve Zone Auto Slowdown func
-
tion will operate temporarily based on
the curve information on the main
road.
僅When it is determined that you are
driving out of the route by entering
the highway interchange or junction,
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function will not operate.
1
Driving route
2
Branch line
3
Curved road section
4
Main road
僅 If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will operate based
on the curve information on the main
road.
僅 Even if you depart from the main
road, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down function may temporarily oper
-
ate due to navigation information of
the highway curve section.
WARNING
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience function.
Always have your eyes on the road,
and it is the responsibility of the driver
to avoid violating traffic laws.
僅 The navigation's speed limit informa
-
tion may differ from the actual speed
limit information on the road. It is your
responsibility to check the speed limit
on the actual driving road or lane.
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol will automatically be canceled
when you leave the highway main
road. Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while driving.
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may not operate due to the pres
-
ence of lead vehicles and their driving
conditions. Always pay attention to
road and driving conditions while
driving.
僅 When towing a trailer or something
similar, your vehicle's deceleration
may be insufficient. Always drive with
caution.
僅 After you pass through a tollgate on a
highway, Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control will operate based on
the first lane. If you enter one of the
other lanes, Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control might not operate
properly.
僅 Your vehicle will accelerate if you
depress the accelerator pedal while
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is operating. The function will not
decelerate your vehicle. If you depress
the accelerator pedal too lightly, the
vehicle may decelerate.
僅 If the driver accelerates and releases
the accelerator pedal while Naviga
-
tion-based Smart Cruise Control is
operating, the vehicle may not decel
-
erate sufficiently or may rapidly
decelerate to a safe speed.
僅 If the curve is too large or too small,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may not operate.
OSG2PH052009L
Driver assistance guide
787
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is a supplemental function and is
not a substitute for safe driving. It is
your responsibility to always check
the speed and distance to the vehicle
ahead. Always drive safely and use
caution.
NOTICE
僅 A time gap could occur between the
navigation's guidance and when Navi
-
gation-based Smart Cruise Control
operation starts and ends.
僅 The speed information on the instru
-
ment cluster and navigation may dif
-
fer.
僅 Even if you are driving at a speed
lower than Smart Cruise Control set
speed, acceleration may be limited by
curved road sections ahead.
僅 If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the function
may operate for a certain period.
僅 Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces and narrow
lanes.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
79
7
7
Driver assistance guide Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist can detect lane
markings and/or a vehicle ahead on the
road and center your vehicle in the lane.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
The front-view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
and front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Lane Following Assist settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Lane Following Assist
automatically turns off. In this case, you
cannot get help from Lane Following
Assist. Always drive with care. (if KIA
genuine part equipped)
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
OMQ4053002
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
807
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist operation
Turning Lane Following Assist
On/Off
With the vehicle on, shortly press the
Lane Driving Assist button located on
the steering wheel to turn on Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist. The gray or green ( )
indicator light will appear on the cluster.
Press the Lane Driving Assist button
again to turn off Lane Following Assist.
Warning and control
NOTICE
僅 The following warning message will
appear on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the warning
and control section of the function.
- Keep hands on steering wheel
- Lane Following Assist Canceled
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and Your driving
speed is below 110 mph (180 km/h), the
green ( ) indicator light appears on the
instrument cluster, and Lane Following
Assist can help center the vehicle in the
lane by assisting the steering wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted,
the white ( ) indicator light blinks and
change to gray.
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
When the driver takes off their hands
from the steering wheel for a few sec
-
onds, a warning message will appear
and an audible warning will sound in
stages.
僅First stage: Warning message
僅 Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
A: Lane Following Assist deactivated
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning message will appear
and Lane Following Assist be automati
-
cally canceled.
WARNING
僅 The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is held
very tight or the steering wheel is
steered over a certain degree.
僅Lane Following Assist does not oper
-
ate at all times. It is the responsibility
OMQ4053008
OMQ4053106
OMQ4053086L
OJAPE073078L
81
7
7
Driver assistance guide Lane Following Assist (LFA)
of the driver to safely steer the vehicle
and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
僅 The hands-off warning message may
appear late depending on road condi
-
tions. Always have your hands on the
steering wheel while driving.
僅 If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
僅 If gloves are worn or the steering
wheel is held lightly, it may be per
-
ceived as not being held, resulting in
the Hands-Off Warning being dis
-
played.
NOTICE
僅 When both lane markings are
detected, the lane lines on the cluster
will change from gray to white.
Lane undetected
Lane detected
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
僅 If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist can be limited depend
-
ing on whether a vehicle is in front or
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
僅 Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Following Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
僅 The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
Lane Following Assist malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunc
-
tion
A: Check Driver Assistance system
When Lane Following Assist is not work
-
ing properly, a warning message will
appear and the master warning light ( )
will appear on the instrument cluster.
If this occurs, have Lane Following Assist
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Lane Following
Assist
WARNING
For more details on Lane Following
Assist precautions, refer to "Lane Keep
-
ing Assist (LKA)" on page 7-24.
OMQ4053107
OMQ4053106
OJAPE073102L
Driver assistance guide
827
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
(if equipped)
Highway Driving Assist
Highway Driving Assist detect lanes and
vehicles ahead and help maintain the
distance from the vehicle ahead and the
set speed and center your vehicle in the
lane while driving on the highway.
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
Highway Lane Change Assist function
can help change lanes to the direction
you operate the turn signal switch if the
function determines that lane change is
possible.
NOTICE
僅 Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access roads of
certain highways.
* A controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
controlled access roads.
僅 Additional highways may be added by
future navigation updates.
Highway Driving Assist operates on
main roads of highways and does not
operate on interchanges or junctions.
Detecting sensor
Front-view camera
Front radar
Front corner radar (if equipped)
Rear corner radar (if equipped)
Refer to the pictures above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
OMQ4053044
OMV053057
OMQ4053002
OMQ4053006
OMQ4PH054025N
OMQ4A053034
83
7
7
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the detecting sensors, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 7-4.
Highway Driving Assist settings
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Convenience
3 Highway Driving Assist
With the vehicle on, touch or select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving Convenience
on the infotain
-
ment system to set whether to use each
function.
僅If
Highway Driving Assist
is selected,
it can help maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed,
and can help center the vehicle in the
lane.
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
僅If
Highway Lane Change Assist
is
selected, it can help change lanes
safely.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Highway Driving
Assist automatically turns off. In this
case, you cannot get help Highway Driv
-
ing Assist. Always drive with care. (if KIA
genuine part equipped)
NOTICE
僅 Highway Driving Assist should be
selected to use Highway Lane Change
Assist.
僅 If there is a problem with the function,
the settings cannot be changed. Have
the function inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 If the vehicle is restarted, the func
-
tions will maintain their last settings.
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
OMV033137N
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
847
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
Highway Driving Assist operation
Highway Driving Assist
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving
Assist view on the instrument cluster.
Refer to "LCD display" on page 5-84.
Operating State
Standby State
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
1
Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level is dis
-
played.
僅 Highway Driving Assist indicator
- Green HDA: Operating state
- Grey HDA: Standby state
- White HDA blink: Accelerator
depressed state
- None: Off state
2
Set speed
3
Lane Following Assist indicator
4
Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected headway
5
Whether the lane is detected or not
NOTICE
僅 For more details on the display, refer
to "Lane Following Assist (LFA)" on
page 7-79.
For more details on the display refer
to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" on
page 7-60.
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Turning on Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist operates when:
僅 When driving on available roads,
press Drive Assist button to turn on
Highway Driving Assist.
僅 When entering the main roads of
highways while Smart Cruise Control
is operating, Driving Assist will not
OMQ4A053014
OMQ4A053015
85
7
7
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
turn on if Lane Following Assist is
turned off.
Restarting after stopping
A:
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
When Highway Driving Assist is operat
-
ing, your vehicle will stop if a vehicle
ahead of you stops. If a vehicle ahead of
you starts moving within 30 seconds
after the stop, your vehicle will start as
well. In addition, after the vehicle has
stopped and 30 seconds have passed, a
message will appear on the instrument
cluster. Depress the accelerator pedal or
operate the (+) switch, (-) switch or ( )
switch to start driving.
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
If you take your hands off the steering
wheel for several seconds, a warning
message will appear and an audible
warning will sound in stages.
僅First stage: Warning message
僅 Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
A:
Highway Driving Assist deactivated
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, a warning message
will appear and Highway Driving Assist
will be automatically canceled.
Driving speed limit
A:
Driver's grasp not detected. Driving
speed will be limited
When Highway Driving Assist is can
-
celed by the hands-off warning, The
driving speed will be limited.
While Driving Speed Limit function is
operating, a warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound continuously.
Driving to one side within lane (if
equipped)
When your vehicle speed is above 40
mph (60 km/h), if a vehicle around you
is driving at a close distance, your vehi
-
cle will control steering in the opposite
OMQ4053147L
OMQ4053086L
OMQ4053112L
OMQ4053148L
OMQ4053136
Driver assistance guide
867
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
direction of the vehicle to assist in safe
driving. If there are vehicles in both sides
of the lane that are driving close to you,
the function will not veer to the opposite
side of the lane.
Highway Driving Assist standby
When the Smart Cruise Control is tem
-
porarily canceled while Highway Driving
Assist is operating, Highway Driving
Assist will be in the standby state. At this
time, Lane Following Assist will operate
properly.
NOTICE
僅 Driving Speed Limit can help you
drive below 40 mph (60 km/h). Your
vehicle decelerates due to the vehicle
ahead. After your vehicle has deceler
-
ated, it cannot automatically acceler
-
ate.
僅 Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the
following circumstances:
- When you grasp the steering wheel
again
- When you turn on Lane Following
Assist by pressing the Lane Driving
Assist button
- When (+), (-), ( ) switch or ( ) but
-
ton is operated, or the accelerator
pedal or the brake pedal is
depressed
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Lane Change Assist function operation
in the Driving Assist view on the instru
-
ment cluster. Refer to "LCD display" on
page 5-84.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be displayed as below depending on
the status of the function.
Ready/Operating
Standby/Canceled
1
Highway Lane Change Assist indicator
僅 Green ( ) on: Ready state
僅 Green ( ) blink: Operating state
僅 Grey ( ) on: Standby state
僅 White ( ) blink: Canceled state
(display only a certain time)
2
Lane line
The lane line is displayed identical to
Highway Lane Change Assist indicator
(1). However, the lane detection avail
-
ability will be showed on Standby
state.
3
Green arrow and shade
The green arrow is displayed when a
certain amount of time has passed
after the function has started operat
-
ing, and until the lane change has
completed.
4
Message
僅 Message is displayed when the
function does not operate even
though the turn signal lever is used.
OMQ4A053016
OMQ4A053017
87
7
7
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
僅 Message is displayed when the
function is canceled while operat
-
ing.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will turn on when the following condi
-
tions are satisfied.
僅 The Driving Assist button or Lane
Driving Assist button is used to turn
on Highway Driving Assist.
Turning on Highway Lane
Change Assist
A:
Press OK button to enable Lane
Change Assist
While Highway Lane Change Assist
function is on, the function will be ready
to operate when all the following condi
-
tions are satisfied:
僅 Highway Driving Assist is operating
僅 Lane Following Assist is operating
僅 A vehicle behind your vehicle is
detected more than once after your
vehicle is turned on
僅 Your driving speed is above 20 mph
(30 km/h)
僅 When driving at low speeds (20~40
mph (30~60 km/h)), your vehicle can
only be operated if vehicles in the left
and right adjacent lanes are recog
-
nized, and there is no risk of collision
when changing lanes.
僅 Hands-off warning is not displayed on
the instrument cluster
僅 Hazard warning flasher is off
NOTICE
僅 While Lane Change Assist function is
turned on (indicator on), Lane Follow
-
ing Assist will not cancel even if the
turn signal indicator or hazard warn
-
ing flasher is operating.
僅 Lane Change Assist function turns off
automatically when driven in the fol
-
lowing road conditions:
- One driving lane
- Roads lacking physical center sepa
-
ration structures (such as guard
-
rails)
- There is a pedestrian or cyclist on
the road ahead
僅 If the driving speed slows down to less
than 15 mph (25 km/h) when it is in
ready state, it will change to standby
state.
僅 When driving at low speeds (20~40
mph (30~60 km/h)), the vehicle will
change to standby state if it is not rec
-
ognized by vehicles in the left and
right adjacent lanes.
僅 If a risk of collision is detected, the
system will change to standby state.
僅 The images or colors may be dis
-
played differently depending on the
specifications of the instrument clus
-
ter or theme.
WARNING
When Highway Lane Change Assist
function turns off while operating, steer
-
ing assist will be temporarily canceled.
Always be cautious while driving.
OMQ4053151L
Driver assistance guide
887
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Lane Change Assist
operating
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will operate, when you push the turn sig
-
nal lever to (A) or (B) position while the
function is in the ready state (( )
indicator is green), and all the following
conditions are satisfied:
僅 Your hands are on the steering wheel
僅 There is no collision risk in the direc
-
tion of lane change
僅 There is a two-lane road with broken
lines of any colors in the direction of
the lane change
僅 There are no Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist and Blind Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist warnings
僅 You are driving in the middle of the
lane (should not be driving close to
one side of the lane)
僅 The road you are driving on, or the
road you are about to change lane is a
road that the function can operate
NOTICE
僅 When the turn signal lever is placed at
(A) position, the Highway Lane
Change Assist function is performed.
After that, if the turn signal lever is
placed in neutral, Highway Lane
Change Assist function is canceled
before stepping on the lane.
The Highway Lane Change Assist
function is not canceled after stepping
on the lane, but when the lane change
is complete, it is canceled and the turn
signal turns off.
僅 When the turn signal lever is placed at
B position for a certain period, the
green arrow will appear. Even when
the lever is released and returns to its
original position, lane change will still
be assisted.
僅 While lane change is occurring, the
turn signal indicator will blink even
when not holding the turn signal lever.
The turn signal indicator will turn off
when the lane change is complete.
Highway Lane Change Assist
standby
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be in the standby state when one of
the ready state conditions is not satis
-
fied, or when entering or driving on one
of the following roads:
僅 Road within a certain distance from
the tollgate on the main road of the
highway (or motorway)
僅 Road ahead ends without an inter
-
change or junction
僅 Road with sharp curves
僅 Road with narrow lanes
Canceling Highway Lane Change
Assist
The function will be canceled when:
僅 The turn signal lever is turned in the
opposite direction of lane change
僅 The steering wheel is steered sharply
僅 If the turn signal switch is moved to
position (A) while the Lane Change
Assist is operating and then returned
to the N (Neutral) position before
changing lanes
OMQ4A053019
89
7
7
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
WARNING
僅 While the function is operating, it will
cancel if one of the following occurs:
- Highway Driving Assist is turned off
- Lane Following Assist or Smart
Cruise Control is turned off or tem
-
porarily canceled
- Hands-off warning message is dis
-
played on the instrument cluster
- The turn signal lever is placed at (A)
position
- The hazard warning flasher is
turned on
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
or Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning message is dis
-
played
- Possible collision is detected in the
next lane, even though there are no
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
and Blind Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning
-The target lane disappears
- The target lane is not detected
-There is a problem with turn signal
lights
- Highway Lane Change Assist func
-
tion is off. (The function turns off
when: it is turned off from the set
-
tings menu; when the road
changes to a one-way road; when
there is an intersection or crosswalk
ahead; when you enter a road with
no structure, such as a medium
strip, guardrail, etc., or; when there
is a pedestrian or cyclist in the driv
-
ing lane.)
- If the driving speed slows down to
less than 15 mph (25 km/h) when it
is in ready state, it will change to
standby state.
- When driving at low speeds (20~40
mph (30~60 km/h)), the vehicle will
change to standby state if it is not
recognized by vehicles in the left
and right adjacent lanes.
- If a risk of collision is detected
僅 While the function is operating, if it is
canceled, depending on the driving
conditions, the vehicle may drive to
the middle of the driving lane or steer
-
ing assist may stop. Always pay atten
-
tion to the road and driving
conditions.
僅 The function may not operate nor
-
mally on roads with pedestrians or
cyclists, such as an intersection or
crosswalk. Always pay attention to the
road and driving conditions.
Highway Driving Assist malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunc
-
tion
A: Check Driver Assistance system
When Highway Driving Assist is not
working properly, a warning message
will appear, and the ( ) warning light
will appear on the instrument cluster.
Have Highway Driving Assist inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
OJAPE073102L
Driver assistance guide
907
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
WARNING
僅 You are responsible for controlling the
vehicle for safe driving.
僅 Always have your hands on the steer
-
ing wheel while driving.
僅 Highway Driving Assist is a supple
-
mental function that assists you in
driving the vehicle. It is not a complete
autonomous driving system. Always
check road conditions take appropri
-
ate actions to drive safely.
僅 Always have your eyes on the road. It
is your responsibility to avoid violating
traffic laws. Kia is not responsible for
any traffic violations or accidents
caused by you.
僅 Highway Driving Assist may not be
able to recognize all traffic situations.
Highway Driving Assist may not
detect possible collisions due to its
limitations. Always be aware of its lim
-
itations. Obstacles such as vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, or
unspecified objects or structures such
as guardrails, tollgate, etc., that may
collide with your vehicle may not be
detected.
僅 Highway Driving Assist will turn off
automatically under the following sit
-
uations:
- Driving on roads that Highway
Driving Assist does not operate,
such as a rest area, intersection,
junction, etc.
- The navigation does not operate
properly such as when the naviga
-
tion is updating or restarting.
僅 Highway Driving Assist may inadver
-
tently operate or turn off depending
on road conditions (navigation infor
-
mation) and surroundings.
僅 Lane Following Assist function may be
temporarily disabled when the front-
view camera cannot detect lanes
properly or the hands-off warning is
on.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Highway Driving Assist in noisy sur
-
roundings.
僅 If the vehicle is driven at a speed
above a certain speed on a curve,
your vehicle may drive to one side or
may depart from the driving lane.
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Highway
Driving Assist for safety reasons.
僅 The hands-off warning message may
appear early or delayed depending on
how you the steering or on road con
-
ditions. Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
僅 For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
Highway Driving Assist.
僅 Highway Driving Assist will not oper
-
ate when the vehicle is started, or
when the detecting sensors or naviga
-
tion is being initialized.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
Limitations of Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist and Highway
Lane Change Assist may not operate
properly, or it may not operate under the
following circumstances:
僅 The map information and the actual
road is different because the naviga
-
tion is not updated
91
7
7
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
僅 The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
僅 The infotainment system is over
-
loaded by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
僅 GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
僅 You veer off course, reset the naviga
-
tion route by changing the destination
(including route change according to
real-time road traffic information) or
cancel the route to the destination
僅 The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
僅 Android Auto or CarPlay is operating
僅 The navigation cannot detect the cur
-
rent vehicle position (for example, ele
-
vated roads, including overpasses
adjacent to general roads or nearby
parallel roads)
僅 If your vehicle fails to recognize white
single dashed lane lines and road
boundaries
僅 If some lanes are temporarily
restricted
僅 If there are no physical separation
structures, such as a center median, in
the middle of the road
僅 If the lane you intend to change to is a
bus lane or a variable lane
僅 If you have a trailer, carrier, or other
equipment attached
NOTICE
For more details of front camera, front
radar, front corner radar and rear corner
radar sensor, refer to "Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)"
on page 7-4.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Driver assistance guide
927
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
Rear View Monitor (RVM) (if
equipped)
Rear View Monitor displays the area
behind your vehicle to help with safe
parking.
Detecting sensor
Wide-rear-view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Rear View Monitor settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Parking Safety Priority
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Parking Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when Rear View
Monitor is active.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
Camera Settings
1 Camera Settings
2 Display Contents
3 Display Settings
With the vehicle on, select the setup icon
( ) on the screen or
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Camera Settings
from the infotainment
system screen to change the Rear View
Monitor settings.
Extended Rear View Monitor
If Extended Rear View Monitor use is
selected, the rear camera is displayed
even when shifting from R (Reverse) to
N (Neutral) or D (Drive).
Rear-view Parking Guidance
If Rear-view Parking Guidance in the dis
-
play information is selected, Rear-view
Parking Guidance and Top Rear-view
Parking Guidance are displayed in the
rear monitor.
OMQ4033081
OMV033124N
OMV033139N
93
7
7
Driver assistance guide Rear View Monitor (RVM)
NOTICE
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
vehicle specifications.
僅 The horizontal lines of the Rear-view
Parking Guidance indicate distances
of 20 in (0.5 m), 40 in (1 m), and 91 in
(2.3 m) from the vehicle.
僅 The horizontal scale of the Top View
Parking Guidance indicates distances
of liftgate opening distance and 60 in
(1.5 m) from the vehicle.
Rear View Monitor operation
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Rear-view
Operating conditions
The Rear-view function will turn on
under the following conditions:
僅 Shifting the gear to R (Reverse).
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
while P (Park), or N (Neutral) and the
vehicle speed is slower than 6 mph
(10 km/h)
Pressing the View switching button (2)
with the Rear top view on the screen
allows you to select rear top view, rear-
view, or rear wide view.
Off conditions
The Rear-view while parking function
will turn off under the following condi
-
tions while parking:
僅 Shifting the gear to P (Park)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
rear monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
operation button (4)
僅 N (Neutral) or D (Drive) and the vehi
-
cle speed is faster than 6 mph (10 km/
h)
NOTICE
Rear-view will not turn off when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse).
Extended Rear View Monitor
Extended Rear View Monitor function
maintains the rear-view of the vehicle
when shifting the gear from R (Reverse)
to N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to help you
park safely.
OMQ4033083
OMQ4053205L
OMQ4053073
Driver assistance guide
947
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
Operating conditions
Rear View Monitor will maintain when
the following conditions are satisfied:
僅 Shifting the gear from R (Reverse) to
N (Neutral) or D (Drive).
僅 Your driving speed is below approxi
-
mately 6 mph (10 km/h).
Off conditions
Extended Rear View Monitor function
will turn off when one the following con
-
ditions are satisfied:
僅 Shifting the gear to P (Park)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
rear monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
operation button (4)
僅 The vehicle speed is faster than 6
mph (10 km/h)
Rear top view
The rear top view shows an image of the
vehicle looking down from above, allow
-
ing you to determine the distance from
the rear vehicle or object when parking.
Press the Rear Top View button to turn
on the Rear Top View.
NOTICE
僅 In all views, the video will not turn off
when your vehicle is in R (Reverse)
mode.
僅 When the rear monitor is activated,
the last used view mode will be dis
-
played.
僅 The rear-view will always be displayed
in R (Reverse).
僅 Rear parking guidelines are displayed
in the rear-view and rear top view.
Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver
Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Camera Settings
→
Display Infor
-
mation
→
Rear Parking Guidelines
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to display this func
-
tion. Rear parking guidelines are not
displayed in the rear-view while park
-
ing.
Rear View Monitor malfunction
and limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, the screen flickers, or the cam
-
era image does not display properly,
have your Kia inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
When the vehicle is idling for a long time
or when the vehicle is parked in an
indoor parking lot, exhaust fumes may
temporarily blur the image.
WARNING
僅 The wide angle-rear camera does not
cover the complete area behind your
vehicle. You should always check the
rear area from the inside and outside
rear-view mirror before parking or
backing up.
OMQ4053217L
OMQ4053073
95
7
7
Driver assistance guide Surround View Monitor (SVM)
僅 The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object because the Rear View Monitor
calibrates and displays images from
the wide angle-rear camera. In addi
-
tion, Parking Guidance may be incor
-
rect if the vehicle tilts due to loading
of cargo. Make sure to check your
surroundings for safety.
僅 Always keep the wide angle-rear cam
-
era lens clean. If the lens is covered
with foreign material, it may adversely
affect camera performance and Rear
View Monitor may not operate prop
-
erly. Do not use chemical solvents
such as strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic sol
-
vents (petrol, acetone etc.). This may
damage the camera lens.
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
(if equipped)
Surround View Monitor can assist in
parking by allowing the driver to see
around the vehicle.
Detecting sensor
1
Wide-front-view camera
2, 3
Wide-side-view camera
4
Wide-rear-view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Surround View Monitor settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
OMQ4033086
OMQ4033087
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
967
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Parking Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when Surround
View Monitor is active.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
vehicle features and specifications.
Camera Settings
1 Camera Settings
2 Display Contents
3 Display Settings
With the vehicle on, select the setup icon
( ) on the screen or
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Camera Settings
from the infotainment
system screen to change the Rear View
Monitor settings.
僅
Display Contents
: Specify informa
-
tion that will be displayed on the park
-
ing assistance screen.
Parking Distance Warning
When the Parking Distance Warning is
selected, the Parking Distance Warning
is displayed on the top view to the right
of the surround view monitor screen
when the Parking Distance Warning is
activated.
Rear View Parking Guidance
Rear-view Parking Guidance is displayed
in the rear-view when
Rear-view Park
-
ing Guidance
is selected.
Top View Parking Guidance
When
Top View Parking Guidance
is
selected, it is displayed on the top view
to the right of the surround view monitor
screen when the front or rear top view is
activated.
NOTICE
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
vehicle features and specifications.
僅 The parking guide horizontal lines in
the rear view indicate distances of 20
in (0.5 m), 40 in (1 m), and 91 in (2.3
m) from the vehicle.
僅 The horizontal scale of the Top View
Parking Lines indicates distances of
liftgate opening distance and 79 in (2
m) from the vehicle.
Surround View Monitor Auto On
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Park
-
ing Safety
→
Surround View Monitor
Auto On
from the infotainment system
screen to use the function.
NOTICE
For more details on Surround View Mon
-
itor Auto On, refer to "Surround View
Monitor Auto On" on page 7-96.
OMV033139N
97
7
7
Driver assistance guide Surround View Monitor (SVM)
Surround View Monitor operation
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Front-view
The front-view function displays the
vehicle's front situation on the naviga
-
tion system according to the driver's set
-
tings, assisting in safe driving.
Parking
While parking, the front-view of the Sur
-
round View Monitor is activated under
the following conditions:
僅 P (Park) or N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
position with a speed slower than 6
mph (10 km/h), Pressing the Parking/
View button (1).
僅 Shifting from R (Reverse) to N (Neu
-
tral) or D (Drive) and the vehicle speed
is slower than 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
*(If
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Surround
View Monitor Auto On
on the info
-
tainment system selected)
Pressing the view switching button (2)
on the Surround View Monitor to select
the Top View, Front-view, Side-view, or
Wide View.
While parking, the front-view of the Sur
-
round View Monitor will be turned off
under the following conditions:
僅 Shifting to P (Park) or R (Reverse)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
Surround View Monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
power button (4)
僅 Driving faster than 6 mph (10 km/h)
NOTICE
When the front-view is activated, the last
used view is displayed.
OMQ4033083
OMQ4053174L
OMQ4053073
Driver assistance guide
987
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
Rear-view
The rear-view function of the Surround
View Monitor displays the vehicle's rear
situation on the navigation system
according to the driver's settings, assist
-
ing in safe parking.
Parking
While parking, the rear-view of the Sur
-
round View Monitor is activated in the
following cases:
僅 P (Parking) or N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
position with a vehicle speed slower
than 6 mph (10 km/h), Pressing the
Parking/View button (1) and then
pressing the view switching button (2)
to select the rear-view
僅 Shifting to R (Reverse)
Pressing the view switching button (2)
on the Surround View Monitor to select
the rear-view, rear top view, rear side-
view, or rear wide view.
While parking, the rear-view function of
the Surround View Monitor is turned off
under the following conditions when the
vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) mode:
僅 Shifting from N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
to P (Parking)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
Surround View Monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
power button (4)
僅 Driving faster than 6 mph (10 km/h)
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), the
rear-view function of the Surround View
Monitor will turn off under the following
conditions:
僅Shifting to P (Park)
NOTICE
僅 The rear-view will always be displayed
in R (Reverse).
僅 In R (Reverse) position, the video will
not be turned off by pressing the info
-
tainment system power button (4).
3D view function
3D view function shows the vehicle in
various angles. Press the 3D view icon
on the Surround View Monitor screen to
choose the angle. Press the 3D view icon
again to reset the angle.
The 3D view of the Surround View Moni
-
tor is activated under the following con
-
ditions:
OMQ4053153L
OMQ4053073
OMQ4053075L
OMQ4053073
99
7
7
Driver assistance guide Surround View Monitor (SVM)
僅 P (Park) or N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
position with a vehicle speed slower
than 6 mph (10 km/h), or when select
-
ing the 3D view button (2) while the
Surround View Monitor is activated in
R (Reverse) mode.
The 3D view function of the Surround
View Monitor while parking will be
turned off under the following condi
-
tions:
僅 Shifting from N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
to P (Park)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
Surround View Monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
power button (4)
僅 Driving faster than 6 mph (10 km/h)
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), the
3D view function of the Surround View
Monitor will turn off under the following
conditions:
僅Shifting to P (Park)
NOTICE
僅 The 3D view does not display parking
guidelines.
僅 The top view screen, which is dis
-
played with a Front/Rear-view or 3D
view, converts the original images
entered from the four wide-angle
cameras to provide a 360-degree
image around the vehicle that is
viewed down.
僅 Top view is not displayed with front/
rear wide view.
僅 Zoom in or out on the top view by
pinching the top view area.
Surround View Monitor malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunc
-
tion
When Surround View Monitor is not
working properly, or the screen flickers,
or the camera image does not display
normally, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
僅 The screen may display abnormally
and an icon will appear at the top left
side of the screen under the following
circumstances:
- The liftgate is opened.
- The driver or front passenger door
is opened.
- The outside rear-view mirror is
folded.
WARNING
僅 ALWAYS look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle.
What you see on the screen may dif
-
fer from the actual vehicle's location.
僅 The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object because the Surround View
Monitor calibrates and displays
images from the wide angle-rear
camera. In addition, Parking Guidance
may be incorrect if the vehicle tilts
due to loading of cargo. Make sure to
check your surroundings for safety.
僅 Surround View Monitor is designed to
be used on a flat surface. If used on
roads with different heights such as
curbs and speed bumps, the image on
the screen may not look correct.
Driver assistance guide
1007
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅 Always keep the camera lens clean. If
the lens is covered with foreign mate
-
rial, it may adversely affect camera
performance and Surround View
Monitor may not operate normally. Do
not use chemical solvents such as
strong detergents containing high
alkaline or volatile organic solvents
(gasoline, acetone etc.). This may
damage the camera lens.
NOTICE
The Surround View Monitor shows the
surrounding images of the vehicle by
cameras mounted on the vehicle. The
image shown on the screen may look
unnatural depending on the vehicle and
the surrounding conditions. The Sur
-
round View Monitor can improve its
image by calibrating image through
daily driving.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) (if
equipped)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects vehicles approaching
from the rear left or right while your
vehicle is reversing and warns you of a
possible collision with a warning mes
-
sage and a warning sound. Also, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to
help avoid a collision.
[A] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
operating range
[B] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist operating range
CAUTION
Warning time may vary depending on
the speed of approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
OMV053066
OMQ4A053034
101
7
7
Driver assistance guide Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 7-29.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist settings
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Parking Safety
3 Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Park
-
ing Safety
→
Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety
on the infotainment system
screen to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist.
WARNING
When you restart the vehicle, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
will always turn on. If
Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety
is deselected after restart, you
should always be aware of the surround
-
ings and drive safely.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist automatically
turns off. In this case, you cannot get
help Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist. Always drive with care. (if
KIA genuine part equipped)
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off the other is activated.
OMV033140N
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
1027
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operation
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn and control your vehicle
depending on collision risk level:
僅 Collision warning
僅Emergency braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
If Collision warning recognizes a hazard,
it will alert you with a warning light on
the outside rearview mirror, a warning
message, an audible warning, and steer
-
ing wheel vibration.
Collision warning will also appear on the
infotainment system screen.
Collision warning will operate when all
the following conditions are satisfied:
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
while your driving speed is below 5
mph (8 km/h)
僅 The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 82 ft (25 m) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
僅 The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
NOTICE
僅 If the operating conditions are satis
-
fied, there will be a warning whenever
the vehicle approaches from the left
or right side even though your vehicle
speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).
僅 The images and colors on the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the instrument cluster type or theme
selected from the instrument cluster.
Emergency braking
OMQ4053014_4
OMQ4053176L
OMQ4053182L
OMQ4053014_4
103
7
7
Driver assistance guide Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
A: Emergency Braking
If Collision warning recognizes a hazard,
it will alert the driver with a warning light
on the outside rear-view mirror, a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning, and
steering wheel vibratione.
Collision warning will also appear on the
infotainment system screen.
Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with approaching
vehicles from the left and right.
Emergency braking will operate when all
the following conditions are satisfied:
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
while your driving speed is below 5
mph (8 km/h)
僅 The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 5 ft (1.5 m) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
僅 The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
WARNING
Brake control ends when the conditions
of the approaching vehicle from the rear
left or right side are as below:
僅 The approaching vehicle is out of the
detecting range
僅 The approaching vehicle passes
behind your vehicle
僅 The approaching vehicle does not
drive toward your vehicle
僅 The approaching vehicle speed slows
down
僅 You depress the brake pedal with suf
-
ficient power
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A: Drive carefully
When your vehicle stops due to emer
-
gency braking, a warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster.
You should depress the brake pedal
immediately and check your surround
-
ings.
僅 Brake control will end after your vehi
-
cle is stopped by emergency braking
for approximately 2 seconds.
僅 During emergency braking, braking
control by Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will automati
-
cally cancel when the driver
excessively depresses the brake
pedal.
WARNING
僅 For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
OMQ4053114L
OMQ4053182L
OMQ4A053023
Driver assistance guide
1047
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
sion-Avoidance Assist's warning mes
-
sage may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be heard.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist in noisy surroundings.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate if you
apply the brake pedal to avoid colli
-
sion.
僅 During Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operation, your vehi
-
cle may stop suddenly injuring pas
-
sengers and shifting loose objects.
Always have seat belts on and keep
loose objects secured.
僅 Even if there is a problem with Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist, your vehicle's basic braking
performance will operate properly.
WARNING
僅 When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is operating, its
braking control will automatically can
-
cel when you excessively depress the
accelerator pedal.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist does not operate in all sit
-
uations and cannot avoid all collisions.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not warn you
depending on the road and driving
conditions.
僅 It is your responsibility to control your
vehicle. Do not solely depend on Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist. Maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce speed or to
stop your vehicle.
僅 Never deliberately operate Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist on people, animals, objects, etc.
It may cause serious injury or death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
僅 The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
僅 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged with a different function
NOTICE
僅 If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, you
must immediately depress the brake
pedal and check the surroundings.
僅 After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
braking control will operate once for
left and right vehicle approach.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
and limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist is not working properly, a
warning message will appear on the
instrument cluster for several seconds,
OJAPE073102L
105
7
7
Driver assistance guide Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
and the master ( ) warning light will
appear on the instrument cluster.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
A:
Check side-view mirror warning
light
When the outside rear-view mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, a warn
-
ing message will appear on the
instrument cluster for several seconds,
and the master ( ) warning light will
appear on the instrument cluster.
Have the function be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
When the rear bumper around the rear-
side radar or sensor is covered with for
-
eign material, such as snow, rain, trailer
or carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, a warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate properly when such
foreign material or trailer, etc., is
removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist does not operate properly
after it is removed, have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message does
not appear on the cluster, Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate properly.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly
in an open area where any sub
-
stances are not detected after turning
ON your vehicle.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist to install or remove a
trailer, carrier, or another attachment.
Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist when finished.
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly, or it
may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
僅 Departing from areas with overgrown
foliage
僅 Departing from areas where roads are
wet
僅 Speed of an approaching vehicle is
fast or slow
Braking control may not work, and your
attention is required in the following cir
-
cumstances:
OJAPE073083L
OMQ4053140L
Driver assistance guide
1067
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅 The vehicle vibrate severely while
driving over a bumpy, uneven road or
pothole
僅 Driving on a slippery surface such as
snow, rain, ice, etc.
僅 The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
僅Remote Smart Parking Assist is oper
-
ating (if equipped)
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 7-29.
WARNING
僅 Driving near a vehicle or structure
[A]: Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when driv
-
ing near a vehicle or structure, and
may not detect a vehicle approaching
from the left or right. The function
may not warn you or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles which
are parking or pulling out near your
vehicle (for example, a vehicle leaving
beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking
or pulling out in the rear area, a vehi
-
cle approaching your vehicle making
a turn, etc.).
The function may unnecessarily warn
the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 When the vehicle is parked diagonally
[A]: Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when
backing up diagonally and may not
detect the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. The function may not
warn you or control the brakes when
necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 When the vehicle is on or near a slope
OMV053067
OMV053068
OMV053069
107
7
7
Driver assistance guide Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when your
vehicle is on an uphill or downhill
slope, or near it, and may not detect a
vehicle approaching from the left or
right. The function may not warn you
or control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 Pulling into a parking space where
there is a structure
[A]: Structure,
[B]: Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles pass
-
ing by in front of you when parking in
reverse into a parking space with a
wall or structure in the rear or side
area. The function may unnecessarily
warn the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 When the vehicle is parked rearward
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles pass
-
ing by behind you when parking in
reverse into a parking space. The
function may unnecessarily warn the
driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
OMQ4053049
OMV053071
OMV053072
Driver assistance guide
1087
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
WARNING
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist for
safety reasons.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly
if interfered with by strong electro
-
magnetic waves.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate for 3 sec
-
onds after your vehicle is started, or
the rear corner radars are initialized.
僅 Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioning,
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not properly operate
as the function maintains the last set
-
ting.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning (PDW) (if
equipped)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning uses the front and rear ultra
-
sonic sensors to detect and warns you if
a person, animal, or object is within a
certain distance when your vehicle is
stopped or driving at low speed.
Detecting sensor
Front ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the pictures above for the
detailed locations of the detecting sen
-
sors.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
OMQ4053055
OMQ4A053035
OMV033124N
109
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
your vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning automatically turns off. In
this case, you cannot get help Reverse
Parking Distance Warning. Always drive
with care. (if KIA genuine part equipped)
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
You can set the parking distance warn
-
ing to be ON at low speeds. To use Park
-
ing Distance Warning Auto On function,
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the info
-
tainment system.
NOTICE
When
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
is selected, the Parking Safety button
indicator ( ) stays on.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning operation
Parking Safety button
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to
turn on Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning. Press the button again to
turn it off.
僅 When the gear is shift to R (Reverse),
Parking Distance Warning will auto
-
matically turn on (Parking Safety but
-
ton indicator on).
Forward Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of these conditions is
satisfied:
僅 The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning on
僅 The gear is in D (Drive) and the Park
-
ing Safety ( ) button indicator light is
on
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
(If
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the
infotainment system selected)
OMQ4033092
Driver assistance guide
1107
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
NOTICE
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
operate when the vehicle's speed is
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅 When in R (Reverse), no warning is
issued for objects inside the front.
Only objects within 24 in (60 cm) out
-
side the front will be alerted.
僅 If you do not select Parking Distance
Warning Auto On, the Forward Park
-
ing Distance Warning function will
turn off (the indicator light in the but
-
ton will turn off) when the vehicle
speed exceeds 18 mph (30 km/h).
Even if you drive below 6 mph (10
km/h) again, the function will not turn
on automatically.
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅 The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. An audible warn
-
ing will sound.
僅 When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅 When the distance from the object is
more than 24 in (60 cm), it is not dis
-
played on the instrument cluster.
僅 The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate under the following conditions.
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅 The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. An audible warn
-
ing will sound.
僅 When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
Distance
from
object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster Infotainment
60~120
cm (24~48
in)
Buzzer
beeps inter
-
mittently
(Front inner
side)
30~60 cm
(12~24 in)
Beeps more
frequently
within 30
cm (12 in)
Beeps con
-
tinuously
Distance
from
object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster Infotainment
60~120
cm
(24~48 in)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
30~60 cm
(12~24 in)
Beeps more
frequently
within 30
cm (12 in)
Beeps contin
-
uously
111
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅 The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning malfunction and
precautions
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If there is a problem with Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning or
related functions and parts, a warning
message is displayed on the instrument
cluster.
The contents of the warning can be
checked in the service message of the
utility information view of the instrument
cluster display window. If it still does not
work properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Parking Distance Warning dis
-
abled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Ultrasonic sensor blocked.
The ultrasonic sensor can detect objects
around the vehicle. The Parking Dis
-
tance Warning may be temporarily lim
-
ited or may not operate if snow, rain,
foreign substances, etc. get on the sen
-
sor. You can check the detection sensor
blind warning target (ultrasonic sensor)
in the service message of the utility
information view in the instrument clus
-
ter display window.
Parking Distance Warning will work nor
-
mally if you remove the contamination
from the recognition sensor. Always
keep it clean.
If it still does not work properly even
after you have removed the contamina
-
tion, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅 The warning light ( ) is displayed in
the target direction if a malfunction or
ultrasonic sensor is blocked while
Parking Distance Warning is operat
-
ing.
僅 You can check it in the service mes
-
sage of the utility information view of
the instrument cluster display win
-
dow.
Limitations of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
Parking Distance Warning may not oper
-
ate properly when:
僅 Ice is on the sensor
僅 Sensor is covered with foreign mate
-
rial, such as snow or water (Parking
Distance Warning will operate prop
-
erly when such substance is
removed.)
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053172L
OMQ4053173NN
Driver assistance guide
1127
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅 The weather is extremely hot or cold
僅 The sensor or sensor assembly is dis
-
assembled
僅 The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit with a hard object
僅 The surface of the sensor is scratched
with a sharp object
僅 The sensors or its surrounding area is
directly sprayed with a high pressure
washer
僅 When objects emitting ultrasonic
waves, such as a vehicle's horn,
motorcycle engine, or large vehicle air
brakes are nearby.
Parking Distance Warning may not work
normally when:
僅 Heavy rain or water spray is present
僅 Water flows on the surface of the sen
-
sor
僅 Affected by another vehicle's sensors
僅 The sensor is covered with snow or ice
僅 Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
僅 Objects that generate ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
僅 License plate is installed in a different
spot from the original location
僅 The vehicle bumper height or ultra
-
sonic sensor installation has been
modified
僅 Attaching equipment or accessories
next to the ultrasonic sensors
The following objects may not be
detected:
僅 Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
僅 Narrow objects, such as corners of a
square column
僅 Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
僅 Objects smaller than 40 inches (100
cm) in length and narrower than 6
inches (14 cm) in diameter.
僅 Pedestrians, animals, or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic sen
-
sors
WARNING
僅 Parking Distance Warning is a supple
-
mental function. The operation of
Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors including
environmental conditions. It is your
responsibility to always check the
front and rear-view before and while
parking.
僅Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
your vehicle due to the malfunction of
Parking Distance Warning.
僅 Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors
due to the objects distance, size or
material, all of which can limit the
effectiveness of the sensor.
僅 Parking Distance Warning does not
warn you in the order of detection. It
varies depending on the speed of
your vehicle or the shape of a person,
animal or object.
僅 If the Parking Distance Warning does
not operate properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
113
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Forward/Side/Reverse Park
-
ing Distance Warning (PDW)
(if equipped)
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning uses the front, side and rear
ultrasonic sensors to detect and warns
you if a person, animal, or object is
within a certain distance when your
vehicle is stopped or driving at low
speed.
Detecting sensor
Front ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Front side ultrasonic sensors
Rear side ultrasonic sensors
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
OMQ4053055
OMQ4A053035
OMQ4053056
OMQ4PH054024N
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
1147
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
your vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning automatically turns off. In
this case, you cannot get help Reverse
Parking Distance Warning. Always drive
with care. (if KIA genuine part equipped)
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
You can set the parking distance warn
-
ing to be ON at low speeds. To use Park
-
ing Distance Warning Auto On function,
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the info
-
tainment system.
NOTICE
When
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
is selected, the Parking Safety button
indicator ( ) stays on.
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning operation
Parking Safety button
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to
turn on Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning. Press the button
again to turn off the function.
僅 When the gear is shift to R (Reverse),
Parking Distance Warning will auto
-
matically turn on (Parking Safety but
-
ton indicator on).
Forward Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of these conditions is
satisfied:
僅 The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning on
僅 The gear is in D (Drive) and the Park
-
ing safety ( ) button indicator light is
on
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
(If
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the
infotainment system selected)
NOTICE
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
operate when the vehicle's speed is
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅 When in R (Reverse), no warning is
issued for objects inside the front.
Only objects within 24 in (60 cm) out
-
side the front will be alerted.
僅 If you do not select Parking Distance
Warning Auto On, the Forward Park
-
ing Distance Warning function will
turn off (the indicator light in the but
-
ton will turn off) when the vehicle
speed exceeds 18 mph (30 km/h).
Even if you drive below 6 mph (10
km/h) again, the function will not turn
on automatically.
OMQ4033092
115
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅 The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. An audible warn
-
ing will sound.
僅 When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅 When the distance from the object is
more than 24 in (60 cm), it is not dis
-
played on the instrument cluster.
僅 The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Side Parking Distance Warning
Side Parking Distance Warning will oper
-
ate when one of these conditions is sat
-
isfied:
僅 Shifting the gear to R (Reverse)
僅 The gear is in D (Drive) and the Park
-
ing Safety ( ) button indicator light is
on
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
(If
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the
infotainment system selected)
僅 Your driving speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h).
NOTICE
僅 Side Parking Distance Warning only
works when the vehicle speed is
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅 Side Parking Distance Warning func
-
tion works only when the Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
function is turned on.
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅 When the side ultrasonic sensor
detects a person or object, it displays
indicator lights for each distance on
the instrument cluster or infotainment
system screen.
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster Infotainment
24~48 in
(60~120
cm)
Buzzer
beeps
intermit
-
tently
(Front
inner side)
12~24 in
(30~60
cm)
Beeps
more fre
-
quently
within 12 in
(30 cm)
Beeps con
-
tinuously
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster
Infotain
-
ment
24~48 in
(60~120
cm)
-
12~24 in
(30~60 cm)
-
within 12 in
(30 cm)
Beeps con
-
tinuously
Driver assistance guide
1167
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅 A warning sounds when an object
within 12 in (30 cm) of the side is
detected in the vehicle's exit path.
僅If it detects an object to the side out
-
side the vehicle's exit path, it only dis
-
plays the indicator light.
僅 In D (driving), when the distance from
the object is 12 in (30 cm) or more, the
side-way warning is not displayed on
the instrument cluster.
僅 The shape of the indicator may differ
from the actual vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate under the following conditions.
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
Warning indicator and warning
sound
僅 The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. An audible warn
-
ing will sound.
僅 When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅 The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning malfunction
and precautions
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If there is a problem with the Parking
Distance Warning or related functions
and parts, a warning message is dis
-
played on the instrument cluster.
The contents of the warning can be
checked in the service message of the
utility information view of the instrument
cluster display window. If it still does not
work properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Parking Distance Warning dis
-
abled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Ultrasonic sensor blocked.
The ultrasonic sensor can detect objects
around the vehicle. The Parking Dis
-
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster Infotainment
24~48 in
(60~120
cm)
Buzzer
beeps
intermit
-
tently
12~24 in
(30~60 cm)
Beeps
more fre
-
quently
within 12 in
(30 cm)
Beeps con
-
tinuously
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053172L
117
7
7
Driver assistance guide Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
tance Warning may be temporarily lim
-
ited or may not operate if snow, rain,
foreign substances, etc. get on the sen
-
sor. You can check the detection sensor
blind warning target (ultrasonic sensor)
in the service message of the utility
information view in the instrument clus
-
ter display window. The Parking Dis
-
tance Warning will work normally if you
remove the contamination from the rec
-
ognition sensor. Always keep it clean. If it
still does not work properly even after
you have removed the contamination,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅 A warning light ( ) is displayed in the
target direction if a malfunction or
ultrasonic sensor is blocked while the
Parking Distance Warning is operat
-
ing. You can check it in the service
message of the utility information
view of the instrument cluster display
window.
Limitations of Forward/Side/
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Parking Distance Warning may not oper
-
ate properly when:
僅 Ice is on the sensor
僅 Sensor is covered with foreign mate
-
rial, such as snow or water (Parking
Distance Warning will operate prop
-
erly when such substance is
removed.)
僅 The weather is extremely hot or cold
僅 The sensor or sensor assembly is dis
-
assembled
僅 The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit with a hard object
僅 The surface of the sensor is scratched
with a sharp object
僅 The sensors or its surrounding area is
directly sprayed with a high pressure
washer
僅 When objects emitting ultrasonic
waves, such as a vehicle's horn,
motorcycle engine, or large vehicle air
brakes are nearby.
Parking Distance Warning may not work
normally when:
僅 Heavy rain or water spray is present
僅 Water flows on the surface of the sen
-
sor
僅 Affected by another vehicle's sensors
僅 The sensor is covered with snow or ice
僅 Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
僅 Objects that generate ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
僅 License plate is installed in a different
spot from the original location
僅 The vehicle bumper height or ultra
-
sonic sensor installation has been
modified
僅 Attaching equipment or accessories
next to the ultrasonic sensors
The following objects may not be
detected:
僅 Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
僅 Narrow objects, such as corners of a
square column
OMQ4053173
Driver assistance guide
1187
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
僅 Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
僅 Objects smaller than 40 inches (100
cm) in length and narrower than 6 in
(14 cm) in diameter.
僅 Pedestrians, animals, or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic sen
-
sors
僅 Objects in the side space between the
front side ultrasonic sensor and the
rear side ultrasonic sensor or
approaching the side space.
WARNING
僅 Parking Distance Warning is a supple
-
mental function. The operation of
Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors, including
environmental conditions. It is your
responsibility to always check the
front and rear views before and while
parking.
僅 Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle due to the malfunction of
Parking Distance Warning.
僅 Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensor, due
to the objects distance, size or mate
-
rial, all of which can limit the effective
-
ness of the sensor.
僅 Parking Distance Warning does not
warn you in the order of detection. It
varies depending on the speed of the
vehicle or the shape of a person, ani
-
mal, or object.
僅 If the Parking Distance Warning does
not operate properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist (PCA) (if
equipped)
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist can detect pedestrians or objects
behind your vehicle and may warn you
or assist you with braking to help avoid a
collision while your vehicle is reversing.
Detecting sensor
Wide-rear-view camera
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist settings
Parking Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Parking Safety
3 Backward Safety
OMQ4053052
OMQ4A053035
OMV033141N
119
7
7
Driver assistance guide Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Park
-
ing Safety
on the infotainment system.
僅
Backward Safety
: It warns or assists
in braking when there is a high risk of
collision with pedestrians or objects in
the rear direction.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist automatically turns off.
In this case, you cannot get help Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Always drive
with care. (if KIA genuine part equipped)
NOTICE
Backward safety
will be selected and
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist set
-
tings will be retained whenever your
vehicle is restarted.
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off, the other is activated.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist operation
Turning On/Off
Press and hold the Parking Safety ( )
button more than 2 seconds to turn the
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist on or
off.
Operating conditions
When detecting a risk of collision with
pedestrians or objects behind the vehi
-
cle, the warning sound and steering
wheel will vibrate and the warning
appears in the cluster. If the Surround
View Monitor is active, the Infotainment
system screen also displays a warning.
OMV033124N
OMQ4033092
Driver assistance guide
1207
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
If a collision is urgent, the Reverse Park
-
ing Collision-Avoidance Assist controls
the breaking of the vehicle.
Select
Backward safety
from the
Park
-
ing safety
menu of the infotainment
system. Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist is enabled when the following
conditions are satisfied:
僅 The liftgate and doors are closed
僅 The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is
released
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
僅 Your driving speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h) (detecting pedestrians)
僅 Your driving speed is below 1 mph (4
km/h) (detecting objects)
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
components such as the wide-rear
view camera and the rear ultrasonic
sensors are in normal conditions
When Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist activates, a line appears at the
bottom of the vehicle image in the
instrument cluster.
NOTICE
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist oper
-
ates only once after shifting the gear to
R (Reverse). To reactivate Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist, shift the gear
from another gear to R (Reverse).
Off conditions
If Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
detects a risk of collision around your
vehicle with a pedestrian or an object,
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will
warn the driver with an audible warning
and warning message on the instrument
cluster. If the infotainment screen is on,
a warning will appear on the screen.
If a collision is imminent, Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist can assist you
with braking.
Braking assist is released after 5 min
-
utes. Immediately depress the brake
pedal and check your surroundings.
Braking assist is also released under the
following conditions when:
僅 The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
(Drive)
僅 The brake pedal is depressed with
sufficient power
僅 The warning is released when shifting
to 'P' (Park), 'N' (Neutral), or 'D' (Drive).
NOTICE
When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
is activated while reversing, braking con
-
trol will be released after 5 minutes and
the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) will
be engaged.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist malfunction and lim
-
itations
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
OMQ4053157
OJAPE073102L
121
7
7
Driver assistance guide Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
If there is a problem with Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist or related functions and
parts, a warning message is displayed on the instrument cluster. If it still does not
work properly, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Ultrasonic sensor blocked.
The wide-rear-view camera and rear
ultrasonic sensors detect objects around
your vehicle. Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be temporarily limited
or may not operate if snow, rain, foreign
substances, etc. get on the sensor. You
can check the detection sensor blind
warning target (wide-rear-view camera,
rear ultrasonic sensor) in the service
message of the utility information view
in the instrument cluster display window.
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
works normally if you remove the con
-
tamination from the recognition sensor.
Always keep it clean. If it still does not
work properly even after decontamina
-
tion is removed, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not assist braking or warn the driver
even if there are pedestrians or objects
under the following circumstances:
僅 There is a problem with the vehicle
- Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
- Braking system components, such
as brake discs and calipers, are
modified
- Wheels are misaligned or suspen
-
sion components are modified
- Accessories are attached to the
steering wheel or steering compo
-
nents are modified
- Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
- Bumper height or ultrasonic sensor
installation has been modified
- If there is severe tilting of the over
-
all height due to abnormal tire pres
-
sure or excessive loading in the
cargo area
- Wide view camera(s) or ultrasonic
sensor(s) is damaged
- Wide view camera(s) or the ultra
-
sonic sensor(s) is covered with for
-
eign material, such as snow, dirt,
etc.
- A snow chain, spare tire, or wheel
of a different size is installed
OMQ4053139L
OMQ4053172L
Driver assistance guide
1227
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
僅 There is a problem with the surround
-
ings
- If there is a pattern on the road
- When the shadow on the ground or
reflected light
- Pedestrians or objects are nearby
the vehicle’s path
- Driving through a narrow track or a
parking space
- Driving on uneven roads such as
unpaved roads, gravel roads, speed
bumps or inclined roads, etc.
- A trailer or carrier is installed
around the rear corner radar
- Wide view camera(s) is obscured by
a light source or by inclement
weather, such as heavy rain, fog,
snow, etc.
- The surroundings are very bright or
very dark
- Outside temperature is very high or
very low
- The wind is either strong (above 12
mph (20 km/h)) or blowing perpen
-
dicular to the rear bumper
- Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud motor
-
cycles or truck air brakes, are near
your vehicle
- An object that generates ultrasonic
waves is nearby
- A wireless device with a transmis
-
sion function operates near the rear
ultrasonic sensor
- It is affected by another vehicle's
parking distance warning function
- The road is slippery or inclined
僅 There is a situation with pedestrians
or objects
- The pedestrians are difficult to
detect
- There is ground height difference
between your vehicle and the
pedestrian
- The image of a pedestrian in the
wide-rear-view camera is indistin
-
guishable from the background
- The pedestrian is near the rear
edge of the vehicle
- The pedestrian is not standing
upright
- The pedestrian is either too short or
tall to detect
- The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
- The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that does not reflect ultrasonic
waves
- Size, thickness, height, or shape of
the object does not reflect ultra
-
sonic waves (for example, a pole,
bush, curbs, carts, edge of a wall,
etc.)
- The pedestrian or the object is
moving
- The pedestrian or object is very
close to the rear of your vehicle
-There is a large object such as a
wall behind a pedestrian or the
object
- The object is not located at the rear
center of your vehicle
- The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper
- The face of the object is not parallel
to the bumper
僅 There is a situation with the driving
conditions
- You drive the vehicle immediately
after shifting to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive)
123
7
7
Driver assistance guide Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
- You accelerate or circle the vehicle
- You drive immediately after start
-
ing the vehicle
WARNING
僅 Always use extreme caution while
driving. You are responsible for con
-
trolling the brake for safe driving.
僅 Always look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no pedestrians or
objects before moving your vehicle.
僅 The performance of Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may vary under cer
-
tain conditions. If vehicle speed is
above 2 mph (4 km/h), Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will provide col
-
lision avoidance assistance only when
pedestrians are detected. Always look
around and pay attention when driv
-
ing your vehicle.
僅 Some objects may not be detected by
the rear ultrasonic sensors due to the
objects distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensors.
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly or may
operate unnecessarily depending on
the road conditions and the surround
-
ings.
僅 Do not solely rely on Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Doing so may lead
to vehicle damage or injuries.
僅 Always keep the wide angle cameras
and ultrasonic sensors clean.
僅 Do not use any cleaner containing
acid or alkaline detergents when
cleaning the camera lens. Use only a
mild soap or neutral detergent and
rinse thoroughly with water.
僅 Do not spray the wide angle cameras
or the rear ultrasonic sensors or their
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. It may cause the
wide angle cameras or the ultrasonic
sensors to malfunction.
僅 Do not apply objects, such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper guard,
near the wide angle cameras or ultra
-
sonic sensors or apply paint to the
bumper. Doing so may adversely
affect the performance of Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
僅 Never disassemble or impact the wide
angle cameras or the components of
the ultrasonic sensor.
僅 Do not apply unnecessary force on
the wide angle cameras or the ultra
-
sonic sensors. Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
properly if the wide angle cameras or
the ultrasonic sensor(s) are forcibly
moved out of proper alignment. Have
your Kia inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
僅 Noise may be heard when sudden
braking occurs to avoid a collision.
僅 If any other warning sound such as
the seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning may not sound.
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not work properly if the bumper
has been damaged, replaced or
repaired.
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
with by strong electromagnetic
waves.
僅 Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent passengers
from hearing Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning sounds.
僅 The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
Driver assistance guide
1247
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Con
-
trol) warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
僅 Check your brake fluid and brake pad
conditions regularly. The brake per
-
formance may decrease depending
on brake condition.
僅 Turn off Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist when towing a trailer. If towing
and moving in reverse, Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will activate as
it detects the trailer.
NOTICE
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist can
detect a pedestrian or an object when:
僅 A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle
僅 A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is
parked in the rear center of your vehi
-
cle
Remote Smart Parking Assist
(RSPA) (if equipped)
Remote Smart Parking Assist uses the
front, front side, rear side, and rear ultra
-
sonic sensors to detect parking spaces
and control vehicle steering, speed, gear
shifts, and help enter and exit parking
spaces remotely from outside your vehi
-
cle.
僅 Remote Operation function may be
operated from outside the vehicle
using the smart key.
僅 When Remote Smart Parking Assist
operates, Parking Distance Warning
and Surround View Monitor will also
operate. For more details, refer to
"Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning (PDW) (if equipped)"
on page 7-113 and "Surround View
Monitor (SVM) (if equipped)" on page
7-95.
僅 The parking function of the Remote
Smart Parking Assist recognizes park
-
ing lines using the wide-angle camera
to assist with parking.
Function Description
Remote
Operation
Remotely moving forward or backward
OMV053074
125
7
7
Driver assistance guide Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Detecting sensor
Front ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Front side ultrasonic sensors
Rear side ultrasonic sensors
CAUTION
僅 Do not arbitrarily remove or shock the
ultrasonic sensor and its surround
-
ings.
僅 The ultrasonic sensor may experience
malfunctions due to the presence of
foreign objects such as snow or water
drops on its surface. Please inspect
the sensor's condition, and if contami
-
nation is detected, gently wipe it clean
with a soft cloth.
僅 Gently handle ultrasonic sensors to
prevent damage. Avoid applying pres
-
sure, shocks, or scratches to the sur
-
face, as it may cause damage.
僅 Do not spray high-pressure water
directly onto the surface of the ultra
-
sonic sensor when washing.
僅 Smart parking may malfunction if the
ultrasonic sensor is altered from its
original state after shipping. This can
happen if bumper height changes or
decorative items are added to the
sensing area.
Remote Smart Parking Assist set
-
tings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
OMQ4053055
OMQ4053053
OMQ4053056
OMQ4PH054024N
OMQ4053189L
Driver assistance guide
1267
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Remote Smart Park
-
ing Assist automatically turns off (if
equipped). In this case, you cannot get
help from Remote Smart Parking Assist.
Always drive with care (if Kia genuine
part equipped)
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
127
7
7
Driver assistance guide Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Remote Smart Parking Assist operation
Parking/View button
Parking/View button, Parking Safety button Smart key
Location Name Symbol Description
Inside vehicle
Parking/View
button
僅 Press and hold the Parking/View button to turn on Remote
Smart Parking Assist. Also, Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
warning will automatically turn on.
Smart key
Remote Start but
-
ton
僅 Press the Remote Start button after the door is locked with the
vehicle off to start the vehicle remotely.
僅 Press the Remote Start button while Remote Operation func
-
tion is operating to end function operation.
Forward button
僅 When using the Remote Operation function, the vehicle moves
in the direction of the button while the button is pressed.
Backward button
OMQ4PH054022N
OMQ4053059
Driver assistance guide
1287
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Remote Operation
Operating order
Remote Operation operates in the fol
-
lowing order:
1. Getting ready to remotely move for
-
ward and backward
2. Remotely moving forward and back
-
ward
1. Getting ready to remotely
move forward and backward
There are two ways to operate Remote
Operation function.
Method (1): Using the function
with vehicle off
1. Within a certain range from the vehi
-
cle press the door lock ( ) button (1)
on the smart key and lock all doors.
2. Press and hold the Remote Start but
-
ton ( ) (2) within 4 seconds until the
vehicle starts.
* For more details on remotely starting
the vehicle, refer to "Smart key" on
page 5-7.
Method (2): Using the function
with vehicle on
1
Remote Parking Instructions
2 1. Leave vehicle (keep the smart
key). Close all doors.
3 2. Press and hold the Forward or
Backward button on the smart key.
1. Park the vehicle in front of the space
where you want to use Remote Oper
-
ation function, and shift the gear to P
(Park).
2. Press and hold the Parking/View ( )
button to turn on Smart Parking
Assist. A message
Under REMOTE
control
will appear on the infotain
-
ment system screen.
3. Get out of the vehicle with the smart
key and close all doors.
NOTICE
Agree
must be selected on the infotain
-
ment system screen and the infotain
-
ment system has to operate properly to
use Remote Operation function.
2. Remote Operation
1. Press and hold one of the Forward
( ) or Backward ( ) button on the
smart key.
僅 Remote Smart Parking Assist will
automatically control the steering
OMQ4053060_2
OMQ4053061_2
OMQ4053161L
OMQ4053062
129
7
7
Driver assistance guide Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
wheel, vehicle speed and gear shift.
The vehicle will move in the direc
-
tion of the button pressed.
僅 While Remote Operation function is
operating, if you release the button,
the vehicle will stop and function
control will pause. The function will
start operating again when the but
-
ton is pressed and held again.
2. Hold down the Forward ( ) or Back
-
ward ( ) button until the vehicle
reaches the target location.
3. When Remote Operation is done, get
in the vehicle with the smart key or
press the Remote Start ( ) button on
the smart key from outside the vehi
-
cle.
僅 The message will appear on the
infotainment system screen. The
vehicle will automatically shift to P
(Park) and engage the parking
brake.
僅 When the Remote Start ( ) button
is pressed, the vehicle will turn off.
If the driver is in the vehicle, the
vehicle will retain ON position.
NOTICE
僅 Remote Operation can control the
vehicle remotely using the smart key
outside the vehicle.
僅 Check that all smart keys are outside
the vehicle when using Remote Oper
-
ation function.
僅 Remote Operation function will oper
-
ate only when the smart key is within
13 ft (4 m) from the vehicle. If there is
no vehicle movement even when the
Forward or Backward button is
pressed on the smart key, check the
distance to the vehicle and press the
button again.
僅 The detecting range of the smart key
may vary depending on the surround
-
ings that are affected by radio waves
such as transmission tower, broadcast
station, etc.
僅 When remotely moving forward using
method (1), it is recognized as an exit
situation, and the vehicle moves 13 ft
(4 m) to check for pedestrians, ani
-
mals or objects around the vehicle.
After confirmation, the steering wheel
is controlled according to the condi
-
tion ahead.
僅 When remotely moving forward using
method (2), it is recognized as a park
-
ing situation, and will immediately
control the steering wheel according
to the condition ahead to assist with
entering the parking space and align
-
ing the vehicle. However, perfor
-
mance may reduce depending on the
pedestrians, animals, shape of
objects, location, etc. around the vehi
-
cle.
僅 For moving remotely backward, both
method (1) and (2) aligns the steering
wheel first, and then will only move
the vehicle straight.
WARNING
僅 When using Remote Operation func
-
tion, make sure that all passengers
have gotten out of the vehicle.
僅 Before leaving the vehicle, close win
-
dows and sunroofs, and make sure
the vehicle is off before locking the
doors.
僅 If the vehicle's battery is discharged or
Remote Smart Parking Assist mal
-
functions when parked in a narrow
parking space, Remote Operation
function will not operate. Always park
Driver assistance guide
1307
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
your vehicle in a space wide enough
for you to get in or out of your vehicle.
僅 Please note that depending on the
parking space, you may not be able to
exit from the space you have entered
by using Remote Operation function.
僅 After parking, the surrounding may
change due to the movement of sur
-
rounding vehicles. If this occurs,
Remote Operation function may not
operate.
Remote Smart Parking Assist
operation status
NOTICE
僅 Operation status by the hazard warn
-
ing light may not be applicable based
on the regulation of your country.
僅 If the smart key is not within the oper
-
ating range from the vehicle (approxi
-
mately 13 ft (4 m)), the smart key LED
will not appear or blink. Use the smart
key within the operating range.
How to turn off Remote Opera
-
tion function while operating
僅 Press the Parking/View ( ) button or
shift the gear except to P (Park) while
the infotainment system screen
guides the driver using method 2.
僅 Press the Parking Safety ( ) button
or select
Cancel
on the infotainment
system screen.
僅 Press the Remote Start ( ) button on
the smart key while the vehicle is
being controlled by Remote Operation
function. Remote Operation function
will turn off. At this time, the vehicle
will turn off.
僅 Get on the vehicle with the smart key.
Remote Operation function will turn
off. At this time, the vehicle will remain
on.
The function will pause in the fol
-
lowing conditions when:
When Remote Operation function is
paused, the vehicle will stop. If the con
-
dition that made the function to pause
disappears, the function may operate
again.
僅 There is a pedestrian, animal or object
in the direction the vehicle is moving
僅 The door or liftgate is open
僅 The Forward ( ) or Backward ( )
button is not continuously pressed
僅 Simultaneously pressing multiple but
-
tons on a smart key
僅 The smart key is not operated within
13 ft (4 m) from the vehicle
僅 Button of another smart key is
pressed in addition to the operating
smart key (Excluding start button)
僅 When Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operates
僅 The vehicle moves 22 ft (7 m) while
the smart key is pressed with Remote
Operation function (maximum travel
distance per button press)
Operation Status Smart key LED
Under control Green LED Continuously blinks
Pause Red LED Continuously blinks
Off
Red LED illuminates for 4 seconds
and then turns off
Complete
Green LED illuminates for 4 sec
-
onds and then turns off
131
7
7
Driver assistance guide Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
The function will cancel in the fol
-
lowing conditions when:
When Remote Operation function is can
-
celed, the vehicle will automatically stop,
shift the gear to P (Park) and engage
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
僅 The steering wheel is steered
僅 The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving
僅 Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
僅 The vehicle hood is open
僅 The brake pedal or accelerator pedal
is depressed when all the doors are
closed
僅 The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open
僅 Rapid acceleration occurs
僅 Vehicle skid occurs
僅 The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
僅 Approximately 3 minutes and 50 sec
-
onds have past after Remote Opera
-
tion function has started to operate
僅 The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
僅 The function is paused for more than
1 minute
僅 The total travel distance of the vehicle
has exceeded 45 ft (14 m) after
Remote Operation function operation
僅 The steering wheel, gearshift, braking,
and drive controls are not working
normally
僅 There is a problem with the smart key
or the smart key battery is low
僅 ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
僅 The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
僅 The charging door opens
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction and limitations
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction
Remote Smart Parking Assist
check
1
Check Parking Assist
2 Visit a dealer nearby service center.
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is
not working properly, the
Check Park
-
ing Assist
warning message will appear
on the infotainment system screen. If the
message appears, stop using the func
-
tion, and we recommend that the func
-
tion be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Remote Smart Parking Assist
canceled
1 Parking Assist canceled.
2 Please refer to owner's manual.
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating, the function can be canceled,
and the
Parking Assist Canceled.
warn
-
ing message may appear regardless of
OMQ4053162L
OMV053167N
Driver assistance guide
1327
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
the parking order. Other messages may
appear depending on the situations. Fol
-
low the instructions provided on the
infotainment system screen while park
-
ing your vehicle with Remote Smart
Parking Assist. Always look around and
pay attention when using the function.
Remote Smart Parking Assist
standby
A:
Parking Assist conditions not met
1 Please refer to owner's manual.
When
Parking Assist Conditions Not
Met
message appears, when Parking/
View ( ) button has been pressed and
held, Remote Smart Parking Assist is in
standby. After a while, press and hold
the Parking/View ( ) button again to
see if the function works.
The message appears even when the
smart key's battery is low. Check the
smart key battery level.
Limitations of Remote Smart
Parking Assist
In the following circumstances, function
performance to park or exit the vehicle
may be limited, there may be a risk of
collision, or Remote Smart Parking Assist
may turn off. Park or exit the vehicle
manually if necessary.
僅 Accessories are attached to the steer
-
ing wheel or steering components are
modified
僅 The vehicle is installed with a snow
chain, spare tire or different size
wheel
僅 Braking system components, such as
brake discs and calipers, are modified
僅 Drive unit components, such as the
engine (motor), transmission, etc, are
modified
僅 Tire pressure is lower or higher than
the standard tire pressure
僅 Your vehicle is loaded with cargo lon
-
ger or wider than your vehicle or a
trailer is connected to your vehicle
僅 Wheels are misaligned or suspension
components are modified
僅 Your vehicle is leaned severely to one
side
僅 Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer
hitch
僅 The license plate is installed differ
-
ently from the original location
僅 There is a person, animal or object
above or below the ultrasonic sensor
when Remote Smart Parking Assist is
activated
僅 The parking space is curved or diago
-
nal
僅 There is an obstacle such as a person,
animal or object (trash can, bicycle,
motorcycle, shopping cart, narrow pil
-
lar etc.) near the parking space
僅 There is a circular pillar or narrow pil
-
lar, or a pillar surrounded by objects
such as fire extinguisher, etc. near the
parking space
僅 The road surface is bumpy (curb
-
stone, speed bump, etc.)
僅 The road is slippery
僅 The parking space is near a vehicle
with higher ground clearance or big,
such as a truck, etc.
僅 The parking space is Inclined
OMV053167NN
133
7
7
Driver assistance guide Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
僅 There is heavy wind
僅Operating Remote Parking Assist on
uneven roads, gravel roads, bushes,
etc.
僅 The performance of the ultrasonic
sensor is affected by extremely hot or
cold weather
僅 The ultrasonic sensor is covered with
snow or water
僅 An object that generates ultrasonic
waves is nearby
僅 A wireless device with a transmission
function operates near the ultrasonic
sensors
僅Your vehicle is affected by another
vehicle's Parking Distance Warning
僅 The sensor is mounted or positioned
incorrectly by an impact to the
bumper
僅 When the ultrasonic sensor cannot
detect the following objects: Sharp or
slim objects, such as ropes, chains or
small poles
僅 Objects smaller than 40 inches (100
cm) in length and narrower than 6
inches (14 cm) in diameter
僅 Objects which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow
僅 When there is a person, animal or
object that is very close to the ultra
-
sonic sensor
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate normally under the following
circumstances:
Parking on inclines
Park manually when parking on inclines.
Parking on uneven road
Remote Smart Parking Assist may can
-
cel when the vehicle slips, or the vehicle
cannot move due to road conditions
such as pebbles or fragmented stones.
Parking behind a truck
Do not use Remote Smart Parking Assist
around vehicles with higher ground
clearance, such as a bus, truck, etc. It
may lead to an accident.
OMQ4053063
OMQ4053064
OMQ4053065
Driver assistance guide
1347
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Parking near a pillar
Remote Smart Parking Assist perfor
-
mance may reduce or collision with an
obstacle may occur when there is a nar
-
row object, circular pillar, square pillar,
or a pillar surrounded by objects such as
a fire extinguisher, etc. near the parking
space. The driver should park the vehicle
manually.
Parking in a parking space with a vehi
-
cle on one side only
If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used,
when parking in a parking space with a
vehicle only on one side, your vehicle
may cross the parking line to avoid the
parked vehicle.
Parking in snow
Snow may interfere with sensor opera
-
tion, or Remote Smart Parking Assist
may cancel if the road is slippery while
parking.
Parking diagonally
Remotely moving forward or backward
function may not operate properly in a
diagonal parking space.
WARNING
僅 It is the driver's responsibility to park
and exit safely. Use Remote Smart
Parking Assist while checking your
surroundings at all times when park
-
ing and exiting. Under various envi
-
ronmental conditions, braking control
may not operate because people, ani
-
mals, other vehicles or objects around
the vehicle may not be properly
detected. If there is a risk of collision
with a nearby obstacle, release the
control button to stop the function.
僅 When using Remote Smart Parking
Assist, stay out of the way in the direc
-
tion the vehicle moves for your safety.
僅 Always check surroundings when
using Remote Smart Parking Assist.
You may collide with pedestrians, ani
-
mals, or objects if they are near the
sensor or are in the sensor's blind spot
area.
僅 A collision may occur if a pedestrian,
animal, or object suddenly appears
while Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating.
僅 Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist when under the influence of
alcohol.
僅Do not let children or other people to
use the smart key.
OMQ4PH054021N
OMQ4053067
OMQ4053069
OMQ4053068
135
7
7
Driver assistance guide Declaration of conformity
僅 If Remote Smart Parking Assist is
used continuously for a long period, it
may adversely affect Remote Smart
Parking Assist performance.
僅 Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate normally if the vehicle needs
wheel alignment adjustment such as
when the vehicle tilts to one side. We
recommend that the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Noise may be heard when braking
occurs by Remote Smart Parking
Assist or when the brake pedal is
depressed by the driver.
僅 Remote Smart Parking Assist may
suddenly apply the brake to avoid col
-
lision.
僅 Use Remote Smart Parking Assist only
in a parking space that is large
enough for the vehicle to move safely.
NOTICE
僅 If the 3rd stage warning (continuous
beep) of the Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning sounds while
Remote Smart Parking Assist is oper
-
ating, it means the obstacle detected
is close to your vehicle. At this time,
Remote Smart Parking Assist will tem
-
porarily stop operating. Make sure
there are no pedestrians, animals, or
objects around your vehicle.
僅 Depending on brake operation, the
stop lights may come on while the
vehicle is moving.
僅 If the vehicle is remotely started that
has been parked in cold weather for a
long time, the operation of Remote
Parking function may be delayed or
canceled depending on vehicle condi
-
tion.
Declaration of conformity
The radio frequency components
(Front Radar) complies:
For United States and United
States territories
For Canada
OSG2H053295L
OSG2H053296L
Driver assistance guide
1367
Declaration of conformity
The radio frequency components
(Front Corner Radar/Rear Corner
Radar) complies: (if equipped)
For United States and United
States territories
For Canada
OCV051263N
ONQ5P052042N
OON052198
8What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
Road warning.................................................................................8-2
僅 Hazard warning flasher................................................................................. 8-2
In case of an emergency while driving.......................................8-2
僅 If the vehicle stalls while driving................................................................ 8-2
僅 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing..................................... 8-2
僅 If you have a flat tire while driving........................................................... 8-2
If the engine does not start..........................................................8-3
僅 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly................................. 8-3
僅 If engine turns over normally but does not start ............................... 8-3
Emergency starting .......................................................................8-4
僅 Jump-starting.....................................................................................................8-4
僅 Push-starting......................................................................................................8-6
If the engine overheats.................................................................8-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................................8-8
僅 Effective use of TPMS ....................................................................................8-8
僅 Low tire pressure telltale .............................................................................8-9
僅 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
indicator .............................................................................................................8-10
僅 Tire replacement with TPMS......................................................................8-11
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)...................................... 8-12
僅 Jack and tools.................................................................................................. 8-13
僅 Removing and storing the spare tire.....................................................8-14
僅 Changing tires ................................................................................................. 8-15
僅 Important - use of compact spare tire..................................................8-18
僅 Jack label .......................................................................................................... 8-20
Towing .......................................................................................... 8-21
僅 Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing service ....... 8-21
What to do in an emergency
28
Road warning
What to do in an emergency
Road warning
When in an emergency occurs while
driving or when you park by the edge of
the roadway, you must alert approach
-
ing or passing vehicles to be careful as
they pass. Use the hazard warning
flasher.
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a
roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in any
position. The flasher switch is in the cen
-
ter console. Turn signal lights will flash
simultaneously.
僅 The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
僅 The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
僅 Care must be taken when using the
hazard warning flasher while the vehi
-
cle is being towed.
In case of an emergency while
driving
If an emergency occurs while driving,
stay calm and take the following steps.
If the vehicle stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keep
-
ing a straight line.
2. Move cautiously off the road to a safe
place.
3. Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
4. Try to start your vehicle again. If it
does not start, contact an authorized
Kia dealer or seek other qualified
assistance.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
僅 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while driv
-
ing
1. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead.
Do not immediately apply the brakes
or attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause a loss of control.
2. When the vehicle has slowed to such
a speed that it is safe to do so, brake
carefully and pull off the road.
3. Drive off the road as far as possible
and park on firm level ground.
If you are on a divided highway, do
not park in the median area between
the two traffic lanes.
4. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on
your emergency hazard flashers, set
the parking brake and put the trans
-
mission in P (Park).
OMQ4063001
3
8
8
What to do in an emergency If the engine does not start
5. Have all passengers exit the vehicle.
Be sure they all exit on the side of the
vehicle that is away from traffic.
6. When changing a flat tire, follow the
instructions provided later in this sec
-
tion.
NOTICE
If there was a check engine light and
loss of power or stall and if safe to do so,
wait at least 10 seconds to restart the
vehicle after it stalls. This may reset the
car so it will no longer run at low power
(limp home) condition.
If the engine does not start
When the engine doesn't start, first
check to see how much fuel there is and
whether the battery is discharged.
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral)
or P (Park) and the emergency brake
is set.
2. Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to be
sure they are securely tightened.
WARNING
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could cause damage to your vehi
-
cle. Refer to "Jump-starting" on page 8-
4.
If engine turns over normally but
does not start
1. Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
2. With the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position, check all connec
-
tors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be dis
-
connected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine com
-
partment.
4. If the engine still does not start, call an
authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
What to do in an emergency
48
Emergency starting
Emergency starting
When the vehicle will not start because
of low battery power, you may need to
jump start the vehicle.
Jump-starting
Connect cables in numerical order and
disconnect in reverse order.
Jump-starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. To avoid harm to yourself or
damage to your vehicle or battery, fol
-
low these jump-starting procedures. If in
doubt, have a competent technician or
towing service jump-start your vehicle.
CAUTION
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You
can damage a 12-volt starting motor,
ignition system, and other electrical
parts beyond repair by use of a 24- volt
power supply (either two 12-volt batter
-
ies in series or a 24-volt motor generator
set).
CAUTION
For hybrid
Do not jump start another vehicle with
your hybrid vehicle. Jump starting
another vehicle will damage the hybrid
vehicle's 12 volt battery .
WARNING
Battery
僅 Never attempt to check the electrolyte
level of the battery, as this may cause
the battery to rupture or explode.
僅 Keep all flames or sparks away from
the battery. The battery produces
hydrogen gas which may explode if
exposed to flame or sparks.
If these instructions are not followed
exactly, serious personal injury and
damage to the vehicle may occur! If
you are not sure how to follow this
procedure, seek qualified assistance.
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric
acid. This is poisonous and highly cor
-
rosive. When jump starting, wear pro
-
tective glasses and be careful not to
get acid on yourself, your clothing or
on the vehicle.
僅 Do not attempt to jump start the vehi
-
cle if the discharged battery is frozen
or if the electrolyte level is low; the
battery may rupture or explode.
僅 Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper
cables to touch. It may cause sparks.
僅 The battery may rupture or explode
when you jump start with a low or fro
-
zen battery.
WARNING
Frozen batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle
if the discharged battery is frozen, as the
battery may rupture or explode.
OMQ4063003
5
8
8
What to do in an emergency Emergency starting
WARNING
Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away from the
battery. The battery produces hydrogen
gas, which will explode if exposed to
flame or sparks.
WARNING
Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable from
the negative terminal of the booster bat
-
tery to the negative terminal of the dis
-
charged battery, directly. This can cause
the discharged battery to overheat and
crack or degrade. Make sure to connect
one end of the jumper cable to the nega
-
tive terminal of the booster battery, and
the other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
WARNING
Sulfuric acid risk
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric
acid. When jump starting your vehicle,
be careful not to get sulfuric acid on
yourself, your clothing, or on the vehicle.
This acid is poisonous and highly corro
-
sive.
Jump-starting
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-
volt and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
come in contact.
2. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
3. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustra
-
tion.
1) Connect one end of a jumper cable
to the positive terminal of the dis
-
charged battery (1).
2) Connect the other end to the posi
-
tive terminal of the booster battery
(2).
3) Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a ground -
solid, stationary, metallic point (for
example, the engine lifting bracket)
away from the battery (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the bat
-
tery when making connections.
4. If connected to the other vehicle, start
the vehicle with the booster battery
first and let it run at 2,000 rpm for
several minutes.
5. Start the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
6. If the engine starts, disconnect one
end of the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3), then other end of
the positive terminal of the booster
battery (2) and the discharged battery
(1).
If the cause of your battery discharging
is not apparent, you should have your
vehicle checked by a professional work
-
shop. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable from
the negative terminal of the booster bat
-
tery to the negative terminal of the dis
-
charged battery. This can cause the
discharged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
What to do in an emergency
68
If the engine overheats
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative terminal of
the booster battery, and the other end to
a metallic point, far away from the bat
-
tery.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic trans
-
mission cannot be push-started. They
can only be jump started. Follow the
directions in this section for "Jump-start
-
ing" on page 8-4.
WARNING
Tow starting vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the vehicle can
suddenly surge forward and could cause
a collision with the tow vehicle.
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear a loud pinging or knock
-
ing, the engine will probably be too hot.
If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set the
parking brake.
3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
4. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from underneath the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until the
coolant has stopped running or the
steaming has stopped.
5. If there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be sure
the engine cooling fan is operating.
1) If the fan is not operating, turn the
engine off.
6. Check to see if the water pump drive
belt is missing.
1) If it is not missing, check to see that
it is tight.
2) If the drive belt seems to be satis
-
factory, check for coolant leaking
from the radiator, hoses or under
the vehicle. (If the air conditioning
had been in use, it is normal for
cold water to be draining from it
when you stop).
7
8
8
What to do in an emergency If the engine overheats
WARNING
Under the hood
While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away
from moving parts, such as the
fan and drive belts, to prevent
injury.
7. If the water pump drive belt is broken
or engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest a professional workshop for
assistance. Call an authorized Kia
dealer.
8. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
If coolant has been lost, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
9. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, call a
professional workshop for assistance.
Call an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Coolant reservoir cap
Do not remove the engine and
inverter coolant reservoir cap
when the engine is hot. This may
result in coolant being blown out
of the opening and cause serious burns.
If the inverter coolant is running out, call
the nearest a professional workshop for
assistance. Call an authorized Kia dealer.
Use of other coolant type or water may
damage the inverter.
CAUTION
僅 Serious loss of coolant indicates there
is a leak in the cooling system and this
should be checked as soon as possi
-
ble. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅 When the engine overheats from low
engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks in
the engine. To prevent damage, add
engine coolant slowly in small quanti
-
ties.
What to do in an emergency
88
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS)
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) detects the pressure of your
vehicle's tires and displays it on the LCD
display.
1. Low tire pressure telltale/TPMS mal
-
function indicator
2. Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
Tire Pressure Indicator
僅 You can check the tire pressure in the
assist mode on the cluster.
- Refer to "Driving Assist mode" on
page 5-86.
僅 Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 minutes
later after driving.
僅 If tire pressure is not displayed when
the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to dis
-
play" message displays. After driving,
check the tire pressure.
僅 You can change the tire pressure unit
in the user settings mode on the clus
-
ter.
- psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "LCD display"
on page 5-84).
NOTICE
僅 The tire pressure may change due to
factors such as parking condition,
driving style, and altitude above sea
level.
僅 The tire pressure shown on the dash
-
board may differ from the tire pres
-
sure measured by tire pressure
gauge.
僅 Low tire pressure warning may sound
when a tire's pressure unit is equal or
lower than nearby tires. This is a nor
-
mal occurrence, which is due to the
change in tire pressure along with tire
temperature.
Effective use of TPMS
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
Each tire, including the spare (if pro
-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the vehi
-
cle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper
tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
OMQ4063004
OMQ4PH034160N
9
8
8
What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illumi
-
nates a low tire pressure telltale when
one or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. Accordingly, when the
low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon
as possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi
-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire
to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi
-
ciency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle's handling and stopping abil
-
ity.
Please note that the TPMS is not a sub
-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-infla
-
tion has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pres
-
sure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operat
-
ing properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon subse
-
quent vehicle start-ups as long as the
malfunction exists. When the malfunc
-
tion indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal low
tire pressure as intended. TPMS mal
-
functions may occur for a variety of rea
-
sons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or wheels
on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction tell
-
tale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
the replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the
system checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
1. The low tire pressure telltale/TPMS
malfunction indicator does not appear
for 3 seconds when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned to the
ON position or engine is running.
2. The TPMS malfunction indicator
remains appear after blinking for
approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low tire pressure position telltale
remains appear.
Low tire pressure telltale
Low tire pressure position telltale
When the TPMS warning indicators
appear, one or more of your tires is sig
-
nificantly under-inflated.
A:
Low tire pressure
If the telltale appears, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping dis
-
tances. You should stop and check your
tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as
indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire
OMQ4PH034159N
What to do in an emergency
108
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
inflation pressure label located on the
driver's side center pillar outer panel. If
you cannot reach a service station or if
the tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may
turn on and appear after restarting and
about 20 minutes of continuous driving
before you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may appear if the tire
pressure was adjusted to the recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure in warm
weather. It does not mean your TPMS is
malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional low
-
ering of tire pressure.
You should check the tire inflation pres
-
sure and adjust the tires to the recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure when
driving your vehicle in the following con
-
ditions.
僅 from a warm area to a cold area
僅 from a cold area to a warm area
僅 the outside temperature is extremely
high or low
When filling tires with more air, condi
-
tions to turn off the low tire pressure tell
-
tale may not be met. This is because a
tire inflator has a margin of error in per
-
formance. The low tire pressure telltale
will be turned off if the tire pressure is
above the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure tires. Sig
-
nificantly low tire pressure can cause the
tires to overheat and fail, making the
vehicle unstable, resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of vehicle
control.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will appear
after it blinks for approximately one min
-
ute when there is a problem with the
TPMS.
If the system is able to correctly detect
an underinflation warning at the same
time as system failure, it will appear both
the TPMS malfunction and the low tire
pressure position telltales. For example,
if the Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
malfunction indicator appears, but if the
Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear Right tire
is underinflated, the low tire pressure
position telltales may appear together
with the TPMS malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer as soon as possible to
determine the cause of the problem.
僅 The TPMS malfunction indicator may
appear if the vehicle is moving around
electric power supply cables or radios
transmitters such as at police stations,
government and public offices, broad
-
casting stations, military installations,
airports, or transmitting towers, etc.
This can interfere with normal opera
-
tion of the TPMS.
僅 The TPMS malfunction indicator may
appear if the vehicle is equipped with
snow chains or some personal elec
-
tronic devices (such as a laptop com
-
puter, mobile charger, remote starter
or navigation) are being used in the
vehicle. This can interfere with normal
operation of the TPMS.
11
8
8
What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Tire replacement with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pres
-
sure telltale will come on. Have the flat
tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible or replace the flat
tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Repair agents
Never use a puncture-repairing agent
not approved by Kia to repair and/or
inflate a low pressure tire. Sealant that is
not approved by Kia may damage the
tire pressure sensor.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pres
-
sure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem. You must use
TPMS specific wheels. Have always your
tires serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
telltale will remain on until the low pres
-
sure tire is repaired and placed on the
vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the TPMS malfunc
-
tion indicator may appear after a few
minutes. This is because the TPMS sen
-
sor mounted on the spare wheel is not
yet activated.
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure and
installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sen
-
sor mounted on the replaced spare
wheel is initiated by a professional work
-
shop, the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the low tire pressure telltale will turn
off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared after
a few minutes of driving, please visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor on
the replaced spare wheel should be initi
-
ated and the TPMS sensor on the origi
-
nal mounted wheel should be
deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on the
original mounted wheel located in the
spare tire carrier still activates, the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System may not
operate properly. Have the tire with
TPMS serviced or replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
You may not be able to identify a low tire
by simply looking at it. Always use a
good quality tire pressure gauge to mea
-
sure the tire's inflation pressure. Please
note that a tire that is hot (from being
driven) will have a higher pressure mea
-
surement than a tire that is cold (from
sitting stationary for at least 3 hours and
driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during
that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the rec
-
ommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle is
equipped with a TPMS. The liquid seal
-
ant can damage the tire pressure sen
-
sors.
僅 The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
僅 If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradu
-
ally and with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
What to do in an emergency
128
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
NOTICE
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the driver of
low tire pressure conditions and/or
TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components
may void the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
If you have a flat tire (with
spare tire)
If you have a flat tire, you can change
the flat tire to a spare tire using tools.
WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause perma
-
nent damage to the tire. Re-inflating a
tire after it has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat may cause
a blowout and a serious crash. Never
attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been
driven on while severely underinflated or
flat. In this case, repair or replace the flat
tire as soon as possible.
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Fol
-
low the instructions in this section when
changing a tire to reduce the risk of seri
-
ous injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end
has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
13
8
8
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack and tools
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut
wrench are stored in the luggage com
-
partment.
Pull up the luggage box cover to reach
this equipment.
1. Jack
2. Wheel lug nut wrench
3. Socket (if equipped)
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
僅 To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
僅 Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING
Changing tires
僅 Never attempt vehicle repairs in the
traffic lanes of a public road or high
-
way.
僅 Always move the vehicle completely
off the road and onto the shoulder
before trying to change a tire. The
jack should be used on firm level
ground. If you cannot find a firm level
place off the road, call a towing ser
-
vice company for assistance.
僅 Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehicle;
never use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jacking support.
僅 The vehicle can roll off the jack caus
-
ing serious injury or death.
僅 Do not go under a vehicle that is sup
-
ported by a jack.
僅 Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
僅 Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
僅 Make sure any children present are in
a secure place, away from the road
and from the vehicle to be raised with
the jack.
WARNING
Tire jack
Do not place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is only supported by
a jack since the vehicle can easily roll off
the jack. Use vehicle support stands.
WARNING
Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traf
-
fic lanes of a public road or highway.
WARNING
Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of the
vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as
this may cause the vehicle to fall off the
jack.
To prevent the jack from "rattling" while
the vehicle IS in motion, store it properly.
OMQ4PH064009N
What to do in an emergency
148
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
NOTICE
Retreaded tires
Substantial design variations and the
age of the retreaded tire casing struc
-
ture can limit service life and have nega
-
tive impact on road safety.
Removing and storing the spare
tire
Hybrid vehicle
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
Your spare tire is stored underneath
your vehicle, directly below the cargo
area.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Find the spare tire fixing bolt cover
and remove the cover.
If necessary, separate the tool case
only after removing the clamp.
Hybrid vehicle
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
3. Connect the socket and wheel lug nut
wrench.
4. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
loosen the bolt enough to lower the
spare tire.
Turn the wrench counterclockwise
until the spare tire reaches the
ground.
5. After the spare tire reaches the
ground, continue to turn the wrench
counterclockwise, and draw the spare
tire outside. Never rotate the wrench
excessively, otherwise the spare tire
carrier may be damaged.
6. Remove the retainer (1) from the cen
-
ter of the spare tire.
OMQ4063032L
OMQ4PH064001N
OMQ4063033L
OMQ4PH064002N
OMQ4063034L
15
8
8
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
To store the spare tire:
1. Lay the tire on the ground with the
valve stem facing up.
2. Place the wheel under the vehicle and
install the retainer (1) through the
wheel center.
3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it
clicks.
WARNING
Touching surface of the luggage room
floor
Do not touch the metal surface of the
luggage room floor while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so could result in
serious bodily injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until it cools
down or wear gloves to remove the
spare tire from the luggage room.
Changing tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
僅 Never place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is supported by a
jack.
僅 NEVER attempt to change a tire in the
lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off the
road, call a towing service for assis
-
tance.
僅 Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
僅 ALWAYS place the jack on the desig
-
nated jacking positions on the vehicle
and NEVER on the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
僅 Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
僅 Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
僅 Keep children away from the road and
the vehicle.
1. Park on a level surface and apply the
parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and turn the engine
OFF.
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
OMQ4063035L
OMQ4063036L
What to do in an emergency
168
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, and spare tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of wheel
that is diagonally opposite the jack
position.
WARNING
Jack location
To reduce the possibility of injury, be
sure to only use the jack provided with
the vehicle in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the vehicle
for jack support.
WARNING
Changing a tire
僅 To prevent vehicle movement while
changing a tire, always set the park
-
ing brake fully, and always block the
wheel diagonally, opposite the wheel
being changed.
僅 We recommend that the wheels of the
vehicle be blocked, and that no per
-
son remain in a vehicle that is being
jacked.
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter
-
clockwise one turn each, but do not
remove any nut until the tire has been
raised off the ground.
7. Place the jack at the front(1) or rear(2)
jacking position closest to the tire you
are changing. Place the jack at the
designated locations under the frame.
The jacking positions are plates
welded to the frame with two tabs
and a raised dot to index with the jack.
8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench into
the jack and turn it clockwise, raising
the vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is approxi
-
mately1.2 inches (30 mm). Before
OMQ4063037L
OMQ4063038L
OMQ4063039L
OMQ4063040L
17
8
8
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
removing the wheel lug nuts, make
sure the vehicle is stable and that
there is no chance for movement or
slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove
them with your fingers. Slide the
wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it
cannot roll away. To put the wheel on
the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up
the holes with the studs and slide the
wheel onto them.
If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly
and get the top hole in the wheel lined
up with the top stud. Then jiggle the
wheel back and forth until the wheel
can be slid over the other studs.
10.To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs
and tighten them finger tight. Jiggle
the tire to be sure it is completely
seated, then tighten the nuts as much
as possible with your fingers again.
11.Lower the vehicle to the ground by
turning the wheel nut wrench coun
-
terclockwise.
Then position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench han
-
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every other nut until they are all tight.
Then double-check each nut for tight
-
ness. After changing wheels, have the
system checked by a professional
workshop. Visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Installing a wheel
僅 When you install a wheel, always
remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign
materials present on the mounting
surfaces of the wheel or the surface of
the wheel hub, brake drum or brake
disc that contacts the wheel. Make
sure to secure any fasteners that
attach the rotor to the hub so they do
not interfere with the mounting sur
-
faces of the wheel. Installing wheels
without correct metal-to-metal con
-
tact at the wheel mounting surfaces
can cause the wheel nuts to loosen
and the wheel to come off while your
vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of
vehicle control, personal injury or
death.
僅 Make sure the wheel makes good
contact with the hub when installed. If
the contact of the mounting surface
between the wheel and hub is not
good, the wheel nuts could come
loose and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in loss of
control of the vehicle.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
Steel wheel and aluminum alloy wheel:
11~13kgf·m (79~94lbf·ft)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure. If
the pressure is lower than recom
-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest ser
-
OMQ4PH064008N
OMQ4063042L
What to do in an emergency
188
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
vice station and inflate to the correct
pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it
is correct. Always reinstall the valve cap
after checking or adjusting tire pressure.
If the cap is not replaced, air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy
another and install it as soon as possible.
After you have changed wheels, always
secure the flat tire in its place and return
the jack and tools to their proper storage
locations.
CAUTION
Reusing lug nuts
Make certain during wheel removal that
the same nuts that were removed are
reinstalled - or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same chamfer
configuration are used. Your vehicle has
metric threads on the wheel studs and
nuts. Installation of a non-metric thread
nut on a metric stud will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and will dam
-
age the stud so that it must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use extreme
care in checking for thread style before
installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they may lose
their ability to retain the wheel. This
could lead to the loss of the wheel and a
collision resulting in serious injuries.
WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts
because the nuts might come loose. The
vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a
crash.
Important - use of compact spare
tire (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact
spare tire. This compact spare tire takes
up less space than a regular-size tire.
This tire is smaller than a conventional
tire and is designed for temporary use
only.
僅 You should drive carefully when the
compact spare is in use. The compact
spare should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and rim at
the first opportunity.
僅 The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the same
time.
WARNING
Spare tire
The compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your vehicle on
this compact spare at speeds over 50
mph (80 km/h). The original tire should
be repaired or replaced as soon as pos
-
sible to avoid failure of the spare, possi
-
bly leading to bodily injury or death.
The compact spare should be inflated to
60 psi (420 kPa).
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after install
-
ing the spare tire. Adjust it to the speci
-
fied pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
19
8
8
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
僅 Under no circumstances should you
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher
speed could damage the tire.
僅 Ensure that you drive slowly enough
for the road conditions to avoid all
hazards. Any road hazard, such as a
pothole or debris, could seriously
damage the compact spare.
僅 Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of vehi
-
cle control, and possible personal
injury.
僅 Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum
load rating or the load-carrying
capacity shown on the sidewall of the
compact spare tire.
僅 Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is smaller
than the diameter of a conventional
tire and reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which
could result in damage to the vehicle.
僅 Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic vehicle wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
僅 Do not use tire chains on the compact
spare tire. Because of the smaller size,
a tire chain will not fit properly. This
could damage the vehicle and result
in loss of the chain.
僅 Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other vehicle because this tire has
been designed especially for your
vehicle.
僅 The compact spare tire's tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted
on the same wheel.
僅 The compact spare tire should not be
used on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel cov
-
ers or trim rings be used with the
compact spare wheel. If such use is
attempted, damage to these items or
other vehicle components may occur.
僅 Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
僅 Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
208
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack label
* The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more
detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of the jack must be vertical under the
lifting point.
8. Move the shift position to the P (Park) position on vehicles.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacturer
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
ODL3064055N
21
8
8
What to do in an emergency Towing
Towing
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary, have
it done by authorized Kia dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or
flatbed is recommended.
CAUTION
The AWD vehicle should never be towed
with the wheels on the ground. This can
cause serious damage to the transmis
-
sion or the AWD system.
WARNING
Side and curtain air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with side and
curtain air bag, set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to ACC position when the
vehicle is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag may deploy
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
to ON position and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a rollover.
NOTICE
If the EPB does not release normally,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer by loading the vehicle on a flat
-
bed tow truck and have the system
checked.
Towing without wheel dollies
when using a towing service
When towing your vehicle in an emer
-
gency without wheel dollies:
1. Set the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button to ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
2-wheel drive vehicle (front-wheel
drive)
CAUTION
Towing gear position
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may cause
internal damage to the vehicle.
OMQ4063016_3
OMQ4063017L
What to do in an emergency
228
Towing
CAUTION
僅 If any of the loaded wheels or suspen
-
sion components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the driven
wheels on the ground, use a towing
dolly under the driven wheels.
僅 Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the driven wheels on the ground,
as this may cause damage to the
transmission.
2-wheel drive vehicle (Front Wheel
-
Drive)
僅 Attaching straps to the chassis, sus
-
pension or other parts of the body can
cause damage.
僅 Do not tow with sling-type equipment.
Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
僅 Do not tow the vehicle with four
wheels in contact with the ground if it
is the vehicle equipped with AT. Oth
-
erwise, the transmission will be seri
-
ously damaged. Also, make sure not
to tow the vehicle connecting it with
other vehicles including camper vans.
WARNING
僅 If you tow the vehicle while the driven
wheels are touching the ground, the
vehicle motor may generate electricity
and the motor components may be
damaged or a fire may occur.
僅When a vehicle fire occurs due to the
battery, there is a risk of a second fire.
Contact the fire department when
towing the vehicle.
OMQ4063018
OMQ4063019
9Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment.....................................................................9-5
Maintenance services....................................................................9-6
Owner maintenance ......................................................................9-7
僅 Owner maintenance schedule ................................................................... 9-7
Scheduled maintenance service ..................................................9-9
僅 Scheduled maintenance service precaution........................................ 9-9
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items......................... 9-13
僅 Engine oil and filter ....................................................................................... 9-13
僅 Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt................................................. 9-13
僅 Fuel filter ............................................................................................................ 9-13
僅 Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections................................................. 9-13
僅 Vapor hose and fuel filler cap .................................................................. 9-13
僅 Air cleaner filter............................................................................................... 9-13
僅 Spark plugs....................................................................................................... 9-13
僅 Cooling system................................................................................................ 9-13
僅 Coolant/inverter coolant............................................................................. 9-13
僅 Automatic transmission fluid .................................................................... 9-13
僅 Brake hoses and lines .................................................................................. 9-14
僅 Brake fluid ......................................................................................................... 9-14
僅 Brake discs, pads and calipers................................................................. 9-14
僅 Suspension mounting bolts....................................................................... 9-14
僅 Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint............... 9-14
僅 Drive shafts and boots................................................................................. 9-14
僅 Air conditioning refrigerant ....................................................................... 9-14
僅 Checking fluid levels..................................................................................... 9-14
僅 Propeller shaft ................................................................................................. 9-14
Engine oil ...................................................................................... 9-15
僅 Checking the engine oil level.................................................................... 9-15
僅 Changing the engine oil and filter .......................................................... 9-15
Coolant.......................................................................................... 9-17
僅 Checking the engine coolant level ......................................................... 9-17
9 Maintenance
僅 Checking the inverter coolant level (HEV).......................................... 9-18
僅 Checking the inverter coolant level (PHEV)....................................... 9-19
Hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt .................................... 9-20
僅 Checking the HSG belt ................................................................................9-20
Brake fluid ....................................................................................9-21
僅 Checking the brake fluid level...................................................................9-21
Washer fluid .................................................................................9-22
僅 Checking the washer fluid level .............................................................. 9-22
Air cleaner filter ...........................................................................9-23
僅 Replacing air cleaner filter......................................................................... 9-23
Climate control air filter............................................................. 9-24
僅 Filter inspection ..............................................................................................9-24
Wiper blades................................................................................ 9-25
僅 Blade inspection .............................................................................................9-25
僅 Blade replacement ........................................................................................9-25
僅 Replacing rear wiper blade........................................................................9-26
Battery...........................................................................................9-27
僅 For best battery service .............................................................................. 9-27
僅 Battery recharging ........................................................................................9-29
僅 Reset items .......................................................................................................9-29
12V Parking lithium battery ...................................................... 9-30
Tires and wheels .......................................................................... 9-31
僅 Checking tire inflation pressure ..............................................................9-32
僅 Tire rotation......................................................................................................9-33
僅 Wheel alignment and tire balance .........................................................9-34
僅 Tire replacement ............................................................................................9-34
僅 Wheel replacement .......................................................................................9-35
僅 Tire traction ......................................................................................................9-35
僅 Tire maintenance ...........................................................................................9-35
僅 Tire sidewall labeling....................................................................................9-35
9Maintenance
僅 Tire terminology and definitions .............................................................9-39
僅 All season tires.................................................................................................9-42
僅 Summer tires....................................................................................................9-42
僅 Snow tires..........................................................................................................9-42
僅 Tire chains........................................................................................................ 9-43
僅 Radial-ply tires................................................................................................ 9-43
Fuses ............................................................................................ 9-44
僅 Inner panel fuse replacement ................................................................. 9-46
僅 Engine compartment fuse replacement............................................. 9-46
僅 Fuse/relay panel description.....................................................................9-47
Light bulbs................................................................................... 9-56
僅 Bulb replacement precaution ...................................................................9-56
僅 Light bulb position (Front)..........................................................................9-57
僅 Light bulb position (Rear)...........................................................................9-57
僅 Light bulb position (Side)........................................................................... 9-58
僅 Replacing headlight (Low beam / High beam), position lamp / day-
time running light, turn signal light, front side marker lamp (LED
type)..................................................................................................................... 9-58
僅 Replacing front fog light (LED type)......................................................9-59
僅 Replacing side repeater light (LED type).............................................9-59
僅 Replacing stop and taillight (Bulb type)...............................................9-59
僅 Replacing rear turn signal light (Bulb type) ...................................... 9-60
僅 Replacing rear turn signal light, stop and taillight, side marker
lamp (LED type)............................................................................................... 9-61
僅 Replacing reversing light (bulb type).................................................... 9-61
僅 Replacing high mounted stop light (LED type).................................9-62
僅 Replacing license plate light (LED type) ..............................................9-62
僅 Replacing map light (Bulb type)..............................................................9-62
僅 Replacing map light (LED type)...............................................................9-63
僅 Replacing cabin light (Bulb type)............................................................9-63
僅 Replacing room lamp (LED type)............................................................9-63
僅 Replacing personal light (LED type) ......................................................9-63
9 Maintenance
僅 Replacing glove box light...........................................................................9-64
僅 Replacing luggage light (Bulb type) ......................................................9-64
僅 Replacing luggage light (LED type) .......................................................9-65
Appearance care......................................................................... 9-65
僅 Exterior care .....................................................................................................9-65
僅 Interior care ..................................................................................................... 9-70
Emission control system .............................................................9-72
僅 Procedure for entering forced engine activation mode...............9-74
California perchlorate notice .................................................... 9-75
5
9
9
Maintenance Engine compartment
Maintenance
Engine compartment
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
2. Engine coolant reservoir
3. Engine coolant reservoir cap
4. Inverter coolant reservoir
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Air cleaner
7. Engine oil dipstick
8. Engine oil filler cap
9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
10.Fuse box
11.Inverter coolant reservoir cap
OMQ4PH073002L
OMQ4PH073002L
Maintenance
69
Maintenance services
Maintenance services
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection proce
-
dures.
Should you have any doubts concerning
the inspection or servicing of your vehi
-
cle, have an authorized Kia dealer per
-
form this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory-
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly.
For expert advice and quality service,
see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational prob
-
lems with your vehicle that could lead to
vehicle damage, an accident, or personal
injury.
Owner's responsibility
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record Reten
-
tion are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been per
-
formed on your vehicle in accordance
with the scheduled maintenance service
charts shown on the following pages.
You need this information to establish
your compliance with the servicing and
maintenance requirements of your vehi
-
cle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro
-
vided in your Warranty & Consumer
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not cov
-
ered.
Have your vehicle maintained and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Authorized Kia dealers meet Kia's high
service quality standards and receive
technical support from Kia in order to
provide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) has issued a
general warning to all vehicle owners of
all brands regarding the risks associated
with vehicle underbody corrosion. From
your initial purchase, take the following
steps to prevent unsafe corrosion dam
-
age to your vehicle:
僅 Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly during the winter and
whenever your vehicle has been
exposed to such salts or chemicals.
僅 Do a thorough washing of the under
-
carriage at the end of the winter.
僅 Use professional service technicians
or governmental inspection stations
to annually inspect for corrosion.
僅 Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling
or if you become aware of a change in
vehicle performance, such as soft or
spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impair
-
ment of directional control, suspen
-
sion noises or rattling metal straps.
僅 NHTSA further advises that after a
vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential
that you take these indicated mainte
-
nance steps to ensure that you pro
-
tect yourself from unsafe corrosion
conditions.
7
9
9
Maintenance Owner maintenance
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section, sev
-
eral procedures can be done only by an
authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the
warranty period may affect warranty
coverage. For details, read the separate
Warranty & Consumer Information man
-
ual provided with the vehicle. If you're
unsure about any servicing or mainte
-
nance procedure, have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose clothing
while working under the hood of your
vehicle with the engine running. These
items can become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the engine while
working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces)
and all neckties, scarves, and similar
loose clothing before getting near cool
-
ing fans.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including strut
bars) while the vehicle is operating or
hot. Doing so could result in serious
bodily injury. Turn the vehicle off and
wait until the metal parts cool down to
perform maintenance work on the vehi
-
cle.
Owner maintenance
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per
-
formed by the owner or an authorized
Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated
to help ensure safe, dependable opera
-
tion of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer
as soon as possible.
These owner maintenance checks are
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and
lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
僅 Check the coolant level in coolant res
-
ervoir.
僅 Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
僅 Look for low or under-inflated tires.
僅 Check if the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc. If any
of the above parts are extremely dirty
or you are not sure of their condition,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot cool
-
ant and steam may blow out
under pressure.
Maintenance
89
Owner maintenance
While operating your vehicle:
僅 Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust
fumes in the vehicle.
僅 Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering
effort or looseness in the steering
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead
position.
僅 Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or "pulls" to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
僅 When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or "hard-
to-push" brake pedal.
僅 If any slipping or changes in the oper
-
ation of your transmission occurs,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
僅 Check the automatic transmission P
(Park) function.
僅 Check the parking brake.
僅 Check for fluid leaks under your vehi
-
cle (water dripping from the air condi
-
tioning system during or after use is
normal).
At least monthly:
僅 Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir.
僅 Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
僅 Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
僅 Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least once every 6 months:
僅 Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or dam
-
age.
僅 Check the windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean the wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened
with washer fluid.
僅 Check the headlamp alignment.
僅 Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
僅 Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
and function.
At least once a year:
僅 Clean the body and door drain holes.
僅 Lubricate the door hinges and check
the hood hinges.
僅 Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
僅 Lubricate the door rubber weather
-
strips.
僅 Check the air conditioning system.
僅 Inspect and lubricate automatic trans
-
mission linkage and controls.
僅 Clean the battery and terminals.
僅 Check the brake fluid level.
僅 Visually inspect steering, suspension,
and chassis components for dam
-
aged, loose, or missing parts or signs
of wear.
9
9
9
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service
Scheduled maintenance ser
-
vice
Scheduled maintenance service
precaution
Follow the Normal Maintenance Sched
-
ule if the vehicle is usually operated
where none of the following conditions
apply. If any of the following conditions
apply, follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
僅 Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature
僅 Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
僅 Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
僅 Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
僅 Driving in heavy dust condition
僅 Driving in heavy traffic area
僅 Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun
-
tain road repeatedly
僅 Using for towing or camping and driv
-
ing with loading on the roof
僅 Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
僅 Frequently driving under high speed
or rapid acceleration/deceleration
僅 Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated in any of the
prior listed conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently,
using the severe usage maintenance
schedule instead of the normal usage
maintenance schedule.
NOTICE
The vehicle may be equipped with the
Oil Life Management System that pre
-
dicts engine oil life based on the driver’s
driving history and alerts the driver to
change engine oil.
僅 If the deterioration of the engine oil
increases depending on the driver’s
driving severity, the remaining oil life
alert appears on the instrument clus
-
ter before the normal engine oil
replacement interval. Have the engine
oil and filter be changed by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 Oil Life Management System works
when the recommended engine oil is
used. So, if recommended engine oil is
not used, replace the engine oil
according to the maintenance sched
-
ule under severe usage condition.
Also, check the amount of engine oil
regularly as this system assumes that
the engine oil is being filled normally.
僅 Always reset the remaining engine oil
life whenever the engine oil is
changed.
Otherwise, the Oil Life Management
System will not be correct.
僅 If there is no alert until the maximum
maintenance interval, have vehicle be
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
After 10 years or 100,000 miles
(150,000 km), we recommend to using
severe maintenance schedule.
Maintenance
109
Scheduled maintenance service
Normal maintenance schedule
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehi
-
cle services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and date are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever
occurs first.
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156
Tire rotation Rotate every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Fuel additives
*1
Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Engine oil and engine oil filter
*2
R R R R R R R R R R R R
Climate control air filter I R I R I R I R I R I R
Air cleaner filter (Engine) I I R I I R I I R I I R
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Spark plugs Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km)
Coolant (Engine)
*3
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (195,000 km) or 120 months
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
Coolant (Inverter)
HEV
*4
At first, replace 120,000 miles (195,000 km) or 120 months
After that, Replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
PHEV
*5
Replace every 32,000 miles (52,000 km) or 36 months
Air conditioner refrigerant
I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor
Battery condition
Brake discs and pads
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Suspension ball joints
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
Exhaust system
Cooling system
Intercooler in/out hose, air intake hose I - I - I - I - I - I -
Drive shaft and boots
- I - I - I - I - I - I
Propeller shaft (AWD)
Fuel tank and fuel cap
Fuel tank air filter
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt
*6
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Replace every 64,000 miles (104,000 km) or 48 months
Differential oil (rear) (AWD)
*7
Inspect every 40,000 miles (65,000 km) or 48 months
Transfer case oil (AWD)
*8
Automatic transmission (AT) fluid No service required
11
9
9
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service
*1. Fuel additives
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive is rec
-
ommended. Additives are available from
your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
NOTICE
Never add any additives to the engine
oil. Engine oil additives can change the
properties of engine oil and may cause
serious engine failure.
*2. Engine oil and engine oil filter
As it is normal for engine oil to be con
-
sumed during driving, the engine oil
level should be checked on regular
basis.
The engine oil change interval for nor
-
mal operating conditions is based on the
use of the recommended engine specifi
-
cation. If the recommended engine oil
specification is not used, then replace
the engine oil according to the mainte
-
nance schedule under severe operating
conditions.
*3. Coolant (Engine)
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water or soft water for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory. An improper coolant
mixture can result in serious malfunction
or engine damage.
*4. Coolant (HEV Inverter)
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water or soft water for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory. An improper coolant
mixture can result in serious malfunction
or engine damage.
*5. Coolant (PHEV Inverter)
Have that the coolant replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
*6. HSG (Hybrid Starter & Gener
-
ator) belt
Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts,
cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation
and replace if necessary.
*7. Differential oil (rear) (AWD)
If the vehicle has been submerged in
water or in a flooded area, the fluids
should be changed as a precaution.
*8. Transfer case oil (AWD)
If the vehicle has been submerged in
water or in a flooded area, the fluids
should be changed as a precaution.
* Transmission fluid
If the vehicle has been submerged in
water or in a flooded area, the fluids
should be changed as a precaution.
Fuel filter (Gasoline engine)
The fuel filter is normally maintenance
free but periodic inspection is recom
-
mended during scheduled maintenance
schedule to look for conditions caused
by poor fuel quality.
僅 If there safety risks such as fuel flow
restriction, surging, loss of power,
hard starting problem etc, replace the
fuel filter immediately regardless of
maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.
Maintenance
129
Scheduled maintenance service
Maintenance under severe usage conditions
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Severe driving conditions
A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal tempera
-
ture or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature.
B: Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salted roads.
D: Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E: Driving in heavy dust condition.
F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly.
H: Using for towing or camping and driving with loading on the roof.
I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing.
J: Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals Driving condition
Engine oil and engine oil filter R
Every 5,000 miles(8,000
km) or 6 months
D, H, I
HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt
R
Every 30,000 miles (48,000
km) or 24 months
B, C, D, E, I, K
I
Every 5,000 miles (8,000
km) or 6 months
Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G
Automatic transmission (AT) fluid R
Every 56,000 miles
(91,000 km)
A, C, F, G, H, I, J, K
Differential oil (rear) (AWD) R
Every 72,000 miles (117,000
km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD) R
Every 72,000 miles (117,000
km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, G, H, I
Brake discs, pads and calipers I More frequently C, D, E, G, H, I, J, K
Drive shaft and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Propeller shaft (AWD) I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
13
9
9
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Explanation of scheduled
maintenance items
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions, more
frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG)
belt
Inspect all hybrid starter & generator
belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, exces
-
sive wear or oil saturation and replace if
necessary. Hybrid starter & generator
belts should be checked periodically for
proper tension and adjusted as neces
-
sary.
CAUTION
When you are inspecting the belt, place
the ENGINE START/STOP button in the
LOCK/OFF or ACC position.
Fuel filter
Kia gasoline vehicles are equipped with
a lifetime fuel filter that integrated with
the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or
replacement is not needed but depends
on fuel quality. If there are some import
-
ant safety matters like fuel flow restric
-
tion, surging, loss of power, hard starting
problem etc, fuel filter inspection or
replace is needed.
Have the fuel filter inspected or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con
-
nections for leakage and damage. Have
the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions replaced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
Air cleaner filter
Have the air cleaner filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to wipe
the inside and outside of the boot bot
-
tom of the ignition coil and the insulator
of the spark plug with a soft cloth to pre
-
vent contamination of the spark plug
insulator.
WARNING
Do not disconnect and inspect spark
plugs when the engine is hot. You may
burn yourself.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components,
such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage and
damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Coolant/inverter coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should not
be checked under normal usage condi
-
tions. Have the automatic transmission
Maintenance
149
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
fluid changed by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. It is normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace the
fluid based upon the changed color.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid could
result in transmission malfunction and
failure.
Use only specified automatic transmis
-
sion fluid. (Refer to "Recommended
lubricants and capacities" on page 10-9.)
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between "MIN" and "MAX" marks on the
side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specifi
-
cation.
Brake discs, pads and calipers
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or dam
-
age. Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and con
-
nections for leakage and damage.
Checking fluid levels
When checking engine oil, engine cool
-
ant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always
be sure to clean the area around any
filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant or
fluid. This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when the vehi
-
cle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning
the plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Propeller shaft (if equipped)
Check the propeller shaft, boots, clamps,
rubber coupling and center bearing rub
-
ber for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and if nec
-
essary, repack the grease.
15
9
9
Maintenance Engine oil
Engine oil
Checking the engine oil level
Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling,
and operating various hydraulic compo
-
nents in the engine. Engine oil consump
-
tion while driving is normal, and it is
necessary to check and refill the engine
oil regularly. Also, check and refill the oil
level within the recommended mainte
-
nance schedule to prevent deterioration
of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach
normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
4. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. Check if the oil level is
between the F-L line, and if it is below
the L line, add enough oil to bring the
level to F line.
WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the radiator
hose when checking or adding the
engine oil as it may be hot enough to
burn you.
CAUTION
When you wipe the oil level gauge, you
should wipe it with a clean cloth. When
mixed with debris, it can cause engine
damage.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to "Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 10-9.)
僅 Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled
oil immediately.
僅 The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).
僅 The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions, oil qual
-
ity, etc. Therefore, it is recommended
that you inspect the engine oil level
regularly and refill it if necessary.
Changing the engine oil and filter
The lubrication, rust prevention, cooling,
and cleaning effect of the engine oil will
gradually degrade during its use. Have
the engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to the
Engine Oil Life Management System
OMQ4H073001
OMQ4H073002
Maintenance
169
Engine oil
instructions or the maintenance sched
-
ule.
僅 If the maintenance schedule to
replace engine oil is exceeded, the
engine oil performance may deterio
-
rate, and the engine condition may be
affected. Therefore, replace the
engine oil according to the mainte
-
nance schedule.
僅 To keep the engine in optimal condi
-
tion, use the recommended engine oil
and filter. If the recommended engine
oil and filter are not used replace it
according to the maintenance sched
-
ule under severe usage conditions.
僅 The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement is
to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.
WARNING
Used engine oil
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Used engine oil contains chemicals that
have caused cancer in laboratory ani
-
mals. Always protect your skin by wash
-
ing your hands thoroughly with soap
and warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil. Do not leave
used engine oil within the reach of chil
-
dren.
NOTICE
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine Oil
Pressure ( ) warning light will
appear.
In addition, the enhanced engine protec
-
tion system, which limits the engine's
power is activated and the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp ( ) will appear when
the vehicle is driven in this state continu
-
ously.
When the engine oil pressure is restored,
the warning light and the enhanced
engine protection system will turn off
after the engine is restarted.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately
after the vehicle has been driven and
can cause burns during replacement.
Replace the engine oil after the engine
oil has cooled down.
NOTICE
Never add any additives to the engine
oil. Engine oil additives can change its
properties and may cause engine failure.
17
9
9
Maintenance Coolant
Coolant
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round anti
-
freeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at
the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter, and before trav
-
eling to a colder climate.
Checking the engine coolant level
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water, distilled water or soft water
for your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the factory.
僅 An incorrect coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine/hybrid system damage.
僅 The engine in your vehicle has alumi
-
num engine parts and must be pro
-
tected by a phosphate-based
ethylene glycol coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
僅 Do not use alcohol or methanol cool
-
ant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
僅 Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
WARNING
Make sure the engine coolant reservoir
cap is properly closed after refill or cool
-
ant.
The engine could overheat while driving.
1. Check if the engine coolant reservoir
cap label is straight up.
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the engine coolant reservoir
cap are securely interlocked.
WARNING
Removing engine
coolant reservoir cap
Never attempt to
remove the engine
coolant reservoir cap
while the engine is operating or hot.
Doing so might lead to cooling system
damage and could result in serious per
-
sonal injury from escaping hot coolant or
steam.
WARNING
Turn the vehicle off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the engine coolant cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it
slowly to the first stop. Step back while
the pressure is released from the cooling
system. When you are sure all the pres
-
sure has been released, press down on
OMQ4H073003
OMQ4073109
OMQ4H073005
Maintenance
189
Coolant
the cap, using a thick towel, and con
-
tinue turning to remove it.
NOTICE
The engine coolant level is influenced by
the hybrid system temperature. Before
checking or refilling the engine coolant,
turn the hybrid vehicle off.
NOTICE
For mixture percentage, refer to the fol
-
lowing table.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put
a thick towel around the engine coolant
cap and/or inverter coolant cap before
refilling the coolant to prevent the cool
-
ant from overflowing into engine parts,
such as the alternator.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer according to the Mainte
-
nance Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled by coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate
even when the vehicle is not running.
Checking the inverter coolant
level (HEV)
If frequent additions are required, have
the system inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The inverter coolant level should be in
between MAX and MIN when the engine
is cool.
WARNING
Adding other cooling substances or
water might lead to inverter cooling sys
-
tem degradation or even failure.
僅 Turn the vehicle off and wait until it
cools down.
僅 Use extreme care when removing the
inverter coolant reservoir cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it and turn it slowly
to the first stop.
僅 Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
僅 When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and continue
turning to remove it.
僅 Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses.
僅 Replace any swollen or deteriorated
hoses.
Ambient Tem
-
perature
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15 °C) 35 65
-13°F (-25 °C) 40 60
-31°F (-35 °C) 50 50
-49°F (-45 °C) 60 40
OMQ4H073006
19
9
9
Maintenance Coolant
僅 Check the coolant level. The coolant
level should be filled between MAX
and MIN marks on the side of the
coolant reservoir when the engine
room is cool.
僅 If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protec
-
tion against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to MAX, but do not
overfill.
WARNING
Make sure the inverter coolant reservoir
cap is properly closed after refill or cool
-
ant.
The inverter could overheat while driv
-
ing.
1. Check if the inverter coolant reservoir
cap label is straight up.
2. Maker sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the inverter coolant reservoir
cap are securely interlocked.
WARNING
Removing inverter
coolant reservoir cap
Never remove the
inverter coolant reser
-
voir cap while the
engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under pres
-
sure, causing serious injury.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer according to the Mainte
-
nance Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled by coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate
even when the vehicle is not running.
Checking the inverter coolant
level (PHEV)
If frequent additions are required, have
the system inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The inverter coolant level should be in
between MAX and MIN when the engine
is cool.
WARNING
Adding other cooling substances or
water might lead to inverter cooling sys
-
tem degradation or even failure.
WARNING
Removing inverter
coolant reservoir cap
Never remove the
inverter coolant reser
-
voir cap while the
OMQ4073109
OMQ4H073007
Maintenance
209
Hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt
engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under pres
-
sure, causing serious injury.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer according to the Mainte
-
nance Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled by coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate
even when the vehicle is not running.
Hybrid starter & generator
(HSG) belt
Checking the HSG belt
Have the HSG belt inspected or replaced
according to the Maintenance Schedule
in this chapter by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
When the HSG belt is worn out or dam
-
aged, replace the belt. It may cause
engine overheating or battery discharge.
WARNING
僅 Turn the vehicle off while you inspect
the engine or HSG belt. It may result
in serious injury.
僅 Keep hands, clothing etc. away from
the HSG belt
21
9
9
Maintenance Brake fluid
Brake fluid
The brake fluid acts to transmit force to
the brake when you depress the brake
pedal. Brake fluid must be maintained
periodically to ensure that the brakes
operate smoothly.
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
1. Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the area
around the reservoir cap thoroughly
to prevent brake fluid contamination.
2. Periodically check that the fluid level
in the brake fluid reservoir is between
MIN and MAX. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal
condition associated with the wear of
the brake linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low,
have the system checked by a profes
-
sional workshop. Visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer
to "Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 10-9.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
WARNING
Loss of brake fluid
In the event the brake system requires
frequent additions of fluid, have the sys
-
tem inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Brake fluid
When changing and adding brake fluid,
handle it carefully. Do not let it contact
your eyes. If brake fluid should contact
your eyes, immediately flush them with
a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have
your eyes examined by a doctor as soon
as possible.
CAUTION
Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in the brake system.
Even small amounts of improper fluids
can cause damage to the brake system.
CAUTION
Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact the
vehicle's body paint, as paint damage
will result.
The brake fluid constantly absorbs mois
-
ture from the air. This lowers the boiling
point of the brake fluid. If the boiling
point is too low, vapor pockets may form
in the brake system when you apply the
brakes with force.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed to
open air for an extended time should
never be used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be disposed of
properly.
OMQ4H073008
Maintenance
229
Washer fluid
Washer fluid
Washer fluid is used when wiping the
windshield of the vehicle with a wind
-
shield wiper. You should check and refill
washer fluid periodically to make sure
that it doesn't run out.
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that you
can check the level with a quick visual
inspection.
僅 Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces
-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli
-
mates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
Flammable fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to contact
open flames or sparks. The windshield
washer fluid reservoir is flammable
under certain circumstances. This can
result in a fire.
WARNING
Coolant
僅 Do not use radiator coolant or anti
-
freeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
僅 Radiator coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the wind
-
shield and may cause loss of vehicle
control.
WARNING
Windshield fluid
Do not drink the windshield washer fluid.
The windshield washer fluid is poisonous
to humans and animals.
OMQ4H073009
23
9
9
Maintenance Air cleaner filter
Air cleaner filter
A genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom
-
mended when the filter is replaced.
Replacing air cleaner filter
Air cleaner filter must be replaced when
necessary and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting
the air cleaner compartment. Clean the
filter by using compressed air.
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching
clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover attach
-
ing clips.
Replace the filter according to the Main
-
tenance Schedule.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele
-
ment more often than the recom
-
mended intervals. (Refer to "Severe
driving conditions" on page 9-12.)
CAUTION
Air filter maintenance
僅 Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
僅 When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
僅 Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-
genuine part could damage the air
flow sensor.
OMQ4H073010
OMQ4H073011
OMQ4H073012
Maintenance
249
Climate control air filter
Climate control air filter
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should be
replaced according to the maintenance
schedule. If the vehicle is operated in
severely air-polluted cities or on dusty
rough roads for a long period, it should
be inspected more frequently and
replaced earlier. When you replace the
climate control air filter, replace it by
performing the following procedure, and
be careful to avoid damaging other
components.
1. Open the glove box and remove the
stoppers (1) on both sides.
2. With the glove box open, pull the sup
-
port strap.
3. Remove the climate control air filter
cover by pulling out both sides of the
cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
When replacing the climate control air
filter install it properly. Otherwise, the
system may produce noise and the
effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
OMQ4073016
OMQ4073017
OMQ4073018
OJAPE073016
25
9
9
Maintenance Wiper blades
Wiper blades
When the wipers no longer clean ade
-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, do not attempt to
move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Blade inspection
NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by auto
-
matic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers. Common sources of
contamination are insects, tree sap, and
hot wax treatments used by some com
-
mercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window
and the blades with a good cleaner or
mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with clean water.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean ade
-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, do not attempt to
move the wipers manually.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Front windshield wiper blade
For your convenience, move the wind
-
shield wiper blades to the service posi
-
tion as follows:
After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping (MIST)
position within 20 seconds and hold the
switch more than 2 seconds until the
wiper blade is in the fully up position.
CAUTION
Wiper arms
僅Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
僅 Do not pull the wiper arm forward,
since the arm could chip hood paint.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
OMQ4073028
OMQ4073029
Maintenance
269
Wiper blades
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip(1). Then
pull down the blade assembly(2) and
remove it.
3. Install the new blade assembly.
4. Return the wiper arm on the wind
-
shield.
5. Turn ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position and wiper arms will
return to the normal operating posi
-
tion.
Replacing rear wiper blade
1. Within 20 seconds after the vehicle is
OFF, pull down the wiper lever to
MIST position for over 2 seconds until
the wiper moves down to the bottom
middle part.
2. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the
wiper blade assembly.
3. Lift up the wiper blade and pull it to
remove.
4. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place.
5. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
If the replacement is correct, place the
wiper arm on the rear windshield and
turn the vehicle to ON and operate
the wipers to check the blade is
installed correctly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, have the wiper blade
replaced by a professional workshop.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4073110
OMQ4073111
OMQ4073030
OMQ4073031
ONQ5061126N
ONQ5061127N
27
9
9
Maintenance Battery
CAUTION
If too much force is applied to the wiper
arm while pulling the blade, the center
part may be damaged.
CAUTION
僅 The wiper may not operate for
approx. 10 seconds when the wiper is
operated without washer fluid or the
blades are frozen. This is not a mal
-
function. It is a wiper protection sys
-
tem activated by the motor overload
circuit within the wiper motor.
僅 The front windshield should be
cleaned with a hose and wiped with a
clean towel with the wiper blades
raised up. The wiper blades should be
wiped clean when the grease or wax
is applied to the blades.
Battery
For best battery service
僅 Keep the battery securely mounted.
僅 Keep the battery top clean and dry.
僅 Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petro
-
leum jelly or terminal grease.
僅 Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
僅 If the vehicle is not going to be used
for an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables.
NOTICE
Your vehicle is equipped with mainte
-
nance free battery. If your vehicle is
equipped with the battery marked with
LOWER and UPPER on the side, you can
check the electrolyte level. The electro
-
lyte level should be between LOWER
and UPPER. If the electrolyte level is low,
it needs to add distilled (demineralized)
water (Never add sulfuric acid or other
electrolytes). When refilling, be careful
not to splash the battery and adjacent
components. Do not overfill the battery
cells. It can cause corrosion on other
parts. Make sure that the cell caps are
tightened.
Contact an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4H073014
Maintenance
289
Battery
WARNING
Risk of explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and all other
flames or sparks away from
the battery.
The battery contains hydrogen
-- a highly combustible gas
which will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame or
spark.
Keep batteries out of the reach
of children because batteries
contain highly corrosive SUL
-
FURIC ACID and electrolytes.
Do not allow battery acid to contact your
skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide venti
-
lation when working in an
enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes with
clean water for at least 15 min
-
utes and get immediate medi
-
cal attention. If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the contacted
area. If you feel pain or burning sensa
-
tion, get medical attention immediately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or regula
-
tion.
The battery contains lead. Do
not dispose of it after use.
Please return the battery to an
authorized Kia dealer to be recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the battery cables are connected.
WARNING
Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition sys
-
tem while the vehicle is running. This
system works with high voltage, which
can "zap" you.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices.
WARNING
Recharging battery
Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the battery cables are connected.
WARNING
Battery lead compound
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead com
-
pounds. Wash hands after handling.
WARNING
California Proposition 65
Battery posts, terminals,
and related accessories
contain lead and lead com
-
pounds, chemicals known
to the State of California to
cause cancer, birth defects
29
9
9
Maintenance Battery
and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the
State of California to cause
cancer. Wash hands after
handling.
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
僅 If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left
on while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
for 10 hours.
僅 If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at
20~30 A for two hours.
When recharging the battery, observe
the following precautions:
僅 The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area with
good ventilation.
僅 Do not allow cigarettes, sparks or
flame near the battery.
僅 Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging rate
in following cases:
1. the battery cells begin gassing
(boiling) violently
2. the electrolyte temperature of any
cell exceeds 120 °F (49 °C).
僅 Wear eye protection when checking
the battery during charging.
僅 Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the vehicle.
僅 Disconnect the battery charger in the
following order:
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the
positive battery terminal.
僅 The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last when
the battery is disconnected.
CAUTION
AGM battery
僅 Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) batteries
are maintenance free and have the
AGM battery serviced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
For charging your AGM battery, use
only fully automatic battery chargers
that are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
僅 When replacing the AGM battery, use
parts for replacement from an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 Do not open or remove the cap on top
of the battery. This may cause leaks
of internal electrolytes that could
result in severe injury.
Reset items
The following items should be reset after
the battery has been discharged or the
battery has been disconnected:
僅 Auto up/down window (Refer to "Win
-
dow opening and closing" on page 5-
45)
僅 Trip computer (Refer to "Trip informa
-
tion (trip computer)" on page 5-87)
僅 Climate control system (CCS) (Refer
to "Automatic climate control system"
on page 5-125)
Maintenance
309
12V Parking lithium battery
僅 Sunroof (Refer to "Panoramic sunroof
(if equipped)" on page 5-55)
12V Parking lithium battery
12V Parking lithium battery is added to
secure stable operation power supply
when functions such as OTA update,
after-blow, and CCS are operated while
parking.
12V Lithium Auxiliary Battery
care
If the 12V lithium auxiliary battery
detects an abnormality, such as high
temperature or overcharging, a warning
message is displayed in the instrument
cluster or a malfunction alert text is sent
to the registered mobile phone number.
Malfunction alert text is sent only to cus
-
tomers who subscribe to the Kia Con
-
nect service.
WARNING
If you receive a warning message in the
cluster or a malfunction notification on
your phone. Have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
31
9
9
Maintenance Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
For proper maintenance, safety,
and maximum fuel economy,
you must always maintain the
recommended tire inflation pres
-
sures and stay within the load
limits and weight distribution rec
-
ommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire infla
-
tion pressures
All tire pressures should be
checked when the tires are cold.
"Cold Tires" means the vehicle
has not been driven for at least
three hours or driven less than 1
mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
For recommended inflation pres
-
sure, refer to
"Tires and wheels" on
page 9-31
.
All specifications (sizes and pres
-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side cen
-
ter pillar.
WARNING
Tire underinflation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Regularly check the tire
inflation pressure, and correct it
as needed; at least twice a
month and before any long trips.
If you fail to observe this precau
-
tion, you may be driving on
underinflated tires, which may
not only compromise your vehi
-
cle's driving stability, but may
also lead to tire damage and the
risk of an accident. This risk is
much higher on hot days and
when driving for long periods at
high speeds.
Failure to maintain specified
pressure may result in excessive
wear, poor handling, reduced
fuel economy, deformation of
tire and/or wheel, harsh ride con
-
ditions, possibility for additional
damage from road hazards, or
result in tire failure.
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
僅 Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle has
been parked for at least three
hours or hasn't been driven
more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since
startup.)
OMQ4083003L
Maintenance
329
Tires and wheels
僅 Check the pressure of your
spare tire each time you check
the pressure of other tires.
僅 Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
僅 Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pres
-
sures by 4~6 psi (28~41 kPa).
Do not release air from warm
tires to adjust the pressure or
the tires will be underinflated.
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and lead
to sudden tire failure. This could
result in loss of vehicle control
and potential injury.
Checking tire inflation pres
-
sure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Use a good quality gauge to
check tire pressure. You cannot
tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at
them. Radial tires may look prop
-
erly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sit
-
ting or at least three hours or
driven no more than 1 mile (1.6
km).
1. Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem.
2. Press the tire gauge firmly
onto the valve to get a pres
-
sure measurement. If the cold
tire inflation pressure matches
the recommended pressure on
the tire and loading informa
-
tion label, no further adjust
-
ment is necessary.
3. If the pressure is low, add air
until you reach the recom
-
mended amount.
4.If you overfill the tire, release
air by pushing on the metal
stem in the center of the tire
valve.
5. Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
33
9
9
Maintenance Tires and wheels
6.Be sure to put the valve caps
back on the valve stems. They
help prevent leaks by keeping
out dirt and moisture.
Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear
and damage. Always use a tire
pressure gauge.
Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly. This
could result in poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud
-
den tire failure leading to acci
-
dents, injuries, and even death.
The recommended cold tire pres
-
sure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the
tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is rec
-
ommended that the tires be
rotated every 8,000 miles
(13,000 km) or sooner if irregular
wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires
for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear and damage.
Abnormal wear is usually caused
by incorrect tire pressure,
improper wheel alignment, out
of-balance wheels, severe brak
-
ing or severe cornering. Look for
bumps or bulges in the tread or
side of tire. Replace the tire if you
find either of these conditions.
Replace the tire if fabric or cord
is visible. After rotation, be sure
to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and
check lug nut tightness. (proper
torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13
kgf·m])
Refer to
"Tires and wheels" on page 9-
31
.
Disc brake pads should be
inspected for wear whenever
tires are rotated.
With a full-size spare tire (if
equipped)
Without a spare tire
Directional tires (if equipped)
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only
CBGQ0706
ODEEV098029NR
CBGQ0707A
Maintenance
349
Tires and wheels
from front to rear and not from
right to left.
WARNING
Mixing tires
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics.
Wheel alignment and tire bal
-
ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at
the factory to give you the lon
-
gest tire life and best overall per
-
formance.
If you notice unusual tire wear or
your vehicle pulling one way or
the other, the alignment may
need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrat
-
ing when driving on a smooth
road, your wheels may need to
be rebalanced.
CAUTION
Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alumi
-
num wheels. Use only approved
wheel weights.
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread
wear indicator will appear as a
solid band across the tread.
[A]: Tread wear indicator
This shows there is less than 1/16
in (1.6 mm) of tread left on the
tire. Replace the tire when this
happens.
Do not wait for the band to
appear across the entire tread
before replacing the tire.
The Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed. When
replacing tires, all 4 tires must
use the same size originally sup
-
plied with the vehicle. Using tires
of a different size can cause the
ABS and ESC to work irregularly.
It is best to replace all four tires
at the same time. If that is not
possible, or necessary, then
replace the two front or two rear
tires as a pair. Replacing just one
tire can seriously affect your
vehicle's handling.
ODEPV072054
35
9
9
Maintenance Tires and wheels
NOTICE
When replacing tires, use the
same originally supplied with the
vehicles to avoid, that affecting
driving performance.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the
new wheels are equivalent to the
original factory units in diame
-
ter, rim width and offset.
A wheel with an incorrect size
may adversely affect many
things: wheel and bearing life,
braking and stopping abilities,
handling characteristics, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clear
-
ance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer cali
-
bration, headlamp aiming and
bumper height.
CAUTION
Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia
specifications may fit poorly and
result in damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor vehi
-
cle control.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if
you drive on worn tires, tires that
are improperly inflated or on slip
-
pery road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when
tread wear indicators appear.
Slow down whenever there is
rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing
control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation,
correct wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear.
If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer
check the wheel alignment.
Make sure the newly installed
tires are balanced correctly to
increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. In addition, always rebal
-
ance the tire when the tire is
removed from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental char
-
acteristics of the tire and pro
-
vides the Tire Identification
Number (TIN) for safety standard
certification.
The TIN can be used to identify
the tire in case of a recall.
OCV071010L
Maintenance
369
Tires and wheels
1. Manufacturer or brand
name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a
tire size designation. You will
need this information when
selecting replacement tires for
your vehicle. The following
explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designa
-
tion mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as
an example only; your tire size
designator could vary depend
-
ing on your vehicle.)
P235/55R19 101H
僅 P: Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix "P" are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; how
-
ever, not all tires have this
marking).
僅 235: Tire width in millimeters.
僅 55: Aspect ratio. The tire's sec
-
tion height as a percentage of
its width.
僅 R: Tire construction code
(Radial).
僅 19: Rim diameter in inches.
僅 101: Load Index, a numerical
code associated with the maxi
-
mum load the tire can carry.
僅 H: Speed Rating Symbol. See
the speed rating chart in this
section for additional informa
-
tion.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you
need if you ever have to replace
one. The following explains what
the letters and numbers in the
wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.5JX19
僅 7.5: Rim width in inches.
僅J: Rim contour designation.
僅 19: Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of
the tire size designation on the
sidewall of the tire. This symbol
corresponds to that tire's
designed maximum safe operat
-
ing speed.
37
9
9
Maintenance Tires and wheels
3. Checking tire life
Any tires (including the spare (if
equipped), even if never used)
that are over 6 years old, based
on the manufacturing date,
should be replaced by new ones.
You can find the manufacturing
date on the tire sidewall (possibly
on the inside of the wheel), dis
-
playing the DOT code. The DOT
code is a series of numbers on a
tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufactur
-
ing date is designated by the last
four digits (characters) of the
DOT code.
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means
a plant code number, tire size
and tread pattern and the last
four numbers indicate week and
year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1624 rep
-
resents that the tire was pro
-
duced in the 16th week of 2024.
WARNING
Tire age
Replace tires (including te spare,
if equipped) within the recom
-
mended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of con
-
trol and an accident.
4. Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must
indicate the materials in the tire,
which include steel, nylon, poly
-
ester, and others. The letter "R"
means radial ply construction;
the letter "D" means diagonal or
bias ply construction; and the let
-
ter "B" means belted-bias ply
construction.
5. Maximum Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest
amount of air pressure that
should be put in the tire. Do not
exceed the maximum permissi
-
ble inflation pressure. Refer to
"Certification label" on page 6-65
for
recommended inflation pressure.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
Maintenance
389
Tires and wheels
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maxi
-
mum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by
the tire. When replacing the tires
on the vehicle, always use a tire
that has the same load rating as
the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform Tire Quality Grad
-
ing
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire side
-
wall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example:
僅Treadwear 200
僅Traction AA
僅 Temperature A
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, we recommend that tires
be replaced after approximately
six (6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by hot climate or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a com
-
parative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-
a-half times (1½) as well on the
government course as a tire
graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual condi
-
tions of their use. Performance
may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and dif
-
ferences in road characteristics
and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle
tires. The tires available as stan
-
dard or optional equipment on
your vehicle may vary with
respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest, are AA, A, B and C.
Those grades represent the tire's
ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled
conditions on specified govern
-
ment test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
39
9
9
Maintenance Tires and wheels
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests, and
does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C represent
-
ing the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability
to dissipate heat when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test
wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature can
lead to sudden tire failure. The
grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
vehicle tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of per
-
formance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Tire terminology and defini
-
tions
Refer to the following for detailed
definitions of the terms that are
found in the tire description:
Air Pressure:
The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward
on the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in pounds per square
inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight:
The com
-
bined weight of optional acces
-
sories. Some examples of
optional accessories are auto
-
matic transmission, power seats,
and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio:
The relationship of
a tire's height to its width.
Belt:
A rubber coated layer of
cords that is located between the
plies and the tread. Cords may
be made from steel or other rein
-
forcing materials.
Bead:
The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto the
rim.
Bias Ply Tire:
A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alter
-
nate angles less than 90 degrees
to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure:
The amount
of air pressure in a tire, mea
-
sured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a
tire has built up heat from driv
-
ing.
Curb Weight:
The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment (including
the maximum capacity of fuel, oil
and coolant), but without pas
-
sengers and cargo.
Maintenance
409
Tires and wheels
DOT Markings:
A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire signify
-
ing that the tire is in compliance
with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle
safety standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also iden
-
tify the tire manufacturer, pro
-
duction plant, brand and date of
production.
GVWR:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
GAWR FRT:
Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front axle.
GAWR RR:
Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa):
The metric unit
for air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire:
A tire des
-
ignated by its manufacturer as
primarily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipur
-
pose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings:
The maximum
load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index:
An assigned num
-
ber ranging from 1 to 279 that
corresponds to the load carrying
capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire may be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating:
The
load rating for a tire at the maxi
-
mum permissible inflation pres
-
sure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight:
The sum of curb weight;
accessory weight; vehicle capac
-
ity weight; and production
options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight:
The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by
150 lbs. (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution:
Desig
-
nated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall:
The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The outward facing side
-
wall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/
or model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the inner facing
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multi
-
purpose vehicles.
Ply:
A layer of rubber-coated
parallel cords.
41
9
9
Maintenance Tires and wheels
Pneumatic tire:
A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemi
-
cals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted
on an automotive wheel, pro
-
vides the traction and contains
the gas or fluid that sustains the
load.
Production options weight:
The
combined weight of installed
regular production options
weighing over 5 lbs. (2.3 kg)
more than the standard items
which they replace, not previ
-
ously considered in curb weight
or accessory weight. Examples
include heavy duty brakes, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pres
-
sure:
Vehicle manufacturer's rec
-
ommended tire inflation pressure
and shown on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire:
A pneumatic tire
in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim:
A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall:
The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating:
An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating
the maximum speed at which a
tire can operate.
Traction:
The friction between
the tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread:
The portion of a tire that
contacts the road.
Treadwear Indicators:
Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread
of a tire when only 2/32 inch (1.6
mm) of tread remains.
UTQGS:
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire infor
-
mation system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature and
treadwear. Ratings are deter
-
mined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce
-
dures. The ratings are molded
into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight:
The
weight of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs.
(68 kg) plus the rated cargo and
luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire:
Load on an individual tire
due to curb and accessory
weight plus maximum occupant
and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the
Tire:
Load on an individual tire
that is determined by distributing
to each axle its share of the curb
weight, accessory weight, and
normal occupant weight and
driving by 2.
Maintenance
429
Tires and wheels
Vehicle Placard:
A label perma
-
nently attached to a vehicle
showing the original equipment
tire size and recommended infla
-
tion pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good
performance for use all year
round, including snowy and icy
road conditions.
All season tires are identified by
ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall.
Snow tires have better snow trac
-
tion than all season tires and
may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads.
Summer tire performance is sub
-
stantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the
tire traction rating M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire side wall. if you
plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia rec
-
ommends the use of snow tires
or all-season tires on all four
wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with
snow tires, they should be the
same size and have the same
load capacity as the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on
all four wheels; otherwise, poor
handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the
standard tires on the tire label on
the driver's side of the center pil
-
lar, or up to the maximum pres
-
sure shown on the tire sidewall,
whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph
(120 km/h) when your vehicle is
equipped with snow tires.
WARNING
Do not use summer tires at tem
-
peratures below 45 °F (7 °C) or
when driving on snow or ice. At
temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C),
summer tires can lose elasticity,
and therefore traction and brak
-
ing power as well. Change the
tires on your vehicle to winter or
all-weather tires of the same size
as the standard tires of the vehi
-
cle. Both types of tires are identi
-
fied by the M+S (Mud and Snow)
marking. Using summer tires at
very cold temperatures could
cause cracks to form, thereby
damaging the tires permanently.
43
9
9
Maintenance Tires and wheels
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should
be installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are
installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear,
do not continue to use tire chains
when they are no longer needed.
僅 When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at
speeds less than 20 mph (30
km/h).
僅 Use the SAE "S" class or wire
chains.
僅 If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to avoid
contact with the vehicle body.
僅 To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driv
-
ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
僅 Do not use tire chains on vehi
-
cles equipped with aluminum
wheels. In unavoidable circum
-
stances, use a wire type chain.
僅 Use wire chains less than 0.47
inches (12 mm) to prevent
damage to the chain's connec
-
tion.
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride.
The radial-ply tires used on this
vehicle are of belted construc
-
tion, and are selected to comple
-
ment the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same
load carrying capacity, as bias-
ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with
bias-ply or bias belted tires is not
recommended. Any combina
-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or
bias belted tires when used on
the same vehicle will seriously
deteriorate vehicle handling. The
best rule to follow is: Identical
radial-ply tires should always be
used as a set of four.
Longer wearing tires can be
more susceptible to irregular
tread wear. It is very important to
follow the tire rotation interval
shown in this section to achieve
the tread life potential of these
tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable
only in the tread area, because of
sidewall flexing. Consult your tire
dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
Maintenance
449
Fuses
Fuses
Blade type
Cartridge type
Multi fuse
BFT
* Left side: Normal, Right side: Blown
* The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
A vehicle's electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the driver's side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment
near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accesso
-
ries, or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will
melt.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver's side fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indi
-
cates an electrical problem. Avoid using
the system involved and immediately
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car
-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING
Fuse replacement
僅 Never replace a fuse with anything
but another fuse of the same rating.
僅 A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly a fire.
僅 Never install a wire or aluminum foil
instead of the proper fuse - even as a
temporary repair. It may cause exten
-
sive wiring damage and a possible
fire.
僅 Do not arbitrarily modify or add elec
-
tric wiring to the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because
they may cause a short circuit and dam
-
age the system.
OCV071014L
OCV071015L
OCV071017L
OCV071018L
45
9
9
Maintenance Fuses
NOTICE
僅 When replacing a fuse, turn the vehi
-
cle 'OFF' and turn off switches of all
electrical devices then remove battery
(-) terminal.
僅 The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
WARNING
Electrical fire
Always ensure replacements fuses and
relays are securely fastened when
installed. Failure to do so can result in a
vehicle fire.
Do not remove fuses, relays and termi
-
nals fastened with bolts or nuts. The
fuses, relays and terminals may be fas
-
tened incompletely, and it may cause a
possible fire. If fuses, relays and termi
-
nals fastened with bolts or nuts are
blown, consult with an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
When replacing a blown fuse or relay,
make sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips. Failure to tightly
install the fuse or relay may cause dam
-
age to the wiring and electric systems.
CAUTION
僅 Do not input any other objects except
fuses or relays into fuse/relay termi
-
nals such as a screwdriver or wiring. It
may cause contact failure and system
malfunction.
僅 Do not plug in screwdrivers or after
-
market wiring into the terminal origi
-
nally designed for fuse and relays
only. The electrical system and wiring
of the vehicle interior may be dam
-
aged or burned due to contact failure.
僅 If you directly connect the wire on the
taillamp or replace the bulb which is
over the regulated capacity to install
trailers etc., the inner junction block
can get burned.
WARNING
Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be per
-
formed by authorized Kia dealerships
using approved Kia parts. Using other
wiring components, especially when ret
-
rofitting multimedia or theft alarm sys
-
tem, phone or radio may cause vehicle
damage and increase the risk of a vehi
-
cle fire.
NOTICE
Rewiring prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any way as
doing so may affect the performance of
several safety features in your vehicle.
Rewiring your vehicle may also void your
warranty and you may be responsible
for any subsequent vehicle damage.
Maintenance
469
Fuses
Inner panel fuse replacement
1. Turn the engine and all other switches
off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
main fuse box in the engine compart
-
ment.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the instru
-
ment panel fuse panel (or in the
engine compartment fuse panel).
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips.
If it fits loosely, consult a professional
workshop. Consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of
the same rating from a circuit you may
not need for operating the vehicle, such
as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlamps or taillamps, stoplights,
courtesy lamp, daytime running lights
(DRL) do not work and the fuses are OK,
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
and all other switches OFF.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the cover
up.
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips. If it fits loosely, consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Always securely install the fuse panel
cover in the engine compartment to pro
-
tect against electrical failure which may
occur from water contact. Listen for the
audible clicking sound to ensure fuse
panel cover is securely fastened.
NOTICE
If the main (multi) fuse is blown, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
The electronic system may not function
correctly even when the engine com
-
partment and internal fuse box's individ
-
ual fuses are not disconnected. In such
cases, the cause of the problem may be
OMQ4073037
OMQ4H073020
OMQ4H073021
47
9
9
Maintenance Fuses
disconnection of the main fuse (BFT
type), which is located inside the positive
battery terminal (+) cap. Since the main
fuse is designed more intricately than
other parts, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely install the
fuse panel cover through the audible
clicking sound. If not, electrical failures
may occur from water contact.
Main fuse (Multi fuse)
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with nuts
and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly
torque may cause a fire. Have the vehi
-
cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.
OMQ4PH074013N
Maintenance
489
Fuses
Driver's side fuse panel
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi
-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
PDC Block
OMQ4073041
OMQ4PH074004N
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
SPARE 15A Not Used
SPARE 15A Not Used
A/C 7.5A
DATC (Dual Automatic Temperature Control),Engine Room Junc
-
tion Block (PTC Heater1 Relay, PTC Heater2 Relay)
BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A BDC (Body Domain Controller), Stop Lamp Switch
49
9
9
Maintenance Fuses
MEMORY 10A
DATC (Dual Automatic Temperature Control), ADAS Unit (Parking),
BDC (Body Domain Controller : Parking Distance Warning Power),
Mood Lamp Unit, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, Driver/Pas
-
senger Mood Lamp, Built-in Cam Unit, Rear A/C Control Switch,
Instrument Cluster
A/BAG IND 7.5A Overhead Console Lamp
SPARE 10A Not Used
IG3 7 10A CDM (Charge Door Module)
MODULE 9 10A
Multi Function Switch, Hazard Switch, Crash Pad Switch, Rain Sen
-
sor, DATC (Dual Automatic Temperature Control), ETCS( Electronic
Toll Collection System), DAU (Door Area Unit), Driver/Passenger
Door Outside Handle, Power Tail Gate Module, Driver/Passenger
Seat Control Module
SPARE 10A Not Used
SPARE 10A Not Used
CCU 20A CCU (Central Communication Unit)
SPARE 7.5A Not Used
BDC 1 7.5A BDC (Body Domain Controller)
MODULE 3 10A
CCU (Central Communication Unit), DCU (Data Connectivity Unit),
Stop Lamp Switch
IG3 6 10A
DATC (Dual Automatic Temperature Control), CCNC (Connected
Car Navigation Cockpit)
SPARE 15A Not Used
Wireless DCU 7.5A DCU (Data Connectivity Unit)
REAR A/C 10A Rear A/C Control Module
CHILD LOCK 15A Rear LH/RH Door Power Child Lock/Unlock Motor
MULTIMEDIA 25A CCNC (Connected Car Navigation Cockpit)
MODULE 5 10A
CCNC (Connected Car Navigation Cockpit), DATC (Dual Automatic
Temperature Control), Built-in Cam Unit, Driver/Passenger Seat
Control Module, AMP (Amplifier), Head Lamp Module LH/RH,
FRONT TRAY WIRELESS CHARGER
CLUSTER 7.5A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
IG3 5 10A CCU (Central Communication Unit)
2nd ROW SEATFOLDING LH 20A REAR SEAT FOLDING LH
2nd ROW SEATFOLDING RH 20A REAR SEAT FOLDING RH
MODULE 8 7.5A
AC Inverter Module, AC Inverter (Rear), 20AH (20HR) [BATTERY
LITHIUM TYPE-SUB]
TAILGATEOPEN 10A Tail Gate Open Relay
SPARE 20A Not Used
MODULE 6 10A Multi Function Switch, Driver Power Window Switch Module
MDPS 2 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering)
MODULE 2 10A
AMP (Amplifier), BDC (Body Domain Controller), DCU (Data Con
-
nectivity Unit), CCU (Central Communication Unit), CCNC (Con
-
nected Car Navigation Cockpit), CCNC Keyboard Switch, ADAS Unit
(Parking), Built-in Cam Unit
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
Maintenance
509
Fuses
P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Power Seat Module
S/HEATER (FRT) 25A
Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Seat Air Ventilation Con
-
trol Module
WASHER 15A Multi Function Switch
CHARGER 10A
Integrated Circuit Module (Charger Door Lock/Unlock Relay), CDM
(Charge Door Module)
BDC 2 10A
BDC (Body Domain Controller), Ultra Wide Band & Bluetooth Low
Energy MASTER/SLAVE, Ultra Wide Band Front LH/RH, Ultra Wide
Band Rear LH/RH
AIR BAG 2 10A ACU (Airbag Control Unit)
HEATEDMIRROR 7.5A Driver/Passenger Outside Handle
AIR BAG 1 10A ACU (Airbag Control Unit), ODS (Occupant Detection System)
USB CHARGER 15A
Driver/Passenger Seat USB Charger, Luggage USB Charge Con
-
nector
SPARE 10A Not Used
P/WINDOW (RH) 25A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear RH Safety Power
Window Module
SUNROOF 30A Sunroof Motor
MODULE 7 7.5A BDC (Body Domain Controller)
OBC 10A OBC (On Board Charger)
S/HEATER (RR) 25A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
AMP 25A AMP (Amplifier)
SPARE 10A Not Used
MODULE 4 10A
Front View Camera, ADAS Driving ECU, ADAS Unit (Parking), Front/
Rear Corner Radar LH/RH, Crash Pad Switch, Console Switch, Bat
-
tery C/FAN Relay, VESS (Virtual Engine Sound System), 4Wheel
Drive ECU
P/SEAT(DRV) 1 30A Driver Power Seat Module
INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module, AC Inverter (Rear)
SPARE 10A Not Used
DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, FUEL FILLER OPENER
4WD 20A 4 Wheel Drive ECU
P/SEAT(DRV) 2 10A Driver Power Seat Module
START 7.5A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
POWERTAILGATE 30A PTGM (Power Tail Gate Module)
P/WINDOW(LH) 25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear LH Safety Power Win
-
dow Module
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
51
9
9
Maintenance Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi
-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label on
the inside of the fuse cover. This dia
-
gram will provide you with the specific
information for your vehicles.
E/R Junction Block
OMQ4073044
OMQ4PH074006N
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
WIPER FRT2 7.5A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
HPCU2 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
SPARE 7.5A Not Used
E-SHIFTER3 7.5A SBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit
SPARE 20A Not Used
Maintenance
529
Fuses
POWER OUTLET2 20A Rear Console Power Outlet
SENSOR6 20A Not Used
ECU2 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)
SENSOR8 10A OPU
TCU2 10A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
IEB4 7.5A IEB Unit
POWER OUTLET1 20A Luggage Power Outlet
SENSOR1 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4
SENSOR5 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
EWP2 10A Electric Water Pump, Electronic Water Pump (HEV)
SENSOR9 20A ECM (Engine Control Module) Voltage via Main Relay
SENSOR3 20A ECM (Engine Control Module) Voltage via Main Relay
SENSOR2 15A Active Purge Pump
WIPER FRT1 30A Front Wiper Motor, Front Wiper (Low) Relay
WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
HORN 15A Horn Relay
SPARE 10A Not Used
SPARE 15A Not Used
SENSOR4 10A
RCV (Recirculation Valve Control) Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan Motor,
Oil Control Valve #1/#2(Intake, Exhaust), ELCM (EVAP, Leak Check Module),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Oil Pump Solenoid valve
SENSOR7 15A Oxygen Sensor (UP/Down)
ECU1 15A ECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU3 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)
IG1 40A IG1 Relay
IG2 40A IG2 Relay, ACC relay
E-SHITER2 10A SBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit, Electronic Shift Dial
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
TCU1 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
IG3 20A OBC Unit, Battery System Assembly
BATTERY MANAGEMENT 10A Battery System Assembly
TRAILER1 30A TRAILER
COOLING FAN 80A Cooling Fan Motor
IEB1 40A IEB Unit
BLOWER 50A Blower Relay
CVVD 50A CVVD Actuator
B+2 50A Power Domain Control Module (IPS)
E-SHIFTER1 30A SBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit
MDPS1 100A MDPS Unit (Motor Driven Power Steering Unit)*
REAR HEATED 40A Rear Heated Relay
B+6 60A PCB Junction Block (Fuse-IG1, IG2)
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
53
9
9
Maintenance Fuses
B+3 60A
Power Domain Control Module (Fuse-Power Tail Gate, P/SEAT (DRV), P/
SEAT(PASS), P/WINDOW(LH/RH), S/HEATER FRT, INVERTER, SUNROOF,
2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING(LH/RH), Wireless DCU, Power Handle, Module9
AUX BATT 60A Parking Lithium Battery Module
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
B+4 50A
Power Domain Control Module (Fuse-Long Term Load Latch Relay, Child
Lock Relay#1/#2, Short Term Load IPS, BCD2, Brake Switch, CCU, 4WD,
Rear S/HEATER, Center Door Lock/Unlock Relay Two Turn Unlock Relay,
Tail Gate Open)
IEB3 60A IEB Unit
PTC HEATER2 60A PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) Heater2 Relay
B+1 50A Power Domain Control Module (IPS)
TRAILER3 20A TRAILER
TRAILER3 20A TRAILER
B+5 40A
Power Domain Control Module (Fuse-AMP, AIR BAG #2, CHARGER, OBC, P/
SEAT DRV #2)
IEB2 60A IEB Unit
PTC HEATER1 60A PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) Heater1 Relay
EWP3 15A Electronic Water Pump (Battery PHEV)
IG3 3 10A BMU PHEV, OBC sig.
IG3 2 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit), SBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit (PHEV)
IG3 4 10A A/CON Compressor (PHEV)
MODULE1 10A Virtual Engine Sound System, Battery Cooling EXV.(PHEV)
HEAD LAMP LH 20A Head Lamp Module LH
HPCU1 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
OPCU 20A OPU
BATTERY C/FAN 15A Battery Cooling Fan Motor
HEAD LAMP RH 20A Head Lamp Module RH
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
Maintenance
549
Fuses
Relay
Refer to the following table for the relay
type.
Relay Name Type
BLOWER MINI
BATTERY C/FAN H/C MICRO
IG3 H/C MICRO
FUEL PUMP H/C MICRO
REAR HEATED H/C MICRO
PTC HEATER1 H/C MICRO
PTC HEATER2 H/C MICRO
55
9
9
Maintenance Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover)
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi
-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OMQ4H073024
OMQ4PH083003L
Maintenance
569
Light bulbs
Light bulbs
Light bulbs are installed in various parts
of the vehicle to provide lighting inside
and outside the vehicle as well as to alert
other vehicles.
Bulb replacement precaution
Please prepare bulbs with appropriate
standards in case of emergencies. Refer
to "Bulb wattage" on page 10-7.
When changing lights, turn off the
engine at a safe place, firmly apply the
side brake and take out the battery's
negative (-) terminal.
WARNING
Working on the lights
Prior to working on the lights, firmly
apply the parking brake, ensure that the
ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position and turn off the lights to avoid
sudden movement of the vehicle, burn
-
ing your fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
Use only the bulbs of the specified watt
-
age.
CAUTION
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage rating.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
fuse or electric wiring system.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts
used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water
entering the headlamp unit. This may
damage the headlamps or cause con
-
densation to build up on the lens. To
prevent damage or fire, make sure bulbs
are fully seated and locked.
CAUTION
Headlamp lens
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlamp lens with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
NOTICE
僅 If the light bulb or lamp connector is
removed while the lamp is still on, the
fuse box's electronic system may log
it as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp
malfunction incident may be recorded
as a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
僅 It is normal for an operating lamp to
flicker momentarily. This is due to a
stabilization function of the vehicle's
electronic control device. If the lamp
lights up normally after momentarily
blinking, then it is functioning as nor
-
mal.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off com
-
pletely, there may be an error in the
vehicle's electronic control device.
Please have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer immediately.
NOTICE
Have the headlamp aiming adjusted by
an authorized Kia dealer after an acci
-
dent or after the headlamp assembly is
reinstalled.
NOTICE
You can find moisture inside the lens of
lamps after a car wash or driving in the
rain. It is a natural event caused by the
temperature difference between the
inside and the outside of the lamp and
does not mean there is a problem with
57
9
9
Maintenance Light bulbs
its functions. The moisture inside the
lamp would disappear if you drive the
vehicle with the headlamp turned on.
However, the level at which the moisture
is removed may differ depending on the
size/location/condition of the lamp. If the
moisture continues to stay inside the
lamp, have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
If you don't have the necessary tools, the
correct bulbs and the expertise, consult
an authorized Kia dealer. In many cases,
it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true if you have to
remove the headlamp assembly to get
to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to the
vehicle. If non-genuine parts or substan
-
dard bulbs are used, it may lead to blow
-
ing a fuse or other wiring damages. Kia
Genuine Parts we guarantee for quality
and performance.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to the
vehicle. If additional lights are installed, it
may lead to lamp malfunctions and flick
-
ering. Additionally, the fuse box and
other wiring may be damaged.
Light bulb position (Front)
Head lamp – Type A
Head lamp – Type B
Fog lamp
1. Headlamp (Low) (LED type)
2. Headlamp (High) (LED type)
3. Front turn signal lamp (LED type)
4. Day time running lamp / Position
lamp (LED type)
5. Front fog lamp (LED type)
6. Front side marker lamp (LED type)
Light bulb position (Rear)
Rear combination lamp - Type A
Rear combination lamp - Type B
OMQ4PH074007N
OMQ4PH074008N
OMQ4A073021
OMQ4073078
OMQ4PH074009N
Maintenance
589
Light bulbs
Rear Reflex Reflector
Reversing lamp
License plate lamp
High mounted stop lamp
1. Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)
2. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
3. Tail lamp (LED type)
4. Stop lamp (LED type)
5. Rear turn signal lamp (LED type)
6. License plate lamp (LED type)
7. High mounted stop lamp (LED type)
8. Rear Reflex Reflector (LED type)
9. Reversing lamp (Bulb type)
10.Front side marker lamp (LED/Bulb
type)
Light bulb position (Side)
1. Side repeater light (LED type)
Replacing headlight (Low beam /
High beam), position lamp / day
-
time running light, turn signal
light, front side marker lamp (LED
type)
Type A
Type B
If the headlight LED (1,2), daytime run
-
ning light LED (3) and turn signal light
LED (4,5), front side marker lamp (6) do
not operate, have your vehicle checked
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED light has to be replaced
with the unit.
OMQ4A073030
OMQ4A073031
OMQ4073052
OMQ4073053
OMQ4073057
OMQ4PH074010N
OMQ4PH074011N
59
9
9
Maintenance Light bulbs
A skilled technician should check or
repair the Side repeater light (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Replacing front fog light (LED
type)
If the front fog light (1) does not operate,
have your vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED light has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the Side repeater light (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Replacing side repeater light
(LED type)
If the Side repeater light (LED) (1) does
not operate, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED light has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the Side repeater light (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Replacing stop and taillight (Bulb
type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Open the service cover.
4. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip (Phillips)
screwdriver.
5. Remove the rear combination lamp
assembly from the body of the vehi
-
cle.
6. Disconnect the rear combination lamp
connector.
7. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock
-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
8. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter
-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket.
OMQ4073084
OMQ4073062L
OMQ4073085
OMQ4073086
OMQ4073087
Maintenance
609
Light bulbs
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
9. Insert a new bulb into the socket and
rotating it until it locks into place.
10.Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
11.Install the rear combination light
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12.Install the service cover.
Replacing rear turn signal light
(Bulb type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Open the service cover.
4. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip (Phillips)
screwdriver.
5. Remove the rear combination lamp
assembly from the body of the vehi
-
cle.
6. Disconnect the rear combination lamp
connector.
7. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock
-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
8. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter
-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
9. Insert a new bulb into the socket and
rotating it until it locks into place.
10.Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
11.Install the rear combination light
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12.Install the service cover.
OMQ4073085
OMQ4073086
OMQ4073088
61
9
9
Maintenance Light bulbs
Replacing rear turn signal light,
stop and taillight, side marker
lamp (LED type)
If the rear turn signal lamp (2), stop lamp
(1), and tail lamp (3) and side marker
lamp (4) do not operate, have your vehi
-
cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED light has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled Kia technician should check or
repair the stop and taillight (LED), as it
may damage related parts.
Replacing reversing light (bulb
type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Remove the plastic tabs with a flat-tip
(slotted) screwdriver.
3. Loosen the plastic retaining screws
and remove the under-panel cover.
4. Disconnect the rear back up lamp
connector (A).
5. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock
-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
6. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
7. Connect the rear back up lamp con
-
nector.
8. Tighten the plastic retaining screws.
9. Install the plastic tabs and the under-
panel cover.
OMQ4PH074012N
OMQ4A073030
Maintenance
629
Light bulbs
Replacing high mounted stop
light (LED type)
If the high mounted stop light (LED) (1)
does not operate, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single component because it is an inte
-
grated unit. The LED lamps have to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED), for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing license plate light (LED
type)
If the license plate light does not oper
-
ate, have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer. LED light cannot
be replaced as a single unit because it is
an integrated unit. The LED light has to
be replaced with the unit. A skilled Kia
technician should check or repair the
map light (LED), as it may damage
related parts.
Replacing map light (Bulb type)
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior lights,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-tip screwdriver, gently pry
the lens cover from lamp housing.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OMQ4073066
OMQ4073067
OMQ4073126L
63
9
9
Maintenance Light bulbs
Replacing map light (LED type)
If the map light (LED) (1) does not oper
-
ate, have your vehicle checked by a pro
-
fessional workshop.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED light has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled Kia technician should check or
repair the map light (LED), as it may
damage related parts.
Replacing cabin light (Bulb type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-tip screwdriver, gently pry
the lens cover from lamp housing.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing room lamp (LED type)
If the room lamp (LED) (1) does not oper
-
ate, have your vehicle checked by a pro
-
fessional workshop.
Vsit an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the map lamp (LED), for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Replacing personal light (LED
type) (if equipped)
If the personal light (LED) (1) does not
operate, have your vehicle checked by a
professional workshop.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED light has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled Kia technician should check or
repair the personal light (LED), as it may
damage related parts.
OMQ4073068
OMQ4073070
OMQ4073096L
OMQ4073071
Maintenance
649
Light bulbs
Replacing glove box light
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-tip screwdriver, gently pry
the lamp assembly from interior.
3. Remove the cover from the lamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Install a new bulb in the socket.
6. Install the cover to the light assembly.
7. Install the light assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing luggage light (Bulb
type)
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior lights,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-tip screwdriver, gently pry
the light assembly from interior.
3. Remove the cover from the light
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Install a new bulb in the socket.
6. Install the cover to the light assembly.
7. Install the light assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OMQ4073085L
OMQ4073070L
65
9
9
Maintenance Appearance care
Replacing luggage light (LED
type)
If the luggage light LED does not oper
-
ate, have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Appearance care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to keep the exterior and interior of
your vehicle clean.
Exterior care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to maintain the exterior of your
vehicle. Keeping the exterior clean is not
only aesthetically pleasing, but it also
helps to prolong the life of the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you park the vehicle around a stainless
signboard or windshield building etc.,
the plastic exterior trim (bumper, spoiler,
garnish, lamp, outside mirror etc.) may
be damaged by reflected sunlight from
the external structure. To avoid damag
-
ing the plastic exterior trim, park the
vehicle away from the areas where the
reflected light may occur or use a vehi
-
cle cover. (Depending on the vehicle, the
type of exterior trim applied such as
spoiler may differ.)
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thor
-
oughly and frequently at least once a
month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driv
-
ing, you should wash it after each off-
OMQ4073072
Maintenance
669
Appearance care
road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle's finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor
-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do
not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
僅 Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle is warm.
僅 Be careful when washing the side win
-
dows of your vehicle, especially with
high-pressure water. Water may leak
through the windows and wet the
interior.
僅 To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean with
chemical solvents or strong deter
-
gents.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
High-pressure washing
When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient dis
-
tance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive pres
-
sure can lead to component damage or
water penetration.
Do not spray the camera, sensors or its
surrounding area directly with a high-
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to not operate normally.
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots
(rubber or plastic covers) or connectors
as they may be damaged if they contact
high pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
Wetting engine compartment
僅 Water washing in the engine compart
-
ment including high-pressure wash
-
ing may cause failure of electrical
OMQ4073086L
67
9
9
Maintenance Appearance care
circuits located in the engine com
-
partment.
僅 Never allow water or other liquids to
contact electrical/electronic compo
-
nents and air ducts as this may dam
-
age them.
僅 After the vehicle has been washed,
brake carefully while paying attention
to the traffic conditions until the brak
-
ing effect has been fully restored.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no lon
-
ger bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufac
-
turer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to
protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
Be careful not to touch the lens when
waxing the lights.
CAUTION
Drying vehicle
僅 Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a
dry cloth will scratch the finish.
僅 Do not use steel wool, abrasive clean
-
ers, acid detergents or strong deter
-
gents containing high alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective
coating and cause discoloration or
paint deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
To remove road tar and insects, use a tar
remover, not a scraper or other sharp
object.
To protect the surfaces of bright metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to a
high luster.
During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or preservative.
If necessary, coat the parts with non-cor
-
rosive petroleum jelly or other protective
compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemicals
are used in cold weather states to melt
snow and prevent ice accumulation. If
these chemicals are not regularly
removed, they will corrode the vehicle
underbody and, over time, damage
many parts: the fuel lines, the fuel tank
retention system, the suspension, the
exhaust system, and even the body
frame.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) has warned all
Maintenance
689
Appearance care
vehicle owners of all brands of the need
to take the following steps:
僅 Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly during the winter and
whenever your vehicle has been
exposed to salts or chemicals.
僅 Do a thorough washing of the under
-
carriage at the end of the winter.
僅 Use professional service technicians
or governmental inspection stations
to annually inspect for corrosion.
僅 Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling
or if you become aware of a change in
vehicle performance, such as soft or
spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impair
-
ment of directional control, suspen
-
sion noises or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
僅 Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol
-
ishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
僅 Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
僅 Use only a mild soap or neutral deter
-
gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
Also, be sure to clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads. This helps
prevent corrosion.
僅 Avoid washing the wheels with high-
speed vehicle wash brushes.
僅 Do not use any alkaline or acid deter
-
gents It may damage and corrode the
aluminum wheels coated with a clear
protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from cor
-
rosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat corro
-
sion, we produce vehicles of the highest
quality. This is only part of the job. To
achieve the long-term corrosion resis
-
tance your vehicle can deliver, your
cooperation and assistance is required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your vehicle are:
僅 Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
僅 Removal of paint or protective coat
-
ings by stones, gravel, abrasion or
minor scrapes and dents which leave
unprotected metal exposed to corro
-
sion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle
is regularly exposed to corrosive materi
-
als, corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some common causes of
accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. Corro
-
sion is accelerated by high humidity,
particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. The corrosive material is
kept in contact with the vehicle's surface
by moisture that evaporates slowly.
69
9
9
Maintenance Appearance care
Mud is particularly corrosive because it
dries slowly and holds moisture in con
-
tact with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain mois
-
ture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be dis
-
persed. For all these reasons, it is partic
-
ularly important to keep your vehicle
clean and free of mud or accumulations
of other materials. This applies not only
to the visible surfaces but particularly to
the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
starting by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of cor
-
rosive materials. Attention to the under
-
side of the vehicle is particularly
important.
If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose
off the underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean the
underside thoroughly when winter is
over.
When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
give particular attention to the compo
-
nents under the fenders and other areas
that are hidden from view. Do a thor
-
ough job; just dampening the accumu
-
lated mud rather than washing it away
will accelerate corrosion rather than pre
-
vent it. Water under high pressure and
steam are particularly effective in
removing accumulated mud and corro
-
sive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels, rocker
panels and frame members, be sure that
drain holes are kept open so that mois
-
ture can escape and not be trapped
inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered
with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated
garage can contribute to corrosion
unless it is well ventilated so moisture is
dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good con
-
dition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of cor
-
rosion. If bare metal is showing through,
the attention of a qualified body and
paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings: Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as soon
as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion.
Check under the mats periodically to be
sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
Maintenance
709
Appearance care
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.
Interior care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to maintain the interior of your
vehicle.
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cos
-
metic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and
air freshener from contacting the interior
parts because they may cause damage
or discoloration. If they do contact the
interior parts, wipe them off immedi
-
ately. If necessary, use a mixture of
warm water and mild non-detergent
cleaner (test all cleaners on a concealed
area before use). Use proper car cleaner
to clean interior parts.
CAUTION
Electrical components
Never allow liquids to contact electrical/
electronic components inside the vehicle
as this may damage them.
CAUTION
Leather
When cleaning leather products (steer
-
ing wheel, seats etc.), use neutral deter
-
gents or low alcohol content solutions. If
you use high alcohol content solutions or
acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface may get
stripped.
Taking care of leather seats
僅 Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage to
the leather and maintain its quality.
僅 Wipe the leather seat cover often with
dry or soft cloth.
僅 Sufficient use of a leather protective
may prevent abrasion of the cover
and helps maintain the color. Be sure
to read the instructions and consult a
specialist when using leather coating
or protective agents.
僅 Leather with bright colors (beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminated
and clear in appearance. Clean the
seats frequently.
僅 Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
Remove all contaminants instantly. Refer
to instructions below for removal of each
contaminant.
僅 Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foun
-
dation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated area.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
僅 Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami
-
nant does not smear.
僅Oil
- Remove oil instantly with absorb
-
able cloth and wipe with stain
remover for leather only.
僅 Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
71
9
9
Maintenance Appearance care
Fabric seat cover (if equipped)
Clean the fabric seats regularly with a
vacuum cleaner considering the fabric
material. If they are heavily soiled with
beverage stains, etc., use a suitable inte
-
rior cleaner. To prevent damage to seat
covers, wipe off the seat covers down to
the seams with a large wiping motion
and moderate pressure using a soft
sponge or microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the seats.
Do not rub such objects against the sur
-
face.
Cleaning the upholstery and inte
-
rior trim
Car interior surfaces
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vac
-
uum cleaner. If necessary, clean interior
surfaces with a mixture of warm water
and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all
cleaners on a concealed area before
use).
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution recom
-
mended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can stain and its color can be affected.
Its fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly
maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric's appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for clean
-
ing upholstery or carpet. Follow the
instructions provided with the soap. Do
not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces fog up (cov
-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy film),
they should be cleaned with a glass
cleaner. Follow the directions on the
glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. This may result in dam
-
age to the rear window defroster grid.
Maintenance
729
Emission control system
Emission control system
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. See the warranty information
contained in the Warranty & Consumer
Information manual in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emis
-
sion control system to meet all applica
-
ble emission regulations. There are three
emission control systems, as follows.
1. Crankcase emission control system
2. Evaporative emission control system
3. Exhaust emission control system
To ensure proper function of the emis
-
sion control systems, have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
-
tem)
僅
To prevent the vehicle from misfir
-
ing during dynamometer testing,
turn the ESC off by pressing the
ESC switch.
僅
After dynamometer testing is com
-
pleted, turn the ESC back on by
pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The Positive Crankcase Ventilation
(PCV) system is to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system sup
-
plies fresh filtered air to the crankcase
through the air intake hose. Inside the
crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-
by gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control
(including Onboard Refueling
Vapor Recovery (ORVR)) system
The ORVR evaporative emission control
system is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmo
-
sphere. The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be
loaded into a canister while refueling at
the gas station, preventing the escape of
fuel vapors into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the Purge Control Solenoid
Valve (PCSV).
PCSV
The PCSV is controlled by the Engine
Control Module (ECM). When the engine
coolant temperature is low during idling,
the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not drawn into the engine. After the
engine warms up during ordinary driv
-
ing, the PCSV opens to introduce evapo
-
rated fuel to the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control sys
-
tem
The exhaust emission control system is a
highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
73
9
9
Maintenance Emission control system
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations. Damage or
performance problems resulting from
any modification may not be covered
under your warranty.
僅 If you use authorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized elec
-
tronic devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
僅 Carbon monoxide (CO) can be pres
-
ent with other exhaust fumes. If you
smell exhaust fumes inside your vehi
-
cle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you suspect exhaust
fumes are entering into your vehicle,
drive it only with all the windows fully
open. Have your vehicle checked and
repaired immediately by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain CO.
Though colorless and odorless, it is dan
-
gerous and could be lethal if inhaled.
Follow the instructions on this page to
avoid CO poisoning.
僅 Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages)
more than necessary to move your
vehicle in or out of the area.
僅 When your vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system as needed to draw
in outside air.
僅 Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi
-
cle for any extended time with the
engine running.
僅 When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
Operating precautions for cata
-
lytic converters
WARNING
Catalytic converter
Keep away from the catalytic converter
and exhaust system while the vehicle is
running or immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems are very
hot and may burn you.
WARNING
Fire
僅 Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
僅 Do not remove the heat sink around
the exhaust system, do not seal the
bottom of the vehicle and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion control. They
may present a fire risk under certain
conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
The following precautions must be
observed:
僅 Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso
-
line engines.
Maintenance
749
Emission control system
僅 Do not operate your vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction,
such as misfire or a noticeable loss of
performance.
僅 Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the vehicle off and descending steep
grades in gear with the vehicle off.
僅 Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 min
-
utes or more).
僅 Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control
system. All inspections and adjust
-
ments must be made by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging
the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle. This could
void your warranty.
Procedure for entering forced
engine activation mode
If the engine needs to be kept running
while the vehicle is stopped to inspect
emission gas or perform vehicle mainte
-
nance, follow below procedure to enter
forced engine activation mode:
1. Place the shift dial SBW in P (Park)
position with the vehicle stopped.
Engage the parking brake. Then, fol
-
low the steps (1) to (5).
Steps from (1) to (5) must be com
-
pleted within 60 sec. If not, the pro
-
cess is reset and you must start again
from step (1).
1) Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button twice without depressing
the brake pedal.
2) Place the shift dial SBW in P (Park)
position and depress the accelera
-
tor pedal twice.
3) Place the shift dial SBW in N (Neu
-
tral) position and depress the accel
-
erator pedal twice.
4) Place the shift dial SBW in P (Park)
position and depress the accelera
-
tor pedal twice.
5) With the brake pedal depressed,
start the engine and maintain in
idle. The engine remains in idle
state and the forced engine activa
-
tion mode is maintained even when
the gear is shifted to a different
position.
2. (
READY
) indicator on the instrument
cluster blinks when the vehicle is in
forced engine activation mode. Check
the (
READY
) indicator blinking to
ensure that the forced engine activa
-
tion mode is correctly entered.
The (
READY
) indicator continues
blinking until the forced engine acti
-
vation mode is canceled. When the
mode is canceled the (
READY
) indica
-
tor will stop blinking.
3. To cancel the forced engine activation
mode, turn the vehicle off.
75
9
9
Maintenance California perchlorate notice
California perchlorate notice
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See https://dtsc.ca.gov/per
-
chlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such
as air bag inflators, seatbelt pre-tension
-
ers and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title
22 California Code of Regulations Sec
-
tion 67384.10 (a).
10
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions ................................................................................... 10-2
Engine ........................................................................................... 10-3
Gross vehicle weight...................................................................10-4
Luggage volume ..........................................................................10-5
Air conditioning system..............................................................10-6
Bulb wattage ................................................................................ 10-7
Tires and wheels..........................................................................10-8
Recommended lubricants and capacities ................................10-9
僅 Recommended SAE viscosity number................................................10-10
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)........................................10-11
Vehicle certification label..........................................................10-11
Tire specification and pressure label...................................... 10-12
Engine number........................................................................... 10-12
Air conditioner compressor label ............................................ 10-13
Refrigerant label........................................................................ 10-13
How to check the symbol on the charging label...................10-14
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)............................................. 10-16
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) .............................................. 10-18
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)...................................... 10-19
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only) ..................... 10-19
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
210
Dimensions
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety
defects
Dimensions
Item
6 Seats
in (mm)
Overall length 189.6 (4,815)
Overall width 74.8 (1,900)
Overall height
Without Roof rack 66.7 (1,695)
With Roof rack 66.9 (1,700)
Tread Front 235/55 R19 64.8 (1,646)
Rear 235/55 R19 65.2 (1,656)
Wheelbase 110.8 (2,815)
3
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Engine
Engine
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
Item Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
Displacement [cu in (cc)] 97.52 (1,598)
Bore x Stroke [in (mm)] 2.98 x 3.50 (75.6 x 89.0)
Firing order 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4 in-line
Item Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
Displacement [cu in (cc)] 97.52 (1,598)
Bore x Stroke [in (mm)] 2.98 x 3.50 (75.6 x 89.0)
Firing order 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4 in-line
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
410
Gross vehicle weight
Gross vehicle weight
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
Item
FWD AWD
6 seats 6 seats
Gross vehicle weight
[lbs. (kg)]
5,401 (2,450) 5,622 (2,550)
Item
AWD
6 seats
Gross vehicle weight
[lbs. (kg)]
5,842 (2,650)
5
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Luggage volume
Luggage volume
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
僅 Min: Behind rear seat (seatback upright 23 degrees, cushion backwards) to upper
edge of the seat back.
僅 Max: Behind rear seat (seatback upright 15 degrees, cushion forwards) to roof.
Item 6 seats
Luggage volume (SAE) [cu ft (L)]
MIN. 38.5 (1090)
MAX. 45.0 (1274)
Item 6 seats
Luggage volume (SAE) [cu ft (L)]
MIN. 38.5 (1090)
MAX. 45.0 (1274)
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
610
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning system
Please contact a professional workshop for more details.
Contact an authorized Kia dealer.
Item Weight of volume (g) Classification
Refrigerant
HEV
FRONT A/CON 575±25
R-1234yf
FRONT + REAR A/CON 800±25
PHEV
FRONT A/CON 650±25
FRONT + REAR A/CON 900±25
Compressor lubricant
FRONT A/CON 150±10
POE
FRONT + REAR A/CON 230±10
7
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Bulb wattage
Bulb wattage
* : if equipped
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage (Watt)
Front
Type A
High beam LED LED
Low beam LED LED
Position and daytime running lamps* LED LED
Front fog lamps* LED LED
Front side marker lamps LED LED
Type B
High beam LED LED
Low beam LED LED
Auxiliary low beam LED LED
Position and daytime running lamps* LED LED
Turn signal lamps LED LED
Front fog lamps* LED LED
Front side marker lamps LED LED
Rear
Type A
Stop and tail lamps 21/5W 21/5
Turn signal lamps P21W 21
Side marker lamps (Bulb Type) W5W W5W
Type B
Stop and tail lamps LED LED
Turn signal lamps LED LED
Side marker lamps (LED Type) LED LED
Back up lamps W16W 16
High mounted stop lamps LED LED
License plate lamps W5W 5
Interior
Map lamps (Bulb Type) WEDGE(W10W) 10
Map lamps (LED Type)* LED LED
Room lamps FESTOON 10
Personal lamps* LED LED
Vanity mirror lamps FESTOON 5
Glove box lamp W5W 5
Vanity mirror lamps* BULB 5
Luggage lamp (Bulb Type) FESTOON 8
Luggage lamp (LED Type)* LED LED
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
810
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
*1. Load Index
*2. Speed Symbol
*3. If equipped
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size
originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can dam
-
age the related parts or make it work
irregularly.
NOTICE
僅 When replacing tires, use the same
originally supplied with the vehicles.
If not, that affects driving perfor
-
mance.
僅 When driving in high altitude grades,
it is natural for the atmospheric pres
-
sure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tire pres
-
sure and add more air when neces
-
sary.
Additionally required tire air pressure
per km above sea level: 1.5 psi/km
Item Tire size Wheel size
Load
capacity
Speed capac
-
ity
Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)]
Wheel lug nut
torque lbf·ft
(kgf·m, N·m)
Normal load Maximum load
LI
*1
kg
SS
*2
km/h Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
235/
65R17
7.0J X 17" 104 900 H 210
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
79~94
(11~13, 107~127)
235/
55R19
7.5J X 19" 101 825 H 210
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
Compact spare
tire (steel wheel)
*3
T135/
90D17
4B X 17" 104 900 M 130
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
Item Tire size
Wheel
size
Load capac
-
ity
Speed capac
-
ity
Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)]
Wheel lug nut
torque [lbf·ft (kgf·m,
N·m)]
Normal load Maximum load
LI
*1
kg
SS
*2
km/h Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
235/
55R19
7.5J X
19"
101 825 H 210
2.5 (36,
250)
2.5 (36,
250)
2.5 (36,
250)
2.5 (36,
250)
79~94
(11~13, 107~127)
Compact spare
tire (steel wheel)
*3
T135/
90D17
4B X 17" 104 900 M 130
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
9
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended lubricants and capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
* 1. Refer to "Recommended SAE viscosity number" on page 10-10.
* 2. Use only specified genuine automatic transmission fluid. The use of non-specified
fluid (even marked as compatible with genuine) could result in quality deterioration
and vibrations, eventually, the transmission failure. (refer to "Explanation of sched
-
uled maintenance items" on page 9-13.)
* 3. Different type of coolant or water may damage the electrical component.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil (drain and refill)
Recommends
*1
Smart stream G1.6 T-
GDi HEV/PHEV
5.07 US qt.(4.8 L)
Full synthetic SAE 0W-20, API
SN PLUS/ SP or ILSAC GF-6
Automatic transmission (AT) fluid
*2
6.34 US qt.(6 L)
SK ATF SP4M-1, MICHANG ATF
SP4M-1, S-OIL ATF SP4M-1, Kia
Genuine ATF SP4M-1
Coolant (Engine)
*3
8.35 US qt.(7.9 L)
An Phosphate based ethylene
glycol based coolant
Coolant (Inverter)
*3
HEV 2.01 US qt.(1.9 L)
An Phosphate based ethylene
glycol based coolant
PHEV 7.19 US qt.(6.8 L)
Contact an authorized Kia
dealer
Brake fluid
As required
(Reservoir tank volume:
0.48 ± 0.02 US qt. (452.8 ±
20.0 cc))
DOT 4
Differential oil (Rear) (AWD)
0.56 ~ 0.66 US qt.(0.53 ~
0.63 L)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
SAE 75W/85 (Recommended:
SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W85 or
equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
0.65 ~ 0.72 US qt.(0.62 ~
0.68 L)
Fuel
HEV 17.7 US gal (67 L)
Gasoline
PHEV 12.4 US gal (47 L)
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
1010
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API) Certification
Mark conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory Com
-
mittee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this
API Certification Mark.
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around
any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick
before checking or draining any lubri
-
cant. This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when the vehi
-
cle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning
the plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil viscosity). Lower viscosity
engine oils can provide better fuel econ
-
omy and cold weather performance,
however, higher viscosity engine oils are
required for satisfactory lubrication in
hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than
those recommended could result in
engine damage.
NOTICE
Never add any additives to the engine
oil. Engine oil additives can change its
properties and may cause engine failure.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle will
be operated in before the next oil
change. Proceed to select the recom
-
mended oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C
°F
Smart stream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
0W-20
11
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN)
The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
is the number used in registering your
vehicle and in all legal matters pertain
-
ing to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger's seat. To
check the number, open the cover.
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the dashboard. The number on
the plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.
Vehicle certification label
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver's (or front passenger's) side
center pillar shows the vehicle identifica
-
tion number (VIN).
OMQ4083008L
OMQ4083002
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
1210
Tire specification and pressure label
Tire specification and pressure
label
The tires supplied on your new vehicle
are chosen to provide the best perfor
-
mance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side
center pillar gives the tire pressures rec
-
ommended for your vehicle.
Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
OMQ4083003
OMQ4H073025
13
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Air conditioner compressor label
Air conditioner compressor
label
A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part num
-
ber, production number, refrigerant (1)
and refrigerant oil (2).
Refrigerant label
The refrigerant label is located on the
front body trim.
ONQ5061091L
ONQ5H031015
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
1410
How to check the symbol on the charging label
How to check the symbol on the charging label (if equipped)
Precautions for charging AC and Trickle charger (Portable charging
cable) (AC charging)
1. After opening the charging door, check the charging symbol at the bottom of the
warning label.
2. Check the charging connector symbol of the AC and Trickle charger cable.
3. After checking the alphabet letter of the charging symbol, proceed the charging
step.
* Refer to "Electric charging label symbol table" on page 10-15.
4. Risk of failure, fire, injury, etc. expected when using the charging connector with
unmatched symbol.
Vehicle charging INLET Charging connector OUTLET
<Symbol location and application exam
-
ple>
OMQ4PH083007L
OMQ4PH083005L
OMQ4PH083006L
15
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
How to check the symbol on the charging label
Electric charging label
The electric charging label is attached
on the charging door.
1 ~ 3: Warning for high voltage
4: Charging voltage and current - ( )
AC single phase.
5: Identifier for charging door.
6: For more details, refer to "How to
check the symbol on the charging label
(if equipped)" on page 10-14.
Electric charging label symbol table
AC and Trickle charger charging
OMQ4PH083010L
Supply Type Configuration Type of Accessory Voltage range Identifier
AC 5P
Vehicle connector and
vehicle inlet
≤250 V RMS
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
1610
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Consumer Assistance (U.S.
only)
Roadside Assistance is provided on all
new current model year Kia Vehicles
from the date the vehicle is delivered to
the first retail buyer or otherwise put into
use (inservice date), whichever is earlier,
for a period of 60 months or 60,000
miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the
terms, conditions and exclusions set
forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer
Information Manual applicable to your
model year vehicle.
Kia America, Inc. reserves the right to
limit or deny services or other benefits to
any owner or driver when, in Kia Amer
-
ica, Inc.'s judgment, the claims and/or
service requests are excessive in fre
-
quency or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
is available from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM
PST, Monday through Friday and is
accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4542.
For more information regarding assis
-
tance available, please refer to your Kia
Warranty & Consumer Information Man
-
ual.
Emergency roadside assistance
is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a
year and is accessible by dialing 1-800-
333-4542 or by pressing the RSA button
(when enrolled into Kia Connect).
Please note that you must provide your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to
verify coverage at the time of your call.
The VIN can be found on the dash of
your vehicle on the driver's side, on the
door jamb of the driver's door, your vehi
-
cle's registration or proof of insurance
card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000
roadside assistance providers. Should
you accidentally run out of fuel, require
a battery jump, or need help changing a
tire, a Kia Roadside Assistance Repre
-
sentative will dispatch someone to
deliver a small quantity of gas, change a
flat tire with your inflated spare, or
arrange a battery jump to allow you to
proceed to your destination. We have
access to a network of over 10,000 lock
-
smiths to help you should you become
locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty
renders your vehicle undrivable due to a
warranty-related concern, Kia's Road
-
side Assistance Representative will
arrange to transport your vehicle to the
nearest Kia dealer or to an authorized
Kia alternative service location.
Your vehicle must be accessible to our
dispatch transport vehicle, as deter
-
mined by our driver, to receive this ser
-
vice.
NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are not
available for any Kia vehicle that has
ever been or should have been issued a
"salvage" title or similar "branded" title
under any state's law or has been
declared a "total loss" or equivalent by a
financial institution or insurance com
-
pany.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are
provided in the event that a warranty-
related disablement occurs more than
150 miles from your home, and the
repairs require more than 24 hours to
complete. Reasonable reimbursement is
included for meals, lodging, or rental
17
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
vehicle expenses. Trip interruption cov
-
erage is limited to $100 per day subject
to a three day maximum limit per inci
-
dent. You must contact the Kia Roadside
Assistance Center to obtain pre-authori
-
zation of expenses. Once the Kia Road
-
side Assistance Center gives
authorization for trip interruption bene
-
fits, they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance
deductibles, expenses, and claims paid
by your insurance company or other
providers are not eligible for reimburse
-
ment.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reim
-
bursement under Kia's Trip Interruption
Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a for
-
eign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a
foreign country, you should confirm that
it conforms to the regulations in that
country. Even if you successfully register
the vehicle in a foreign country, you may
experience the following problems and
should therefore consider the possibility
of having to deal with them:
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle
may be unavailable. If other than the
specified fuel is used, it could cause
damage to the engine, the fuel injec
-
tion system, and other fuel-related
parts which may not be covered
under your New Vehicle Emissions
Limited Warranty.
2. We must, therefore, clearly state that
when you leave the country in which
you purchased your Kia new and reg
-
ister it in another country, problems
arising from the use of fuel other than
the specified fuel are not subject to
manufacturer's warranty. Because
vehicles like yours may not be mar
-
keted in the new country of registra
-
tion, parts, servicing techniques and
tools necessary to maintain and repair
your vehicle may be unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold
there, mechanical specifications
required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase
to cause additional problems.
3. There may not be an Authorized Kia
Dealer in the area in which you plan to
register your vehicle. You may addi
-
tionally experience difficulty in obtain
-
ing services in a foreign country for
any number of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any respon
-
sibility for problems that result from
unsatisfactory service or lack of service
outside of the United States.
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
1810
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
Electrical Equipment (U.S.
only)
The electrical system of your vehicle is
designed to perform under all reason
-
ably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical
equipment is installed in your vehicle,
consult an Authorized Kia Dealer, in
order to ensure that you do not void
your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way
in which it is installed, may adversely
affect the operation of your vehicle,
including such systems as the engine
control system, the audio system and
the electrical charging system and thus
potentially void all or part of your war
-
ranty.
We assume no responsibility for any
expense you may incur or for any mal
-
function of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result
from the installation of additional electri
-
cal equipment that is not supplied, or
recommended for installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way
radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is
installed improperly, or if an excessively
powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely
affected. To avoid damage to your vehi
-
cle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and
installation.
Kia vehicles are designed and manufac
-
tured to meet or exceed all applicable
safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly
urge you to read and follow all directions
in this Owner's Manual, particularly the
information under the headings
"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have
any questions regarding the operation
of your vehicle, safety issues and
defects, please contact your Kia's toll-
free Consumer Assistance hot line as
below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4542
19
10
10
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
only)
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Kia America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar com
-
plaints, it may open an investiga
-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehi
-
cles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Kia America,
Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-
free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-
800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; download the
SaferCar mobile application; or
write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE., West
Building, Washington, DC 20590
You can also obtain other infor
-
mation about motor vehicle
safety from http://www.safer
-
car.gov.
Online factory authorized
manuals (U.S. only)
The following publications are available
on www.KiaTechinfo.com.
Service manual
This manual covers maintenance and
recommended procedures for repair to
engine and chassis components. It is
written for the Journeyman mechanic,
but is simple enough for most mechani
-
cally inclined owners to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual
This manual complements the Service
Manual by providing in-depth trouble
-
shooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual
This manual describes the overall fea
-
tures and operating procedures for the
vehicle.
AAbbreviations
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
2A
Abbreviations
ABS
Anti-lock Brake System
ASM
Active Snow Mode
BAS
Brake Assistant System
BCA
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
BCW
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
BVM
Blind-Spot View Monitor
CC
Cruise Control
CRS
Child Restraint System
DAW
Driver Attention Warning
DBC
Downhill Brake Control
DRL
Daytime Running Light
EBD
Electronic Brake force Distribution
ECM
Electric Chromic Mirror
EPS
Electric Power Steering
ESC
Electronic Stability Control
ESS
Emergency Stop Signal
FCA
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
HAC
Hill-start Assist Control
HBA
High Beam Assist
HDA
Highway Driving Assist
HMSL
High Mounted Stop Lamp
HUD
Head-Up Display
ISLA
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
LATCH
Lower Anchors and Tether for Chil
-
dren
LFA
Lane Following Assist
LKA
Lane Keeping Assist
MCB
Multi-Collision Brake
MDPS
Motor Driven Power Steering
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
3A
Abbreviations
MSLA
Manual Speed Limit Assist
NSCC
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol
ODS
Occupant Detection System
PCA
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist
PDW
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
RCCA
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist
RCCW
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
RVM
Rear View Monitor
SBW
Shift-By-Wire
SCC
Smart Cruise Control
SEA
Safe Exit Assist
SEW
Safe Exit Warning
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
SRSCM
SRS Control Module
SVM
Surround View Monitor
TBT
Turn By Turn
TCS
Traction Control System
TIN
Tire Identification Number
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
VESS
Virtual Engine Sound System Number
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSM
Vehicle Stability Management
IIndex
Index
2I
Index
A
A/C automatic drying 5-132
AC charge 1-9
AC charging connector lock 1-7
AC inverter 5-143
accumulated driving information
mode
5-89
adjusting the height of shoulder
belt 4-24
air bag 4-39
air bag collision sensors
4-54
air bag warning labels
4-59
curtain air bag
4-52
driver’s and passenger’s front
air bag
4-49
occupant detection system (ODS)
4-44
side air bag
4-51
SRS components and functions
4-42
air bag collision sensors 4-54
air bag warning and indicator 4-41
air bag warning labels 4-59
air cleaner filter 9-23
air ventilation seat 5-140
all wheel drive (AWD) system 6-16
ambient light 5-138
anti-lock brake system (ABS) 6-32
appearance care 9-65
armrest 4-20
audio system 5-153
shark-fin antenna
5-153
USB port
5-153
auto hold 6-30
automatic climate control
system
5-125
air conditioning
5-131
controlling air intake
5-130
controlling fan speed
5-131
heating and air conditioning
automatically
5-126
heating and air conditioning
manually
5-128
mode selection
5-129
temperature control
5-130
turning off the front air climate
control
5-131
using the infotainment/climate switchable
controller
5-126, 5-150
automatic transmission
LCD display messages 6-12
automatic transmission
(dial SBW)
6-9
operation
6-9
automatic turn off function 5-119
AWD
AWD mode 6-17
safe operation
6-19
B
battery 9-27
battery saver function 5-109
blind-spot collision-avoidance assist
(BCA) 7-29
malfunction and limitations
7-34
operation
7-32
settings
7-30
blind-spot view monitor (BVM) 7-58
malfunction
7-59
operation
7-59
settings
7-58
brake assist system (BAS) 6-39
brake fluid 9-21
brake system 6-24
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
6-32
auto hold
6-30
brake assist system (BAS)
6-39
downhill brake control (DBC)
6-36
electronic parking brake (EPB)
6-26
electronic stability control (ESC)
system
6-33
good braking practices
6-39
hill-start assist control (HAC)
6-38
power brakes
6-24
trailer stability assist (TSA)
6-39
vehicle stability management (VSM)
system
6-38
bulb replacement 9-58
bulb replacement precaution 9-56
3I
C
care of seat belts 4-30
changing plug-in hybrid mode
(plug-in hybrid vehicle)
1-19
charging Information 1-4
charging precautions 1-8
charging status 1-6
charging the plug-in hybrid
vehicle 1-4
AC charge
1-9
AC charging connector lock
1-7
charging Information
1-4
charging precautions
1-8
charging status
1-6
charging time
1-4
charging type
1-5
how to disconnect charging connector in
emergency
1-18
scheduled charging
1-7
trickle charger (portable charging
cable)
1-12
charging time 1-4
charging type 1-5
child restraint system (CRS) 4-31
installing a CRS
4-34
selecting a CRS
4-32
climate control air filter 9-24
climate control system 5-121
air conditioning refrigerant label
5-123
checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant
5-124
checking the amount of compressor
lubricant
5-124
climate control air filter
5-123
heating
5-121
system operation
5-121
ventilation
5-121
closing the hood 5-49
coat hook 5-146
components of the hybrid/plug-in
hybrid vehicle 1-32
plug-in hybrid vehicle components
1-32
consumer assistance 10-16
coolant 9-17
cup holder 5-138
curtain air bag 4-52
D
day/night rear view mirror 5-62
daytime running light (DRL) 5-110
declaration of
conformity
5-156, 7-135
defogging (windshield) 5-133
automatic climate control
5-134
defrosting (windshield) 5-133
automatic climate control
5-134
digital key 2 touch 5-21
card key
5-25
personalized profile and vehicle
settings
5-27
smart phone
5-21
used vehicle/digital key 2 touch
maintenance
5-31
door locks 5-13
child-protector rear door lock
5-17
door lock/unlock features
5-17
electronic child safety lock system
5-18
from inside the vehicle
5-15
impact sensing door unlock system
5-17
in case of an emergency
5-18
rear occupant alert (ROA) system
5-19
with the mechanical key
5-14
downhill brake control (DBC) 6-36
drive info display 5-89
drive mode 6-42
drive mode integrated control
system 6-42
drive mode
6-42
driver attention warning (DAW) 7-54
malfunction and limitations
7-56
operation
7-54
settings
7-54
integrated memory system
easy access function 5-33
recalling positions
5-32
reset
5-32
storing positions
5-32
driver’s and passenger’s front air
bag
4-49
driving assist mode 5-86
driving at night 6-50
driving in flooded areas 6-51
driving in the rain 6-50
4I
driving the plug-in hybrid vehicle
changing plug-in hybrid mode (plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
1-19
E
economical operation 6-46
electric chromic mirror (ECM) 5-62
electrical equipment 10-18
electronic parking brake (EPB) 6-26
applying the parking brake
6-26
EPB malfunction
6-29
EPB warning messages
6-28
releasing the parking brake
6-27
electronic stability control (ESC)
system
6-33
emergency 8-2
emission control system 9-72
engine compartment fuse
replacement
9-46
engine oil 9-15
engine overheats 8-6
engine start/stop button 6-5
starting the engine
6-7
engine start/stop button
position
6-5
explanation of scheduled
maintenance items 9-13
exterior features 5-149
roof rack
5-149
F
fastening the seat belt 4-24
floor mat anchor(s) 5-147
forward collision-avoidance assist
(FCA)
7-4
malfunction and limitations
7-17
operation
7-9
settings
7-7
forward/reverse parking distance
warning (PDW) 7-108
malfunction and precautions
7-111
operation
7-109
settings
7-108
forward/side/reverse parking
distance warning (PDW)
7-113
settings
7-113
front seat adjustment for manual
seat 4-9
front seat adjustment for power
seat
4-10
front seat headrest 4-17
fuel economy 5-88
fuel filler door 5-50
opening the fuel filler door
5-50
fuel gauge 5-81
fuel requirements 2-2
fuses 9-44
engine compartment fuse
replacement
9-46
inner panel fuse replacement
9-46
G
gauges 5-79
distance to empty
5-82
fuel gauge
5-81
odometer
5-81
outside temperature gauge
5-82
plug-in hybrid mode indicator
1-22, 5-80
power gauge
5-79
SOC gauge
5-80
speedometer
5-79
glove box 5-137
glove box lamp 5-121
good braking practices 6-39
green zone drive mode 6-45
H
hazardous driving conditions 6-48
headrest
front seat headrest 4-17
rear seat headrest
4-19
head-up display (HUD) 5-108
heated steering wheel 5-60
HEV (hybrid electric vehicle)
system 1-3
hev powertrain 2-7
highway driving 6-51
highway driving assist (HDA) 7-82
5I
malfunction and limitations 7-89
operation
7-84
settings
7-83
hill-start assist control (HAC) 6-38
HomeLink씾 system 5-63
hood 5-48
closing the hood
5-49
hood open warning
5-48
opening the hood
5-48
hood open warning 5-48
hybrid starter & generator (HSG)
belt
9-20
hybrid system overview 1-2
hydroplaning 6-51
I
if you have a flat tire
(with spare tire) 8-12
immobilizer system 5-10
Important safety precautions 4-3
in case of an emergency while
driving 8-2
indicator lights 5-104
infotainment system 5-150
audio system
5-153
inner panel fuse replacement 9-46
inside rear view mirror 5-62
day/night rear view mirror
5-62
electronic chromic mirror (ECM)
5-62
HomeLink씾 system
5-63
installing a CRS 4-34
instrument cluster 5-78
adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
5-79
gauges
5-79
plug-in hybrid mode indicator
1-22, 5-80
transmission shift indicator
5-83
integrated memory system 5-32
intelligent speed limit assist (ISLA)
malfunction and limitations 7-52
operation
7-50
settings
7-49
interior features 5-138
AC inverter
5-143
air ventilation seat
5-140
ambient light
5-138
coat hook
5-146
cup holder
5-138
floor mat anchor(s)
5-147
power outlet
5-142
seat warmer
5-139
side curtain
5-147
sun visor
5-141
USB charger
5-141
wireless smart phone charging
system
5-144
interior light 5-119
automatic turn off function
5-119
glove box lamp
5-121
luggage room lamp
5-120
map lamp
5-119
room lamp
5-119
vanity mirror lamp
5-120
J
jump-starting 8-4
K
keys 5-6
battery replacement
5-6
smart key
5-7
L
lane following assist (LFA) 7-79
malfunction and limitations
7-81
operation
7-80
settings
7-79
lane keeping assist (LKA) 7-24
malfunction and limitations
7-27
operation
7-25
settings
7-24
LCD display 5-84
LCD display modes
5-84, 5-85
LCD display messages 5-91
LCD display modes 5-85, 5-87
driver assistance settings (infotainment
system)
5-91
LCD displays 5-87
LCD display messages
5-91
service mode
5-90
trip information (trip computer)
5-87
6I
liftgate 5-34
closing the liftgate
5-34
emergency liftgate safety release
5-35
opening the liftgate
5-34
light bulbs 9-56
bulb replacement
9-58
bulb replacement precaution
9-56
light bulb position (front)
9-57
light bulb position (rear)
9-57
light bulb position (side)
9-58
lighting
battery saver function 5-109
daytime running light (DRL)
5-110
front fog light
5-112
headlamp delay function
5-109
high beam assist (HBA)
5-112
lighting control
5-110
one-touch lane change
5-112
operating high beam
5-111
operating turn signals
5-111
lighting control 5-110
auto light
5-111
head light (low beam)
5-110
position and tail lamp
5-110
luggage board 5-148
luggage net holder 5-148
luggage room lamp 5-120
Luggage side tray 5-149
luggage tray 5-148
M
maintenance
lights bulbs 9-56
maintenance services 9-6
manual speed limit assist
(MSLA) 7-47
operation
7-47
map lamp 5-119
master warning mode 5-87
mirrors 5-62
inside rear view mirror
5-62
outside rear view mirror
5-75
N
navigation-based smart cruise
control (NSCC) 7-74
limitations
7-76
operation
7-74
settings
7-74
O
occupant detection system
(ODS)
4-44
odometer 5-81
one-touch lane change 5-112
online factory authorized
manuals
10-19
opening the hood 5-48
outside rear view mirror 5-75
adjusting the outside rear view
mirror
5-75
folding the outside rear view mirror
5-76
reverse parking aid function
5-76
outside temperature gauge 5-82
overloading 6-67
owner maintenance 9-7
P
paddle shifter 6-15
Panoramic sunroof
automatic reversal 5-57
power sunshade
5-56
resetting the sunroof
5-58
slide open/close
5-56
sunroof open warning
5-58
tilt open/close
5-56
panoramic sunroof 5-55
PHEV (plug-in hybrid electric
vehicle) system
1-2
plug-in hybrid mode
indicator 1-22, 5-80
plug-in hybrid vehicle
components
1-32
power brakes 6-24
power gauge 5-79
power outlet 5-142
7I
power window lock button 5-47
pre-tensioner seat belt 4-27
push-starting 8-6
R
rear cross-traffic collision-
avoidance assist (RCCA)
7-100
malfunction and limitations
7-104
operation
7-102
settings
7-101
rear seat adjustment 4-12
rear seat headrest 4-19
rear view monitor (RVM) 7-92
malfunction and limitations
7-94
operation
7-93
settings
7-92
reducing the risk of a rollover 6-48
releasing the seat belt 4-24
remote smart parking assist
(RSPA) 7-124
malfunction and limitations
7-131
operation
7-127
settings
7-125
replacing rear wiper blades 9-26
reporting safety defects 10-19
reverse parking collision-avoidance
assist (PCA)
malfunction and limitations 7-120
operation
7-119
settings
7-118
risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle 2-5
rocking the vehicle 6-49
roof rack 5-149
room lamp 5-119
S
safe exit assist (SEA) 7-42
malfunction and limitations
7-45
operation
7-43
settings
7-42
safe exit warning (SEW) 7-38
malfunction and limitations
7-40
operation
7-39
settings
7-38
scheduled charging 1-7
scheduled maintenance service 9-9
normal maintenance schedule
9-10
scheduled ventilation control 5-133
seat 4-5
armrest
4-20
feature of seat leather
4-8
front seat adjustment for manual seat
4-9
front seat adjustment for power seat
4-10
rear seat adjustment
4-12
seatback pocket
4-20
small pocket
4-21
seat belt precautions 4-28
seat belt restraint system 4-21
seat belts 4-21
child restraint system (CRS)
4-31
front passenger and rear seat 3-point
system with combination locking
retractor
4-25
seat warmer 5-139
seatback pocket 4-20
selecting a CRS 4-32
service interlock connector 1-37
service mode 5-90
shark-fin antenna 5-153
side air bag 4-51
side curtain 5-147
small pocket 4-21
smart cruise control (SCC) 7-60
display and control
7-65
malfunction and limitations
7-69
settings
7-60, 7-62
smart key 5-7
operation
5-7
smart liftgate with auto open 5-41
detecting area
5-43
how to deactivate
5-42
how to use
5-41
smooth cornering 6-49
snow tires 6-53
SOC gauge 5-80
special driving conditions 6-48
specifications
air conditioner compressor label 10-13
air conditioning system
10-6
bulb wattage
10-7
dimensions
10-2
8I
engine 10-3
engine number
10-12
gross vehicle weight
10-4
lubricants and capacities
10-9
luggage volume
10-5
refrigerant label
10-13
tire specification and pressure label
10-12
tires and wheels
10-8
vehicle certification label
10-11
vehicle identification number (VIN)
10-11
speedometer 5-79
SRS components and functions 4-42
starting the engine 6-7
Starting and stopping the engine for
turbocharger intercooler
6-8
starting the engine
6-8
starting the engine with smart
key
6-7
steering wheel 5-59
electric power steering (EPS)
5-59
heated steering wheel
5-60
horn
5-61
tilt & telescopic steering wheel
5-60
storage compartment 5-137
glove box
5-137
luggage board
5-148
luggage net holder
5-148
luggage side tray
5-149
luggage tray
5-148
stowing the rear seat belt 4-26
sun visor 5-141
supplemental restraint system (SRS)
care
4-57
surround view monitor (SVM) 7-95
malfunction and limitations
7-99
operation
7-97
settings
7-95
T
theft-alarm system 5-11
armed stage
5-11
disarmed stage
5-12
theft-alarm stage
5-11
tire chains 6-52
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) 8-8
tires and wheels 9-31
all season tires
9-42
checking tire inflation pressure
9-32
radial-ply tires
9-43
snow tires
9-42
summer tires
9-42
tire chains
9-43
tire maintenance
9-35
tire replacement
9-34
tire rotation
9-33
tire sidewall labeling
9-35
tire terminology and definitions
9-39
tire traction
9-35
wheel alignment and tire balance
9-34
wheel replacement
9-35
towing 8-21
without wheel dollies
8-21
trailer stability assist (TSA) 6-39
trailer towing 6-55
driving with a trailer
6-57
hitches
6-56
maintenance
6-60
safety chains
6-57
trailer brakes
6-57
transmission shift indicator 5-83
trickle charger (portable charging
cable) 1-12
trip information (Trip computer)
energy flow 5-90
range
5-90
trip information (trip computer) 5-87
accumulated driving information
mode
5-89
drive info display
5-89
fuel economy
5-88
trip modes
5-88
turn by turn (TBT) mode 5-86
U
USB charger 5-141
V
vanity mirror lamp 5-120
vehicle auto shut-off system 6-41
vehicle break-in process 2-4
9I
vehicle data collection and event
data recorders
2-6
vehicle handling instructions 2-5
vehicle identification number
(VIN)
10-11
vehicle load limit 6-62
vehicle modifications 2-4
vehicle stability management (VSM)
system 6-38
vehicle weight 6-66
W
warning and indicator lights 5-97
warning lights 5-97
washer fluid 9-22
welcome system 5-118
what do do in an emergency
emergency starting 8-4
engine overheats
8-6
if the engine will not start
8-3
if you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
8-12
road warning
8-2
when the hybrid vehicle shuts
off
1-38
window opening and closing 5-45
windows 5-44
power window lock button
5-47
window opening and closing
5-45
windshield defrosting and
defogging 5-133
defogging logic
5-136
defroster
5-135
wiper blades 9-25
wipers and washers 5-115
wireless smart phone charging
system 5-144
2024
